Table of Contents

 
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
 
 
 
FORM 10-K
 
 
 
 
     
þ
  ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES
EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
    For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007
    or
o
  TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES
EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
    For the transition period from          to
Commission File number 1-7221
 
 
 
 
MOTOROLA, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
 
 
 
 
     
DELAWARE
  36-1115800
(State of Incorporation)   (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
1303 East Algonquin Road, Schaumburg, Illinois 60196
(Address of principal executive offices)
(847) 576-5000
(Registrant’s telephone number)
 
 
 
 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
 
     
Title of Each Class
 
Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered
 
Common Stock, $3 Par Value per Share
  New York Stock Exchange
Chicago Stock Exchange
 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
None
 
 
 
 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.  Yes  þ      No  o
 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.  Yes  o      No  þ
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes  þ      No  o
 
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.   o
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company. See definition of “large accelerated filer”, “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
 
Large accelerated filer   þ      Accelerated filer   o      Non-accelerated filer   o      Smaller reporting company   o
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).  Yes  o      No  þ
 
The aggregate market value of voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of June 30, 2007 (the last business day of the Registrant’s most recently completed second quarter) was approximately $40.6 billion (based on closing sale price of $17.70 per share as reported for the New York Stock Exchange-Composite Transactions).
 
The number of shares of the registrant’s Common Stock, $3 par value per share, outstanding as of January 31, 2008 was 2,254,786,558.
 
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
 
Portions of the registrant’s definitive Proxy Statement to be delivered to stockholders in connection with its Annual Meeting of Stockholders, which Proxy Statement will be filed no later than April 29, 2008, are incorporated by reference into Part III.
 


 

 
Table of Contents
 
             
        Page
 
    1  
  Business     1  
    1  
    1  
    1  
    5  
    10  
    15  
    15  
    15  
    15  
    16  
    16  
    16  
    16  
    16  
    16  
    16  
  Risk Factors     18  
  Unresolved Staff Comments     27  
  Properties     27  
  Legal Proceedings     27  
  Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders     33  
    33  
    34  
  Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities     34  
  Selected Financial Data     36  
  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations     37  
  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk     71  
  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data     75  
  Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure     122  
  Controls and Procedures     122  
  Other Information     124  
       
PART III     124  
  Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance     124  
  Executive Compensation     124  
  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters     124  
  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence     124  
  Principal Accounting Fees and Services     124  
       
PART IV     125  
  Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules     125  
  Financial Statements     125  
  Financial Statement Schedule and Independent Auditors’ Report     125  
  Exhibits     125  
  Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2006
  Motorola, Inc. Award Document for the Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2006
  Form of Motorola Stock Option Consideration Agreement
  Form of Motorola, Inc. Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement
  Form of Motorola, Inc. Award Document for the Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2006
  Form of Motorola, Inc. Award Document for the Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2006
  Form of Motorola Stock Option Consideration Agreement
  Form of Motorola, Inc. Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement
  Form of Motorola, Inc. Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement
  Motorola 2006 Incentive Plan
  Motorola Long-Range Incentive Plan
  Motorola Long-Range Incentive Plan
  Description of Certain Compensatory Arrangements
  Description of Certain Compensatory Arrangements
  Chairman/CEO Retirement Term Sheet
  Amended and Restated Employment Agreement
  Agreement with Ruth Fattori
  Statement regarding Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges
  Subsidiaries of Motorola
  Certification of Gregory Q. Brown
  Certification of Thomas J. Meredith
  Section 906 Certification of Gregory Q. Brown
  Section 906 Certification of Thomas J. Meredith


Table of Contents

1

 
PART I
 
Throughout this 10-K report we “incorporate by reference” certain information in parts of other documents filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). The SEC allows us to disclose important information by referring to it in that manner. Please refer to such information.
 
We are making forward-looking statements in this report. In “Item 1A: Risk Factors” we discuss some of the risk factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those stated in the forward-looking statements.
 
“Motorola” (which may be referred to as the “Company,” “we,” “us,” or “our”) means Motorola, Inc. or Motorola, Inc. and its subsidiaries, or one of our segments, as the context requires. “Motorola” is a registered trademark of Motorola, Inc.
 
Item 1:  Business
 
General
 
We provide technologies, products and services that make a broad range of mobile experiences possible. Our portfolio includes wireless handsets, wireless accessories, digital entertainment devices, wireless access systems, voice and data communications systems, and enterprise mobility products. With the rapid convergence of fixed and mobile broadband Internet and the growing demand for next-generation mobile communications solutions by people, businesses and governments, we are focused on high-quality, innovative products that meet the expanding needs of our customers around the world.
 
Motorola is a market leader in the following businesses:
 
  •  The Mobile Devices business designs, manufactures, sells and services wireless handsets with integrated software and accessory products, and licenses intellectual property.
 
  •  The Home and Networks Mobility business designs, manufactures, sells, installs and services: (i) digital video, Internet Protocol (“IP”) video and broadcast network interactive set-tops (“digital entertainment devices”), end-to-end video delivery solutions, broadband access infrastructure systems, and associated data and voice customer premise equipment (“broadband gateways”) to cable television and telecom service providers, and (ii) wireless access systems (“wireless networks”), including cellular infrastructure systems and wireless broadband systems, to wireless service providers.
 
  •  The Enterprise Mobility Solutions business designs, manufactures, sells, installs and services analog and digital two-way radio, voice and data communications products and systems for private networks, wireless broadband systems and end-to-end enterprise mobility solutions to a wide range of enterprise markets, including government and public safety agencies, as well as retail, utility, transportation, manufacturing, healthcare and other commercial customers.
 
Motorola is a corporation organized under the laws of the State of Delaware as the successor to an Illinois corporation organized in 1928. Motorola’s principal executive offices are located at 1303 East Algonquin Road, Schaumburg, Illinois 60196.
 
Business Segments
 
Motorola reports financial results for the following three operating business segments:
 
Mobile Devices Segment
 
The Mobile Devices segment (“Mobile Devices” or the “segment”) designs, manufactures, sells and services wireless handsets with integrated software and accessory products, and licenses intellectual property. In 2007, the segment’s net sales represented 52% of the Company’s consolidated net sales.


Table of Contents

2

 
Principal Products and Services
 
Our wireless subscriber products include wireless handsets with related software and accessory products. We also sell and license our intellectual property. We market our products worldwide to carriers and consumers through direct sales, distributors, dealers, retailers and, in certain markets, through licensees.
 
Our Industry
 
The overall wireless handset industry remains strong. Total industry shipments of wireless handsets (also referred to as industry “sell-in”) increased to approximately 1.14 billion units in 2007, an increase of approximately 16% compared to 2006. Demand from new subscribers was strong in emerging markets, led by India and China. Replacement sales in highly-penetrated markets were also strong due to generally favorable economic conditions, as well as compelling new handset designs, attractive handset features and the increased roll-out of high-speed data networks, all creating greater demand.
 
Industry forecasters predict that the wireless handset industry will continue to grow over the next several years, although the annual rate of growth is expected to be in the 10% range as opposed to the approximately 20% average annual growth the industry experienced from 2003 through 2007. Continued growth is expected to be driven primarily by demand from new subscribers in emerging markets and replacement sales from the current subscriber base.
 
Our Strategy
 
Motorola seeks to be a leading supplier of wireless handsets and mobile experiences to customers globally. To accomplish this objective, our strategy is focused on improving our product portfolio to meet consumer demands and improving our financial performance. This includes transitioning to silicon and software platforms that enable us to lower costs, get to market faster and offer richer consumer experiences.
 
We have structured our mobile device product portfolio and development into four primary product segments: Mass Market, Feature, Multimedia and Productivity. Our strategy is to offer a broad array of products in each of these product segments.
 
The Mass Market product segment focuses on voice-centric devices with targeted features. While this segment is maturing in North America, Europe and parts of Asia, it is growing significantly in developing regions. To address this market, we are expanding our handset offerings around our new W Series of handsets. These handsets satisfy everyday communications needs, include targeted features and are offered at affordable price points across all regions and in both CDMA and GSM technologies. The key to our success in the Mass Market product segment is offering products at competitive price points.
 
The Feature product segment focuses on delivering iconic, fashionable phones with high-end features. During 2007, we refreshed our flagship RAZR franchise with the RAZR2, the luxurious RAZR2 V8, and a RAZR classic with video playback and a digital audio processor music player. We are focused on building an enhanced portfolio of Feature phone devices that deliver compelling 2G and 3G mobile experiences.
 
The Multimedia product segment is focused on the convergence of voice capabilities with multimedia experiences on a single mobile device. In the recent past, many of our customers have purchased and used different devices from multiple consumer electronics segments to meet their lifestyle needs. In addition to mobile phones, they use devices such as cameras, mobile music and video players, mobile gaming devices and portable navigation devices. Increasingly, these experiences will be delivered through compelling applications and services on a single device. We are developing handsets designed to strengthen our Multimedia product offerings, such as the MOTOROKR Z6 and the S9 headset, a 2008 mobile music offering. We are particularly focused on developing a broader offering of 3G products for the Multimedia product segment.
 
The Productivity product segment is growing as workforces around the world continue to demand increasingly robust wireless handsets and consumers want their email “on the go.” In 2007, we expanded our Q franchise across all regions and major technologies with the launch of the GSM Q8 and UMTS Q9h. We are planning to capitalize on new opportunities in this growing product segment.
 
Throughout each of these product segments, we have increased our focus in our accessories portfolio to deliver complete mobile experiences and to complement the features and functionalities of the wireless handsets.


Table of Contents

3

Additionally, we are expanding our accessory compatibility across all brands of wireless handsets and Bluetooth-enabled devices.
 
We are investing in next-generation technologies, such as WiMAX, HSDPA and Long Term Evolution (“LTE”). We believe a strong intellectual property portfolio is critical to our long-term success and to ensuring that we maintain a favorable strategic position in these technologies. We will continue to identify opportunities to generate licensing revenue from these investments. We also believe that innovation is critical to offering devices that demonstrate unique experiences and value propositions for consumers. As an example, in 2007 we began shipping our flagship RAZR2 devices with Crystal Talk, a proprietary technology that automatically adjusts audio quality based on ambient noise conditions to provide the optimal conversational experience. In application services, we continue to work with third parties to improve upon and develop our services and applications, which will deliver rich experiences to the customer. Motorola is committed to investing in evolving technologies to ensure that we continue to deliver enhanced and differentiated wireless handset experiences to consumers.
 
In January 2008, we announced that we are evaluating alternatives for the structural and strategic realignment of our Mobile Devices business to better equip it to recapture global market leadership and to enhance shareholder value. This may include the separation of the Mobile Devices business from Motorola’s other businesses to permit each to grow and better serve their customers.
 
Customers
 
We continue to focus on strengthening our relationships with our customers. The segment has several large customers worldwide, the loss of one or more of which could have a material adverse effect on the segment’s business. The largest of the segment’s end customers (including sales through distributors) are Sprint Nextel, AT&T, Verizon, China Mobile and America Movil. In 2007, aggregate net sales to these five customers represented approximately 42% of the segment’s net sales.
 
In addition to selling directly to carriers and operators, our Mobile Devices business also sells products through a variety of third-party distributors and retailers, which account for approximately 33% of the segment’s net sales. The largest of these distributors is Brightstar Corporation.
 
The U.S. market continued to be the segment’s largest individual market, accounting for approximately 46% of the segment’s net sales in 2007, compared to approximately 35% of the segment’s net sales in 2006. Approximately 54% of the segment’s net sales in 2007 were to markets outside the U.S., the largest of which were Brazil, China and Mexico. Compared to 2006, the segment experienced sales declines in each of its four major sales regions: Asia, the Europe, Middle East and Africa region (“EMEA”), North America and Latin America.
 
Competition
 
The segment believes its overall market share for the full year 2007 was approximately 14%, making it the third-largest worldwide supplier of wireless handsets. The segment experiences intense competition in worldwide markets from numerous global competitors, including some of the world’s largest companies, such as Nokia, Samsung, Sony-Ericsson and LG. In 2007, consolidation in the wireless handset industry slowed compared to previous years, and the five largest vendors together held an aggregate market share of approximately 83%, compared to 84% at the end of 2006. During 2007, regulatory changes in China precipitated a substantial increase in the number of manufacturers producing handsets in that market. The increased competition, primarily in the very low tier of the Mass Market product segment, has impacted shipment volumes in China for global vendors, as local vendors gained market share in the fourth quarter of 2007.
 
Major competitors in the industry are moving to applications and services as key sources of value and are increasing their focus and investments in these areas. In response, Motorola has created a global applications and services team within the Mobile Devices segment to focus on building the applications and services business.
 
General competitive factors in the market for the segment’s products include: design; time-to-market; brand awareness; technology offered; price; product proposition, performance, quality, delivery and warranty; the quality and availability of service; and relationships with key customers.


Table of Contents

4

 
Payment Terms
 
The segment’s customers and distributors buy from us regularly with payment terms that are competitive with current industry practices. These terms vary globally and generally range from cash-with-order to 60 days. Extended payment terms beyond 60 days are provided to customers on a limited basis. A customer’s outstanding credit at any point in time is limited to a predetermined amount as established by the Company.
 
Regulatory Matters
 
Radio frequencies are required to provide wireless services. The allocation of frequencies is regulated in the U.S. and other countries, and limited spectrum space is allocated to wireless services. The growth of the wireless and personal communications industry may be affected if adequate frequencies are not allocated or, alternatively, if new technologies are not developed to better utilize the frequencies currently allocated for such use. Industry growth may also be affected by the cost of the new licenses required to use frequencies and any related frequency relocation costs.
 
The U.S. leads the world in spectrum deregulation, allowing new wireless communications technologies to be developed and offered for sale. Examples include wireless local area network systems, such as WiFi, and wide area network systems, such as WiMAX and LTE. Other countries have also deregulated portions of their available spectrum to allow deployment of these and other new technologies, which can be offered without spectrum license costs. Deregulation may introduce new competition and new opportunities for Motorola and our customers. In addition, Mobile WiMAX was recently approved as a global IMT (International Mobile Telecommunications) standard. This action lays the foundation to further expand mobile WiMAX in key bands, making additional spectrum available globally.
 
In January 2008, the Federal Communications Commission (“FCC”) began its auction of 700 MHz band spectrum licenses in the United States. This spectrum can carry large amounts of data across long distances and penetrate walls easier than higher frequencies, enhancing in-building coverage. The open-access conditions are intended to help foster innovation in handsets and applications, however the actual impact of the new licenses is unclear. The open access provision applies to approximately one-third of the U.S. spectrum being auctioned and prevents the licensee from blocking devices or applications that are compatible with the network.
 
Backlog
 
The segment’s backlog was $647 million at December 31, 2007, compared to $1.4 billion at December 31, 2006. This decrease in backlog is primarily due to a decline in customer demand driven by gaps in the segment’s product portfolio. The 2007 backlog is believed to be generally firm and 100% of that amount is expected to be recognized as revenue in 2008. The forward-looking estimate of the firmness of such orders is subject to future events that may cause the amount recognized to change.
 
Intellectual Property Matters
 
Patent protection is extremely important to the segment’s operations. The segment has an extensive portfolio of patents relating to its products, technologies and manufacturing processes. The segment licenses certain of its patents to third parties and generates revenue from these licenses. Motorola is also licensed to use certain patents owned by others. Royalty and licensing fees vary from year to year and are subject to the terms of the agreements and sales volumes of the products subject to licenses. The protection of these licenses is also important to the segment’s operations. Reference is made to the material under the heading “Other Information” for additional information relating to patents and trademarks and research and development activities with respect to this segment.
 
Inventory, Raw Materials, Right of Return and Seasonality
 
The segment’s practice is to carry reasonable amounts of inventory in manufacturing and distribution centers in order to meet customer delivery requirements in a manner consistent with industry standards. At the end of 2007, the segment had a lower inventory balance than at the end of 2006. The decrease reflects the significant decline in sales volumes during 2007, as well as an ongoing emphasis on managing inventory levels.


Table of Contents

5

 
Availability of materials and components required by the segment is relatively dependable, but fluctuations in supply and market demand could cause selective shortages and affect results. We currently source certain materials and components from single vendors. Any material disruption from a single-source vendor may have a material adverse impact on our results of operations.
 
Energy necessary for the segment’s manufacturing facilities consists primarily of electricity and natural gas, which are currently in generally adequate supply for the segment’s operations. In addition, the cost to operate our facilities and freight costs are dependent on world oil prices, which increased significantly during 2007 and increased our manufacturing and shipping costs. Labor is generally available in reasonable proximity to the segment’s manufacturing facilities. However, difficulties in obtaining any of the aforementioned items or a significant cost increase could affect the segment’s results.
 
The segment permits returns under limited circumstances to remain competitive with current industry practices.
 
The segment typically experiences higher sales in the fourth calendar quarter and lower sales in the first calendar quarter of each year due to seasonal trends in the wireless handset industry.
 
Our Facilities/Manufacturing
 
Our headquarters is located in Libertyville, Illinois. Our other major facilities are located in Plantation, Florida; Flensburg, Germany; Singapore; Beijing, Hangzhou and Tianjin, China; Jaguariuna, Brazil; Basingstoke, England; and Chennai, India. We have recently announced our intent to exit our Flensburg, Germany facility.
 
We also use several electronics manufacturing suppliers (“EMS”) and original design manufacturers (“ODM”) to enhance our ability to lower our costs and/or deliver products that meet consumer demands in the rapidly-changing technological environment. A portion of our handsets are manufactured either completely or substantially by non-affiliated EMS and ODM manufacturers and the percentage of total manufactured unit volume with these manufacturers increased moderately from 2006 to 2007.
 
In 2007, our handsets were primarily manufactured in Asia and we expect this to continue in 2008. Our largest manufacturing facilities are located in China, Singapore and Brazil. Each of these facilities serves multiple countries and regions of the world.
 
Home and Networks Mobility Segment
 
The Home and Networks Mobility segment (“Home and Networks Mobility” or the “segment”) designs, manufactures, sells, installs and services: (i) digital video, Internet Protocol (“IP”) video and broadcast network interactive set-tops (“digital entertainment devices”), end-to-end video delivery solutions, broadband access infrastructure systems, and associated data and voice customer premise equipment (“broadband gateways”) to cable television and telecom service providers (collectively, referred to as the “home business”), and (ii) wireless access systems (“wireless networks”), including cellular infrastructure systems and wireless broadband systems, to wireless service providers. In 2007, the segment’s net sales represented 27% of the Company’s consolidated net sales.
 
Principal Products and Services
 
In the home business, the segment is a leading provider of end-to-end networks used for the delivery of video, data and voice services over hybrid fiber coaxial (“HFC”) networks, digital subscriber line (“DSL”) and passive optical networks (“PON”). Our portfolio includes: MPEG video encoding equipment for standard-definition and high-definition television (“HDTV” or “HD”); video processing and multiplexing systems; and video-on-demand, switched digital video and conditional access solutions used by network operators and programmers to deliver video programming. We provide a broad array of digital entertainment devices supporting analog, digital and IP video delivery including HD and digital video recording (“DVR”) (together, “HD/DVR”) applications. We support the delivery of high-speed data and voice services with head-end and central office equipment, along with data and voice modems and gateways for HFC and DSL networks and optical line terminals for PON networks.
 
In the wireless networks business, the segment provides end-to-end cellular networks, including radio base stations, base station controllers, associated software and services, application platforms and third-party switching for CDMA, GSM, iDEN ® and UMTS technologies. The segment also offers a portfolio of WiMAX products to


Table of Contents

6

create mobile IP broadband access. WiMAX has the potential to make mobile bandwidth more affordable and accessible for mainstream consumer adoption.
 
Our products are marketed primarily to cable television operators, television programmers, telecom operators, wireless service providers and other communications providers worldwide and are sold primarily by our skilled sales personnel.
 
Our Industry
 
The home market is evolving rapidly as cable and telecom network operators expand their video, data and voice services (commonly known as the “triple play”) to grow their subscriber base. The competition between cable and telecom service providers is increasing. Telecom operators are expanding their broadband networks and beginning to offer advanced video and data services using IPTV and PON technologies. Cable operators are responding by expanding their investment in HD programming, bundling voice-over-IP services, expanding their broadband data service through Data Over Cable Service Interface Specifications (“DOCSIS”) 3.0 channel bonding, and maximizing utilization of network bandwidth using switched digital video.
 
Our home business is subject to regulation by the FCC in the United States and other governmental communication regulators throughout the world. On July 1, 2007, regulations enacted by the FCC became effective, requiring separation of security functionality from cable set-tops. A full two-way security interface continues to be refined. Once developed and implemented, these changes are expected to increase competition and encourage the sale of set-tops and integrated devices, such as televisions and DVRs, that will allow retail customers direct access to programming. Traditionally, service providers have leased digital entertainment devices to their customers.
 
In the wireless networks market, the majority of installed cellular infrastructure systems are based on CDMA, GSM, UMTS and iDEN technologies. We supply systems based on each of these technologies and are the sole supplier of proprietary iDEN networks. Advanced infrastructure systems based on these technologies include GPRS, CDMA-1X and EDGE. In addition, some segments of the cellular infrastructure industry have installed, or are in the process of migrating to, 3G networks, which are high-capacity radio access wireless networks providing enhanced data services, improved Internet access and increased voice capacity. The primary 3G technologies are W-CDMA (based on either UMTS or Freedom of Mobile Multimedia Access (“FOMA”) technologies) and CDMA2000 1xEVDO. We supply 3G systems based on UMTS and CDMA 2000 1xEVDO technologies. An additional 3G technology standard is TD-SCDMA, driven primarily by the Chinese government and local Chinese vendors. We expect 3G licenses to be awarded in China during 2008.
 
Industry standards bodies are in the process of defining the next generation of wireless broadband systems after 3G. The Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (“IEEE”) is currently developing fixed and mobile broadband standards (802.16d and 802.16e) based on orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (“OFDM”) technology, which will utilize wider channels and enable triple play services (voice, data, video). Based upon developments in the 802.16e standard, we expect to see the WiMAX market begin to develop in 2008 as several WiMAX networks come on-line and devices utilizing these networks become widely available. We are an early leader in next-generation wireless broadband products, including WiMAX technology.
 
The International Telecommunications Union (“ITU”) is also adopting next-generation cellular wireless access standards (“4G”) for the cellular infrastructure industry, also based on OFDM technology and known commonly as Long Term Evolution (“LTE”). LTE has widespread industry support, not only from current GSM/UMTS operators, but also from CDMA/EV-DO based carriers. Motorola has been chosen as a trial supplier for a joint Verizon/Vodafone LTE trial that is currently underway.
 
Licensing bodies of governments around the world are making spectrum available for advanced wireless technologies, including 4G, in recognition of growing demand for wireless broadband services. Currently, Motorola estimates that there are over 1,200 licenses available worldwide for advanced wireless technologies, such as 802.16e, with over 800 licenses outside North America.
 
Demand for our products depends primarily on: (i) capital spending by providers of cellular and broadband services for constructing, rebuilding or upgrading their communications systems, and (ii) the marketing of advanced communications services by those providers. The amount of spending by these providers, and therefore a majority of our sales and profitability, are affected by a variety of factors, including: (i) the continuing trend of consolidation within the cable, wireline and wireless industries, (ii) the financial condition of operators and alternative providers, including their access to financing, (iii) technological developments, (iv) standardization


Table of Contents

7

efforts that impact the deployment of new equipment, (v) new legislation and regulations affecting the equipment sold by the segment, and (vi) general economic conditions.
 
In 2007, the home business benefited from increased spending by operators on our products due to the increase in video and data subscribers and the deployment of advanced video platforms by cable operators for HD/DVR applications, as well as from spending by telecom operators upgrading their networks and adding video services. We expect this industry to continue to grow in 2008, driven by continued expansion of broadband network capacity and services.
 
In 2007, the overall market for traditional CDMA wireless networks was relatively flat and the overall markets for GSM and iDEN wireless networks were down. Forecasted industry trends point to a decline in the CDMA, GSM and iDEN markets in 2008 as next-generation 3G and WiMAX wireless networks are deployed. Sales in the overall wireless network market are expected to be flat, or up slightly, in 2008.
 
Our Strategy
 
The Home and Networks Mobility segment is focused on leadership in next-generation broadband solutions to accelerate the delivery of personal media experiences. Key elements in the segment’s strategy include: (i) providing for seamless convergence of services and applications across delivery platforms within the home and across wireline and wireless networks, (ii) innovating and optimizing our end-to-end network portfolio, and (iii) developing new services that leverage our platforms to provide revenue-generating applications and services to our operator customers while enabling consumers to experience media mobility.
 
In the home business, we are focused on accelerating the rate of digital penetration by broadband operators in North America through an enhanced suite of digital entertainment devices. These products include basic models supporting the industry movement to all-digital delivery and advanced units supporting HD/DVR functions. We are capitalizing on telecom operators decisions to offer IPTV to their subscribers globally, with products that support delivery of video content using both copper-outside-plant and fiber-to-the-premises (“FTTP”) networks. During the year, the segment continued to provide video infrastructure, FTTP access network equipment and advanced digital entertainment devices for the launch of Verizon’s FiOS service and is supplying IP interactive set-tops to leading telecommunication companies around the world, including AT&T, SingTel and Telia Sonera.
 
We are also enhancing and expanding our voice and data portfolio to offer end-to-end solutions for fixed-mobile convergence and next-generation converged IP-based voice, data and video delivery. These solutions include: (i) broadband gateways with support for handing off a mobile voice or data call to a carrier’s VoIP or data network, and (ii) next-generation infrastructure products enhancing our cable modem termination system (“CMTS”) and PON platforms to expand the bandwidth delivered to a home or business. We developed our first Femtocell gateway in 2007, which enables consumers to connect to a wireless service provider’s network via a DSL or cable broadband connection. We are also an industry leader in broadband infrastructure solutions, introducing DOCSIS 3.0 channel bonding on our CMTS and cable modems and commercially deploying our Gigabit PON platform.
 
In order to enhance our strategy, as well as increase our offerings to wireline carriers, we have completed several strategic acquisitions. During 2007, we completed the acquisition of Netopia, Inc., a broadband equipment provider for DSL customers, which allows for phone, TV and fast Internet connections. We also acquired: (i) Tut Systems, Inc., a leading developer of edge routing and video encoders; (ii) Terayon Communication Systems, Inc., a provider of real-time digital video networking applications to cable, satellite and telecommunication service providers worldwide; (iii) Modulus Video, Inc., a provider of MPEG-4 Advanced Coding compression systems designed for delivery of high-value video content in the IP set-top devices for the digital video, broadcast and satellite marketplaces; and (iv) Leapstone Systems, Inc., a provider of intelligent multimedia service delivery and content management solutions to networks operators. These acquisitions enhance our ability to: (i) provide complete solutions to operators as they deploy advanced services, (ii) assist operators in growing their on-demand content offerings, deploying switched digital video technology, and enabling targeted advertising solutions, and (iii) provide end-to-end video solutions to wireline and wireless operators as they add video to their service offerings.
 
In the wireless networks business, the segment is investing to be a leader in next-generation wireless broadband technologies with its WiMAX solution. Because of its projected quicker time to market, expected lower cost and expected superior performance, the WiMAX wireless broadband technology, which is based on the IEEE standard 802.16e, represents a compelling offering for existing operators and emerging broadband service providers. In 2007, the segment delivered WiMAX network equipment to Wateen Telecom in Pakistan and Sprint Nextel and Clearwire in the United States. In addition, at the end of 2007, the segment was participating in over


Table of Contents

8

40 WiMAX trials globally. The segment is also leveraging its WiMAX investment to develop its LTE solution. Vodafone and Verizon have launched a coordinated LTE trial in 2008. Motorola has been selected as a supplier to support this trial with both infrastructure equipment and handsets.
 
Customers
 
The largest of the segment’s customers are Comcast, Verizon, KDDI (a service provider in Japan), China Mobile and Sprint Nextel. In 2007, aggregate net sales to these five customers represented approximately 43% of the segment’s net sales. The loss of any of the segment’s large customers could have a material adverse effect on the segment’s business. Further, because many of these contracts are long-term, the loss of a major customer could impact revenue and earnings over several quarters. Although sales in North America continued to account for a majority of the segment’s sales, 48% of the segment’s net sales in 2007 were outside North America. The segment experienced sales increases in all geographic regions in 2007 compared to 2006.
 
Competition
 
The businesses in which the segment operates are highly competitive. The rapid technological changes occurring in each of the markets in which the segment competes are expected to lead to the entry of many new competitors. Competitive factors in the market for the segment’s products and systems include: technology offered; product and system performance; price; features; quality; delivery and availability. We believe that we are competitively positioned because of our solid relationships with major communication system operators worldwide, our technological leadership and our new product development capabilities. Price is a major area of competition and often impacts margins for initial system bids, particularly in emerging markets. Time-to-market has also been an important competitive factor, especially for new systems and technologies.
 
We compete worldwide in the market for digital entertainment devices for broadband networks. Based on 2007 annual sales, we believe we are the leading provider of digital cable and IPTV set-tops in North America. Our digital cable and IPTV set-tops compete with products from a number of different companies, including: (i) those that develop and sell products that are distributed by direct broadcast satellite service providers through retail channels, (ii) those that develop, manufacture and sell products of their own design, and (iii) those that license technology from us or other competitors. In North America, our largest competitor is Cisco. Other competitors in North America include ARRIS, Ericsson (which entered the market in 2007 via the acquisition of Tandberg) and Harmonic, Inc. Outside of North America, where we have a smaller market position, we compete with many equipment suppliers, including several consumer electronics companies.
 
The traditional competitive environment in the North American cable market continues to evolve. On July 1, 2007, regulations enacted by the FCC became effective requiring separation of security functionality from set-tops. To meet this requirement, we provide security modules to cable operators for use with both our own and third-party set-tops. A full two-way security interface specification continues to be refined. Once developed and implemented, these changes are expected to increase competition and encourage the sale of set-tops and integrated devices, such as televisions and DVRs, that will allow retail customers direct access to programming. Traditionally, cable service providers have leased the set-top to their customers.
 
We also compete worldwide in the market for broadband data and voice products. We believe that we are the leading provider of cable modems worldwide, competing with a number of consumer electronic companies and various original design manufacturers worldwide.
 
In the wireless networks market, there is widespread competition from numerous competitors, ranging from some of the world’s largest diversified companies to foreign, state-owned telecommunications companies to many small, specialized firms. Ericsson is the market leader, followed by the Nokia-Siemens joint venture, Alcatel-Lucent, and two vendors with similar market share, Motorola and Nortel. Huawei, Samsung, NEC and ZTE are also significant competitors.
 
The segment’s wireless networks business is confronting several factors that could impact its business, including price competition, continuing consolidation among competitor telecommunications equipment providers, a decline in our proprietary iDEN business, and vendor financing by competitors as customers continue to look to vendors as an additional source of financing. The market for GSM access systems has become particularly price competitive resulting in significant declines in gross margins in the market for those systems during 2006 and 2007.


Table of Contents

9

 
Payment Terms
 
Payment terms vary worldwide, depending on the arrangement. Contracts for wireless networks typically include implementation milestones, such as delivery, installation and system acceptance, which generally take 30 to 180 days to complete. Invoicing the customer is dependent on the completion of the milestone. Customer payments are generally due 30 to 60 days from the invoice date, and are typically limited to 90 days in regions outside North America.
 
As required for competitive reasons, extended payment terms are provided to customers from time-to-time on a limited basis. The segment’s payment terms are consistent with industry practice as many of our contracts are awarded through a competitive bid process.
 
Regulatory Matters
 
Many of our products are subject to regulation by the FCC in the United States and other communications regulatory agencies around the world. In addition, our customers, and their networks into which our products are incorporated, are subject to government regulation. Government regulatory policies affecting either the willingness or the ability of cable and telecom operators, wireless operators and wireline operators to offer certain services, or the terms on which these operators offer the services and conduct their business, may have a material adverse affect on the segment’s results. Motorola has developed products using trunking and data communications technologies to enhance spectral efficiencies. The growth and results of the wireless communications industry may be affected by regulations relating to the access to allocated spectrum for wireless communications users, especially in urban areas where spectrum is heavily used.
 
Historically, reception of digital television programming from a cable broadband network has required a set-top with security technology. This security technology has limited the availability of set-tops to those manufactured by a few cable network manufacturers, including Motorola. FCC regulations requiring separation of security functionality from set-tops that are aimed at increasing competition and encouraging the sale of set-tops in the retail market became effective for most customers on July 1, 2007. Traditionally, cable service providers sold or leased their set-top to their customer. As the retail market develops for set-tops and televisions capable of accepting the security modules, sales of our set-tops may be negatively impacted.
 
The U.S. leads the world in spectrum deregulation, allowing new wireless communications technologies to be developed and offered for sale. Examples include wireless local area network systems, such as WiFi, and wide area network systems, such as WiMAX and LTE. Other countries have also deregulated portions of their available spectrum to allow deployment of these and other technologies which can be offered without spectrum license costs. Deregulation may introduce new competition and new opportunities for Motorola and our customers.
 
As more fully described under “Enterprise Mobility Solutions — Regulatory Matters” beginning on page 13 of this Form 10-K, as television transmission and reception technology transitions from analog to more efficient digital modes, various countries around the world are examining, and in some cases already pursuing, the redevelopment of portions of the television spectrum. Certain segments of the spectrum that have historically been utilized for analog television have now been designated to support new commercial communications systems and, therefore, are expected to generate new business opportunities for Motorola in wireless and video technologies. In the U.S., the FCC has begun the auction of spectrum in the 700 MHz band that will be reclaimed by the government in February 2009. License for this spectrum may be used for flexible fixed, mobile and broadcast applications. Although the auction winners will determine the best utilization of the acquired spectrum, both LTE and WiMAX are candidates for technology selection. In addition, a contiguous portion of this spectrum has generated interest for mobile TV applications.
 
Backlog
 
The segment’s backlog was $2.6 billion at December 31, 2007, compared to $3.2 billion at December 31, 2006. The 2007 order backlog is believed to be generally firm and 100% of that amount is expected to be recognized as revenue during 2008. The forward-looking estimate of the firmness of such orders is subject to future events that may cause the amount recognized to change.


Table of Contents

10

 
Intellectual Property Matters
 
Patent protection is extremely important to the segment’s operations. The segment has an extensive portfolio of patents relating to its products, systems, technologies and manufacturing processes.
 
The segment seeks to build upon our core enabling technologies, such as digital compression, encryption and conditional access systems, and wireless air-interface technology in order to lead worldwide growth in the market for wired and wireless communications networks. Our policy is to protect our proprietary position by, among other methods, filing U.S. and foreign patent applications to protect technology and improvements that we consider important to the development of our business. We also rely on our proprietary knowledge and ongoing technological innovation to develop and maintain our competitive position, and will periodically seek to include our proprietary technologies in certain patent pools that support the implementation of standards. We are a founder of MPEG LA, the patent licensing authority established to foster broad deployment of MPEG-2 compliant systems. In addition, we have licensed our digital conditional access technology, DigiCipher ® II, to other equipment suppliers and have formed joint ventures with Comcast for development and licensing of conditional access technology.
 
We also enter into other license agreements, both as licensor and licensee, covering certain products and processes with various companies. These license agreements require the payment of certain royalties that are not expected to be material to the segment’s financial results. Royalty and licensing fees vary from year to year and are subject to the terms of the agreements and sales volumes of the products subject to licenses. Reference is made to the material under the heading “Other Information” for information relating to patents and trademarks and research and development activities with respect to this segment.
 
Inventory, Raw Materials, Right of Return and Seasonality
 
The segment’s practice is to carry reasonable amounts of inventory in order to meet customer delivery requirements in a manner consistent with industry standards. At the end of 2007, the segment had lower inventory balances than at the end of 2006, primarily due to the completion of significant project milestones and the sale of the embedded communications computing business.
 
Availability of materials and components required by the segment is relatively dependable, but fluctuations in supply and market demand could cause selective shortages and affect results. We currently source certain materials and components from single vendors. Any material disruption from a single-source vendor may have a material adverse impact on our results of operations.
 
Natural gas, electricity, and, to a lesser extent, oil are the primary sources of energy required for our manufacturing operations, which are currently in generally adequate supply for the segments operations. In addition, the cost to operate our facilities and freight costs are dependent on world oil prices, which increased significantly during 2007 and increased our manufacturing and shipping costs. Labor is generally available in reasonable proximity to the segment’s manufacturing facilities. However, difficulties in obtaining any of the aforementioned items or a significant cost increase could affect the segment’s results.
 
Generally, we do not permit customers to return products, other than under standard warranty provisions. The segment has not experienced seasonal buying patterns for its products.
 
Our Facilities/Manufacturing
 
Our headquarters is located in Horsham, Pennsylvania. Major design, integration, manufacturing and distribution centers are located in: Arlington Heights and Schaumburg, Illinois; Chandler, Arizona; Fort Worth, Texas; Taipei, Taiwan; Nogales, Mexico; Bangalore, India; Swindon, England; Hangzhou and Tianjin, China; and Penang, Malaysia. In addition to our own manufacturing, we utilize non-affiliated electronics manufacturing suppliers and original design manufacturers, primarily in Asia, in order to enhance our ability to lower costs and/or deliver products that meet consumer demands.
 
Enterprise Mobility Solutions Segment
 
The Enterprise Mobility Solutions segment (“Enterprise Mobility Solutions” or the “segment”) designs, manufactures, sells, installs and services analog and digital two-way radio, voice and data communications products and systems for private networks, wireless broadband systems and end-to-end enterprise mobility


Table of Contents

11

solutions to a wide range of enterprise markets, including government and public safety agencies (which, together with all sales to distributors of two-way communication products, is referred to as the “government and public safety market”), as well as retail, utility, transportation, manufacturing, healthcare and other commercial customers (which, collectively, are referred to as the “commercial enterprise market”). In 2007, the segment’s net sales represented 21% of the Company’s consolidated net sales.
 
Principal Products and Services
 
In the government and public safety market, we are the leading provider of advanced mission-critical systems worldwide, with more than 65 years of experience in custom, rugged devices; public safety-grade private networks; sophisticated encryption technology; interoperable voice and broadband data; and complex network design, optimization and implementation services. In the commercial enterprise market, we are a global leader in end-to-end enterprise mobility solutions. Our products and solutions capture, move and manage information in real time to assist our customers in making more efficient business decisions. Our products include advanced data capture products, mobile computing platforms and software management tools, wireless infrastructure, and radio frequency identification (“RFID”) infrastructure and tags, and are sold as both integrated solutions and individual devices.
 
The segment’s products are sold through Motorola’s direct sales force and through independent and authorized distributors, dealers and value-added resellers, original equipment manufacturers, service operators and independent commission sales representatives. Distributors and value-added resellers may provide a service or add components in order to resell our product to end users. The segment’s distribution organization provides systems engineering and installation and other technical and systems management services to meet its customers’ particular needs. The customer may also choose to install and maintain the equipment with its own employees, or may obtain installation, service and parts from a network of the segment’s authorized service stations or from other non-Motorola service stations.
 
Our Industry
 
We compete in the mobile segment of the communications industry, providing wireless equipment infrastructure and services to public safety, government and enterprise customers.
 
Within our government and public safety market, interoperability and natural disaster preparedness continue to be important issues for our customers worldwide. We expect this industry to grow in the mid-to-high single digit percentage range in 2008, consistent with previous years. Our extensive portfolio of products includes advanced solutions for each of the major standards-based private network technologies, APCO 25 (Association for Public Safety Communications Officials) and TETRA (terrestrial trunked radio), as well as biometrics and wireless broadband applications. We expect sales to continue to grow worldwide as demand for integrated, interoperable public safety communications increases. As new and better spectrum utilization evolves, we expect to see more demand and greater potential for data applications, such as video surveillance and other data-based products, in 2008 and beyond.
 
Within our commercial enterprise market, we believe there is a significant growth opportunity as the global workforce continues to become more mobile and the industries and markets that purchase our products continue to expand. The markets in which Motorola competes include enterprise wireless infrastructure, mobile computing solutions, bar code scanning, RFID solutions and mobile network management platforms. Organizations looking to increase productivity and derive benefits from mobilizing their applications and workforces are driving growth in this market, which we expect to be in the high single digits in 2008. With the acquisition of Symbol Technologies, Inc. (“Symbol”) in January 2007, Motorola is well positioned to compete effectively in the enterprise space.
 
Our Strategy
 
Motorola has been a leading provider of mission-critical systems in the government and public safety market worldwide for more than 65 years. The acquisition of Symbol is the cornerstone of the segment’s strategy to expand its leadership into the commercial enterprise market. We are using our combined scale to maintain and expand our leadership position in these markets worldwide by uniting the two companies’ adjacent assets, intellectual property, customer and supplier bases, and industry-leading products. The combination of our direct sales and indirect channel partners provides significant distribution advantages in each of the markets we serve.


Table of Contents

12

 
In the government and public safety market, our objective is to maintain our leading position as the market and technology evolves. Key strategies include: (i) continuing investment in our analog radio portfolio while leading the ongoing migration to digital products, (ii) leveraging our wireless broadband portfolio to drive growth and enter new markets, (iii) managing the anticipated public/private convergence planned for potential 700MHz public safety systems in the U.S., and (iv) continuing to lead the market for APCO 25 and TETRA standards-based voice and data networking systems around the world.
 
In the commercial enterprise market, our strategy is to deliver products and solutions that are designed to increase cost effectiveness, enhance efficiency and promote faster execution of critical business processes. Key strategies include offering a comprehensive portfolio of products and services to help businesses: (i) streamline their supply chains, (ii) improve customer service in the field, (iii) increase data collection accuracy, and (iv) enhance worker productivity.
 
Customers
 
Our products and services are sold worldwide to a diverse set of customers, including government and public safety agencies (police, fire, and emergency management services) and militaries, as well as retail, utility, transportation and logistics, manufacturing, wholesale and distribution, healthcare and other commercial customers. Our sales model emphasizes both direct sales by our in-house sales force and indirect sales through our channel of value-added resellers and distributors. We believe this dual sales approach allows us to meet customer needs effectively, build strong, lasting relationships and broaden our penetration across various markets. Our channel sales force allows us to increase revenues by extending the reach of our products and solutions to meet demand in market segments where our direct sales force does not sell. Resellers and distributors each have their own sales organizations which complement and extend our sales organization. With deep expertise about specific customers’ operations, resellers can be very effective in promoting sales of Motorola products. We believe this tiered distribution approach will allow us to achieve our goal of maintaining gross margin over time, as we drive greater scale from shipping more efficiently through better management of our supply chain.
 
The largest of the segment’s customers are the U.S. Government, Scansource, IBM, Ingram Micro and Wal-Mart. In 2007, aggregate net sales to these five customers represented approximately 19% of the segment’s net sales. The loss of any of the segment’s largest customers may have a material adverse effect on the segment’s business. Further, because some of these contracts are long-term, the loss of a major customer could impact revenue and earnings over several quarters. Net sales to customers in North America represented 62% of the segment’s net sales in 2007.
 
A majority of our sales were made directly through our in-house sales force. However, as noted above, a significant portion of our sales are made through resellers and distributors. Our largest resellers and distributors are Scansource, IBM and Ingram Micro, which primarily sell to the commercial enterprise market.
 
Competition
 
The businesses in which we operate are highly competitive. Continued evolution in the industry, as well as technological migration, is opening up the market to increased competition. Other key competitive factors include: technology offered; price; payment terms; availability of vendor financing; product and system performance; product features, quality, delivery, availability and warranty; the quality and availability of service; company image; relationship with key customers; and time-to-market. We believe we are uniquely positioned in the industry due to our strong customer relationships, our technological leadership and capabilities, and our range of offerings.
 
The segment experiences widespread competition in the government and public safety market from a growing number of new and existing competitors. In this market, the segment provides communications and information systems compliant with both existing industry digital standards, APCO 25 and TETRA. Major competitors include: M/A-Com, EADS Telecommunications, Kenwood, EF Johnson, Cisco and large system integrators.
 
Competitors in this segment may also serve as a subcontractor to a large system integrator and are selected based on a number of competitive factors and customer requirements. The segment is managing the impact of system integrators seeking to move further into the public safety area, specifically in the federal government market. Several other competitive factors may have an impact on the business, including: the consolidation among telecommunications equipment providers; evolving developments in the 700 MHz band, and increasing encroachment by broadband and IP solution providers. As demand for fully-integrated voice, data and broadband systems continues, the segment may face additional competition from public telecommunications carriers.


Table of Contents

13

 
The commercial enterprise market is highly competitive and acutely influenced by advances in technology, industry standards, product improvements, new product introductions and price competition. Many firms are engaged in the manufacturing and marketing of products in bar code reading equipment, wireless networks and mobile computing devices. Numerous companies, including present manufacturers of scanners, lasers, optical instruments, microprocessors, wireless networks, notebook computers, handheld devices and telephonic and other communication devices, have the technical potential to compete with the segment. Competitors such as Intermec, Cisco and Nokia deliver products in certain parts of the commercial enterprise market.
 
Payment Terms
 
Payment terms vary worldwide. Generally, contract payment terms range from 30 to 60 days from the invoice date within North America and are typically limited to 90 days in regions outside North America. A portion of the contracts in the government and public safety market include implementation milestones, such as delivery, installation and system acceptance, which generally take 30 to 180 days to complete. Invoicing the customer is dependent on the completion of the milestone.
 
We generally do not grant extended payment terms. As required for competitive reasons, we may provide or work with third-party lenders to arrange for long-term financing in connection with equipment purchases. Financing may cover all or a portion of the purchase price.
 
Regulatory Matters
 
The use of wireless voice, data and video communications systems requires radio spectrum, which is regulated by governmental agencies throughout the world. In the U.S., the FCC and the National Telecommunications and Information Administration (“NTIA”) regulate spectrum use by non-federal entities and federal entities, respectively. Similarly, countries around the world have one or more regulatory bodies that define and implement the rules for use of the radio spectrum, pursuant to their respective national laws and international coordination under the International Telecommunications Union (“ITU”). Consequently, the business and results of this segment could be affected by the rules and regulations adopted by the FCC, NTIA or regulatory agencies in other countries from time to time. The availability of additional radio spectrum may provide new business opportunities. Regulatory changes in current spectrum bands may also provide opportunities or may require modifications to some of our products so they can continue to be manufactured and marketed.
 
The segment manufactures and markets products in spectrum bands already made available by regulatory bodies. These include voice and data infrastructure, mobile radios and portable or handheld units. Our products span the public safety, enterprise, commercial and consumer markets and operate both on licensed and unlicensed spectrum. In addition, new spectrum bands and modified regulations provide possible opportunities for new business.
 
As television transmission and reception technology transitions from analog to more efficient digital modes, various countries around the world are examining, and in some cases already pursuing, the redevelopment of portions of the television spectrum. In the U.S., pursuant to federal legislation, analog television stations must cease operation in the broadcast television spectrum by February 17, 2009. The soon-to-be available spectrum that has historically been utilized for analog television (the so-called “digital dividend” spectrum) can provide new opportunities for Motorola and for our competitors. In parallel, 108 MHz of spectrum historically used for broadcast television is being redeveloped for new uses, including broadband and narrowband wireless communications. Under rules adopted by the FCC, this portion of the spectrum under redevelopment (the 700 MHz band) will support new commercial and public safety communications systems. As of February 2008, approximately 40 public safety customers are already implementing narrowband 700 MHz systems in areas where television incumbency is not an issue. Additional agencies are expected to deploy systems as broadcast television is cleared from the 700 MHz band. The FCC also has made provisions for a 700 MHz band nationwide public safety broadband network to be built over the next 10 years. In addition, segments of the spectrum are being auctioned for commercial use and Motorola could see new business opportunities as auction winners implement broadband systems on that spectrum.
 
Internationally, the ITU World Radio Conference held in Geneva in November 2007 identified spectrum that could be made available as part of a “digital dividend” as television transitions from analog to digital technology globally. Countries around the world are studying the potential size, timing and use of this potentially available spectrum. In November 2007, the European Commission issued a statement promoting a common European approach to its use. The United Kingdom has already decided to redevelop spectrum as a result of the digital


Table of Contents

14

transition and is making available 112 MHz of spectrum through auctions. Canada recently released a consultation requesting industry input on making additional spectrum available for public safety use in the 700 MHz band. A number of other countries around the world have also indicated their intention to pursue the availability of digital dividend spectrum.
 
A global focus on enhancing security and “connecting the unconnected” is providing new opportunities for Motorola’s wireless broadband and RFID products. In addition to offering products that operate in licensed broadband, Motorola offers wireless broadband solutions that operate in bands where no license is required, providing an economical means for enhancing connectivity in developing countries. Government funding to enhance connectivity in African countries is fueling new opportunities for these products. Likewise, interest in strengthening border security and global tracking and security of products provides greater opportunities for Motorola’s RFID products.
 
In addition, some of our operations use substances regulated under various federal, state, local and international laws governing the environment and worker health and safety, including those governing the discharge of pollutants into the ground, air and water, the management and disposal of hazardous substances and wastes and the cleanup of contaminated sites. Certain of our products are subject to various federal, state, local and international laws governing chemical substances in electronic products.
 
Backlog
 
The segment’s backlog was $2.3 billion as of December 31, 2007, compared to $2.0 billion as of December 31, 2006. The 2007 order backlog is believed to be generally firm and approximately 74% of that amount is expected to be recognized as revenue during 2008. The forward-looking estimate of the firmness of such orders is subject to future events that may cause the amount recognized to change.
 
Intellectual Property Matters
 
Patent protection is extremely important to the segment’s operations. The segment has an extensive U.S. and international portfolio of patents relating to its products, systems, technologies and manufacturing processes, including recent research developments in scanning, information collection, network communications and network management. We have also filed additional patent applications in the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office as well as in foreign patent offices.
 
The segment licenses some of its patents to third parties and this revenue is not significant. Motorola is also licensed to use certain patents owned by others. Royalty and licensing fees vary from year to year and are subject to the terms of the agreements and sales volumes of the products subject to licenses.
 
We actively participate in the development of open standards for interoperable, mission-critical digital two-way radio systems. We have published our technology and licensed patents to signatories of the industry’s two primary memorandums of understanding defined by the Telecommunications Industry Association (“TIA”) Project 25 and European Telecommunications Standards Institute (“ETSI”) Terrestrial Trunked Radio (“TETRA”).
 
Notwithstanding the expiration of certain patents and the resulting potential for increased competition for certain of our products in the future, we believe that our extensive patent portfolio will continue to provide us with a competitive advantage. Furthermore, we believe we are not dependent upon a single patent, or a few patents. Our success depends more upon our proprietary know-how, innovative skills, technical competence and marketing abilities. In addition, because of changing technology, our present intention is not to rely primarily on patents or other intellectual property rights to protect or establish our market position. However, the segment continues to litigate against competitors to enforce its intellectual property rights in certain technologies and is currently involved in several such lawsuits. Reference is made to the material under the heading “Other Information” for information relating to patents and trademarks and research and development activities with respect to this segment.
 
Inventory, Raw Materials, Right of Return and Seasonality
 
The segment’s practice is to carry reasonable amounts of inventory to meet customers’ delivery requirements in a manner consistent with industry standards. The segment provides custom products which requires the stocking of inventories and large varieties of piece parts and replacement parts in order to meet delivery and warranty requirements. To the extent suppliers’ product life cycles are shorter than the segment’s, stocking of lifetime buy


Table of Contents

15

inventories is required to meet long-term warranty and contractual requirements. In addition, replacement parts are stocked for delivery on customer demand within a short delivery cycle. At the end of 2007, the segment had a higher inventory balance than at the end of 2006, primarily as a result of the acquisition of Symbol during 2007.
 
Availability of materials and components required by the segment is relatively dependable, but fluctuations in supply and market demand could cause selective shortages and affect results. We currently source certain materials and components from single vendors. Any material disruption from a single-source vendor may have a material adverse impact on our results of operations.
 
Natural gas, electricity and, to a lesser extent, oil are the primary sources of energy for the segment’s operations, which are currently in generally adequate supply for the segment’s operations. In addition, the cost to operate our facilities and freight costs are dependent on world oil prices, which increased significantly during 2007 and increased our manufacturing and shipping costs. Labor is generally available in reasonable proximity to the segment’s manufacturing facilities. However, difficulties in obtaining any of these items or a significant cost increase could affect the segment’s results.
 
Generally, the segment’s contracts do not include a right of return, other than for standard warranty provisions. For new product introductions in our government and public safety market, we may enter into milestone contracts providing that the product could be returned if we do not achieve the milestones. Due to buying patterns in the markets we serve, sales tend to be somewhat higher in the fourth quarter.
 
Our Facilities/Manufacturing
 
Our primary offices are located in Schaumburg, Illinois and Holtsville, New York. Major design, integration, manufacturing and distribution centers are located in: Holtsville, New York; Schaumburg, Illinois; Basingstoke, England; Arad, Israel; Tianjin, China; Taunusstein and Berlin, Germany; Reynosa, Mexico; McAllen, Texas; Brno, Czech Republic; and Penang, Malaysia. In addition to our own manufacturing, we utilize non-affiliated electronics manufacturing suppliers, primarily in Asia, in order to enhance our ability to lower costs and deliver products that meet consumer demands.
 
Other Information
 
2007 Change in Organizational Structure.   Effective as of the second quarter of 2007, the Company realigned its operating business segments into the following: (i) Mobile Devices, (ii) Home and Networks Mobility, and (iii) Enterprise Mobility Solutions.
 
Financial Information About Segments.   The response to this section of Item 1 incorporates by reference Note 11, “Information by Segment and Geographic Region,” of Part II, Item 8: Financial Statements and Supplementary Data of this document.
 
Customers.   Motorola has several large customers, the loss of one or more of which could have a material adverse effect on the Company. Motorola’s largest end customers (including sales through distributors) are Sprint Nextel, Verizon, China Mobile, AT&T and America Movil. No single customer accounted for more than 10% of the Company’s net sales in 2007.
 
Approximately 2% of Motorola’s net sales in 2007 were to various branches and agencies, including the armed services, of the U.S. Government. All contracts with the U.S. Government are subject to cancellation at the convenience of the Government.
 
Government contractors, including Motorola, are routinely subjected to numerous audits and investigations, which may be either civil or criminal in nature. The consequences of these audits and investigations may include administrative action to suspend business dealings with the contractor and to exclude it from receiving new business. In addition, Motorola, like other contractors, reviews aspects of its government contracting operations, and, where appropriate, takes corrective actions and makes voluntary disclosures to the U.S. Government. These audits and investigations could adversely affect Motorola’s ability to obtain new business from the U.S. Government.


Table of Contents

16

 
Backlog.   Motorola’s aggregate backlog position for all Motorola segments, as of the end of the last two fiscal years was approximately as follows:
 
         
December 31, 2007
  $ 5.5 billion  
December 31, 2006
  $ 6.6 billion  
 
Except as previously discussed in this Item 1, the orders supporting the 2007 backlog amounts shown in the foregoing table are believed to be generally firm, and approximately 89% of the backlog on hand at December 31, 2007 is expected to be recognized as revenue in 2008. The forward-looking estimate of the firmness of such orders is subject to future events that may cause the amount recognized to change.
 
Research and Development.   Motorola’s business segments participate in very competitive industries with constant changes in technology. Throughout its history, Motorola has relied, and continues to rely, primarily on its research and development (“R&D”) programs for the development of new products, and on its production engineering capabilities for the improvement of existing products. Technical data and product application ideas are exchanged among Motorola’s business segments on a regular basis. Management believes, looking forward, that Motorola’s commitment to R&D programs should allow each of its segments to remain competitive.
 
R&D expenditures relating to new product development or product improvement were $4.4 billion in 2007, compared to $4.1 billion in 2006 and $3.6 billion in 2005. R&D expenditures increased 8% in 2007 as compared to 2006, after increasing 14% in 2006 as compared to 2005. Motorola continues to believe that a strong commitment to research and development is required to drive long-term growth. Approximately 27,000 professional employees were engaged in such R&D activities during 2007.
 
Patents and Trademarks.   Motorola seeks to obtain patents and trademarks to protect our proprietary position whenever possible and practical. As of December 31, 2007, Motorola, Inc. and its wholly owned subsidiaries owned approximately 10,064 utility and design patents in the U.S. and 12,914 patents in foreign countries. These foreign patents are mostly counterparts of Motorola’s U.S. patents, but a number result from research conducted outside the U.S. and are originally filed in the country of origin. During 2007, Motorola, Inc. and its wholly owned subsidiaries were granted 696 U.S. utility and design patents. Many of the patents owned by Motorola are used in its operations or licensed for use by others, and Motorola is licensed to use certain patents owned by others. Royalty and licensing fees vary from year to year and are subject to the terms of the agreements and sales volumes of the products subject to licenses.
 
Environmental Quality.   Compliance with federal, state and local laws regulating the discharge of materials into the environment, or otherwise relating to the protection of the environment, has no material effect on capital expenditures, earnings or the competitive position of Motorola.
 
Employees.   At December 31, 2007 and December 31, 2006, there were approximately 66,000 employees of Motorola and its subsidiaries.
 
Financial Information About Geographic Areas.   The response to this section of Item 1 incorporates by reference Note 10, “Commitments and Contingencies” and Note 11, “Information by Segment and Geographic Region” of Part II, Item 8: Financial Statements and Supplementary Data of this document, the “Results of Operations—2007 Compared to 2006” and “Results of Operations—2006 Compared to 2005” sections of Part II, “Item 7: Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Item A: Risk Factors” of this document.
 
Available Information
 
We make available free of charge through our website, www.motorola.com/investor, our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, proxy statements, other reports filed under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Exchange Act”) and all amendments to those reports as soon as reasonably practicable after such material is electronically filed with, or furnished to, the Securities and Exchange


Table of Contents

17

Commission (“SEC”). Our reports are also available free of charge on the SEC’s website, www.sec.gov. Also available free of charge on our website are the following corporate governance documents:
 
  •  Motorola, Inc. Restated Certificate of Incorporation
  •  Motorola, Inc. Amended and Restated Bylaws
  •  Motorola, Inc. Board Governance Guidelines
  •  Motorola, Inc. Director Independence Guidelines
  •  Principles of Conduct for Members of the Motorola, Inc. Board of Directors
  •  Motorola Code of Business Conduct, which is applicable to all Motorola employees, including the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer and the controller (principal accounting officer)
  •  Audit and Legal Committee Charter
  •  Compensation and Leadership Committee Charter
  •  Governance and Nominating Committee Charter
 
All of our reports and corporate governance documents may also be obtained without charge by contacting Investor Relations, Motorola, Inc., Corporate Offices, 1303 East Algonquin Road, Schaumburg, Illinois 60196, E-mail: investors@motorola.com , phone: 1-800-262-8509. Our Internet website and the information contained therein or incorporated therein are not intended to be incorporated into this Annual Report on Form 10-K.


Table of Contents

18

 
Item 1A:  Risk Factors
 
We wish to caution the reader that the following important risk factors, and those risk factors described elsewhere in this report or our other Securities and Exchange Commission filings, could cause our actual results to differ materially from those stated in forward-looking statements contained in this document and elsewhere.
 
We operate in highly-competitive markets and our financial results will be affected if we are not able to compete effectively.
 
The markets for our products are highly competitive with respect to, among other factors: pricing, product features, product and service quality, and the time required to introduce new products and services. We are constantly exposed to the risk that our competitors may implement new technologies before we do, or may offer lower prices, additional products or services or other incentives that we cannot or will not offer. We can give no assurances that we will be able to compete successfully against existing or future competitors.
 
Our success depends in part on our timely introduction of new products and technologies and our results can be impacted by the effectiveness of our significant investments in new products and technologies.
 
The markets for our products are characterized by rapidly changing technologies, frequent new product introductions, short product life cycles and evolving industry standards. Our success depends, in substantial part, on the timely and successful introduction of new products and upgrades of current products to comply with emerging industry standards and to address competing technological and product developments carried out by our competitors. The research and development of new, technologically-advanced products is a complex and uncertain process requiring high levels of innovation and investment, as well as the accurate anticipation of technological and market trends. We may focus our resources on technologies that do not become widely accepted or are not commercially viable. In addition, our products may contain defects or errors that are detected only after deployment. If our products are not competitive or do not work properly, our business will suffer.
 
Our results are subject to risks related to our significant investment in developing and introducing new products, such as: advanced wireless handsets; WiMAX; 4G technologies for wireless broadband networks; products for transmission of telephony and high-speed data over hybrid fiber coaxial cable systems; integrated digital radios; and integrated public safety systems. These risks include: (i) difficulties and delays in the development, production, testing and marketing of products; (ii) customer acceptance of products; (iii) the development of, approval and compliance with industry standards; (iv) the significant amount of resources we must devote to the development of new technology; and (v) the ability to differentiate our products and compete with other companies in the same markets.
 
Our success, in part, will be affected by our ability to successfully compete in the ever-evolving markets in which we participate. We face intense competition in these markets from both established companies and new entrants. Product life cycles can be short and new products are expensive to develop and bring to market.
 
Our evaluation of structural and strategic realignment alternatives for our businesses may have an adverse effect on business operations and our assets.
 
In January 2008, we announced that we are evaluating alternatives for the structural and strategic realignment of our businesses. This may include the separation of the Mobile Devices business from our other businesses. We have not determined all structural and strategic alternatives that may be available to us, whether we will elect to pursue any such strategic alternatives, or what impact any particular strategic alternative will have on our business operations or stock price if pursued. There are various uncertainties and risks relating to our exploration of structural and strategic alternatives that could have an adverse effect on our business operations or assets, including: (i) exploration of structural and strategic alternatives may distract management and disrupt operations, which could have a material adverse effect on our operating results; (ii) perceived uncertainties as to our future direction may result in increased difficulties in recruiting and retaining employees, particularly highly qualified employees; (iii) perceived uncertainties as to our future direction may have a negative impact on our relationships with our customers, suppliers, vendors and partners and may result in the loss of business opportunities; (iv) the process of exploring strategic alternatives may be time consuming and expensive and may result in the loss of business opportunities; and (v) we may not be able to successfully achieve the benefits of any strategic alternative undertaken by us.


Table of Contents

19

 
We have taken, and continue to take, cost-reduction actions. Our ability to complete these actions and the impact of such actions on our business may be limited by a variety of factors. The cost-reduction actions, in turn, may expose us to additional production risk and have an adverse effect on our sales and profitability.
 
We have been reducing costs and simplifying our product portfolios in all of our businesses. We have discontinued product lines, exited businesses, consolidated manufacturing operations, increased manufacturing with third parties and reduced our employee population.
 
The impact of these cost-reduction actions on our sales and profitability may be influenced by factors including, but not limited to: (i) our ability to successfully complete these ongoing efforts; (ii) our ability to generate the level of cost savings we expect or that are necessary to enable us to effectively compete; (iii) delays in implementation of anticipated workforce reductions in highly-regulated locations outside of the United States, particularly in Europe and Asia; (iv) decreases in employee morale and the failure to meet operational targets due to the loss of employees; (v) our ability to retain or recruit key employees; (vi) the adequacy of our manufacturing capacity, including capacity provided by third parties; and (vii) the performance of other parties under contract manufacturing arrangements on which we rely for the manufacture of certain products, parts and components.
 
All of our businesses have consolidated or exited certain facilities and our products are now manufactured in fewer facilities than in the past. While we have business continuity and risk management plans in place in case capacity is significantly reduced or eliminated at a given facility, the reduced number of alternative facilities could cause the duration of any manufacturing disruption to be longer. As a result, we could have difficulties fulfilling our orders and our sales and profits could decline.
 
The demand for our products depends on the continued growth of the industries in which we participate. A market decline in any one of these industries could have an adverse effect on our business.
 
The rate at which the portions of the telecommunications industry in which we participate continue to grow is critical to our ability to improve our overall financial performance and we could be negatively impacted by a slowdown. Our business was very negatively impacted by the economic slowdown and the corresponding reduction in capital spending by the telecommunications industry from 2001 to 2003.
 
Our customers and suppliers are located throughout the world and, as a result, we face risks that other companies that are not global may not face.
 
Our customers and suppliers are located throughout the world and approximately half of our net sales are made to customers outside the U.S. In addition, we have many manufacturing, administrative and sales facilities outside the U.S. and more than half of our employees are employed outside the U.S. Most of our suppliers are outside the U.S. and most of our products are manufactured outside the U.S.
 
As with all companies that have sizeable sales and operations outside the U.S., we are exposed to risks that could negatively impact sales or profitability, including but not limited to: (i) tariffs, trade barriers and trade disputes, customs classifications and certifications, including but not limited to changes in classifications or errors or omissions related to such classifications and certifications; (ii) changes in U.S. and non-U.S. rules related to trade, environmental, health and safety, technical standards & consumer protection; (iii) longer payment cycles; (iv) tax issues, such as tax law changes, variations in tax laws from country to country and as compared to the U.S., and difficulties in repatriating cash generated or held abroad in a tax-efficient manner; (v) currency fluctuations, particularly in the Euro, Chinese renminbi and Brazilian real; (vi) foreign exchange regulations, which may limit the Company’s ability to convert or repatriate foreign currency; (vii) challenges in collecting accounts receivable; (viii) cultural and language differences; (ix) employment regulations and local labor conditions; (x) difficulties protecting IP in foreign countries; (xi) instability in economic or political conditions, including inflation, recession and actual or anticipated military or political conflicts; (xii) natural disasters; (xiii) public health issues or outbreaks; (xiv) changes in laws or regulations that adversely impact benefits being received by the Company; and (xv) the impact of each of the foregoing on our outsourcing and procurement arrangements.
 
Many of our products that are manufactured outside the U.S. are manufactured in Asia. In particular, we have sizeable operations in China, including manufacturing operations, and 7% of our net sales are to customers in China. The legal system in China is still developing and is subject to change. Accordingly, our operations and orders for products in China could be adversely impacted by changes to or interpretation of Chinese law. Further, if manufacturing in the region is disrupted, our overall capacity could be significantly reduced and sales or profitability could be negatively impacted.


Table of Contents

20

 
We also are increasing our presence and/or selling more of our products in emerging markets such as India and Russia. We face challenges in emerging markets, including creating demand for our products and the negative impact of changes in the laws, or the interpretation of the laws, in those countries.
 
Changes in our development activities, operations or sales in non-U.S. markets could result in lost benefits and increase our cost of doing business.
 
The Company has entered into various agreements with non-U.S. governments, agencies, or similar organizations under which the Company receives certain benefits relating to its development activities, operations and/or sales in the jurisdiction. If the Company’s circumstances change or development activities, sales or operations are not at levels originally anticipated, the Company may be at risk of losing some or all of these benefits and increasing our cost of doing business.
 
If the quality of our products does not meet our customers’ expectations, then our sales and operating earnings, and ultimately our reputation, could be adversely affected.
 
Occasionally, some of the products we sell have quality issues resulting from the design or manufacture of the product, or from the software used in the product. Sometimes, these issues may be caused by components we purchase from other manufacturers or suppliers. Often these issues are identified prior to the shipment of the products and may cause delays in shipping products to customers, or even the cancellation of orders by customers. Sometimes, we discover quality issues in the products after they have been shipped to our customers, distributors or end-users, requiring us to resolve such issues in a timely manner that is the least disruptive to our customers. Such pre-shipment and post-shipment quality issues can have legal and financial ramifications, including: delays in the recognition of revenue, loss of revenue or future orders, customer-imposed penalties on Motorola for failure to meet contractual requirements, increased costs associated with repairing or replacing products, and a negative impact on our goodwill and brand name reputation.
 
In some cases, if the quality issue affects the product’s safety or regulatory compliance, then such a “defective” product may need to be recalled. Depending on the nature of the defect and the number of products in the field, it can cause the Company to incur substantial recall costs, in addition to the costs associated with the potential loss of future orders, and the damage to the Company’s goodwill or brand/reputation. In addition, the Company may be required, under certain customer contracts, to pay damages for failed performance that might exceed the revenue that the Company receives from the contracts. Recalls involving regulatory agencies can also result in fines and additional costs. Finally, recalls can result in third-party litigation, including class action litigation by persons alleging common harm resulting from the purchase of the products.
 
If the volume of our sales decrease or do not reach projected targets, we could face increased materials and manufacturing costs that may make our products less competitive.
 
We have negotiated favorable pricing terms with many of our suppliers, some of which have volume-based pricing. In the case of volume-based pricing arrangements, we may experience higher than anticipated costs if current volume-based purchase projections are not met. Some contracts have minimum purchase commitments and we may incur large financial penalties if these commitments are not met. We also may have unused production capacity if our current volume projections are not met, increasing our cost of production. In the future, as we establish new pricing terms, our volume demand could adversely impact future pricing from suppliers. All of these outcomes may result in our products being more costly to manufacture and less competitive.
 
The uncertainty of current economic and political conditions makes budgeting and forecasting difficult and may reduce demand for our products.
 
Current conditions in the domestic and global economies are uncertain. The U.S. involvement in Iraq and other global conflicts, including in the Middle East, as well as public health issues, have created many economic and political uncertainties that have impacted the global economy. As a result, it is difficult to estimate the level of growth for the world economy as a whole. It is even more difficult to estimate growth in various parts of the world economy, including the markets in which we participate. Because all components of our budgeting and forecasting are dependent upon estimates of growth in the markets we serve and demand for our products, the prevailing economic uncertainties render estimates of future income and expenditures difficult.
 
We have sizable manufacturing operations and engineering resources in Israel that could be disrupted as a result of hostilities in the region. We also sell our products and services throughout the Middle East and demand for our products and services could be adversely impacted by hostilities.


Table of Contents

21

 
The future direction of the overall domestic and global economies will have a significant impact on our overall performance. The potential for future terrorist attacks, increased global conflicts and the escalation of existing conflicts and public health issues has created worldwide uncertainties that have negatively impacted, and may continue to negatively impact, demand for certain of our products.
 
Our future operating results depend on our ability to purchase a sufficient amount of materials, parts and components to meet the demands of our customers.
 
Our ability to meet customers’ demands depends, in part, on our ability to obtain timely and adequate delivery of quality materials, parts and components from our suppliers. We have experienced shortages in the past that have adversely affected our operations. Although we work closely with our suppliers to avoid these types of shortages, there can be no assurances that we will not encounter these problems in the future. Furthermore, certain of our components are available only from a single source or limited sources. We may not be able to diversify sources in a timely manner. A reduction or interruption in supplies or a significant increase in the price of supplies could have a material adverse effect on our businesses.
 
Our success is dependent, in part, upon our ability to form successful strategic alliances. If these arrangements do not develop as expected, our business may be adversely impacted.
 
We currently partner with industry leaders to meet customer product and service requirements and to develop innovative advances in design and technology. Some of our partnerships allow us to supplement internal manufacturing capacity and share the cost of developing next-generation technologies. Other partnerships allow us to offer more services and features to our customers. If such arrangements do not develop as expected, our business could be adversely impacted.
 
We rely on third-party distributors, representatives and retailers to sell certain of our products.
 
In addition to our own sales force, we offer our products through a variety of third-party distributors, representatives and retailers. Certain of our distributors or representatives may also market other products that compete with our products. The loss, termination or failure of one or more of our distributors or representatives to effectively promote our products, or changes in the financial or business condition of these distributors, representatives or retailers, could affect our ability to bring its products to market.
 
We face many risks relating to intellectual property rights.
 
Our business will be harmed if: (i) we, our customers and/or our suppliers are found to have infringed intellectual property rights of third parties, (ii) if the intellectual property indemnities in our supplier agreements are inadequate to cover damages and losses due to infringement of third-party intellectual property rights by supplier products, (iii) if we are required to provide broad intellectual property indemnities to our customers, or (iv) if our intellectual property protection is inadequate to protect our proprietary rights.
 
Because our products are comprised of complex technology, much of which we acquire from suppliers through the purchase of components or licensing of software, we are often involved in or impacted by litigation regarding patent and other intellectual property rights. Third parties have asserted, and in the future may assert, intellectual property infringement claims against us and against our customers and suppliers. Defending claims may be expensive and divert the time and efforts of our management and employees. If we do not succeed in any such litigation, we could be required to expend significant resources to pay damages, develop non-infringing intellectual property or to obtain licenses to the intellectual property that is the subject of such litigation. However, we cannot be certain that any such licenses, if available at all, will be available to us on commercially reasonable terms. In some cases, we might be forced to stop delivering certain products if we or our customer or supplier are subject to a final injunction.
 
We attempt to negotiate favorable intellectual property indemnities with our suppliers for infringement of third-party intellectual property rights, but there is no assurance that we will be successful in our negotiations or that a supplier’s indemnity will cover all damages and losses suffered by Motorola and our customers due to the infringing products or that a supplier may choose to accept a license or modify or replace its products with non-infringing products which would otherwise mitigate such damages and losses. Further, Motorola may not be able to participate in intellectual property litigation involving a supplier and may not be able to influence any ultimate resolution or outcome that may adversely impact Motorola’s sales if a court enters an injunction that enjoins the supplier’s products or if the International Trade Commission issues an exclusionary order that blocks Motorola products from importation into the U.S.


Table of Contents

22

 
In addition, our customers increasingly demand that we indemnify them broadly from all damages and losses resulting from intellectual property litigation against them. Because our customers often derive much larger revenue streams by reselling or leasing our products than we generate from the same products, these indemnity claims by our customers have the potential to expose us to damages that are much higher than we would be exposed to if we were sued directly.
 
Our patent and other intellectual property rights are important competitive tools and may generate income under license agreements. We regard our intellectual property rights as proprietary and attempt to protect them with patents, copyrights, trademarks, trade secret laws, confidentiality agreements and other methods. We also generally restrict access to and distribution of our proprietary information. Despite these precautions, it may be possible for a third party to obtain and use our proprietary information or develop similar technology independently. In addition, effective patent, copyright, trademark and trade secret protection may be unavailable or limited in certain foreign countries. Unauthorized use of our intellectual property rights by third parties and the cost of any litigation necessary to enforce our intellectual property rights could have an adverse impact on our business.
 
As we expand our business, including through acquisitions, and compete with new competitors in new markets, the breadth and strength of our intellectual property portfolio in those new areas may not be as developed as in our longer-standing businesses. This may expose us to a heightened risk of litigation and other challenges from competitors in these new markets.
 
Our future operating results may be negatively impacted if we are not successful in licensing our intellectual property.
 
As part of the business strategy of some of our business segments, primarily our Mobile Devices business, we generate revenue through the licensing of intellectual property rights. The licensed rights include those that are essential to telecommunications standards, such as the GSM standard. Previously agreed-upon terms of some of our long-standing license agreements and the aging of our essential patent portfolio have reduced our royalty revenue over the past several years and are likely to continue to reduce that revenue. Uncertainty in the legal environment makes it difficult to assure that we will be able to enter into new license agreements that will be sufficient to offset that reduction in our revenue.
 
Many of our components and products are designed or manufactured by third parties and if third-party manufacturers lack sufficient quality control or if there are significant changes in the financial or business condition of such third-party manufacturers, it may have a material adverse effect on our business.
 
We rely on third-party suppliers for many of the components used in our products and we rely on third-party manufacturers to manufacture many of our assemblies and finished products. If we are not able to engage such manufacturers with the capabilities or capacities required by our business, or such third parties lack sufficient quality control or if there are significant changes in the financial or business condition of such third parties, it could have a material adverse effect on our business.
 
We also have third-party arrangements for the design or manufacture of certain products, parts and components. If we are not able to engage such parties with the capabilities or capacities required by our business, or these third parties fail to deliver quality products, parts and components on time and at reasonable prices, we could have difficulties fulfilling our orders and our sales and profits could decline.
 
There is no guarantee that design wins will become actual orders and sales.
 
A “design win” occurs when a customer or prospective customer notifies us that our product has been selected to be integrated with the customer’s product. There can be delays of several months or more between the design win and when a customer initiates actual orders. The design win may never become an actual order or sale. Further, if the customer’s plans change, we may commit significant resources to design wins that do not result in actual orders. If design wins do not result in actual sales, our business could be adversely affected.
 
We may not continue to have access to the capital markets to obtain long-term and short-term financing on acceptable terms and conditions, particularly if our credit ratings are downgraded.
 
From time to time we access the long-term and short-term capital markets to obtain financing. Although we believe that we can continue to access the capital markets in 2008 on acceptable terms and conditions, our access and the availability of acceptable terms and conditions are impacted by many factors, including: (i) our credit ratings, which have been lowered in 2007 and 2008; (ii) the liquidity of the overall capital markets, which has


Table of Contents

23

been negatively impacted by the U.S. sub-prime mortgage situation; and (iii) the current state of the economy, including the telecommunications industry. There can be no assurances that we will continue to have access to the capital markets on terms acceptable to us.
 
Our debt ratings are considered “investment grade.” If our credit ratings were to decline two levels from the current Fitch and S&P ratings, the Company’s long-term debt would no longer be considered investment grade and our financial flexibility would be reduced and our cost of borrowing would increase. Some of the factors that impact our credit ratings, including the overall economic health of the telecommunications industry and the U.S. economy, are outside of our control. There can be no assurances that our current credit ratings will continue.
 
Our commercial paper is rated “A-2/P-2/F-2.” Our A-2 and F-2 ratings include a “watch negative.” Although we currently have access to the commercial paper markets, there can be no assurances that we will continue to have access to the commercial paper markets on terms acceptable to us.
 
We may not be able to borrow funds under our credit facility if we are not able to meet the conditions to borrowing in our facility.
 
We view our existing five-year revolving domestic credit facility as a source of available liquidity. This facility contains various conditions, covenants and representations with which we must be in compliance in order to borrow funds. We have never borrowed under this facility or previous domestic revolving credit facilities. However, if we wish to borrow under this facility in the future, there can be no assurance that we will be in compliance with these conditions, covenants and representations.
 
We may continue to make strategic acquisitions of other companies or businesses and these acquisitions introduce significant risks and uncertainties, including risks related to integrating the acquired businesses and achieving benefits from the acquisitions.
 
In order to position ourselves to take advantage of growth opportunities, we have made, and may continue to make, strategic acquisitions that involve significant risks and uncertainties. These risks and uncertainties include: (i) the difficulty in integrating newly-acquired businesses and operations in an efficient and effective manner; (ii) the challenges in achieving strategic objectives, cost savings and other benefits from acquisitions; (iii) the risk that our markets do not evolve as anticipated and that the technologies acquired do not prove to be those needed to be successful in those markets; (iv) the potential loss of key employees of the acquired businesses; (v) the risk of diverting the attention of senior management from our operations; (vi) the risks of entering new markets in which we have limited experience; (vii) risks associated with integrating financial reporting and internal control systems; (viii) difficulties in expanding information technology systems and other business processes to accommodate the acquired businesses; and (ix) future impairments of goodwill of an acquired business.
 
Acquisition candidates in the industries in which we participate may carry higher relative valuations (based on their earnings) than we do. This is particularly evident in software and services businesses. Acquiring a business that has a higher valuation than Motorola may be dilutive to our earnings, especially when the acquired business has little or no revenue. In addition, we may not pursue opportunities that are highly dilutive to near-term earnings and have, in the past, foregone certain of these acquisitions.
 
Key employees of acquired businesses may receive substantial value in connection with a transaction in the form of change-in-control agreements, acceleration of stock options and the lifting of restrictions on other equity- based compensation rights. To retain such employees and integrate the acquired business, we may offer additional retention incentives, but it may still be difficult to retain certain key employees.
 
Our future operating results may be negatively impacted if we do not execute a successful silicon and software strategy for our Mobile Devices business.
 
As part of our ongoing effort to improve the product portfolio of our Mobile Devices business, we are in the process of transitioning our silicon and software platforms to lower our cost to produce devices and to enable richer consumer experiences. Failure to execute this transition in a timely and effective manner may cause us to be competitively disadvantaged in many areas, including but not limited to, cost, time to market and the ability to ramp-up production in a timely fashion with acceptable quality and improved/additional features.


Table of Contents

24

 
The value of our investments in the securities of various companies fluctuates and it may be difficult for us to realize the value of these investments.
 
We hold a portfolio of investments in various companies. Since the majority of these securities represent investments in technology companies, the fair market values of these securities are subject to significant price volatility. In addition, the realizable value of these securities is subject to market and other conditions.
 
We also have invested in numerous privately-held companies, many of which can still be considered in startup or developmental stages. These investments are inherently risky as the market for the technologies or products they have under development are typically in the early stages and may never materialize. We could lose all or substantially all of the value of our investments in these companies, and in some cases have.
 
The Sigma Fund, an investment fund owned by the Company, holds U.S. Dollar-denominated debt obligations which include corporate bonds and asset- and mortgage-backed securities. The fair value of these holdings may experience temporary or other-than-temporary declines due to the widening credit spreads in several debt market segments and impairment if the underlying debtor should default on its obligations.
 
If we are unable to purchase sufficient credit insurance, our business may be negatively impacted.
 
We purchase a large amount of credit insurance to mitigate some of our credit risks. Our ability to sell certain of our receivables could be negatively impacted if we are not able to continue to purchase credit insurance in certain countries and in sufficient quantities. In addition, our success in certain countries may be dependent on our ability to obtain sufficient credit insurance.
 
It may be difficult for us to recruit and retain the types of highly-skilled employees that are necessary to remain competitive.
 
Competition for key technical personnel in high-technology industries is intense. We believe that our future success depends in large part on our continued ability to hire, assimilate, retain and leverage the skills of qualified engineers and other highly-skilled personnel needed to compete and develop successful new products. We may not be as successful as our competitors at recruiting, assimilating, retaining and utilizing these highly-skilled personnel. In particular, we may have more difficulty attracting or retaining highly-skilled personnel during periods of poor operating performance.
 
The unfavorable outcome of litigation pending or future litigation could materially impact the Company.
 
Our financial results could be materially adversely impacted by unfavorable outcomes to any pending or future litigation. See “Item 3—Legal Proceedings.” There can be no assurances as to the favorable outcome of any litigation. In addition, it can be very costly to defend litigation and these costs could negatively impact our financial results.
 
We are subject to a wide range of product regulatory and safety, consumer, worker safety and environmental laws.
 
Our operations and the products we manufacture and/or sell are subject to a wide range of global laws. Compliance with existing or future laws could subject us to future costs or liabilities, impact our production capabilities, constrict our ability to sell, expand or acquire facilities, and generally impact our financial performance. Some of these laws relate to the use, disposal, clean up of, and exposure to hazardous substances. In the United States, laws often require parties to fund remedial studies or action regardless of fault. Motorola continues to incur disposal costs and has ongoing remediation obligations. Changes to U.S. environmental laws or our discovery of additional obligations under these laws could have a negative impact on Motorola.
 
Over the last several years, laws focused on: the energy efficiency of electronic products and accessories; recycling of both electronic products and packaging; and reducing or eliminating certain hazardous substances in electronic products have expanded significantly. Laws pertaining to accessibility features of electronic products, standardization of connectors and power supplies, sound levels of music playing devices, and other aspects are also proliferating.
 
These laws impact our products and make it more expensive to manufacture and sell product. It may also be difficult to comply with the laws in a timely way and we may not have compliant products available in the quantities requested by our customers, thereby impacting our sales and profitability.
 
We expect these trends to continue. In addition, we anticipate increased demand to meet voluntary criteria related to reduction or elimination of certain hazardous constituents from products, increasing energy efficiency, and providing additional accessibility.


Table of Contents

25

 
We may provide financing and financial guarantees to our customers, some of which may be for significant amounts.
 
The competitive environment in which we operate may require us to provide long-term customer financing to a customer in order to win a contract. Customer financing arrangements may include all or a portion of the purchase price for our products and services. In some circumstances, these loans, leases and extended payment terms can be very large. We also provide revolving, short-term financing to certain customers and distributors that purchase our equipment. We may also assist customers in obtaining financing from banks and other sources and may also provide financial guarantees on behalf of our customers. Our success, particularly in our infrastructure businesses, may be dependent, in part, upon our ability to provide customer financing on competitive terms and on our customers’ creditworthiness.
 
While we have generally been able to place a portion of our customer financings with third-party lenders, a portion of these financings are supported directly by us. There can be higher risks of default associated with some of these financings, particularly when provided to start-up operations such as local network providers, customers in developing countries, or customers in specific financing-intensive areas of the industry (such as 3G wireless operators). Should customers fail to meet their obligations on new or existing loans, losses could be incurred and such losses could negatively impact our financial results. In addition, our sales to such customers or distributors could be reduced in the event of real or perceived issues about the credit quality of the customer or distributor.
 
We are exposed to risks under large multi-year system contracts that may negatively impact our business.
 
We enter into large multi-year system contracts with large customers. This exposes us to risks, including: (i) the technological risks of such contracts, especially when the contracts involve new technology, and (ii) financial risks under these contracts, including the estimates inherent in projecting costs associated with large contracts and the related impact on operating results. We are also facing increasing competition from traditional system integrators and the defense industry as system contracts become larger and more complicated. Political developments also can impact the nature and timing of these large contracts.
 
It is important that we are able to obtain many different types of insurance, and if we are not able to obtain insurance we are forced to retain the risk.
 
The Company has many types of insurance coverage and also self-insures for some risks and obligations. The insurance market was disrupted after the events of September 11, 2001 and the 2005 hurricanes. While the cost and availability of most insurance has stabilized, there are still certain types and levels of insurance that remain unavailable. Natural disasters and certain risks arising from securities claims and public liability are potential self-insured events that could negatively impact our financial performance.
 
Government regulation of radio frequencies may limit the growth of the wireless communications industry or reduce barriers to entry for new competitors.
 
Radio frequencies are required to provide wireless services. The allocation of frequencies is regulated in the U.S. and other countries and limited spectrum space is allocated to wireless services. The growth of the wireless and personal communications industry may be affected: (i) by regulations relating to the access to allocated spectrum for wireless communication users, especially in urban areas, (ii) if adequate frequencies are not allocated, or (iii) if new technologies are not developed to better utilize the frequencies currently allocated for such use. Industry growth has been and may continue to be affected by the cost of new licenses required to use frequencies and any related frequency relocation costs.
 
The U.S. leads the world in spectrum deregulation, allowing new wireless communications technologies to be developed and offered for sale. Examples include wireless local area network systems, such as WiFi, mesh technologies and wide area network systems, such as WiMAX and LTE. Other countries have also deregulated portions of their available spectrum to allow deployment of these and other technologies, which can be offered without spectrum license costs. Deregulation may introduce new competition and new opportunities for Motorola and our customers.
 
Changes in government policies and laws or economic conditions may adversely affect our financial results.
 
Our results may be affected by changes in trade, monetary and fiscal policies, laws and regulations, or other activities of U.S. and non-U.S. governments, agencies and similar organizations. Our results may also be affected by social and economic conditions, which impact our operations, including in emerging markets in Asia, India, Latin America and Eastern Europe, and in markets subject to ongoing political hostilities and war, including the Middle East.


Table of Contents

26

 
In addition, the laws and regulations that apply directly to access to, or commerce on, the Internet are still evolving. We could be adversely affected by any such regulation in any country where we operate. The adoption of such measures could decrease demand for our products and at the same time increase the cost of selling such products.
 
Consolidations in both the cable and telecommunication industries may adversely impact our business.
 
The cable and telecommunication industries have experienced consolidation and this trend is expected to continue according to industry estimates. Industry consolidation could result in delays of purchases or in the selection of new suppliers by the merged companies. This could adversely effect equipment suppliers like Motorola and our competitors. Due to continuing consolidation within the cable and telecommunications industries worldwide, a small number of operators own a majority of cable television systems and account for a significant portion of the capital spending made by cable telecommunications systems operators.
 
Recent FCC regulations requiring separation of security functionality from set-tops could negatively impact our sales of set-tops.
 
Historically, reception of digital television programming from a cable broadband network has required a set-top with security technology. As a result, sourcing of these set-tops was traditionally limited to a few cable network manufacturers, including Motorola. FCC regulations requiring separation of security functionality from set-tops that are aimed to increase competition and encourage the sale of set-tops in the retail market became effective for most customers on July 1, 2007. Traditionally, cable service providers sold or leased the set-top to their customer. As the retail market develops for set-tops and televisions capable of accepting the security modules, sales of our set-tops may be negatively impacted.
 
We rely on complex information technology systems and networks to operate our business. Any significant system or network disruption could have a material adverse impact on our operations, sales and operating results.
 
We rely on the efficient and uninterrupted operation of complex information technology systems and networks some of which are within Motorola and some are outsourced. All information technology systems are potentially vulnerable to damage or interruption from a variety of sources, including but not limited to computer viruses, security breach, energy blackouts, natural disasters, terrorism, war and telecommunication failures. There also may be system or network disruptions if new or upgraded business management systems are defective or are not installed properly. We have implemented various measures to manage our risks related to system and network disruptions, but a system failure or security breach could negatively impact our operations and financial results. In addition, we may incur additional costs to remedy the damages caused by these disruptions or security breaches.
 
Our share price has been and may continue to be volatile.
 
Our share price has been volatile due, in part, to generally volatile securities markets, and the volatility in the telecommunications and technology companies’ securities markets in particular. Factors other than our financial results that may affect our share price include, but are not limited to, market expectations of our performance, capital spending plans of our customers, and the level of perceived growth in the industries in which we participate.
 
The level of returns on pension and retirement plan assets could affect our earnings in future periods.
 
The funding obligations for our pension plans are impacted by the performance of the financial markets, particularly the equity markets, and interest rates. Funding obligations are determined under government regulations and are measured each year based on the value of assets and liabilities on a specific date. If the financial markets do not provide the long-term returns that are expected under the governmental funding calculations we could be required to make larger contributions. The equity markets can be, and recently have been, very volatile, and therefore our estimate of future contribution requirements can change dramatically in relatively short periods of time. Similarly, changes in interest rates can impact our contribution requirements. In a low interest rate environment, the likelihood of required contributions in the future increases.
 
The outcome of currently ongoing and future examinations of our income tax returns by the IRS could impact our financial results.
 
We are subject to continued examination of our income tax returns by the Internal Revenue Service and other tax authorities. We regularly assess the likelihood of adverse outcomes resulting from these examinations to


Table of Contents

27

determine the adequacy of our provision for income taxes. There can be no assurance that the outcomes from these continuing examinations will not have an adverse effect on future operating results.
 
We face risks related to ongoing patent-related disputes between Qualcomm and Broadcom.
 
Motorola is a purchaser of CDMA EV-DO baseband processor chips and chipsets from Qualcomm Incorporated (“Qualcomm”), and we recently announced an intention to design certain of Qualcomm’s W-CDMA chipsets into certain of our 3G handsets. Qualcomm and Broadcom Corporation (“Broadcom”) are engaged in several patent-related legal actions. In certain of these actions, Broadcom is seeking orders to ban the importation into the U.S. of Qualcomm’s infringing EV-DO and W-CDMA baseband processor chipsets and certain “downstream” products that contain them (including Motorola handsets) and/or limit Qualcomm’s ability to provide certain services and products in the U.S. relating to such infringing chipsets. A final outcome adverse to Qualcomm in any of the patent-related legal actions could have a material adverse impact on Motorola’s performance by making it difficult, more expensive or impossible for Motorola to make and/or import products destined for the U.S. market that use certain infringing Qualcomm chipsets. While we continue to work with Qualcomm and others on contingency plans relating to these cases, there is no guarantee that such plans will prove successful or avoid further legal challenge.
 
Item 1B:  Unresolved Staff Comments
 
None.
 
Item 2:  Properties
 
Motorola’s principal executive offices are located at 1303 East Algonquin Road, Schaumburg, Illinois 60196. Motorola also operates manufacturing facilities and sales offices in other U.S. locations and in many other countries. (See “Item 1: Business” for information regarding the location of the principal manufacturing facilities for each of Motorola’s business segments.) Motorola owns 43 facilities (manufacturing, sales, service and office), 26 of which are located in Americas Region (USA, Canada, Mexico and Latin America) and 17 of which are located in other countries. Motorola leases 313 facilities, 122 of which are located in Americas Region and 191 of which are located in other countries.
 
During 2007, facilities in: Guangzhou, China; Cork, Ireland; Arlington Heights, Illinois (Ridge Buildings); and a land parcel in Anderson, South Carolina were sold. Sites at Beijing, China; Flensburg, Germany; Glen Rock, New Jersey; Champaign, Illinois; and Chandler, Arizona, are currently for sale.
 
Motorola generally considers the productive capacity of the plants operated by each of its business segments to be adequate and sufficient for the requirements of each business group. The extent of utilization of such manufacturing facilities varies from plant to plant and from time to time during the year.
 
A substantial portion of Motorola’s products are manufactured in Asia, primarily China, either in our own facilities or in the facilities of others who manufacture and assemble products for Motorola. If manufacturing in the region was disrupted, Motorola’s overall productive capacity could be significantly reduced.
 
Item 3:  Legal Proceedings
 
Personal Injury Cases
 
Cases relating to Wireless Telephone Usage
 
On April 19, 2001, Farina v. Nokia, Inc., et al., was filed in the Pennsylvania Court of Common Pleas, Philadelphia County. Farina claimed that the failure to incorporate a remote headset into cellular phones rendered the phones defective by exposing users to biological injury and health risks and sought compensatory damages and injunctive relief. After removal to federal court, the Judicial Panel on Multidistrict Litigation (“MDL Panel”) transferred Farina and three similar but now dismissed cases to the United States District Court for the District of Maryland (the “MDL Court”) for coordinated or consolidated pretrial proceedings in the matter called In re Wireless Telephone Radio Frequency Emissions Products Liability Litigation (the “MDL Proceeding”).
 
In 2005, as a result of a decision of the United States Court of Appeals for the Fourth Circuit, the Farina case was remanded to the Pennsylvania state courts. In late 2005 and early 2006, plaintiffs in Farina amended their


Table of Contents

28

complaints to add allegations that cellular telephones sold without headsets are defective because they present a safety risk when used while driving and to seek punitive damages. Plaintiffs in Farina also seek declaratory relief and treble and statutory damages. After the Farina complaint was amended, on February 17, 2006, a newly-added defendant to the Farina case removed the case to federal court. After initial consolidation with the MDL Proceeding, on June 11, 2007, the MDL Panel transferred Farina back to the federal district court in Philadelphia. Plaintiffs’ motion to remand to Pennsylvania state courts was denied on February 13, 2008. The federal district court requested that defendants refile and rebrief their motions to dismiss.
 
On September 9, 2002, Dahlgren v. Motorola, Inc., et al., was filed in the D.C. Superior Court containing class claims alleging deceptive and misleading actions by defendants in falsely stating that cellular phones are safe and by failing to disclose studies that allegedly show cellular phones can cause harm . Dahlgren seeks injunctive and equitable relief, actual damages, treble or statutory damages, punitive damages and a constructive trust. On December 9, 2005, plaintiff filed an amended complaint in Dahlgren. Defendants moved to dismiss Dahlgren on February 3, 2006. That motion is still pending.
 
During 2001 and 2002, several cases were filed in the Superior Court of the District of Columbia alleging that use of a cellular phone caused a malignant brain tumor : Murray v. Motorola, Inc., et al., filed November 15, 2001, Agro, et al. v. Motorola, Inc., et al., filed February 26, 2002; Cochran, et al. v. Audiovox Corporation, et al., filed February 26, 2002, and Schofield, et al. v. Matsushita Electric Corporation of America, et al. , filed February 26, 2002,. Each complaint seeks compensatory damages in excess of $25 million, consequential damages in excess of $25 million and punitive and/or exemplary damages in excess of $100 million. These cases were removed to federal court and transferred to the United States District Court for the District of Maryland (the “MDL Court”). On July 19, 2004, the MDL Court found that there was no federal court jurisdiction over Murray, Agro, Cochran and Schofield and remanded those cases to the Superior Court for the District of Columbia. On November 30, 2004, defendants moved to dismiss the Murray, Agro, Cochran and Schofield complaints. On August 24, 2007, the Superior Court for the District of Columbia granted the defendants’ motion and dismissed the cases with prejudice on federal preemption grounds. On September 20, 2007, plaintiffs appealed the dismissal to the District of Columbia Court of Appeals and that appeal is still pending.
 
Iridium-Related Cases
 
Class Action Securities Lawsuits
 
Motorola has been named as one of several defendants in putative class action securities lawsuits arising out of alleged misrepresentations or omissions regarding the Iridium satellite communications business which, on March 15, 2001, were consolidated in the federal district court in the District of Columbia under Freeland v. Iridium World Communications, Inc., et al., originally filed on April 22, 1999. Plaintiff’s motion for class certification was granted on January 9, 2006 and the trial is scheduled to begin on May 22, 2008.
 
Bankruptcy Court Lawsuit
 
Motorola was sued by the Official Committee of the Unsecured Creditors of Iridium (the “Committee”) in the Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of New York on July 19, 2001. In re Iridium Operating LLC, et al. v. Motorola asserts claims for breach of contract, warranty, fiduciary duty and fraudulent transfer and preferences, and seeks in excess of $4 billion in damages. On September 20, 2007, following trial on the solvency and capital adequacy portion of the Committee’s fraudulent transfer and preference claims, the Iridium Bankruptcy Court granted judgment for Motorola on all those claims. The remaining claims for breach of contract, warranty, fiduciary duty and equitable subordination remain pending.
 
On March 30, 2001, the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of New York presiding over the Iridium bankruptcy proceeding approved a settlement between the unsecured creditors of the Iridium Debtors and the Iridium Debtors’ pre-petition secured lenders. The settlement agreement creates and provides for the funding of a litigation vehicle for the purpose of pursuing litigation against Motorola. Motorola appealed the approval of the settlement first to the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York and thereafter to the United States Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit. On March 5, 2007, the Court of Appeals vacated the District Court order approving the settlement and directed that the case be remanded to the Iridium Bankruptcy Court for further proceedings. On June 1, 2007, the Unsecured Creditors Committee filed with the bankruptcy court a renewed motion for approval of the Settlement Agreement, to which Motorola objected. That motion remains pending.


Table of Contents

29

 
Iridium India Lawsuits
 
Motorola and certain of its current and former officers and directors were named as defendants in a private criminal complaint filed by Iridium India Telecom Ltd. (“Iridium India”) in October 2001 in the Court of the Extra Judicial Magistrate, First Class, Khadki, Pune, India. The Iridium India Telecom Ltd. v. Motorola, Inc. et al. complaint alleges that the defendants conspired to, and did, commit the criminal offense of “cheating” by fraudulently inducing Iridium India to purchase gateway equipment from Motorola, to acquire Iridium stock, and to invest in developing a market for Iridium services in India. Under the Indian penal code, “cheating” is punishable by imprisonment for up to 7 years and a fine of any amount. The court may also require defendants to compensate the victim for its losses, which the complaint estimates at about $100 million. In August 2003, the Bombay High Court granted Motorola’s petition to dismiss the criminal action against Motorola and the individual defendants. Iridium India has petitioned the Indian Supreme Court to exercise its discretion to review that dismissal, and that petition is pending.
 
In September 2002, Iridium India also filed a civil suit in the Bombay High Court against Motorola and Iridium. The suit alleges fraud, intentional misrepresentation and negligent misrepresentation by Motorola and Iridium in inducing Iridium India to purchase gateway equipment from Motorola, to acquire Iridium stock, and to invest in developing a market for Iridium services in India. Iridium India claims in excess of $200 million in damages and interest. Following extensive proceedings in the trial court and on appeal related to Iridium India’s motion for interim relief, Motorola has deposited approximately $44 million in a specially designated account in India, and the Indian Supreme Court has accepted for a full hearing at a later date Motorola’s appeal regarding interim relief.
 
Shareholder Derivative Case—Iridium and Telsim
 
M & C Partners III v. Galvin, et al., filed January 10, 2002, in the Circuit Court of Cook County, Illinois, is a shareholder derivative action against fifteen current and former members of the Motorola Board of Directors and Motorola as a nominal defendant. The lawsuit alleges that the Motorola directors breached their fiduciary duty to the Company and/or committed gross mismanagement of Motorola’s business and assets by allowing Motorola to engage in improper practices with respect to Iridium and Telsim (as defined below).
 
In April 2006, the Court held that the plaintiff could not pursue its Iridium-related claims, but denied without prejudice plaintiff’s motion to file a Third Amended Complaint with respect to new allegations pertaining to Telsim. Following the Court’s ruling for defendants on the Iridium-related claims and plaintiff’s July 20, 2006 demand with respect to Telsim-related claims, the Motorola Board of Directors appointed an investigatory committee to investigate those Telsim-related claims. On November 13, 2007, after considering the July 2006 demand, proposed complaint, and recommendations made by the Board’s investigatory committee, the Board concluded that the evidence does not support M&C Partners III’s proposed claims and prosecution of these claims would not be in the best interests of Motorola’s shareholders. Accordingly, the Board rejected M&C Partners III’s demand.
 
An unfavorable outcome in one or more of the Iridium-related cases still pending could have a material adverse effect on Motorola’s consolidated financial position, liquidity or results of operations.
 
Telsim-Related Cases
 
In April 2001, Telsim Mobil Telekomunikasyon Hizmetleri A.S. (“Telsim”), a wireless telephone operator in Turkey, defaulted on the payment of approximately $2 billion of loans owed to Motorola and its subsidiaries (the “Telsim Loans”). The Uzan family controlled Telsim until 2004 when an agency of the Turkish government took over control of Telsim. Telsim was sold by the Turkish government to Vodafone and Motorola received an aggregate payment from the sale of $910 million.


Table of Contents

30

 
U.S. Judgment
 
The Company continues its efforts to collect on its judgment of $2.13 billion (the “U.S. Judgment”) for compensatory damages rendered by the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York (the “District Court”) against the Uzans on July 31, 2003 and affirmed by the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit (the “Second Circuit”) in 2004 and in connection with foreign proceedings against the Uzan family. However, the Company believes that the ongoing litigation, collection and/or settlement processes against the Uzan family will be very lengthy in light of the Uzans’ continued resistance to satisfy the judgments against them and their decision to violate various courts’ orders, including orders holding them in contempt of court. Following a remand from the Second Circuit of the U.S. Judgment, on February 8, 2006, the District Court awarded a judgment in favor of Motorola for $1 billion in punitive damages against the Uzan family and their co-conspirator, Antonio Luna Bettancourt. That decision was affirmed by the Second Circuit on November 21, 2007.
 
In re Motorola Securities Litigation
 
A purported class action lawsuit, Barry Family LP v. Carl F. Koenemann , was filed against the former chief financial officer of Motorola on December 24, 2002, in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, alleging breach of fiduciary duty and violations of Section 10(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and SEC Rule 10b-5. In 2003, it was consolidated with a number of related cases as In re Motorola Securities Litigation in the United States District Court for the Northern District of Illinois (“Illinois District Court”). During 2005, the Illinois District Court certified the case as a class action. In April 2007, the parties entered into a settlement agreement, pursuant to which Motorola paid $190 million to the class and all claims against Motorola by the class have been dismissed and released.
 
Howell v. Motorola, Inc., et al.
 
A class action, Howell v. Motorola, Inc., et al. , was filed against Motorola and various of its directors, officers and employees in the United States District Court for the Northern District of Illinois (“Illinois District Court”) on July 21, 2003, alleging breach of fiduciary duty and violations of the Employment Retirement Income Security Act (“ERISA”). The complaint alleged that the defendants had improperly permitted participants in the Motorola 401(k) Plan (the “Plan”) to purchase or hold shares of common stock of Motorola because the price of Motorola’s stock was artificially inflated by a failure to disclose vendor financing to Telsim in connection with the sale of telecommunications equipment by Motorola. The plaintiff sought to represent a class of participants in the Plan and sought an unspecified amount of damages. On September 30, 2005, the district court dismissed the second amended complaint filed on October 15, 2004 (the “Howell Complaint”). Three new purported lead plaintiffs have since intervened in the case, and have filed a motion for class certification seeking to represent a class of Plan participants. On September 28, 2007, the Illinois District Court granted the motion for class certification but narrowed the requested scope of the class. On October 25, 2007, the Illinois District Court modified the scope of the class, granted summary judgment dismissing two of the individually-named defendants in light of the narrowed class, and ruled that the judgment as to the original named plaintiff, Howell, would be immediately appealable. The class as certified includes all Plan participants for whose individual accounts the Plan purchased and/or held shares of Motorola common stock from May 16, 2000 through May 14, 2001, with certain exclusions. On February 15, 2008 plaintiffs and defendants each filed motions for summary judgment in the Illinois District Court. On February 22, 2008 the appellate court granted defendants’ motion for leave to appeal from the Illinois District Court’s class-certification decision. In addition, the original named plaintiff, Howell, has appealed the dismissal of his claim.
 
Silverman/Williams Federal Securities Lawsuits and Related Derivative Matters
 
A purported class action lawsuit on behalf of the purchasers of Motorola securities between July 19, 2006 and January 5, 2007, Silverman v. Motorola, Inc., et al ., was filed against the Company and certain current and former officers and directors of the Company on August 9, 2007, in the United States District Court for the Northern District of Illinois. The complaint alleges violations of Section 10(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and SEC Rule 10b-5 as well as, in the case of the individual defendants, the control person provisions of the Securities Exchange Act. The factual assertions in the complaint consist primarily of the allegation that the defendants knowingly made incorrect statements concerning Motorola’s projected revenues for the third and fourth quarter of 2006. The complaint seeks unspecified damages and other relief relating to the purported inflation in the price of Motorola shares during the class period. An amended complaint was filed December 20, 2007.


Table of Contents

31

 
In addition, on August 24, 2007, two lawsuits were filed as purportedly derivative actions on behalf of Motorola, Williams v. Zander, et al. , and Cinotto v. Zander, et al. , in the Circuit Court of Cook County, Illinois against the Company and certain of its current and former officers and directors. These complaints make similar factual allegations to those made in the Silverman complaint and assert causes of action for breach of fiduciary duty, abuse of control, gross mismanagement, waste of corporate assets, and unjust enrichment. The complaints seek unspecified damages associated with the alleged loss to the Company deriving from the defendants’ actions and demand that Motorola make a number of changes to its internal procedures. An amended complaint was filed on December 14, 2007, and defendants moved to dismiss that complaint in January 2008.
 
Charter Communications Class Action Securities Litigation
 
On August 5, 2002, Stoneridge Investment Partners LLC filed a purported class action in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Missouri (“District Court”) against Charter Communications, Inc. (“Charter”) and certain of its officers, alleging violations of Section 10(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and Rule 10b-5 promulgated thereunder relating to Charter securities. This complaint did not name Motorola as a defendant, but asserted that Charter and the other named defendants had violated the securities laws in connection with, inter alia, a transaction with Motorola. On August 5, 2003, the plaintiff amended its complaint to add Motorola, Inc. as a defendant. As to Motorola, the amended complaint alleged a claim under Section 10(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and Rule 10b-5(a)-(c) promulgated thereunder relating to Charter securities and seeks an award of compensatory damages. The District Court issued a final judgment dismissing Motorola from the case which plaintiff appealed to the United States Court of Appeals for the Eighth Circuit (“Court of Appeals”). On April 11, 2006, the Court of Appeals affirmed the final judgment of the District Court dismissing Motorola from the case. On January 15, 2008, the Supreme Court affirmed the decision of the Court of Appeals.
 
In re Adelphia Communications Corp. Securities and Derivative Litigation
 
On December 22, 2003, Motorola was named as a defendant in two cases relating to the In re Adelphia Communications Corp. Securities and Derivative Litigation (the “Adelphia MDL”). The Adelphia MDL consists of at least fourteen individual cases and one purported class action that were filed in or have been transferred to the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York. First, Motorola was named as a defendant in the Second Amended Complaint in the individual case of W.R. Huff Asset Management Co. L.L.C. v. Deloitte & Touche LLP, et al. (the “Huff Complaint”) This case was originally filed by W.R. Huff Asset Management Co. L.L.C. on June 7, 2002, in the United States District Court for the Western District of New York and was subsequently transferred to the Southern District of New York as related to the Adelphia MDL. Motorola and several other individual and corporate defendants are named in the amended complaint.
 
As to Motorola, the complaint alleges a claim arising under Section 10(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and Rule 10b-5 promulgated thereunder relating to Adelphia securities, and seeks recovery of the consideration paid by plaintiff for Adelphia debt securities, compensatory damages, costs and expenses of litigation and other relief. Motorola filed a motion to dismiss this complaint on March 8, 2004, which is awaiting decision.
 
Also on December 22, 2003, Motorola was named as a defendant in Stocke v. John J. Rigas, et al. This case was originally filed in Pennsylvania and was subsequently transferred to the Southern District of New York as related to the Adelphia MDL. Motorola and several other individual and corporate defendants are named in the amended complaint. As to Motorola, the complaint generally makes the same allegations as the Huff Complaint and a state law claim of aiding and abetting fraud relating to Adelphia securities. The complaint seeks return of the consideration paid by plaintiff for Adelphia securities, punitive damages and other relief. Motorola filed a motion to dismiss this complaint on April 12, 2004, which is awaiting decision.
 
On July 23, 2004, Motorola was named as a defendant in Argent Classic Convertible Arbitrage Fund L.P., et al. v. Scientific-Atlanta, Inc., et al. (the “Argent Complaint”). The Argent Complaint was filed against Scientific Atlanta and Motorola in the Southern District of New York. The Argent Complaint generally makes the same allegations as the other previously-disclosed cases relating to the In re Adelphia Communications Corp. Securities and Derivative Litigation that have been transferred to the Southern District of New York. The complaint seeks compensatory damages and other relief. Motorola filed a motion to dismiss the Argent Complaint on October 12, 2004, which is awaiting decision.
 
On September 14, 2004, Motorola was named in a complaint filed in state court in Los Angeles, California, naming Motorola and Scientific-Atlanta and certain officers of Scientific-Atlanta, Los Angeles County Employees Retirement Association et al. v. Motorola, Inc., et al. The complaint raises claims under California law for aiding


Table of Contents

32

and abetting fraud and conspiracy to defraud and generally makes the same allegations as the other previously-disclosed cases relating to the In re Adelphia Communications Corp. Securities and Derivative Litigation that have been transferred to the Southern District of New York. There are no new substantive allegations. The complaint seeks compensatory damages, opportunity-cost damages, punitive and other exemplary damages and other relief. In late 2004, the Multi-District Litigation Panel transferred the case to federal court in New York, which transfer is now final. Motorola filed a motion to dismiss the complaint in this action on September 19, 2005, which is awaiting decision.
 
On October 25, 2004, Motorola was named in a complaint filed in state court in Fulton County, Georgia, naming Motorola and Scientific-Atlanta and certain officers of Scientific-Atlanta, AIG DKR SoundShore Holdings, Ltd., et al. v. Scientific-Atlanta Inc., et al. The complaint raises claims under Georgia law of conspiracy to defraud and generally makes the same allegations as the other previously disclosed cases relating to the In re Adelphia Communications Corp. Securities and Derivative Litigation that have already been filed and transferred to the Southern District of New York. The complaint seeks damages and statutory compensation, punitive damages and other relief. On April 18, 2005, the Multi-District Litigation Panel issued a final order transferring the case to New York and that transfer is final. Motorola filed a motion to dismiss the complaint in this action on September 19, 2005, which is awaiting decision.
 
Adelphia Communications Corp.—Bankruptcy Court Lawsuit
 
On June 23, 2006, Adelphia objected to Motorola’s claim for payment of $67 million and asserted causes of action against Motorola including preferences, avoidance of liens, fraudulent transfers, equitable subordination and aiding and abetting fraud as part of the ongoing Adelphia bankruptcy action in the Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of New York. Plaintiff is alleging damages in excess of $1 billion against Motorola for the above-stated causes of action.
 
Intellectual Property Related Cases
 
Tessera, Inc. v. Motorola, Inc., et al.
 
Motorola is a purchaser of semiconductor chips with certain ball grid array (“BGA”) packaging from suppliers including Qualcomm, Inc. (“Qualcomm”), Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. (“Freescale Semiconductor”), ATI Technologies, Inc. (“ATI”), Spansion Inc. (“Spansion”), and STMicroelectronics N.V. (“STMicro”). On April 17, 2007, Tessera, Inc. (“Tessera”) filed patent infringement legal actions against Qualcomm, Freescale Semiconductor, ATI, Spansion, STMicro and Motorola in the U.S. International Trade Commission (the “ITC”) (In the Matter of Certain Semiconductor Chips with Minimized Chip Package Size and Products Containing Same, Inv. No. 337-TA-605) and the United States District Court, Eastern District of Texas, Tessera, Inc. v. Motorola, Inc., Qualcomm, Inc., Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. and ATI Technologies, Inc. , alleging that certain BGA packaged semiconductors infringe patents that Tessera claims to own. Tessera is seeking orders to ban the importation into the U.S. of certain semiconductor chips with BGA packaging and certain “downstream” products that contain them (including Motorola products) and/or limit suppliers’ ability to provide certain services and products or take certain actions in the U.S. relating to the packaged chips. The patent claims being asserted by Tessera are subject to reexamination proceedings in the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office (“PTO”). In the reexamination proceedings, the PTO has issued rejections of Tessera’s asserted patent claims. On February 26, 2008, the ITC action was stayed pending the completion of the PTO’s reexamination proceedings.
 
Motorola is a defendant in various other suits, claims and investigations that arise in the normal course of business. In the opinion of management, and other than discussed above with respect to the Iridium cases, the ultimate disposition of the Company’s pending legal proceedings will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position, liquidity or results of operations.


Table of Contents

33

 
Item 4:  Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders
 
Not applicable.
 
Executive Officers of the Registrant
 
Following are the persons who were the executive officers of Motorola as of February 28, 2008, their ages as of January 1, 2008, their current titles and positions they have held during the last five years:
 
Gregory Q. Brown; age 47; President and Chief Executive Officer since January 1, 2008; President and Chief Operating Officer from June 2007 to January 2008; Executive Vice President, President, Networks and Enterprise from January 2005 to June 2007; Executive Vice President and President, Commercial, Government and Industrial Solutions Sector from January 2003 to January 2005.
 
Eugene A. Delaney; age 51; Senior Vice President, Government and Public Safety, Enterprise Mobility Solutions since May 2007; Senior Vice President, International Sales Operations, Networks and Enterprise from May 2006 to May 2007; Senior Vice President, International Sales Operations, Government and Enterprise Mobility Solutions from May 2005 to May 2006; Executive Vice President and President, Global Relations and Resources Organization from January 2003 to May 2005.
 
Rita S. Lane; age 45; Senior Vice President, Integrated Supply Chain since July 2007; Corporate Vice President and Chief Procurement Officer from June 2006 to July 2007; Vice President & Brand Advocate, Total Storage & x-Series, Integrated Supply Chain, IBM Corporation (“IBM”) from July 2005 to June 2006; Vice President, x-Series, Integrated Supply Chain, IBM from July 2004 to July 2005; Director, Total Storage, Integrated Supply Chain, IBM from April 2002 to July 2004.
 
A. Peter Lawson; age 61; Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary since May 1998.
 
Gregory A. Lee; age 58; Senior Vice President, Human Resources since January 2008; Senior Vice President, Human Resources, Coca Cola Enterprises from August 2006 to January 2008; Independent consultant, providing advice and counsel on talent management strategies from May 2005 to August 2006; Senior Vice President, Human Resources, Sears, Roebuck and Co., from January 2001 to May 2005.
 
Thomas J. Meredith; age 57; Executive Vice President, Acting Chief Financial Officer since April 2007; General Partner and Co-Founder, Meritage Capital, L.P. from May 2003 to present; Chief Executive Officer of MFI Capital from July 2001 to present.
 
Daniel M. Moloney; age 48; Executive Vice President, President, Home and Networks Mobility since April 2007; Executive Vice President, President, Connected Home Solutions from January 2005 to April 2007; Executive Vice President and President, Broadband Communications Sector from June 2002 to January 2005.
 
Patricia B. Morrison; age 48; Executive Vice President, Chief Information Officer since February 2007; Senior Vice President, Chief Information Officer from July 2005 to February 2007; Executive Vice President, Chief Information Officer of Office Depot, Inc. from January 2002 to April 2005.
 
Richard N. Nottenburg; age 53; Executive Vice President, Chief Strategy and Technology Officer since December 2007; Executive Vice President, Chief Strategy Officer from March 2005 to December 2007; Senior Vice President and Chief Strategy Officer from July 2004 to March 2005; Strategic Advisor to Motorola, Inc. from February 2004 to July 2004; Vice President and General Manager of Vitesse Semiconductor Corporation from August 2003 to January 2004; Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer of Multilink from January 1995 to August 2003.
 
The above executive officers will serve as executive officers of Motorola until the regular meeting of the Board of Directors in May 2008 or until their respective successors shall have been elected. There is no family relationship between any of the executive officers listed above.


Table of Contents

34

 
PART II
 
Item 5: Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
 
Motorola’s common stock is listed on the New York and Chicago Stock Exchanges. The number of stockholders of record of Motorola common stock on January 31, 2008 was 79,907.
 
Information regarding securities authorized for issuance under equity compensation plans is incorporated by reference to the information under the caption “Equity Compensation Plan Information” of Motorola’s Proxy Statement for the 2008 Annual Meeting of Stockholders. The remainder of the response to this Item incorporates by reference Note 16, “Quarterly and Other Financial Data (unaudited)” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements appearing under “Item 8: Financial Statements and Supplementary Data”.
 
The following table provides information with respect to acquisitions by the Company of shares of its common stock during the quarter ended December 31, 2007.
 
ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES
 
                                 
                      (d) Maximum Number
 
                (c) Total Number
    (or Approximate Dollar
 
                of Shares Purchased
    Value) of Shares that
 
    (a) Total Number
    (b) Average Price
    as Part of Publicly
    May Yet Be Purchased
 
    of Shares
    Paid per
    Announced Plans
    Under the Plans or
 
Period   Purchased (1)(2)     Share (1)(3)     or Programs (2)     Programs (2)  
   
 
9/30/07 to 10/26/07
    2,972,951     $ 18.84       2,964,225     $ 4,267,375,081  
10/27/07 to 11/23/07
    5,709,917     $ 17.23       5,706,600     $ 4,169,061,854  
11/24/07 to 12/31/07
    25,064,045     $ 16.04       25,064,045     $ 3,767,061,887  
                                 
Total
    33,746,913     $ 16.49       33,734,870          
                                 
 
 
 
(1) In addition to purchases under the 2006 Stock Repurchase Program (as defined below), included in this column are transactions under the Company’s equity compensation plans involving the delivery to the Company of 12,043 shares of Motorola common stock to satisfy tax withholding obligations in connection with the vesting of restricted stock granted to Company employees.
 
(2) Through actions taken on July 24, 2006 and March 21, 2007, the Board of Directors has authorized the Company to repurchase an aggregate amount of up to $7.5 billion of its outstanding shares of common stock over a period ending in June 2009, subject to market conditions (the “2006 Stock Repurchase Program”).
 
(3) Average price paid per share of common stock repurchased under the 2006 Stock Repurchase Program is execution price, excluding commissions paid to brokers.


Table of Contents

35

 
PERFORMANCE GRAPH
 
The following graph compares the five-year cumulative total returns of Motorola, Inc., the S&P 500 Index and the S&P Communications Equipment Index.
 
This graph assumes $100 was invested in the stock or the Index on December 31, 2002 and also assumes the reinvestment of dividends. This graph assumes reinvestment of the Company’s distribution to its shareholders of 0.110415 shares of Class B common stock of Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. (“Freescale Class B Shares”) on December 2, 2004 for each share of Motorola common stock. For purposes of this graph, the Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. distribution is treated as a non-taxable cash dividend of $2.06 (the value of 0.110415 Freescale Class B Shares, based on Freescale Semiconductor’s December 2, 2004 closing price of $18.69) that would have been reinvested in Motorola common stock at the close of business on December 2, 2004.
 
Five-Year Performance Graph
 
(PERFOREMANCE GRAPH)


Table of Contents

36

 
Item 6:  Selected Financial Data
 
Motorola, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Five Year Financial Summary
 
                                         
    Years Ended December 31  
(Dollars in millions, except as noted)   2007     2006     2005     2004     2003  
   
 
Operating Results
                                       
Net sales
  $ 36,622     $ 42,847     $ 35,310     $ 29,680     $ 21,718  
Costs of sales
    26,670       30,120       23,881       19,715       14,567  
     
     
Gross margin
    9,952       12,727       11,429       9,965       7,151  
     
     
Selling, general and administrative expenses
    5,092       4,504       3,628       3,508       3,084  
Research and development expenditures
    4,429       4,106       3,600       3,316       2,849  
Other charges (income)
    984       25       (404 )     149       77  
     
     
Operating earnings (loss)
    (553 )     4,092       4,605       2,992       1,141  
     
     
Other income (expense):
                                       
Interest income (expense), net
    91       326       71       (200 )     (296 )
Gains on sales of investments and businesses, net
    50       41       1,845       460       540  
Other
    22       151       (109 )     (140 )     (141 )
     
     
Total other income
    163       518       1,807       120       103  
     
     
Earnings (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes
    (390 )     4,610       6,412       3,112       1,244  
Income tax expense (benefit)
    (285 )     1,349       1,893       1,013       403  
     
     
Earnings (loss) from continuing operations
    (105 )     3,261       4,519       2,099       841  
Earnings (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax
    56       400       59       (567 )     52  
     
     
Net earnings (loss)
  $ (49 )   $ 3,661     $ 4,578     $ 1,532     $ 893  
 
 
Per Share Data (in dollars)
                                       
Diluted earnings (loss) from continuing operations per common share
  $ (0.05 )   $ 1.30     $ 1.79     $ 0.87     $ 0.36  
Diluted earnings (loss) per common share
    (0.02 )     1.46       1.81       0.64       0.38  
Diluted weighted average common shares outstanding (in millions)
    2,312.7       2,504.2       2,527.0       2,472.0       2,351.2  
Dividends paid per share
  $ 0.20     $ 0.18     $ 0.16     $ 0.16     $ 0.16  
 
 
Balance Sheet
                                       
Total assets
  $ 34,812     $ 38,593     $ 35,802     $ 30,922     $ 31,999  
Long-term debt and redeemable preferred securities
    3,991       2,704       3,806       4,581       6,007  
Total debt and redeemable preferred securities
    4,323       4,397       4,254       5,298       6,876  
Total stockholders’ equity
    15,447       17,142       16,673       13,331       12,689  
 
 
Other Data
                                       
Capital expenditures
  $ 527     $ 649     $ 548     $ 405     $ 309  
% of sales
    1.4 %     1.5 %     1.6 %     1.4 %     1.4 %
Research and development expenditures
  $ 4,429     $ 4,106     $ 3,600     $ 3,316     $ 2,849  
% of sales
    12.1 %     9.6 %     10.2 %     11.2 %     13.1 %
Year-end employment (in thousands)*
    66       66       69       68       88  
 
 
* Employment decrease in 2004 primarily reflects the impact of the spin-off of Freescale Semiconductor.


Table of Contents

37

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 
Item 7: Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
 
The following is a discussion and analysis of our financial position and results of operations for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2007. This commentary should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto which appear beginning under “Item 8: Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”
 
Executive Overview
 
What businesses are we in?
 
Motorola reports financial results for the following three operating business segments:
 
  •  The Mobile Devices segment designs, manufactures, sells and services wireless handsets with integrated software and accessory products, and licenses intellectual property. The segment’s net sales in 2007 were $19.0 billion, representing 52% of the Company’s consolidated net sales.
 
  •  The Home and Networks Mobility segment designs, manufactures, sells, installs and services: (i) digital video, Internet Protocol (“IP”) video and broadcast network interactive set-tops (“digital entertainment devices”), end-to-end video delivery solutions, broadband access infrastructure systems, and associated data and voice customer premise equipment (“broadband gateways”) to cable television and telecom service providers (collectively, referred to as the “home business”), and (ii) wireless access systems (“wireless networks”), including cellular infrastructure systems and wireless broadband systems, to wireless service providers. The segment’s net sales in 2007 were $10.0 billion, representing 27% of the Company’s consolidated net sales.
 
  •  The Enterprise Mobility Solutions segment designs, manufactures, sells, installs and services analog and digital two-way radio, voice and data communications products and systems for private networks, wireless broadband systems and end-to-end enterprise mobility solutions to a wide range of enterprise markets, including government and public safety agencies (which, together with all sales for distributors of two-way communication products, are referred to as the “government and public safety market”), as well as retail, utility, transportation, manufacturing, healthcare and other commercial customers (which, collectively, are referred to as the “commercial enterprise market”). The segment’s net sales in 2007 were $7.7 billion, representing 21% of the Company’s consolidated net sales.
 
What were our 2007 financial results?
 
  •  Net Sales were $36.6 Billion:   Our net sales were $36.6 billion in 2007, down 15% compared to net sales of $42.8 billion in 2006. Net sales decreased 33% in the Mobile Devices segment, increased 9% in the Home and Networks Mobility segment and increased 43% in the Enterprise Mobility Solutions segment.
 
  •  Operating Loss of $553 Million:   We incurred an operating loss of $553 million in 2007, compared to operating earnings of $4.1 billion in 2006. Operating margin was (1.5)% of net sales in 2007, compared to 9.6% of net sales in 2006.
 
  •  Loss from Continuing Operations of $105 Million, or $0.05 per Share:   We incurred a loss from continuing operations of $105 million, or $0.05 per diluted common share, in 2007, compared to earnings from continuing operations of $3.3 billion, or $1.30 per diluted common share, in 2006.
 
  •  Operating Cash Flow of $785 Million:   We generated operating cash flow of $785 million in 2007, compared to operating cash flow of $3.5 billion in 2006.
 
  •  171.2 Million Shares of Motorola Common Stock Repurchased for $3.0 Billion:   During 2007, the Company repurchased 171.2 million of its common shares for an aggregate cost of $3.0 billion. Since the inception of its first-ever share repurchase program in May 2005, the Company has repurchased 384.6 million of its common shares for an aggregate cost of $7.7 billion.


Table of Contents

38

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 
What were the financial results for our three operating business segments in 2007?
 
  •  In Our Mobile Devices Business:   Net sales were $19.0 billion in 2007, a decrease of 33% compared to net sales of $28.4 billion in 2006. The business incurred an operating loss of $1.2 billion in 2007, compared to operating earnings of $2.7 billion in 2006. The business had lower net sales in all regions. The decrease in net sales was primarily driven by: (i) a 27% decrease in unit shipments, (ii) a 9% decrease in average selling price (“ASP”), and (iii) decreased revenue from intellectual property and technology licensing. The operating loss was primarily due to a decrease in gross margin, driven by: (i) a 9% decrease in ASP, (ii) decreased income from intellectual property and technology licensing, (iii) a 27% decrease in unit shipments, and (iv) a $277 million charge for a legal settlement with Freescale Semiconductor, partially offset by savings from supply chain cost-reduction initiatives. Our global handset market share for the full year 2007 was approximately 14%, a decrease of approximately 8 percentage points versus full year 2006.
 
  •  In Our Home and Networks Mobility Business:   Net sales were $10.0 billion in 2007, an increase of 9% compared to net sales of $9.2 billion in 2006. Operating earnings were $709 million, a decrease of 10% compared to operating earnings of $787 million in 2006. The business had higher net sales in all regions. The increase in net sales reflected higher net sales in the home business, partially offset by lower net sales of wireless networks. The decrease in operating earnings was primarily due to a decrease in gross margin driven by: (i) lower net sales of iDEN infrastructure equipment, and (ii) continued competitive pricing pressure in the market for GSM infrastructure equipment, partially offset by increased net sales of digital entertainment devices.
 
  •  In Our Enterprise Mobility Solutions Business:   Net sales were $7.7 billion in 2007, an increase of 43% compared to net sales of $5.4 billion in 2006. Operating earnings were $1.2 billion, an increase of 27% compared to operating earnings of $958 million in 2006. The increase in net sales reflects higher net sales in all regions and was primarily driven by sales from the Symbol business acquired in January 2007, as well as higher net sales in the government and public safety market due to strong demand in North America. The increase in operating earnings was primarily due to an increase in gross margin in both: (i) the commercial enterprise market, driven by net sales from the Symbol business, and (ii) the government and public safety market, driven by strong net sales in North America, partially offset by: (i) an inventory-related charge in connection with the acquisition of Symbol, and (ii) increases in SG&A and R&D expenses, primarily due to expenses of recently acquired businesses.
 
What were our major challenges and accomplishments in 2007?
 
  •  In Our Mobile Devices Business:   The Mobile Devices business faced significant challenges in 2007. While overall market demand remained strong during the year, demand for Motorola’s wireless handsets slowed substantially. As a result, Mobile Devices net sales were down 33% compared to 2006 and the business incurred an operating loss of $1.2 billion.
 
Unit shipments in 2007 were 159.1 million, a 27% decrease compared to unit shipments of 217.4 million in 2006. The decrease in unit shipments resulted primarily from gaps in the segment’s product portfolio, including limited offerings of 3G products and products for the Multimedia and Mass Market product segments, as well as an aging product portfolio. As a result, Motorola believes it lost 8 percentage points of market share and estimates its global market share to be approximately 14% for the full year 2007.
 
During 2007, the Mobile Devices business launched 41 new phones, including several devices based on its newer open software platforms. New devices included: the RAZR2 Feature Phone for GSM, CDMA and UMTS technologies; the ROKR Z6 family of music devices; the GSM Q8 and UMTS Q9h, for consumers who multi-task and want flexibility in today’s business environment; and several handsets at affordable price points for consumers with everyday communications needs.
 
Progress was made on key initiatives to implement a multi-vendor silicon strategy and utilize improved software platforms. The business will use multiple silicon providers to aid in faster time to market and reduce costs. As an example, in 2007 the Mobile Devices business named Texas Instruments as one of its silicon suppliers for future UMTS devices. The business also continued its efforts to streamline and improve its software platforms, including rationalizing its R&D expenditures on legacy platforms and acquiring a 50% stake in UIQ Technology AB (“UIQ”). This investment will strengthen UIQ as an open application delivery platform for multimedia devices. MOTO DEV Studio, which includes multi-platform tools aimed at developers, was launched to enhance the ecosystem around its Linux wireless platform, MOTOMAGX.


Table of Contents

39

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 
The business implemented improved processes and discipline around product pricing, rationalized elements of its distribution network, reduced channel inventory and improved its cash conversion cycle in the second half of 2007 as compared to the first half of 2007.
 
  •  In Our Home and Networks Mobility Business:   The Home and Networks Mobility business remained the world’s leading provider of digital entertainment devices. Motorola shipped over 15 million digital entertainment devices during the year, with nearly one-third of these shipments being HD/DVR capable. In 2007, Motorola shipped over 11 million modems and achieved the milestone of shipping its 50 millionth cable/voice modem. Sales in the home business grew by 27% in the year, and included significant business growth outside of the United States.
 
The business expanded its core portfolio by completing five significant acquisitions, including: (i) Netopia, Inc., a broadband equipment provider for DSL customers, which allows for phone, TV and fast Internet connections, (ii) Tut Systems, Inc., a leading developer of edge routing and video encoders, (iii) Modulus Video, Inc., a provider of MPEG-4 Advanced Coding compression systems designed for delivery of high-value video content in IP set-top devices for the digital video, broadcast and satellite marketplaces, (iv) Terayon Communication Systems, Inc., a provider of real-time digital video networking applications to cable, satellite and telecommunication service providers worldwide, and (v) Leapstone Systems, Inc., a provider of intelligent multimedia service delivery and content management solutions to networks operators. With these acquisitions, Motorola improved its position with global operators by enhancing its capabilities in end-to-end video solutions.
 
Motorola also continued its investments in and focus on WiMAX, a next-generation wireless broadband technology based on the IEEE standard 802.16e. At the end of 2007, the business had won several commercial WiMAX contracts and was participating in over 40 WiMAX trials globally.
 
The business also had challenges during the year, as the GSM infrastructure market faced continuing pricing pressures and sales of iDEN infrastructure declined compared to 2006. Despite these and other challenges facing the wireless infrastructure industry, the wireless networks business remained profitable. Finally, the business concluded the sale of its embedded communications computing business to Emerson for $346 million, reflecting its continuing efforts to focus on its core businesses.
 
  •  In our Enterprise Mobility Solutions Business:   In 2007, the Enterprise Mobility Solutions business delivered solid results in a number of markets, largely due to the acquisition of Symbol Technologies, Inc. in January 2007, and strong government and public safety sales in North America. The business continued to maintain a leading market share position in a highly competitive market and also showed strong growth outside of the United States.
 
Within the government and public safety business, sales continued to grow worldwide as demand for integrated, interoperable public safety communications increased. As new and better spectrum utilization evolves, demand and sales have increased for high-speed data applications, such as video surveillance and other data-based products. In addition to its continued success in the United States, our largest market, the business was awarded several international contracts for significant country-wide system solutions, specifically in Europe. The new MOTOTRBO product line was also successfully launched and received very positive customer acceptance in all geographies.
 
During the year, the commercial enterprise business enhanced its product portfolio by launching several new mobile computing, wireless computing and advanced data capture products that put it in a strong position in the commercial enterprise marketplace for the future. The enhanced mobile computing offerings included the MC70 and the rugged MC9090 product lines which had very successful product launches and were well received in all regions.
 
Looking Forward
 
The boundaries between the home, work and mobility continue to dissolve. We believe our focus on designing and delivering differentiated products, unique experiences and powerful networks, along with a full compliment of support services, will enable consumers to have a broader choice of when, where and how they connect to the people, information, and entertainment that they want and need. Vast segments of the world’s population, many of whom have yet to experience wireless communications or connect to the Internet, present new opportunities to extend our brand and market our products and services.


Table of Contents

40

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 
With a renewed emphasis on efficiency and time-to-market, we are investing in the future of our businesses. Our research and development investment priorities include: next-generation wireless products, applications, and services for enterprise markets; advanced technologies and applications for government and public safety markets; and next-generation wireless handsets with application services. These investments, together with the acquisitions of the past few years, are designed to foster continued innovation and profitable growth.
 
In 2007, our Home and Networks Mobility and Enterprise Mobility Solutions businesses delivered solid results and finished with strong momentum. However, our Mobile Devices business faced significant challenges in 2007. We remain committed to executing on our strategic plans and pursuing opportunities for profitability improvement across all of our businesses with continued dedication to our customers, quality and innovation.
 
In our Mobile Devices business, the overall global market remains strong and the environment remains intensely competitive. Our primary focus is on driving a meaningful enhancement of our product portfolio. To this end, we are optimizing our use of silicon providers and improving our software platforms to ensure that we can deliver the most desirable set of experiences to wireless handset consumers. Our portfolio enhancement objectives include a broad array of cost-effective products at multiple price points in each of our four product segments: Mass Market, Feature, Multimedia and Productivity. We expect our products to continue to demonstrate unique design and innovative features and function around experiences including, for example, messaging, music, imaging, video, audio and touch. We expect the transition to having more devices featuring improved software platforms and silicon designs will show progress by the end of this year and continue in 2009. In applications and services, we continue to work with third parties to develop an ecosystem and service delivery platform that will deliver rich experiences to consumers. In addition to our efforts to dramatically improve the portfolio, we are pursuing cost-reduction initiatives to ensure that we have the optimal cost structure for the business going forward. We are also evaluating the structural and strategic realignment of our business to better equip the Mobile Devices business to recapture global market leadership and enhance shareholder value.
 
In our Home and Networks Mobility business, we are focused on delivering personalized media experiences to consumers at home and on-the-go and enabling service providers to operate their networks more efficiently and profitably. We will leverage our market leading position in digital entertainment devices. In addition, numerous recent acquisitions have expanded our leadership position in broadband products and services for video, voice and data. These acquisitions enable us to continue capitalizing on strong underlying demand for high definition and video-on-demand services, as well as the convergence of services and applications across delivery platforms. We will continue to make investments to position ourselves as a leading infrastructure provider of next-generation wireless technologies. We expect the WiMAX market to begin to materialize in 2008 as the first networks are commercialized. More significant sales opportunities for WiMAX are anticipated beyond 2008. For our wireless networks business, we expect the environment to remain highly competitive and challenging. By continuing to deliver end-to-end solutions that enable delivery of next-generation products and services and allocating resources to investment priorities, our Home and Networks Mobility segment is poised to grow profitably in emerging technologies, including video and wireless broadband, and maintain profitability in mature technologies.
 
In our Enterprise Mobility Solutions business, our key objective is profitable growth in enterprise markets around the world. We will leverage our leadership position in mission-critical communications solutions and develop next-generation products and solutions for our government and public safety customers around the world. Anchored by the 2007 acquisition of Symbol Technologies, Inc., we have a very strong presence in the commercial enterprise market, including retail, transportation, utility, manufacturing, healthcare and other commercial customers. Our business-critical products and solutions allow our customers to reduce cost, increase worker mobility and productivity, and enhance their customers’ experiences. We believe that our comprehensive portfolio of enterprise products and solutions, leadership positions in government and public safety and commercial enterprise markets, global network of channel partners, and distributors and solid market growth make our Enterprise Mobility Solutions segment well positioned for continued success.
 
Although the Company implemented a number of actions last year to reduce cost, including workforce reductions, prioritization of investments, spending controls, reduced general and administrative expenses and site rationalization, further cost savings actions are necessary to improve profitability. The Company has determined that additional cost-reduction actions will be taken in certain areas, including the Mobile Devices business and across various corporate general and administrative functions.
 
The improvement in cash conversion cycle continues to be a major focus of the company. Building upon the improvements made during 2007, we believe we can further reduce the company’s cash conversion cycle in 2008, resulting in improved cash flow from operations.


Table of Contents

41

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 
We conduct our business in highly competitive markets, facing both new and established competitors. The markets for many of our products are characterized by rapidly changing technologies, frequent new product introductions, changing consumer trends, short product life cycles and evolving industry standards. Market disruptions caused by new technologies, the entry of new competitors into markets we serve, and frequent consolidations among our customers and competitors, among other matters, can introduce volatility into our operating performance and cash flow from operations. And as we enter 2008, we face a very dynamic economic environment. Meeting all of these challenges requires consistent operational planning and execution and investment in technology, resulting in innovative products that meet the expanding needs of our customers around the world. As we execute on meeting these objectives, our overall strategy remains unchanged — to focus our efforts on the convergence of fixed and wireless broadband internet and growing demand for next generation wireless communications solutions by people, businesses and governments. We will continue to take the necessary strategic actions to enable these efforts, to provide for growth and improved profitability and position Motorola for future success.
 
Results of Operations
 
                                                 
    Years Ended December 31  
(Dollars in millions, except per share
        % of
          % of
          % of
 
amounts)   2007     sales     2006     sales     2005     sales  
   
 
Net sales
  $ 36,622             $ 42,847             $ 35,310          
Costs of sales
    26,670       72.8 %     30,120       70.3 %     23,881       67.6 %
                                                 
Gross margin
    9,952       27.2 %     12,727       29.7 %     11,429       32.4 %
Selling, general and administrative expenses
    5,092       13.9 %     4,504       10.5 %     3,628       10.3 %
Research and development expenditures
    4,429       12.1 %     4,106       9.5 %     3,600       10.2 %
Other charges (income)
    984       2.7 %     25       0.1 %     (404 )     (1.1 )%
                                                 
Operating earnings (loss)
    (553 )     (1.5 )%     4,092       9.6 %     4,605       13.0 %
Other income (expense):
                                               
Interest income, net
    91       0.2 %     326       0.8 %     71       0.2 %
Gains on sales of investments and businesses, net
    50       0.1 %     41       0.1 %     1,845       5.3 %
Other
    22       0.1 %     151       0.3 %     (109 )     (0.3 )%
                                                 
Earnings (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes
    (390 )     (1.1 )%     4,610       10.8 %     6,412       18.2 %
Income tax expense (benefit)
    (285 )     (0.8 )%     1,349       3.2 %     1,893       5.4 %
                                                 
Earnings (loss) from continuing operations
    (105 )     (0.3 )%     3,261       7.6 %     4,519       12.8 %
Earnings from discontinued operations, net of tax
    56       0.2 %     400       0.9 %     59       0.2 %
                                                 
Net earnings (loss)
  $ (49 )     (0.1 )%   $ 3,661       8.5 %   $ 4,578       13.0 %
                                                 
Earnings (loss) per diluted common share:
                                               
Continuing operations
  $ (0.05 )           $ 1.30             $ 1.79          
Discontinued operations
    0.03               0.16               0.02          
                                                 
    $ (0.02 )           $ 1.46             $ 1.81          
 
 
 
Geographic market sales measured by the locale of the end customer as a percent of total net sales for 2007, 2006 and 2005 are as follows:
 
Geographic Market Sales by Locale of End Customer
 
                         
    2007     2006     2005  
   
 
United States
    51 %     44 %     47 %
Europe
    13 %     15 %     19 %
Latin America
    12 %     10 %     10 %
Asia, excluding China
    9 %     11 %     9 %
China
    7 %     11 %     8 %
Other Markets
    8 %     9 %     7 %
                         
      100 %     100 %     100 %
 
 


Table of Contents

42

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 
Results of Operations—2007 Compared to 2006
 
Net Sales
 
Net sales were $36.6 billion in 2007, down 15% compared to net sales of $42.8 billion in 2006. The decrease in net sales reflects a $9.4 billion decrease in net sales by the Mobile Devices segment, partially offset by a $2.3 billion increase in net sales by the Enterprise Mobility Solutions segment and an $850 million increase in net sales by the Home and Networks Mobility segment. The 33% decrease in net sales in the Mobile Devices segment was primarily driven by: (i) a 27% decrease in unit shipments, (ii) a 9% decrease in average selling price (“ASP”), and (iii) decreased revenue from intellectual property and technology licensing. The 43% increase in net sales in the Enterprise Mobility Solutions segment was primarily driven by net sales from the Symbol business acquired in January 2007, as well as higher net sales in the government and public safety market due to strong demand in North America. The 9% increase in net sales in the Home and Networks Mobility segment was primarily driven by a 51% increase in unit shipments of digital entertainment devices, partially offset by lower net sales of wireless networks due primarily to lower demand for iDEN and CDMA infrastructure equipment.
 
Gross Margin
 
Gross margin was $10.0 billion, or 27.2% of net sales, in 2007, compared to $12.7 billion, or 29.7% of net sales, in 2006. The decrease in gross margin reflects decreases in gross margin in the Mobile Devices and Home and Networks Mobility segments, partially offset by an increase in gross margin in the Enterprise Mobility Solutions segment. The decrease in gross margin in the Mobile Devices segment was primarily due to: (i) a 9% decrease in ASP, (ii) decreased income from intellectual property and technology licensing, (iii) a 27% decrease in unit shipments, and (iv) a $277 million charge for a legal settlement with Freescale Semiconductor, partially offset by savings from supply chain cost-reduction initiatives. The decrease in gross margin in the Home and Networks segment was primarily due to: (i) continuing competitive pricing pressure in the market for GSM infrastructure equipment, and (ii) lower sales of iDEN infrastructure equipment, partially offset by increased sales of digital entertainment devices. The increase in gross margin in the Enterprise Mobility Solutions segment was primarily due to the 43% increase in net sales, driven by net sales from the Symbol business acquired in January 2007, as well as higher net sales in the government and public safety market due to strong demand in North America.
 
Gross margin as a percentage of net sales decreased in 2007 as compared to 2006, reflecting decreases in all three of the Company’s business segments. The Company’s overall gross margin as a percentage of net sales can be impacted by the proportion of overall net sales generated by its various businesses.
 
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses
 
Selling, general and administrative (“SG&A”) expenses increased 13% to $5.1 billion, or 13.9% of net sales, in 2007, compared to $4.5 billion, or 10.5% of net sales, in 2006. In 2007 compared to 2006, SG&A expenses increased in the Enterprise Mobility Solutions and Home and Networks Mobility segments and decreased in the Mobile Devices segment. The increases in the Enterprise Mobility Solutions and Home and Networks Mobility segments were primarily due to expenses from recently acquired businesses, partially offset by savings from cost-reduction initiatives. The decrease in the Mobile Devices segment was primarily due to lower marketing expenses and savings from cost-reduction initiatives, partially offset by increased expenditures on information technology upgrades. SG&A expenses as a percentage of net sales increased in the Mobile Devices and Enterprise Mobility Solutions segments and decreased in the Home and Networks Mobility segment.
 
Research and Development Expenditures
 
Research and development (“R&D”) expenditures increased 8% to $4.4 billion, or 12.1% of net sales, in 2007, compared to $4.1 billion, or 9.5% of net sales, in 2006. In 2007 compared to 2006, R&D expenditures increased in the Mobile Devices and Enterprise Mobility Solutions segments and decreased in the Home and Networks Mobility segment. The increase in the Mobile Devices segment was primarily due to developmental engineering expenditures for new product development and investment in next-generation technologies, partially offset by savings from cost-reduction initiatives. The increase in the Enterprise Mobility Solutions segment was primarily due to R&D expenditures incurred by recently acquired businesses, partially offset by savings from cost-reduction initiatives. The decrease in the Home and Networks Mobility segment was primarily due to savings from cost-reduction initiatives, partially offset by expenditures by recently acquired businesses and continued investment in digital entertainment devices and WiMAX. R&D expenditures as a percentage of net sales increased


Table of Contents

43

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

in the Mobile Devices segment and decreased in the Enterprise Mobility Solutions and Home and Networks Mobility segments. The Company participates in very competitive industries with constant changes in technology and, accordingly, the Company continues to believe that a strong commitment to R&D is required to drive long-term growth.
 
Other Charges (Income)
 
The Company recorded net charges of $984 million in Other charges (income) in 2007, compared to net charges of $25 million in 2006. The net charges in 2007 include: (i) $369 million of charges relating to the amortization of intangibles, (ii) $290 million of net reorganization of business charges, (iii) $140 million of charges for legal settlements and related insurance matters, (iv) $96 million of acquisition-related in-process research and development charges (“IPR&D”) relating to 2007 acquisitions, and (v) $89 million for asset impairment charges. The net charges in 2006 included: (i) $172 million of net reorganization of business charges, (ii) $100 million of charges relating to the amortization of intangibles, (iii) an $88 million charitable contribution to the Motorola Foundation of appreciated equity holdings in a third party, (iv) $50 million of legal reserves, and (v) $33 million of acquisition-related IPR&D charges relating to 2006 acquisitions, partially offset by $418 million of income for payments relating to the Telsim collection settlement. The net reorganization of business charges are discussed in further detail in the “Reorganization of Businesses” section.
 
Net Interest Income
 
Net interest income was $91 million in 2007, compared to net interest income of $326 million in 2006. Net interest income in 2007 included interest income of $456 million, partially offset by interest expense of $365 million. Net interest income in 2006 included interest income of $661 million, partially offset by interest expense of $335 million. The decrease in net interest income was primarily attributed to lower interest income due to the decrease in average cash, cash equivalents and Sigma Fund balances during 2007 compared to 2006, partially offset by higher interest rates.
 
Gains on Sales of Investments and Businesses
 
Gains on sales of investments and businesses were $50 million in 2007, compared to gains of $41 million in 2006. In 2007, the net gain primarily reflects a gain of $34 million from the sale of the Company’s embedded communications computing business. In 2006, the net gain primarily reflected a gain of $141 million on the sale of the Company’s remaining shares in Telus Corporation, partially offset by a loss of $126 million on the sale of the Company’s remaining shares in Sprint Nextel Corporation (“Sprint Nextel”).
 
Other
 
Income classified as Other, as presented in Other income (expense), was $22 million in 2007, compared to net income of $151 million in 2006. The net income in 2007 was primarily comprised of $97 million of foreign currency gains, partially offset by $62 million of investment impairment charges. The net income in 2006 was primarily comprised of: (i) a $99 million net gain due to an increase in market value of a zero-cost collar derivative entered into to protect the value of the Company’s investment in Sprint Nextel, and (ii) $60 million of foreign currency gains, partially offset by $27 million of investment impairment charges.
 
Effective Tax Rate
 
The Company recorded $285 million of net tax benefits in 2007, compared to $1.3 billion in net tax expense in 2006. The Company’s net tax benefit for 2007 was favorably impacted by an increase in tax credits compared to 2006. The Company’s net tax benefit was also favorably impacted by: (i) the settlement of tax positions, (ii) tax incentives received, and (iii) reversal of deferred tax valuation allowances, and unfavorably impacted by: (i) adjustments to deferred taxes in non-U.S. locations due to enacted tax rate changes, (ii) an increase in unrecognized tax benefits, and (iii) a non-deductible IPR&D charge. The Company’s effective tax rate for continuing operations, excluding the items described above and the tax impact of restructuring charges and asset impairments, was 26%.
 
The Company’s net tax expense of $1.3 billion in 2006 was favorably impacted by $348 million of net tax benefits relating to: (i) the reduction of valuation allowances, (ii) incremental tax benefits related to 2005 cash


Table of Contents

44

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

repatriations, (iii) favorable tax settlements reached with foreign jurisdictions, (iv) tax benefits for foreign earnings permanently reinvested, (v) contribution of appreciated investments to the Company’s charitable foundation and unfavorably impacted by: (i) the incurrence of non-deductible IPR&D charges, and (ii) restructuring charges in low tax jurisdictions. The effective tax rate for 2006 excluding these items was 36%.
 
The effective tax rate for continuing operations excluding identified items of 26% for 2007 is less than the comparable effective tax rate of 36% for 2006 due to an increase in tax credits in 2007 compared to 2006 and a change in the mix of income and loss by region. In 2008, the Company currently expects the effective tax rate for continuing operations, excluding items of the type identified above, to be approximately 35%.
 
Earnings (Loss) from Continuing Operations
 
The Company incurred a net loss from continuing operations before income taxes of $390 million in 2007, compared to earnings from continuing operations before income taxes of $4.6 billion in 2006. After taxes, the Company incurred a loss from continuing operations of $105 million, or $0.05 per diluted share, in 2007, compared to earnings from continuing operations of $3.3 billion, or $1.30 per diluted share, in 2006.
 
The decrease in earnings (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes in 2007 compared to 2006 is primarily attributed to: (i) a $2.8 billion decrease in gross margin, driven by decreases in gross margin in the Mobile Devices and Home and Network Mobility segments, partially offset by an increase in gross margin in the Enterprise Mobility Solutions segment, (ii) a $959 million increase in Other charges (income), (iii) a $588 million increase in SG&A expenses, (iv) a $323 million increase in R&D expenditures, (v) a $235 million decrease in net interest income, and (vi) a $129 million decrease in income classified as Other, as presented in Other income (expense).
 
Results of Operations—2006 Compared to 2005
 
Net Sales
 
Net sales were $42.8 billion in 2006, up 21% compared to net sales of $35.3 billion in 2005. The increase in net sales included: (i) a $6.9 billion increase in net sales by the Mobile Devices segment driven by a 49% increase in unit shipments, reflecting strong demand for GSM and CDMA handsets, partially offset by an 11% decline in average selling price (“ASP”), (ii) a $362 million increase in net sales by the Enterprise Mobility Solutions segment, primarily due to higher net sales in the government and public safety market, and (iii) a $127 million increase in net sales by the Home and Networks Mobility segment, primarily driven by a 57% increase in unit shipments of digital entertainment devices, partially offset by lower net sales of wireless networks.
 
Gross Margin
 
Gross margin was $12.7 billion, or 29.7% of net sales, in 2006, compared to $11.4 billion, or 32.4% of net sales, in 2005. This increase in gross margin was primarily driven by the Mobile Devices segment, due to: (i) the 49% increase in unit shipments, (ii) savings from supply chain cost-reduction initiatives, and (iii) increased income from intellectual property and technology licensing, partially offset by an 11% decline in ASP. The Enterprise Mobility Solutions segment also achieved higher gross margin in 2006 compared to 2005, primarily driven by a 7% increase in net sales. The Home and Networks Mobility Solutions segment had lower gross margin in 2006 compared to 2005, primarily due to an unfavorable product/regional mix and competitive pricing in the wireless networks market, partially offset by higher gross margin in the home business.
 
Gross margin as a percentage of net sales decreased in 2006 compared to 2005, driven by decreases in the Mobile Devices and Home and Networks Mobility segments, partially offset by an increase in the Enterprise Mobility Solutions segment. The Company’s overall gross margin as a percentage of net sales can be impacted by the proportion of overall net sales generated by its various businesses. The decrease in overall gross margin as a percentage of net sales in 2006 compared to 2005 can be partially attributed to the fact that an increased percentage of the Company’s net sales were generated by the Mobile Devices segment in 2006, which generates lower gross margins than the overall Company average.


Table of Contents

45

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses
 
SG&A expenses increased 24% to $4.5 billion, or 10.5% of net sales, in 2006, compared to $3.6 billion, or 10.3% of net sales, in 2005. The increase in SG&A expenses was primarily driven by: (i) increased marketing expenses, mainly in the Mobile Devices segment, to support higher net sales and promote brand awareness, (ii) recognition of share-based compensation expense to SG&A-related employees in connection with the adoption of SFAS 123R, and (iii) increased selling and sales support expenses, driven by the increase in sales commissions from the increase in net sales. SG&A expenses as a percentage of net sales were up slightly in 2006 compared to 2005, driven by an increase in the Mobile Devices segment, offset by decreases in the Enterprise Mobility Solutions and Home and Networks Mobility segments.
 
Research and Development Expenditures
 
R&D expenditures increased 14% to $4.1 billion, or 9.5% of net sales, in 2006, compared to $3.6 billion, or 10.2% of net sales, in 2005. The increase in R&D expenditures was primarily driven by: (i) developmental engineering expenditures for new product development and investment in next-generation technologies, mainly in the Mobile Devices and Enterprise Mobility Solutions segments, and (ii) recognition of share-based compensation expense to R&D-related employees in connection with the adoption of SFAS 123R. R&D expenditures as a percentage of net sales decreased in 2006 compared to 2005, driven by decreases in the Mobile Devices and Home and Networks Mobility segments, offset by an increase in the Enterprise Mobility Solutions segment.
 
Other Charges (Income)
 
The Company recorded charges of $25 million in Other charges (income) in 2006, compared to income of $404 million in 2005. The charges in 2006 included: (i) $172 million of net reorganization of business charges, (ii) $100 million of charges relating to the amortization of intangibles, (iii) an $88 million charitable contribution to the Motorola Foundation of appreciated equity holdings in a third party, (iv) $50 million of charges for legal reserves, and (v) $33 million of acquisition-related IPR&D charges relating to 2006 acquisitions, partially offset by $418 million of income for payments relating to the Telsim collection settlement. The net income in 2005 primarily consisted of $515 million of income for payments relating to the Telsim collection settlement, partially offset by: (i) $67 million of charges relating to the amortization of intangibles, and (ii) $54 million of net reorganization of business charges. The net reorganization of businesses charges are discussed in further detail in the “Reorganization of Businesses” section.
 
Net Interest Income
 
Net interest income was $326 million in 2006, compared to net interest income of $71 million in 2005. Net interest income in 2006 included interest income of $661 million, partially offset by interest expense of $335 million. Net interest income in 2005 included interest income of $396 million, partially offset by interest expense of $325 million. The increase in net interest income was primarily attributed to an increase in interest income due to higher average cash, cash equivalents and Sigma Fund balances earning interest at higher rates.
 
Gains on Sales of Investments and Businesses
 
Gains on sales of investments and businesses were $41 million in 2006, compared to $1.8 billion in 2005. In 2006, the $41 million of net gains primarily reflected a gain of $141 million on the sale of the Company’s remaining shares in Telus Corporation, partially offset by a loss of $126 million on the sale of the Company’s remaining shares in Sprint Nextel Corporation (“Sprint Nextel”). In 2005, the net gains were primarily related to: (i) a $1.3 billion net gain recognized in connection with the completion of the merger between Sprint Corporation (“Sprint”) and Nextel Communications, Inc. (“Nextel”), and (ii) a $609 million net gain on the sale of a portion of the Company’s shares of Nextel, partially offset by a $70 million net loss on the sale of a portion of the Company’s shares of Sprint Nextel.
 
Other
 
Income classified as Other, as presented in Other income (expense), was $151 million in 2006, compared to net charges of $109 million in 2005. The net income in 2006 was primarily comprised of: (i) a $99 million net gain due to an increase in market value of a zero-cost collar derivative entered into to protect the value of the


Table of Contents

46

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Company’s investment in Sprint Nextel, and (ii) $60 million of foreign currency gains, partially offset by $27 million of investment impairment charges. In 2005, the net charges were primarily comprised of: (i) $137 million of debt retirement costs, relating to the Company’s repurchase of an aggregate principal amount of $1.0 billion of long-term debt through cash tender offers, (ii) $38 million of foreign currency losses, and (iii) $25 million in investment impairment charges, partially offset by: (i) a $51 million gain due to an increase in the market value of variable forward instruments entered into to protect the value of the Company’s investment in Nextel common stock prior to the merger of Sprint and Nextel, and (ii) $30 million in income from the repayment of a previously-reserved loan related to Iridium.
 
Effective Tax Rate
 
The Company recorded $1.3 billion of net tax expense in 2006, compared to $1.9 billion of net tax expense in 2005. During 2006, the Company recorded $348 million of net tax benefits relating to: (i) the reduction of valuation allowances, (ii) incremental tax benefits related to 2005 cash repatriations, (iii) favorable tax settlements reached with foreign jurisdictions, (iv) tax benefits for foreign earnings permanently reinvested, (v) contribution of appreciated investments to the Company’s charitable foundation and unfavorably impacted by: (i) the incurrence of non-deductible IPR&D charges, and (ii) restructuring charges in low tax jurisdictions. The effective tax rate for 2006 excluding these items was 36%.
 
During 2005, the tax rate reflected a $265 million net tax benefit related to the repatriation of foreign earnings under the provisions of the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004 and an $81 million net tax benefit on the stock sale of a sensor business that was divested in 2005.
 
Earnings from Continuing Operations
 
The Company had earnings from continuing operations before income taxes of $4.6 billion in 2006, compared to earnings from continuing operations before income taxes of $6.4 billion in 2005. After taxes, the Company had earnings from continuing operations of $3.3 billion, or $1.30 per diluted share, in 2006, compared with earnings from continuing operations of $4.5 billion, or $1.79 per diluted share, in 2005.
 
The decrease in earnings from continuing operations before income taxes in 2006 compared to 2005 is primarily attributed to: (i) a $1.8 billion decrease in gains on the sale of investments and businesses, (ii) an $876 million increase in SG&A expenses, (iii) a $506 million increase in R&D expenditures, and (iv) a $429 million change in Other charges (income). These negative impacts on operating earnings were partially offset by: (i) a $1.3 billion increase in gross margin, primarily due to the $7.5 billion increase in net sales, (ii) a $260 million increase in income classified as Other, as presented in Other income (expense), and (iii) a $255 million increase in net interest income.
 
Reorganization of Businesses
 
The Company maintains a formal Involuntary Severance Plan (the “Severance Plan”) which permits the Company to offer eligible employees severance benefits based on years of service and employment grade level in the event that employment is involuntarily terminated as a result of a reduction-in-force or restructuring. Each separate reduction-in-force has qualified for severance benefits under the Severance Plan. The Company recognizes termination benefits based on formulas per the Severance Plan at the point in time that future settlement is probable and can be reasonably estimated based on estimates prepared at the time a restructuring plan is approved by management. Exit costs primarily consist of future minimum lease payments on vacated facilities. At each reporting date, the Company evaluates its accruals for exit costs and employee separation costs to ensure the accruals are still appropriate. In certain circumstances, accruals are no longer required because of efficiencies in carrying out the plans or because employees previously identified for separation resigned from the Company and did not receive severance or were redeployed due to circumstances not foreseen when the original plans were initiated. The Company reverses accruals through the income statement line item where the original charges were recorded when it is determined they are no longer required.
 
The Company realized cost-saving benefits of approximately $165 million in 2007 from the plans that were initiated during 2007, representing: (i) $93 million of savings in R&D expenditures, (ii) $46 million of savings in SG&A expenses, and (iii) $26 million of savings in Costs of sales. Beyond 2007, the Company expects the reorganization plans initiated during 2007 to provide annualized cost savings of approximately $548 million,


Table of Contents

47

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

representing: (i) $251 million of savings in R&D expenditures, (ii) $167 million of savings in SG&A expenses, and (iii) $130 million of savings in Cost of sales.
 
2007 Charges
 
During 2007, the Company committed to implement various productivity improvement plans aimed at achieving long-term, sustainable profitability by driving efficiencies and reducing operating costs. All three of the Company’s business segments, as well as corporate functions, are impacted by these plans. The majority of the employees affected are located in North America and Europe. The Company recorded net reorganization of business charges of $394 million, including $104 million of charges in Costs of sales and $290 million of charges under Other charges (income) in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations. Included in the aggregate $394 million are charges of $401 million for employee separation costs, $42 million for fixed asset impairment charges and $19 million for exit costs, offset by reversals for accruals no longer needed.
 
The following table displays the net reorganization of business charges by segment:
 
         
Year Ended December 31,   2007  
   
 
Mobile Devices
  $ 229  
Home and Networks Mobility
    71  
Enterprise Mobility Solutions
    30  
         
      330  
General Corporate
    64  
         
    $ 394  
 
 
 
The following table displays a rollforward of the reorganization of businesses accruals established for exit costs and employee separation costs from January 1, 2007 to December 31, 2007:
 
                                         
    Accruals at
    2007
          2007
    Accruals at
 
    January 1,
    Additional
    2007 (1)(2)
    Amount
    December 31,
 
    2007     Charges     Adjustments     Used     2007  
   
 
Exit costs—lease terminations
  $ 54     $ 19     $ 2     $ (33 )   $ 42  
Employee separation costs
    104       401       (64 )     (248 )     193  
 
 
    $ 158     $ 420     $ (62 )   $ (281 )   $ 235  
 
 
 
(1) Includes translation adjustments.
 
(2) Includes $6 million of accruals established through purchase accounting for businesses acquired, covering exit costs and separation costs for approximately 200 employees.
 
Exit Costs—Lease Terminations
 
At January 1, 2007, the Company had an accrual of $54 million for exit costs attributable to lease terminations. The 2007 additional charges of $19 million are primarily related to the exit of certain activities and leased facilities in Ireland by the Home and Networks Mobility segment. The 2007 adjustments of $2 million represent accruals for exit costs established through purchase accounting for businesses acquired. The $33 million used in 2007 reflects cash payments. The remaining accrual of $42 million, which is included in Accrued liabilities in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2007, represents future cash payments for lease termination obligations.
 
Employee Separation Costs
 
At January 1, 2007, the Company had an accrual of $104 million for employee separation costs, representing the severance costs for approximately 2,300 employees. The 2007 additional charges of $401 million represent severance costs for approximately 6,700 employees, of which 2,400 were direct employees and 4,300 were indirect employees.
 
The adjustments of $64 million reflect $68 million of reversals of accruals no longer needed, partially offset by $4 million of accruals for severance plans established through purchase accounting for businesses acquired. The $68 million of reversals represent previously accrued costs for 1,100 employees, and primarily relates to a strategic


Table of Contents

48

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

change regarding a plant closure and specific employees previously identified for separation who resigned from the Company and did not receive severance or who were redeployed due to circumstances not foreseen when the original plans were approved. The $4 million of accruals represents severance plans for approximately 200 employees established through purchase accounting for businesses acquired.
 
During 2007, approximately 5,300 employees, of which 1,700 were direct employees and 3,600 were indirect employees, were separated from the Company. The $248 million used in 2007 reflects cash payments to these separated employees. The remaining accrual of $193 million, which is included in Accrued liabilities in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2007, is expected to be paid to approximately 2,800 employees to be separated in 2008.
 
2006 Charges
 
During 2006, the Company committed to implement various productivity improvement plans aimed principally at: (i) reducing costs in its supply-chain activities, (ii) integration synergies, and (iii) reducing other operating expenses, primarily relating to engineering and development costs. The Company recorded net reorganization of business charges of $213 million, including $41 million of charges in Costs of sales and $172 million of charges under Other charges in the Company’s consolidated statement of operations. Included in the aggregate $213 million are charges of $191 million for employee separation costs, $15 million for fixed asset impairment charges and $30 million for exit costs, partially offset by $23 million of reversals for accruals no longer needed. Total employees impacted by the actions committed to in 2006 were 3,900.
 
The following table displays the net reorganization of business charges by segment:
 
         
Year Ended December 31,   2006  
   
 
Mobile Devices
  $ (1 )
Home and Networks Mobility
    124  
Enterprise Mobility Solutions
    83  
         
      206  
General Corporate
    7  
         
    $ 213  
 
 
 
The following table displays a rollforward of the reorganization of business accruals established for exit costs and employee separation costs from January 1, 2006 to December 31, 2006:
 
                                         
    Accruals at
    2006
          2006
    Accruals at
 
    January 1,
    Additional
    2006 (1)
    Amount
    December 31,
 
    2006     Charges     Adjustments     Used     2006  
   
 
Exit costs—lease terminations
  $ 50     $ 30     $ (7 )   $ (19 )   $ 54  
Employee separation costs
    53       191       (16 )     (124 )     104  
 
 
    $ 103     $ 221     $ (23 )   $ (143 )   $ 158  
 
 
 
(1) Includes translation adjustments.
 
Exit Costs—Lease Terminations
 
At January 1, 2006, the Company had an accrual of $50 million for exit costs attributable to lease terminations. The 2006 additional charges of $30 million were primarily related to a lease cancellation by the Enterprise Mobility Solutions segment. The 2006 adjustments of $7 million represent reversals of accruals no longer needed. The $19 million used in 2006 reflects cash payments to lessors. The remaining accrual of $54 million, which is included in Accrued liabilities in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2006, represented future cash payments for lease termination obligations.
 
Employee Separation Costs
 
At January 1, 2006, the Company had an accrual of $53 million for employee separation costs, representing the severance costs for approximately 1,600 employees, of which 1,100 were direct employees and 500 were indirect employees. The 2006 additional charges of $191 million represented costs for an additional


Table of Contents

49

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

3,900 employees, of which 1,700 were direct employees and 2,200 were indirect employees. The adjustments of $16 million represented reversals of accruals no longer needed.
 
During 2006, approximately 3,200 employees, of which 1,400 were direct employees and 1,800 were indirect employees, were separated from the Company. The $124 million used in 2006 reflects cash payments to these separated employees. The remaining accrual of $104 million, was included in Accrued liabilities in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2006.
 
2005 Charges
 
During 2005, the Company recorded net reorganization of business charges of $91 million, including $37 million of charges in Costs of sales and $54 million of charges under Other charges in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations. Included in the aggregate $91 million are charges of $86 million for employee separation costs and $15 million for fixed asset impairment charges and $5 million for exit costs, partially offset by $15 million of reversals for accruals no longer needed. Total employees impacted by these action were approximately 2,600.
 
The following table displays the net reorganization of business charges by segment:
 
         
Year Ended December 31,   2005  
   
 
Mobile Devices
  $ 27  
Home and Networks Mobility
    7  
Enterprise Mobility Solutions
    49  
         
      83  
General Corporate
    8  
         
    $ 91  
 
 
 
The following table displays a rollforward of the reorganization of business accruals established for exit costs and employee separation costs from January 1, 2005 to December 31, 2005:
 
                                         
    Accruals at
    2005
          2005
    Accruals at
 
    January 1,
    Additional
    2005 (1)
    Amount
    December 31,
 
    2005     Charges     Adjustments     Used     2005  
   
 
Exit costs—lease terminations
  $ 73     $ 5     $ (7 )   $ (21 )   $ 50  
Employee separation costs
    41       86       (14 )     (60 )     53  
 
 
    $ 114     $ 91     $ (21 )   $ (81 )   $ 103  
 
 
 
(1) Includes translation adjustments.
 
Exit Costs—Lease Terminations
 
At January 1, 2005, the Company had an accrual of $73 million for exit costs attributable to lease terminations. The 2005 additional charges of $5 million were primarily related to a lease cancellation by the Enterprise Mobility Solutions segment. The 2005 adjustments of $7 million represented reversals of $1 million for accruals no longer needed and $6 million of translation adjustments. The $21 million used in 2005 reflected cash payments to lessors. The remaining accrual of $50 million, which was included in Accrued liabilities in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2005, represented future cash payments for lease termination obligations.
 
Employee Separation Costs
 
At January 1, 2005, the Company had an accrual of $41 million for employee separation costs, representing the severance costs for approximately 400 employees, of which 50 were direct employees and 350 were indirect employees. The 2005 additional charges of $86 million represented the severance costs for approximately 2,600 employees, of which 1,300 were direct employees and 1,300 were indirect employees. The adjustments of $14 million represented reversals of accruals no longer needed.


Table of Contents

50

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 
During 2005, approximately 1,400 employees, of which 300 were direct employees and 1,100 were indirect employees, were separated from the Company. The $60 million used in 2005 reflected cash payments to these separated employees. The remaining accrual of $53 million was included in Accrued liabilities in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2005.
 
Liquidity and Capital Resources
 
As highlighted in the consolidated statements of cash flows, the Company’s liquidity and available capital resources are impacted by four key components: (i) current cash and cash equivalents, (ii) operating activities, (iii) investing activities, and (iv) financing activities.
 
Cash and Cash Equivalents
 
During 2007, the Company’s cash and cash equivalents (which are highly-liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less) decreased by $64 million to $2.8 billion at December 31, 2007, compared to $2.8 billion at December 31, 2006. At December 31, 2007, $230 million of this amount was held in the U.S. and $2.5 billion was held by the Company or its subsidiaries in other countries. Repatriation of some of these funds could be subject to delay and could have potential adverse tax consequences. At December 31, 2007, restricted cash was $158 million, compared to $131 million of December 31, 2006.
 
The Company has approximately $2.7 billion of earnings in foreign subsidiaries that are not permanently reinvested and may be repatriated without additional U.S. federal income tax charges to the Company’s consolidated statements of operations, given the U.S. federal tax provisions accrued on undistributed earnings and the utilization of available foreign tax credits. On a cash basis, these repatriations from the Company’s non-U.S. subsidiaries could require the payment of additional foreign taxes, which would be creditable against U.S. federal income taxes. The repatriation of some of these funds could also be subject to delay for local country approvals.
 
Operating Activities
 
The Company has generated positive cash flow from continuing operations in each of the last seven years. The cash provided by operating activities from continuing operations in 2007 was $785 million, compared to $3.5 billion in 2006, and $4.3 billion in 2005. The primary contributors to cash flow from operations in 2007 were: (i) a $2.5 billion decrease in accounts receivable, (ii) a $556 million decrease in inventories, (iii) earnings from continuing operations (adjusted for non-cash items) of $529 million, and (iv) a $170 million cash inflow due to changes in other assets and liabilities. These positive contributors to operating cash flow were partially offset by: (i) a $2.3 billion decrease in accounts payable and accrued liabilities, and (ii) a $705 million increase in other current assets.
 
Accounts Receivable:   The Company’s net accounts receivable were $5.3 billion at December 31, 2007, compared to $7.5 billion at December 31, 2006. The Company’s days sales outstanding (“DSO”), including net long-term receivables, were 50 days at December 31, 2007, compared to 58 days at December 31, 2006. The Company’s businesses sell their products in a variety of markets throughout the world and payment terms can vary by market type and geographic location. Accordingly, the Company’s levels of net accounts receivable and DSO can be impacted by the timing and level of sales that are made by its various businesses and by the geographic locations in which those sales are made. In addition, from time to time, the Company elects to sell accounts receivable to third parties. The Company’s levels of net accounts receivable and DSO can be impacted by the timing and amount of such sales, which can vary by period and can be impacted by numerous factors.
 
Inventory:   The Company’s net inventory was $2.8 billion at December 31, 2007, compared to $3.2 billion at December 31, 2006. The Company’s inventory turns decreased to 10.0 at December 31, 2007, compared to 11.0 at December 31, 2006, primarily due to lower than expected sales volumes in the Mobile Devices business. Inventory turns were calculated using an annualized rolling three months of cost of sales method. The Company’s days sales in inventory (“DSI”) was 36 days at December 31, 2007, compared to 32 days at December 31, 2006. DSI is calculated by dividing net inventory by the average daily cost of sales. Inventory management continues to be an area of focus as the Company balances the need to maintain strategic inventory levels to ensure competitive delivery performance to its customers against the risk of inventory obsolescence due to rapidly changing technology and customer spending requirements.


Table of Contents

51

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 
Accounts Payable:   The Company’s net accounts payable were $4.2 billion at December 31, 2007, compared to $5.1 billion at December 31, 2006. The Company’s days payable outstanding (“DPO”) were 53 days at December 31, 2007, compared to 52 days at December 31, 2006. DPO is calculated by dividing accounts payable by the average daily cost of sales. The Company buys products in a variety of markets throughout the world and payment terms can vary by market type and geographic location. Accordingly, the Company’s levels of accounts payable and DPO can be impacted by the timing and level of purchases made by its various businesses and by the geographic locations in which those purchases are made.
 
Cash Conversion Cycle:   The Company’s cash conversion cycle (“CCC”) was 33 days at December 31, 2007, compared to 38 days at December 31, 2006. CCC is calculated by adding DSO and DSI and subtracting DPO. The decrease in CCC at December 31, 2007, compared to December 31, 2006, was driven by lower CCC in the Home and Networks Mobility and Enterprise Mobility Solutions segments.
 
Reorganization of Businesses:   The Company has implemented reorganization of businesses plans. Cash payments for exit costs and employee separations in connection with a number of these plans were $281 million in 2007, as compared to $143 million in 2006. Of the $235 million reorganization of businesses accrual at December 31, 2007, $193 million relates to employee separation costs and is expected to be paid in 2008. The remaining $42 million in accruals relate to lease termination obligations that are expected to be paid over a number of years.
 
Defined Benefit Plan Contributions:   The Company contributed $274 million to its U.S. pension plans during 2007, compared to $276 million contributed in 2006. The Company contributed $135 million to its non-U.S. pension plans during 2007, compared to $122 million contributed in 2006. During 2008, the Company expects to make cash contributions of approximately $240 million to its U.S. pension plans and approximately $50 million to its non-U.S. pension plans. The Company contributed $15 million to its retiree health care plan in 2007, compared to $27 million in 2006, and expects to contribute approximately $20 million to this plan in 2008. Retirement-related benefits are further discussed below in the “Significant Accounting Policies—Retirement-Related Benefits” section.
 
Investing Activities
 
The most significant components of the Company’s investing activities include: (i) proceeds from sales of Sigma Fund investments, (ii) strategic acquisitions of, or investments in, other companies, (iii) capital expenditures, and (iv) proceeds from sales of investments and businesses.
 
Net cash provided by investing activities from continuing operations was $2.4 billion in 2007, compared to net cash used of $1.4 billion in 2006 and net cash used of $2.4 billion in 2005. This $3.8 billion increase in cash provided by investing activities from continuing operations was due to: (i) an $8.2 billion increase in proceeds from sales of Sigma Fund investments, (ii) a $484 million increase in proceeds from sales of short-term investments, (iii) a $122 million decrease in capital expenditures, and (iv) an $81 million increase in proceeds received from the disposition of property, plant and equipment, partially offset by: (i) a $3.5 billion increase in cash used for acquisitions and investments, and (ii) a $1.6 billion decrease in proceeds from sales of investments and businesses. The $2.4 billion in cash used for investing activities from continuing operations in 2005 was primarily due to the $3.2 billion of net cash used for purchase of Sigma Fund investments, partially offset by $1.5 billion in proceeds from sale of investments and businesses.
 
Sigma Fund:   The Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries invest most of their excess cash in a fund (the “Sigma Fund”) that is similar to a money market fund. During 2007, the Company liquidated a similar second fund and now maintains only one fund. The Company received $6.9 billion in net proceeds from sales of Sigma Fund investments in 2007, compared to $1.3 billion in net cash used to purchase Sigma Fund investments in 2006. The Sigma Fund aggregate balances were $5.2 billion at December 31, 2007, compared to $12.2 billion at December 31, 2006. At December 31, 2007, $1.7 billion of the Sigma Fund investments were held in the U.S. and $3.5 billion were held by the Company or its subsidiaries in other countries. Repatriation of some of these funds could be subject to delay and could have potential adverse tax consequences.
 
The Sigma Fund portfolio is managed by four major independent investment management firms. Investments are made in high-quality, investment grade (rated at least A/A-1 by S&P or A2/P-1 by Moody’s at purchase date), U.S. dollar-denominated debt obligations including certificates of deposit, commercial paper, government bonds, corporate bonds and asset- and mortgage-backed securities. The Sigma Fund’s investment policies require that floating rate instruments must have a maturity, at purchase date, that does not exceed thirty-six months with an


Table of Contents

52

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

interest rate reset at least annually. The average reset maturity of the investments held by the funds must be 120 days or less with the actual average reset maturity of the investments being 40 days and 53 days at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
 
During 2007, the Company recorded a $75 million reduction in the available-for-sale securities held in the Sigma Fund, reflecting a decline in the fair value of the securities. As of December 31, 2007, $57 million of this reduction represents a broad-based temporary decline in market value of various securities primarily due to credit spreads widening in several debt market segments, with the offsetting reduction reflected in Non-owners changes to equity. The Company believes credit market spreads will return to normal levels in the future. Additionally, due to the high credit ratings of the underlying securities, it is probable that the Company will be able to collect all amounts according to the contractual terms of the corporate bonds where fair values are less than their cost as of December 31, 2007. It is for these reasons that the unrealized losses on these corporate bonds are considered temporary. If it becomes probable that the Company will not collect all amounts in accordance with the contractual terms of a corporate bond, the Company considers the decline other-than-temporary. The remaining $18 million reduction in available-for-sale securities held by the Sigma Fund represents an other-than-temporary decline and has been reflected as an investment impairment.
 
Strategic Acquisitions and Investments:   The Company used net cash for acquisitions and new investment activities of $4.6 billion in 2007, compared to net cash used of $1.1 billion in 2006 and net cash used of $312 million in 2005. The largest components of the $4.6 billion in 2007 expenditures were: (i) $3.5 billion for the acquisition of Symbol Technologies, Inc. (part of the Enterprise Mobility Solutions segment), (ii) $438 million for the acquisition of Good Technology, Inc. (part of the Enterprise Mobility Solutions segment), (iii) $183 million for Netopia, Inc. (part of the Home and Networks Mobility segment), (iv) $137 million for Terayon Communications Systems (part of the Home and Networks Mobility segment), (v) the acquisition of Tut Systems, Inc. (part of the Home and Networks Mobility segment), (vi) the acquisition of Modulus Video, Inc. (part of the Home and Networks Mobility segment), and (vii) the acquisition of Leapstone Systems, Inc. (part of the Home and Networks Mobility segment). The largest components of the $1.1 billion in 2006 expenditures were: (i) $300 million for an equity investment in Clearwire, Inc., (ii) $193 million for the acquisition of TTP Communications plc (part of the Mobile Devices segment), (iii) $181 million for the acquisition of Broadbus Technologies, Inc. (part of the Home and Networks Mobility segment), (iv) $108 million for the acquisition of Kreatel Communications AB (part of the Home and Networks Mobility segment), (v) the acquisition of Orthogon Systems (part of the Enterprise Mobility Solutions segment), and (vi) the acquisition of NextNet Wireless, Inc. (part of the Home and Networks Mobility segment).
 
Capital Expenditures:   Capital expenditures were $527 million in 2007, compared to $649 million in 2006 and $548 million in 2005. The Company’s emphasis in making capital expenditures is to focus on strategic investments driven by customer demand and new design capability.
 
Sales of Investments and Businesses:   The Company received $411 million in proceeds from the sales of investments and businesses in 2007, compared to proceeds of $2.0 billion in 2006 and $1.5 billion in 2005. The $411 million in proceeds in 2007 were primarily comprised of $346 million from the sale of the Company’s embedded communications computing business. The $2.0 billion in proceeds in 2006 were primarily comprised of: (i) $856 million in net proceeds from the sale of the automotive electronics business, (ii) $820 million from the sale of the Company’s remaining shares in Sprint Nextel Corporation (“Sprint Nextel”) and the termination and cash settlement of a zero-cost collar derivative relating to these Sprint Nextel shares, and (iii) $175 million from the sale of the Company’s remaining shares in Telus Corporation.
 
Short-Term Investments:   At December 31, 2007, the Company had $612 million in short-term investments (which are highly-liquid fixed-income investments with an original maturity greater than three months but less than one year), compared to $620 million of short-term investments at December 31, 2006.
 
Investment Securities:   In addition to available cash and cash equivalents, Sigma Fund balances and short-term investments, the Company views its investment securities as an additional source of liquidity. The majority of these securities represent investments in technology companies and, accordingly, the fair market values of these securities are subject to substantial price volatility. In addition, the realizable value of these securities is subject to market and other conditions. At December 31, 2007, the Company’s available-for-sale securities portfolio had an approximate fair market value of $333 million, which represented a cost basis of $372 million and a net unrealized loss of $39 million. At December 31, 2006, the Company’s available-for-sale securities portfolio had an approximate fair market value of $130 million, which represented a cost basis of $70 million and a net unrealized gain of $60 million.


Table of Contents

53

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 
Financing Activities
 
The most significant components of the Company’s financing activities are: (i) the purchase of the Company’s common stock under its share repurchase program, (ii) the net proceeds from issuance of debt, (iii) repayment of debt, (iv) the payment of dividends, (v) proceeds from the issuances of stock due to the exercise of employee stock options and purchases under the employee stock purchase plan, (vi) repayment of commercial paper and short-term borrowings, (vii) distributions to discontinued operations, and (viii) excess tax benefits from share-based compensation.
 
Net cash used for financing activities from continuing operations was $3.3 billion in 2007, compared to $3.2 billion of cash used in 2006 and $907 million of cash used in 2005. Cash used for financing activities from continuing operations in 2007 was primarily: (i) $3.0 billion of cash used to purchase 171.2 million shares of the Company’s common stock under the share repurchase program, (ii) $1.4 billion of cash used for the repayment of maturing debt, (iii) $468 million of cash used to pay dividends, (iv) $242 million of net cash used for the repayment of commercial paper and short-term borrowings, and (v) $75 million in distributions to discontinued operations, partially offset by proceeds of: (i) $1.4 billion received from the issuance of long-term debt, (ii) $440 million received from the issuance of common stock in connection with the Company’s employee stock option plans and employee stock purchase plan, and (iii) $50 million in excess tax benefits from share-based compensation.
 
Cash used for financing activities from continuing operations in 2006 was primarily: (i) $3.8 billion of cash used to purchase 171.7 million shares of the Company’s common stock under the share repurchase program, (ii) $443 million of cash used to pay dividends, (iii) $23 million in distributions to discontinued operations, and (iv) $18 million of cash used for the repayment of debt, partially offset by proceeds of: (i) $918 million received from the issuance of common stock in connection with the Company’s employee stock option plans and employee stock purchase plan, (ii) $165 million in excess tax benefits from share-based compensation, and (iii) $66 million in net proceeds from commercial paper and short-term borrowings.
 
Commercial Paper and Other Short-Term Debt:   At December 31, 2007, the Company’s outstanding notes payable and current portion of long-term debt was $332 million, compared to $1.7 billion at December 31, 2006. In January 2007, the Company repaid, at maturity, the entire $118 million aggregate principal amount outstanding of its 7.6% Notes due January 1, 2007. In November 2007, the Company repaid, at maturity, the entire $1.2 billion aggregate principal amount outstanding of its 4.608% Senior Notes due November 16, 2007. During 2007, $114 million of 6.50% Senior Notes due March 1, 2008 and $84 million of 5.80% Senior Notes due October 15, 2008 were reclassified to current portion of long-term debt.
 
Net cash used for the repayment of commercial paper and short-term borrowings was $242 million in 2007, compared to $66 million of net cash proceeds from the sale of commercial paper and short-term borrowings in 2006. The Company had no commercial paper outstanding on December 31, 2007, compared to $300 million of outstanding commercial paper on December 31, 2006. The Company continues to have access to the commercial paper markets. For the past four years, the Company has generally maintained commercial paper balances between $300 million and $400 million. However, as a result of conditions in the credit markets, the interest rates the Company would have to pay to issue commercial paper increased during the third and fourth quarters of 2007. Accordingly, the Company elected to eliminate its commercial paper outstanding until pricing becomes more favorable. The Company will issue commercial paper when it believes it is prudent to do so in light of prevailing market conditions and other factors.
 
Long-term Debt:   At December 31, 2007, the Company had outstanding long-term debt of $4.0 billion, compared to $2.7 billion at December 31, 2006. The Company continues to have access to the long-term debt markets.
 
In November 2007, the Company issued an aggregate face principal amount of: (i) $400 million of 5.375% Senior Notes due November 15, 2012, (ii) $400 million of 6.00% Senior Notes due November 15, 2017, and (iii) $600 million of 6.625% Senior Notes due November 15, 2037.
 
The Company may from time to time seek to opportunistically retire certain of its outstanding debt through open market cash purchases, privately-negotiated transactions or otherwise. Such repurchases, if any, will depend on prevailing market conditions, the Company’s liquidity requirements, contractual restrictions and other factors.
 
Share Repurchase Program:   During 2007, the Company repurchased 171.2 million of its common shares at an aggregate cost of $3.0 billion, or an average cost of $17.74 per share. In 2006, the Company repurchased a


Table of Contents

54

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

total of 171.7 million of its common shares at an aggregate cost of $3.8 billion, or an average cost of $22.29 per share. In 2005, the Company repurchased a total of 41.7 million shares at an aggregate cost of $874 million, or an average cost of $20.96 per share. Since the inception of its first-ever share repurchase program in May 2005, the Company has repurchased a total of 384.6 million of its common shares for an aggregate cost of $7.7 billion. All repurchased shares have been retired.
 
Through actions taken in July 2006 and March 2007, the Board of Directors authorized the Company to repurchase an aggregate amount of up to $7.5 billion of its outstanding shares of common stock over a period ending in June 2009, subject to market conditions (the “2006 Stock Repurchase Program”). As of December 31, 2007, the Company remained authorized to purchase an aggregate amount of up to $3.8 billion of additional shares under the 2006 Stock Repurchase Program.
 
Credit Ratings:   Three independent credit rating agencies, Fitch Investors Service (“Fitch”), Moody’s Investor Services (“Moody’s”), and Standard & Poor’s (“S&P”), assign ratings to the Company’s short-term and long-term debt. The following chart reflects the current ratings assigned to the Company’s senior unsecured non-credit enhanced long-term debt and the Company’s commercial paper by each of these agencies.
 
             
Name of
           
Rating
  Long-Term Debt   Commercial Paper    
Agency   Rating   Rating   Date and Last Actions Taken
 
 
Fitch
  BBB   F-2   February 1, 2008 (placed all debt on rating watch negative)
January 24, 2008 (downgraded long-term debt to BBB (negative outlook) from BBB+ (negative outlook))
             
Moody’s
  Baa1   P-2   January 24, 2008 (placed long-term debt on review for possible downgrade)
             
S&P
  BBB   A-2   January 25, 2008 (downgraded long-term debt to BBB (credit watch negative) from A- (negative outlook); placed A-2 commercial paper on credit watch negative)
 
 
 
The Company’s debt ratings are considered “investment grade.” If the Company’s senior long-term debt were rated lower than “BBB-” by S&P or Fitch or “Baa3” by Moody’s (which would be a decline of two levels from current Fitch and S&P ratings), the Company’s long-term debt would no longer be considered “investment grade.” If this were to occur, the terms on which the Company could borrow money would become more onerous. The Company would also have to pay higher fees related to its domestic revolving credit facility. The Company has never borrowed under its domestic revolving credit facilities.
 
As further described under “Customer Financing Arrangements” below, for many years the Company has utilized a number of receivables programs to sell a broadly-diversified group of short-term receivables to third parties. Certain of the short-term receivables are sold to a multi-seller commercial paper conduit. This program provides for up to $400 million of short-term receivables to be outstanding with the conduit at any time. The obligations of the conduit to continue to purchase receivables under this short-term receivables program could be terminated if the Company’s long-term debt was rated lower than “BB+” by S&P or “Ba1” by Moody’s (which would be a decline of three levels from the current S&P rating). If this short-term receivables program were terminated, the Company would no longer be able to sell its short-term receivables to the conduit in this manner, but it would not have to repurchase previously-sold receivables.
 
Credit Facilities
 
At December 31, 2007, the Company’s total domestic and non-U.S. credit facilities totaled $4.3 billion, of which $314 million was considered utilized. These facilities are principally comprised of: (i) a $2.0 billion five-year revolving domestic credit facility maturing in December 2011 (the “5-Year Credit Facility”) which is not utilized, and (ii) $2.3 billion of uncommitted non-U.S. credit facilities (of which $314 million was considered utilized at December 31, 2007). Unused availability under the existing credit facilities, together with available cash, cash equivalents, Sigma Fund balances and other sources of liquidity, are generally available to support outstanding commercial paper, of which none was outstanding at December 31, 2007.
 
In order to borrow funds under the 5-Year Credit Facility, the Company must be in compliance with various conditions, covenants and representations contained in the agreements. The Company was in compliance with the terms of the 5-Year Credit Facility at December 31, 2007. The Company has never borrowed under its domestic


Table of Contents

55

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

revolving credit facilities. Utilization of the non-U.S. credit facilities may also be dependent on the Company’s ability to meet certain conditions at the time a borrowing is requested.
 
Contractual Obligations and Other Purchase Commitments
 
Summarized in the table below are the Company’s obligations and commitments to make future payments under debt obligations (assuming earliest possible exercise of put rights by holders), purchase obligations, lease payment obligations, and tax obligations as of December 31, 2007.
 
                                                                 
    Payments Due by Period (1)  
                                        Uncertain
       
(in millions)   Total     2008     2009     2010     2011     2012     Timeframe     Thereafter  
   
 
Long-Term Debt Obligations
  $ 4,221     $ 198     $ 4     $ 534     $ 607     $ 409     $     $ 2,469  
Purchase Obligations
    2,153       1,160       418       30       18       4             523  
Lease Obligations
    1,419       355       268       253       169       162             212  
Tax Obligations
    1,400       40                               1,360        
                                                                 
Total Contractual Obligations
  $ 9,193     $ 1,753     $ 690     $ 817     $ 794     $ 575     $ 1,360     $ 3,204  
 
 
 
(1) Amounts included represent firm, non-cancelable commitments.
 
Debt Obligations:   At December 31, 2007, the Company’s long-term debt obligations, including current maturities and unamortized discount and issue costs, totaled $4.2 billion, as compared to $4.1 billion at December 31, 2006. A table of all outstanding long-term debt securities can be found in Note 4, “Debt and Credit Facilities,” to the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
 
Purchase Obligations:   The Company has entered into agreements for the purchase of inventory, license of software, promotional activities, and research and development, which are firm commitments and are not cancelable. The longest of these agreements extends through 2015. Total payments expected to be made under these agreements total $2.2 billion.
 
The Company enters into a number of arrangements for the sourcing of supplies and materials with take-or-pay obligations. The Company’s obligations with these suppliers run through 2011 and total a minimum purchase obligation of $1.2 billion during that period. The $1.2 billion reflects an amended agreement that was completed subsequent to December 31, 2007 with one supplier that reduced the Company’s minimum purchase obligation by approximately $200 million. Subsequent to the end of 2007, the Company entered into new take-or-pay arrangements with suppliers that extend through 2009 with minimum purchase obligations of $63 million. The Company does not anticipate the cancellation of any of these agreements in the future and estimates that purchases from these suppliers will exceed the minimum obligations during the agreement periods.
 
Lease Obligations:   The Company owns most of its major facilities, but does lease certain office, factory and warehouse space, land, and information technology and other equipment under principally non-cancelable operating leases. At December 31, 2007, future minimum lease obligations, net of minimum sublease rentals, totaled $1.4 billion. Rental expense, net of sublease income, was $231 million in 2007, $241 million in 2006 and $250 million in 2005.
 
Tax Obligations:   The Company has approximately $1.4 billion of unrecognized income tax benefits relating to multiple tax jurisdictions and tax years. A significant portion of the unrecognized tax benefits, if settled, would not result in current or future payments as tax carry forwards are available for utilization. The Company anticipates that it is reasonably possible that $40 million of unrecognized tax benefits could be settled in 2008. However, it is not possible to estimate the timing of any other potential settlements.
 
Commitments Under Other Long-Term Agreements:   The Company has entered into certain long-term agreements to purchase software, components, supplies and materials from suppliers. Most of the agreements extend for periods of one to three years (three to five years for software). However, generally these agreements do not obligate the Company to make any purchases, and many permit the Company to terminate the agreement with advance notice (usually ranging from 60 to 180 days). If the Company were to terminate these agreements, it generally would be liable for certain termination charges, typically based on work performed and supplier on-hand inventory and raw materials attributable to canceled orders. The Company’s liability would only arise in the event it terminates the agreements for reasons other than “cause.”


Table of Contents

56

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 
The Company outsources certain corporate functions, such as benefit administration and information technology-related services. These contracts are expected to expire in 2013. The total remaining payments under these contracts are approximately $1.1 billion over the remaining 6 years; however, these contracts can be terminated. Termination would result in a penalty substantially less than the remaining annual contract payments. The Company would also be required to find another source for these services, including the possibility of performing them in-house.
 
As is customary in bidding for and completing network infrastructure projects and pursuant to a practice the Company has followed for many years, the Company has a number of performance/bid bonds and standby letters of credit outstanding, primarily relating to projects of the Enterprise Mobility Solutions and Home and Networks Mobility segments. These instruments normally have maturities of up to three years and are standard in the industry as a way to give customers a convenient mechanism to seek resolution if a contractor does not satisfy performance requirements under a contract. A customer can draw on the instrument only if the Company does not fulfill all terms of a project contract. If such an occasion occurred, the Company would be obligated to reimburse the financial institution that issued the bond or letter of credit for the amounts paid. The Company is not generally required to post any cash in connection with the issuance of these bonds or letters of credit. In its long history, it has been extraordinarily uncommon for the Company to have a performance/bid bond or standby letter of credit drawn upon. At December 31, 2007, outstanding performance/bid bonds and standby letters of credit totaled approximately $1.7 billion, compared to $1.5 billion at the end of 2006.
 
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements:   Under the definition contained in Item 303(a)(4)(ii) of Regulation S-K, the Company does not have any off-balance sheet arrangements.
 
Customer Financing Commitments and Guarantees
 
Outstanding Commitments:   Certain purchasers of the Company’s infrastructure equipment continue to request that suppliers provide financing in connection with equipment purchases. These requests may include all or a portion of the purchase price of the equipment. Periodically, the Company makes commitments to provide financing to purchasers in connection with the sale of equipment. However, the Company’s obligation to provide financing is often conditioned on the issuance of a letter of credit in favor of the Company by a reputable bank to support the purchaser’s credit or a pre-existing commitment from a reputable bank to purchase the receivable from the Company. The Company had outstanding commitments to extend long-term credit to third parties totaling $610 million at December 31, 2007, compared to $398 million at December 31, 2006. Of these amounts, $454 million was supported by letters of credit or by bank commitments to purchase receivables at December 31, 2007, compared to $262 million at December 31, 2006.
 
Guarantees of Third-Party Debt:   In addition to providing direct financing to certain equipment customers, the Company also assists customers in obtaining financing directly from banks and other sources to fund equipment purchases. The Company had committed to provide financial guarantees relating to customer financing totaling $42 million and $122 million at December 31, 2007 and December 31, 2006, respectively (including $23 million and $19 million at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively, relating to the sale of short-term receivables). Customer financing guarantees outstanding were $3 million and $47 million at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively (including $0 million and $2 million at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively, relating to the sale of short-term receivables).
 
Customer Financing Arrangements
 
Outstanding Finance Receivables:   The Company had net finance receivables of $118 million at December 31, 2007, compared to $269 million at December 31, 2006 (net of allowances for losses of $5 million at December 31, 2007 and $10 million at December 31, 2006). These finance receivables are generally interest bearing, with rates ranging from 3% to 14%. Interest income recognized on finance receivables for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 was $7 million, $9 million and $7 million, respectively.
 
Sales of Receivables and Loans:   From time to time, the Company sells short-term receivables, long-term loans and lease receivables under sales-type leases (collectively, “finance receivables”) to third parties in transactions that qualify as “true-sales.” Certain of these finance receivables are sold to third parties on a one-time, non-recourse basis, while others are sold to third parties under committed facilities that involve contractual commitments from these parties to purchase qualifying receivables up to an outstanding monetary limit. Committed facilities may be revolving in nature and, typically, must be renewed on an annual basis. Certain sales


Table of Contents

57

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

may be made through separate legal entities that are also consolidated by the Company. The Company may or may not retain the obligation to service the sold finance receivables.
 
In the aggregate, at December 31, 2007, these committed facilities provided for up to $1.4 billion to be outstanding with the third parties at any time, as compared to up to $1.3 billion provided at December 31, 2006 and up to $1.1 billion provided at December 31, 2005. As of December 31, 2007, $497 million of these committed facilities were utilized, compared to $817 million utilized at December 31, 2006 and $585 million utilized at December 31, 2005. Certain events could cause one of these facilities to terminate. In addition, before receivables can be sold under certain of the committed facilities, they may need to meet contractual requirements, such as credit quality or insurability.
 
Total finance receivables sold by the Company were $4.9 billion in 2007 (including $4.7 billion of short-term receivables), compared to $6.4 billion sold in 2006 (including $6.2 billion of short-term receivables) and $4.5 billion sold in 2005 (including $4.2 billion of short-term receivables). As of December 31, 2007, there were $978 million of receivables outstanding under these programs for which the Company retained servicing obligations (including $587 million of short-term receivables), compared to $1.1 billion outstanding at December 31, 2006 (including $789 million of short-term receivables) and $1.0 billion outstanding at December 31, 2005 (including $838 million of short-term receivables).
 
Under certain receivables programs, the value of the receivables sold is covered by credit insurance obtained from independent insurance companies, less deductibles or self-insurance requirements under the policies (with the Company retaining credit exposure for the remaining portion). The Company’s total credit exposure to outstanding short-term receivables that have been sold was $23 million at December 31, 2007, as compared to $19 million at December 31, 2006. Reserves of $1 million and $4 million were recorded for potential losses on sold receivables at December 31, 2007 and December 31, 2006, respectively.
 
Adequate Internal and External Funding Resources
 
The Company believes that it has adequate internal and external resources available to fund expected working capital and capital expenditure requirements for the next twelve months as supported by the level of cash, cash equivalents, short-term investments and Sigma Fund balances in the U.S., the ability to repatriate cash, cash equivalents, short-term investments and Sigma Fund balances from foreign jurisdictions, the ability to borrow under the committed credit facility or future credit facilities, the ability to issue commercial paper, and access to the short-term and long-term debt markets.
 
Other Contingencies
 
Potential Contractual Damage Claims in Excess of Underlying Contract Value:   In certain circumstances, our businesses may enter into contracts with customers pursuant to which the damages that could be claimed by the other party for failed performance might exceed the revenue the Company receives from the contract. Contracts with these sorts of uncapped damage provisions are fairly rare, but individual contracts could still represent meaningful risk. There is a possibility that a damage claim by a counterparty to one of these contracts could result in expenses to the Company that are far in excess of the revenue received from the counterparty in connection with the contract.
 
Indemnification Provisions:   In addition, the Company may provide indemnifications for losses that result from the breach of general warranties contained in certain commercial, intellectual property and divestiture agreements. Historically, the Company has not made significant payments under these agreements, nor have there been significant claims asserted against the Company. However, there is an increasing risk in relation to intellectual property indemnities given the current legal climate. In all indemnification cases, payment by the Company is conditioned on the other party making a claim pursuant to the procedures specified in the particular contract, which procedures typically allow the Company to challenge the other party’s claims. Further, the Company’s obligations under these agreements for indemnification based on breach of representations and warranties are generally limited in terms of duration, typically not more than 24 months, and for amounts not in excess of the contract value, and in some instances, the Company may have recourse against third parties for certain payments made by the Company.
 
Legal Matters:   The Company has several lawsuits filed against it relating to the Iridium program, as further described under Part I, Item 3: Legal Proceedings of this document. The Company has not reserved for any potential liability that may arise as a result of U.S. litigation related to the Iridium program. While the still pending


Table of Contents

58

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

cases are in various stages and the outcomes are not predictable, an unfavorable outcome in one or more of these cases could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position, liquidity or results of operations.
 
The Company is a defendant in various other lawsuits, claims and actions which arise in the normal course of business. These include actions relating to products, contracts and securities, as well as matters initiated by third parties or Motorola relating to infringements of patents, violations of licensing arrangements and other intellectual property-related matters. In the opinion of management, and other than discussed above with respect to the still pending Iridium cases, the ultimate disposition of these matters will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position, liquidity or results of operations.
 
Segment Information
 
The following commentary should be read in conjunction with the financial results of each reporting segment as detailed in Note 11, “Information by Segment and Geographic Region,” to the Company’s consolidated financial statements. Net sales and operating results for the Company’s three operating segments for 2007, 2006 and 2005 are presented below.
 
Mobile Devices Segment
 
The Mobile Devices segment designs, manufactures, sells and services wireless handsets with integrated software and accessory products, and licenses intellectual property. In 2007, the segment’s net sales represented 52% of the Company’s consolidated net sales, compared to 66% in 2006 and 61% in 2005.
 
                                         
    Years Ended December 31   Percent Change
(Dollars in millions)   2007   2006   2005   2007—2006   2006—2005
 
 
Segment net sales
  $ 18,988     $ 28,383     $ 21,459       (33 )%     32 %
Operating earnings (loss)
    (1,201 )     2,690       2,192       ***       23 %
 
 
 
 
*** Percentage change is not meaningful.
 
Segment Results—2007 Compared to 2006
 
In 2007, the segment’s net sales were $19.0 billion, a decrease of 33% compared to net sales of $28.4 billion in 2006. The 33% decrease in net sales was primarily driven by: (i) a 27% decrease in unit shipments, (ii) a 9% decrease in average selling price (“ASP”), and (iii) decreased revenue from intellectual property and technology licensing. The segment’s product sales were negatively impacted by gaps in the segment’s product portfolio, including limited offerings of 3G products and products for the Multimedia and Mass Market product segments, as well as an aging product portfolio. On a product technology basis, net sales of products for: (i) GSM technology decreased substantially, (ii) iDEN and CDMA technologies decreased, and (iii) 3G technologies increased slightly. On a geographic basis, net sales decreased in all regions, and decreased substantially in the Asia and Europe, Middle East and Africa (“EMEA”) regions. The substantial decrease in Asia, particularly in China, as well as in other emerging markets, was due to lower demand for our products as a result of an aging product portfolio and increased industry-wide competition. The substantial decrease in EMEA was due to gaps in our product portfolio, particularly 3G products.
 
The segment incurred an operating loss of $1.2 billion in 2007, compared to operating earnings of $2.7 billion in 2006. The operating loss was primarily due to a decrease in gross margin, driven by: (i) a 9% decrease in ASP, (ii) decreased income from intellectual property and technology licensing, (iii) a 27% decrease in unit shipments, and (iv) a $277 million charge for a legal settlement with Freescale Semiconductor, partially offset by savings from supply chain cost-reduction initiatives.
 
Research and development (“R&D”) expenditures increased, driven by increased expenditures on developmental engineering for new products and software, as well as ongoing investment in next-generation technologies, partially offset by savings from cost-reduction initiatives. The segment’s industry typically experiences short life cycles for new products. Therefore, it is vital to the segment’s success that new, compelling products are constantly introduced. Accordingly, a strong commitment to R&D is required to fuel long-term growth. Reorganization of business charges increased due to employee severance costs and expenses related to the exit of a


Table of Contents

59

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

facility. Selling, general and administrative (“SG&A”) expenses decreased primarily due to lower marketing expenses and savings from cost-reduction initiatives, partially offset by increased expenditures on information technology upgrades. As a percentage of net sales in 2007 as compared to 2006, gross margin and operating margin decreased, and SG&A expenses and R&D expenditures increased.
 
The segment’s backlog was $647 million at December 31, 2007, compared to $1.4 billion at December 31, 2006. This decrease in backlog is primarily due to a decline in customer demand driven by the gaps in the segment’s product portfolio.
 
The segment shipped 159.1 million units in 2007, a 27% decrease compared to shipments of 217.4 million units in 2006. The overall decrease reflects decreased unit shipments of products for all technologies. For the full year 2007, unit shipments: (i) decreased substantially in Asia and EMEA, (ii) decreased in North America, and (iii) increased in Latin America. Although unit shipments by the segment decreased in 2007, total unit shipments in the worldwide handset market increased by 16%. The segment estimates its worldwide market share to be approximately 14% for the full year 2007, a decrease of approximately 8 percentage points versus full year 2006.
 
In 2007, ASP decreased approximately 9% compared to 2006. The overall decrease in ASP was driven primarily by changes in the product-tier and geographic mix of sales. By comparison, ASP decreased approximately 11% in 2006 and 10% in 2005. ASP is impacted by numerous factors, including product mix, market conditions and competitive product offerings, and ASP trends often vary over time.
 
The largest of the segment’s end customers (including sales through distributors) are Sprint Nextel, AT&T, Verizon, China Mobile, and America Movil. In 2007, aggregate net sales to these five customers accounted for approximately 42% of the segment’s net sales in 2007. Besides selling directly to carriers and operators, the segment also sells products through a variety of third-party distributors and retailers, which account for approximately 33% of the segment’s net sales. The largest of these distributors is Brightstar Corporation. The loss of any of the segment’s key customers could have a significant impact on the segment’s business.
 
Although the U.S. market continued to be the segment’s largest individual market, many of our customers, and more than 54% of our segment’s 2007 net sales, were outside the U.S. The largest of these international markets are Brazil, China and Mexico.
 
In January 2008, the Company announced that it is evaluating alternatives for the structural and strategic realignment of the Mobile Devices business to better equip it to recapture global market leadership and enhance shareholder value. This may include the separation of the Mobile Devices business from Motorola’s other businesses to permit each to grow and better serve their customers.
 
Segment Results—2006 Compared to 2005
 
In 2006, the segment’s net sales increased 32% to $28.4 billion, compared to $21.5 billion in 2005. The increase in net sales was driven by a 49% increase in unit shipments, primarily driven by strong demand for GSM and CDMA handsets, partially offset by an 11% decrease in average selling price (“ASP”). On a product technology basis, net sales of products for GSM and CDMA technologies increased and net sales of products for iDEN and 3G technologies decreased. On a geographic basis, net sales increased in all regions.
 
The segment’s operating earnings increased to $2.7 billion in 2006, compared to operating earnings of $2.2 billion in 2005. The 23% increase in operating earnings was primarily due to an increase in gross margin, driven primarily by: (i) the 49% increase in unit shipments, (ii) savings from supply chain cost-reduction initiatives, and (iii) increased income from intellectual property and technology licensing, partially offset by the 11% decline in ASP. The increase in gross margin was partially offset by: (i) an increase in SG&A expenses, primarily driven by an increase in marketing expenses to support higher net sales and promote brand awareness, and (ii) an increase in R&D expenditures, as a result of an increase in developmental engineering for new product development and software, as well as ongoing investment in next-generation technologies. As a percentage of net sales in 2006 as compared to 2005, gross margin, R&D expenditures and operating margin decreased and SG&A expenses increased.
 
The segment’s backlog was $1.4 billion at December 31, 2006, compared to $3.0 billion at December 31, 2005. This decrease in backlog is primarily due to an unusually high level of backlog at December 31, 2005 due to strong customer demand for new products during the fourth quarter of 2005, certain of which were unable to be shipped in significant quantities due to supply constraints for select components.


Table of Contents

60

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 
Unit shipments increased 49% to 217.4 million units in 2006, compared to 146.0 million units in 2005. The overall increase was driven by increased unit shipments of products for GSM, CDMA and 3G technologies, partially offset by decreased unit shipments of products for iDEN technology. For the full year 2006, unit shipments by the segment increased in all regions. Due to the segment’s increase in unit shipments outpacing overall growth in the worldwide handset market, which grew approximately 20% in 2006, the segment believes that it expanded its global handset market share to an estimated 22% for the full year 2006.
 
In 2006, ASP decreased approximately 11% compared to 2005. The overall decrease in ASP was driven primarily by changes in the geographic and product-tier mix of sales. By comparison, ASP decreased approximately 10% in 2005 and increased approximately 15% in 2004. ASP is impacted by numerous factors, including product mix, market conditions and competitive product offerings, and ASP trends often vary over time.
 
In 2006, the largest of the segment’s end customers (including sales through distributors) were China Mobile, Verizon, Sprint Nextel, Cingular, and T-Mobile. These five largest customers accounted for approximately 39% of the segment’s net sales in 2006. Besides selling directly to carriers and operators, the segment also sold products through a variety of third-party distributors and retailers, which accounted for approximately 38% of the segment’s net sales. The largest of these distributors was Brightstar Corporation.
 
Although the U.S. market continued to be the segment’s largest individual market, many of our customers, and more than 65% of the segment’s 2006 net sales, were outside the U.S. The largest of these international markets were China, Brazil, the United Kingdom and Mexico.
 
Home and Networks Mobility Segment
 
The Home and Networks Mobility segment designs, manufactures, sells, installs and services: (i) digital video, Internet Protocol (“IP”) video and broadcast network interactive set-tops (“digital entertainment devices”), end-to-end video delivery solutions, broadband access infrastructure systems, and associated data and voice customer premise equipment (“broadband gateways”) to cable television and telecom service providers (collectively, referred to as the “home business”), and (ii) wireless access systems (“wireless networks”), including cellular infrastructure systems and wireless broadband systems, to wireless service providers. In 2007, the segment’s net sales represented 27% of the Company’s consolidated net sales, compared to 21% in 2006 and 26% in 2005.
 
                                         
    Years Ended December 31   Percent Change
(Dollars in millions)   2007   2006   2005   2007—2006   2006—2005
 
 
Segment net sales
  $ 10,014     $ 9,164     $ 9,037       9 %     1 %
Operating earnings
    709       787       1,232       (10 ) %     (36 )%
 
 
 
Segment Results—2007 Compared to 2006
 
In 2007, the segment’s net sales increased 9% to $10.0 billion, compared to $9.2 billion in 2006. The 9% increase in net sales reflects a 27% increase in net sales in the home business, partially offset by a 1% decrease in net sales of wireless networks. Net sales of digital entertainment devices increased approximately 43%, reflecting increased demand for digital set-tops, including HD/DVR set-tops and IP set-tops, partially offset by a decline in ASP due to a product mix shift towards all-digital set-tops. Unit shipments of digital entertainment devices increased 51% to 15.2 million units. Net sales of broadband gateways increased approximately 6%, primarily due to higher net sales of data modems, driven by net sales from the Netopia business acquired in February 2007. Net sales of wireless networks decreased 1%, primarily driven by lower net sales of iDEN and CDMA infrastructure equipment, partially offset by higher net sales of GSM infrastructure equipment, despite competitive pricing pressure.
 
On a geographic basis, the 9% increase in net sales reflects higher net sales in all geographic regions. The increase in net sales in North America was driven primarily by higher sales of digital entertainment devices, partially offset by lower net sales of iDEN and CDMA infrastructure equipment. The increase in net sales in Asia was primarily due to higher net sales of GSM infrastructure equipment, partially offset by lower net sales of CDMA infrastructure equipment. The increase in net sales in EMEA was, primarily due to higher net sales of GSM infrastructure equipment, partially offset by lower demand for iDEN and CDMA infrastructure equipment. Net sales in North America continue to comprise a significant portion of the segment’s business, accounting for 52% of the segment’s total net sales in 2007, compared to 56% of the segment’s total net sales in 2006.


Table of Contents

61

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 
The segment reported operating earnings of $709 million in 2007, compared to operating earnings of $787 million in 2006. The decrease in operating earnings was primarily due to a decrease in gross margin, driven by: (i) lower net sales of iDEN infrastructure equipment, and (ii) continued competitive pricing pressure in the market for GSM infrastructure equipment, partially offset by: (i) increased net sales of digital entertainment devices, and (ii) the reversal of reorganization of business accruals recorded in 2006 relating to employee severance which are no longer needed. SG&A expenses increased primarily due to the expenses from recently acquired businesses, partially offset by savings from cost-reduction initiatives. R&D expenditures decreased primarily due to savings from cost-reduction initiatives, partially offset by expenditures by recently acquired businesses and continued investment in digital entertainment devices and WiMAX. As a percentage of net sales in 2007 as compared to 2006, gross margin, SG&A expenses, R&D expenditures and operating margin all decreased. The segment’s gross margin percentages differ among its services, software and equipment products. Accordingly, the aggregate gross margin of the segment can fluctuate from period to period depending upon the relative mix of sales in the given period.
 
Due to the nature of the segment’s business, many of the agreements we enter into are long-term contracts that require sizeable investments by our customers. The segment is dependent upon a small number of customers for a significant portion of its sales. A small number of large cable television multiple system operators (“MSOs”) own a large portion of the cable systems and account for a significant portion of the total capital spending in the cable industry. In 2007, sales to our top five customers (Comcast; Verizon; KDDI, a service provider in Japan; China Mobile; and Sprint Nextel) represented approximately 43% of the segments net sales. The loss of one of these major customers could have a significant impact on the segment’s business and, because many of these contracts are long-term in nature, could impact revenue and earnings over several quarters. The segment’s backlog was $2.6 billion at December 31, 2007, compared to $3.2 billion at December 31, 2006.
 
In the home business, demand for the segment’s products depends primarily on the level of capital spending by broadband operators for constructing, rebuilding or upgrading their communications systems, and for offering advanced services. During the second quarter of 2007, the segment began shipping digital set-tops that support the Federal Communications Commission (“FCC”)—mandated separable security requirement. FCC regulations mandating the separation of security functionality from set-tops went into effect on July 1, 2007. As a result of these regulations, many cable service providers accelerated their purchases of set-tops in the first half of 2007. Additionally, in 2007, our digital video customers significantly increased their purchases of the segment’s products and services, primarily due to increased demand for digital video set-tops, particularly HD/DVR set-tops.
 
In the wireless networks business, the segment has been a long-standing proponent of WiMAX and is now participating in over 40 WiMAX trials globally and several commercial contracts globally. The segment also maintained momentum in infrastructure development and services in 2007 by continuing to deliver outstanding technologies and services for wireless and wireline carriers.
 
During 2007, the segment completed the acquisitions of: (i) Netopia, Inc., a broadband equipment provider for DSL customers, which allows for phone, TV and fast Internet connections, (ii) Tut Systems, Inc., a leading developer of edge routing and video encoders, (iii) Modulus Video, Inc., a provider of MPEG-4 Advanced Coding compression systems designed for delivery of high-value video content in IP set-top devices for the digital video, broadcast and satellite marketplaces, (iv) Terayon Communication Systems, Inc., a provider of real-time digital video networking applications to cable, satellite and telecommunication service providers worldwide, and (v) Leapstone Systems, Inc., a provider of intelligent multimedia service delivery and content management solutions to networks operators. These acquisitions enhance our ability to provide a complete end-to-end solution for the delivery of advanced video, voice and data services. In December 2007, Motorola completed the sale of its embedded communication computing business to Emerson for $346 million in cash.
 
Segment Results—2006 Compared to 2005
 
In 2006, the segment’s net sales increased 1% to $9.2 billion, compared to $9.0 billion in 2005. The 1% increase in net sales reflected a 16% increase in net sales in the home business, partially offset by a 5% decrease in net sales of wireless networks. Net sales of digital entertainment devices increased approximately 24%, reflecting increased demand for HD/DVR set-tops, partially offset by a decline in ASP due to a product mix shift. Unit shipments of digital entertainment devices increased 57% to 10.1 million units. Net sales of broadband gateways increased approximately 18%, primarily due to: (i) increased unit shipments of cable modems, and (ii) increased ASPs for cable modems, reflecting increased demand for advanced voice-enabled modems. Net sales of wireless networks decreased 5%, primarily driven by lower demand for GSM, iDEN and CDMA infrastructure equipment.


Table of Contents

62

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 
On a geographic basis, the 1% increase in net sales reflects higher net sales in North America and EMEA, partially offset by lower net sales in Asia. The increase in net sales in North America was driven primarily by higher sales of digital entertainment devices, partially offset by lower demand for iDEN infrastructure equipment driven by customer expenditures returning to historic trends compared to an exceptionally strong 2005. The increase in net sales in EMEA was driven primarily by higher sales of digital entertainment devices. The decrease in net sales in Asia was due, in part, to delays in the granting of 3G licenses in China that led service providers to slow their near-term capital investment, as well as competitive pricing pressure. Net sales in North America continued to comprise a significant portion of the segment’s business, accounting for approximately 56% of the segment’s total net sales in 2006, compared to approximately 55% of the segment’s total net sales in 2005.
 
The segment reported operating earnings of $787 million in 2006, compared to operating earnings of $1.2 billion in 2005. The 36% decrease in operating earnings was primarily due to: (i) a decrease in gross margin, due to an unfavorable product/regional mix and competitive pricing in the wireless networks market, and (ii) an increase in Other charges (income) from an increase in reorganization of business charges, primarily related to employee severance, and from a legal reserve. As a percentage of net sales in 2006 as compared to 2005, gross margin, SG&A expenses, R&D expenditures and operating margin all decreased.
 
In 2006, net sales to the segment’s top five customers, which included Sprint Nextel, Comcast Corporation, Verizon, KDDI and China Mobile, represented 45% of the segment’s total net sales. The segment’s backlog was $3.2 billion at December 31, 2006, compared to $2.4 billion at December 31, 2005. The increase in backlog is primarily due to strong orders for our digital and HD/DVR set-tops.
 
In the market for digital entertainment devices, demand for the segment’s products depends primarily on the level of capital spending by broadband operators for constructing, rebuilding or upgrading their communications systems, and for offering advanced services. In 2006, our digital video customers significantly increased their purchases of the segment’s products and services, primarily due to increased demand for digital video set-tops, particularly HD/DVR set-tops.
 
During 2006, the segment completed a number of significant acquisitions, including: (i) Kreatel Communications AB, a leading developer of innovative IP-based digital set-tops and software, (ii) NextNet Wireless, Inc., a former Clearwire Corporation subsidiary and a leading provider of OFDM-based non-line-of-sight (“NLOS”) wireless broadband infrastructure equipment, (iii) Broadbus Technologies, Inc., a provider of technology solutions for television on demand, and (iv) Vertasent LLC, a software developer for managing technology elements for switched digital video networks. These acquisitions did not have a material impact on the segment results in 2006.
 
Enterprise Mobility Solutions Segment
 
The Enterprise Mobility Solutions segment designs, manufactures, sells, installs and services analog and digital two-way radio, voice and data communications products and systems for private networks, wireless broadband systems and end-to-end enterprise mobility solutions to a wide range of enterprise markets, including government and public safety agencies (which, together with all sales to distributors of two-way communications products, are referred to as the “government and public safety market”), as well as retail, utility, transportation, manufacturing, healthcare and other commercial customers (which, collectively, are referred to as the “commercial enterprise market”). In 2007, the segment’s net sales represented 21% of the Company’s consolidated net sales, compared to 13% in 2006 and 14% in 2005.
 
                                         
    Years Ended December 31   Percent Change
(Dollars in millions)   2007   2006   2005   2007—2006   2006—2005
 
 
Segment net sales
  $ 7,729     $ 5,400     $ 5,038       43 %     7 %
Operating earnings
    1,213       958       860       27 %     11 %
 
 
 
Segment Results—2007 Compared to 2006
 
In 2007, the segment’s net sales increased 43% to $7.7 billion, compared to $5.4 billion in 2006. The 43% increase in net sales was primarily due to increased net sales in the commercial enterprise market, driven by the net sales from the Symbol business acquired in January 2007. Net sales in the government and public safety market increased 6%, primarily due to strong demand in North America. On a geographic basis, net sales increased in all regions.


Table of Contents

63

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 
The segment reported operating earnings of $1.2 billion in 2007, compared to operating earnings of $958 million in 2006. The increase in operating earnings was primarily due to an increase in gross margin in both: (i) the commercial enterprise market, driven by net sales from the Symbol business acquired in January 2007, and (ii) the government and public safety market, driven by strong net sales in North America. This improvement in gross margin was partially offset by: (i) an inventory-related charge in connection with the acquisition of Symbol, and (ii) an increase in SG&A and R&D expenses, primarily due to expenses from recently acquired businesses, partially offset by savings from cost-reduction initiatives. As a percentage of net sales in 2007 as compared 2006, gross margin, R&D expenditures and operating margin decreased, and SG&A expenses increased.
 
Net sales in North America continue to comprise a significant portion of the segment’s business, accounting for approximately 62% of the segment’s net sales in 2007, compared to approximately 63% in 2006. Our products and services are sold worldwide to a diverse set of customers, including customers involved in: government and public safety (police, fire, emergency management services), military, utilities, retail, transportation and logistics, manufacturing, wholesale and distribution, and healthcare. The segment’s backlog was $2.3 billion at December 31, 2007, compared to $2.0 billion at December 31, 2006.
 
In the government and public safety market, natural disasters and terrorist-related worldwide events continued to place an emphasis on mission-critical communications systems. Spending by the segment’s government and public safety market customers is affected by government budgets at the national, state and local levels. The scope and size of systems requested by some of the segment’s customers continue to increase, including requests for country-wide and statewide systems. These larger systems are more complex and include a wide range of capabilities. Large-system projects impact how contracts are bid, which companies compete for bids, and how companies partner on projects.
 
During 2007, the Company completed the acquisition of: (i) Symbol Technologies, Inc., a leader in designing, developing, manufacturing and servicing products and systems used in end-to-end enterprise mobility solutions, and (ii) Good Technology, Inc., a provider of enterprise mobile computing software and services. In January 2008, the segment acquired a controlling interest in Vertex Standard Co., Ltd., a global provider of two-way radio communication solutions.
 
Segment Results—2006 Compared to 2005
 
In 2006, the segment’s net sales increased 7% to $5.4 billion, compared to $5.0 billion in 2005. The 7% increase in net sales was primarily due to increased net sales in the government and public safety market, driven by increased demand for enhanced mission-critical communications systems. The net sales in the commercial enterprise market increased 14%, primarily due to increased demand for business-critical communications. On a geographic basis, net sales increased in all regions.
 
The segment reported operating earnings of $958 million in 2006, compared to operating earnings of $860 million in 2005. The increase in operating earnings was primarily due to the increase in gross margin, driven by the 7% increase in net sales from the government and public safety market. This improvement in gross margin was partially offset by: (i) an increase in reorganization of business charges, primarily related to employee severance, and (ii) an increase in R&D expenses, driven by increased investment in next-generation technologies across the segment. As a percentage of net sales in 2007 as compared 2006, gross margin, R&D expenditures and operating margin increased, and SG&A expenses decreased.
 
Net sales in North America continued to comprise a significant portion of the segment’s business, accounting for approximately 63% of the segment’s total net sales in 2006, compared to approximately 66% in 2005. The segment’s backlog was $2.0 billion at December 31, 2006, compared to $2.1 billion at December 31, 2005.
 
Significant Accounting Policies
 
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations discusses the Company’s consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. The preparation of these financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, as well as the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.


Table of Contents

64

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 
Management bases its estimates and judgments on historical experience, current economic and industry conditions and on various other factors that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. This forms the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions. Management believes the following significant accounting policies require significant judgment and estimates:
 
— Revenue recognition
 
— Inventory valuation reserves
 
— Taxes on income
 
— Valuation of Sigma Fund, investments and long-lived assets
 
— Restructuring activities
 
— Retirement-related benefits
 
Revenue Recognition
 
The Company’s arrangements with customers may differ in nature and complexity and may contain multiple deliverables, including products, equipment, services and software that may be essential to the functionality of the other deliverables, which requires the Company to make judgments and estimates in recognizing revenues.
 
Product and equipment sales may contain discounts, price protection, return provisions and other customer incentives. The Company’s recorded revenues are reduced by allowances for these items at the time the sales are recorded. The allowances are based on management’s best estimate of the amount of allowances that the customer will ultimately earn and is based on historical experience taking into account the type of products sold, the type of customer and the type of transaction specific to each arrangement. Where customer incentives cannot be reliably estimated, the Company recognizes revenue at the time the product sells through the distribution channel to the end customer.
 
The Company’s long-term contracts may involve the design, engineering, manufacturing and installation of wireless and wireline networks and two-way radio voice and data systems. These systems are designed to meet specific customer requirements and specifications and generally require extended periods to complete. If the Company can reliably estimate revenues and contract costs and the technology is considered proven, revenue is recognized under the percentage of completion method as work progresses towards completion; otherwise, the revenue is recognized under the completed contract method. Estimates of contract revenues, contract costs and progress towards completion are based on estimates that consider historical experience and other factors believed to be relevant under the circumstances. Management regularly reviews these estimates and considers the impact of recurring business risks and uncertainties inherent in the contracts, such as system performance and implementation delays due to factors within or outside the control of management.
 
Generally, multiple element arrangements are separated into specific accounting units when: (i) delivered elements have value to the customer on a stand-alone basis, (ii) objective and reliable evidence of fair value exists for the undelivered element(s), and (iii) delivery of the undelivered element(s) is probable and substantially within the control of the Company. Total arrangement consideration is allocated to the separate accounting units based on their relative fair values (if the fair value of each accounting unit is known) or using the residual method (if the fair value of the undelivered element(s) is known). Revenue is recognized for a separate accounting unit when the revenue recognition criteria are met for that unit. In certain situations, judgment is required in determining both the number of accounting units and fair value of the elements, although generally the fair value of an element can be objectively determined if the Company sells the element on a stand-alone basis. Multiple element arrangements that include software are separated into more than one unit of accounting when the following criteria are met: (i)  the functionality of the delivered element(s) is not dependent on the undelivered element(s), (ii) there is vendor-specific objective evidence of the fair value of the undelivered element(s), and (iii) general revenue recognition criteria related to the delivered element(s) have been met.
 
Changes in cost estimates and the fair values of certain deliverables could negatively impact the Company’s operating results. In addition, unforeseen conditions could arise over the contract term that may have a significant impact on operating results.


Table of Contents

65

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 
Inventory Valuation Reserves
 
The Company records valuation reserves on its inventory for estimated obsolescence or non-marketability. The amount of the reserve is equal to the difference between the cost of the inventory and the estimated market value based upon assumptions about future demand and market conditions. On a quarterly basis, management in each segment performs an analysis of the underlying inventory to identify reserves needed for excess and obsolescence and, for the remaining inventory, assesses the net realizable value. Management uses its best judgment to estimate appropriate reserves based on this analysis.
 
Inventories consisted of the following:
 
                 
December 31   2007     2006  
   
 
Finished goods
  $ 1,737     $ 1,796  
Work-in-process and production materials
    1,470       1,782  
                 
      3,207       3,578  
Less inventory reserves
    (371 )     (416 )
                 
    $ 2,836     $ 3,162  
 
 
 
The Company balances the need to maintain strategic inventory levels to ensure competitive delivery performance to its customers against the risk of inventory obsolescence due to rapidly changing technology and customer requirements. As reflected above, the Company’s inventory reserves represented 12% of the gross inventory balance at both December 31, 2007 and 2006. The Company has inventory reserves for pending cancellations of product lines due to technology changes, long-life cycle products, lifetime buys at the end of supplier production runs, business exits, and a shift of production to outsourcing.
 
If actual future demand or market conditions are less favorable than those projected by management, additional inventory writedowns may be required. Likewise, as with other reserves based on management’s judgment, if the reserve is no longer needed, amounts are reversed into income. There were no significant reversals into income of this type in the periods presented.
 
Taxes on Income
 
The Company’s effective tax rate is based on pre-tax income and the tax rates applicable to that income in the various jurisdictions in which the Company operates. An estimated effective tax rate for a year is applied to the Company’s quarterly operating results. In the event that there is a significant unusual or discrete item recognized, or expected to be recognized, in the Company’s quarterly operating results, the tax attributable to that item would be separately calculated and recorded at the same time as the unusual or discrete item. The Company considers the resolution of prior-year tax matters to be such items. Significant judgment is required in determining the Company’s effective tax rate and in evaluating its tax positions. The Company establishes reserves when it is more likely than not that the Company will not realize the full tax benefit of the position. The Company adjusts these reserves in light of changing facts and circumstances.
 
Tax regulations may require items of income and expense to be included in a tax return in different periods than the items are reflected in the consolidated financial statements. As a result, the effective tax rate reflected in the consolidated financial statements may be different than the tax rate reported in the income tax return. Some of these differences are permanent, such as expenses that are not deductible on the tax return, and some are temporary differences, such as depreciation expense. Temporary differences create deferred tax assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets generally represent items that can be used as a tax deduction or credit in the tax return in future years for which the Company has already recorded the tax benefit in the consolidated financial statements. The Company establishes valuation allowances for its deferred tax assets when it is more likely than not that the amount of expected future taxable income will not support the use of the deduction or credit. Deferred tax liabilities generally represent tax expense recognized in the consolidated financial statements for which payment has been deferred or expense for which the Company has already taken a deduction on an income tax return, but has not yet recognized as expense in the consolidated financial statements.
 
Valuation of Sigma Fund, Investments and Long-Lived Assets
 
The Company assesses the impairment of its Sigma Fund and investment portfolios and long-lived assets, including identifiable property, plant and equipment and intangible assets, whenever events or changes in


Table of Contents

66

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. The Company performs a goodwill impairment test at the reporting unit level at least annually on October 1, or more often should triggering events occur. Factors considered important that could trigger an impairment review include: (i) underperformance relative to expected historical or projected future operating results, (ii) changes in the manner of use of the assets or the strategy for our overall business, (iii) negative industry or economic trends, (iv) declines in price of an investment for a sustained period, and (v) our market capitalization relative to net book value.
 
If it becomes probable that the Company will not collect all amounts in accordance with the contractual terms of a debt security within the Sigma Fund, the Company considers the decline other-than-temporary and an investment impairment is recorded.
 
When the Company determines that the carrying value of intangible assets and long-lived assets may not be recoverable, an impairment charge is recorded. Impairment is generally measured based on a projected discounted cash flow method using a discount rate determined by management to be commensurate with the risk inherent in our current business model or prevailing market rates of investment securities, if available.
 
When performing a goodwill impairment test, the fair value of the reporting unit is determined using a combination of present value techniques and quoted market prices of comparable businesses.
 
At December 31, 2007 and 2006, the net book values of these assets were as follows (in millions):
 
                 
December 31   2007     2006  
   
 
Sigma Fund
  $ 5,242     $ 12,204  
Investments
    837       895  
Property, plant and equipment
    2,480       2,267  
Intangible assets
    1,260       354  
Goodwill
    4,499       1,706  
                 
    $ 14,318     $ 17,426  
 
 
 
The Company recorded investment impairment charges of $62 million, $27 million and $25 million in 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively, representing other-than-temporary declines in the value of the Company’s Sigma Fund and investment portfolios. Additionally, the available-for-sale securities portfolio reflected an unrealized loss position of $96 million and an unrealized gain position of $60 million at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
 
The Company recorded fixed asset impairment charges of $50 million in 2007, and $15 million in both 2006 and 2005. The Company recorded intangible asset impairment charges of $81 million in 2007, compared to no impairment charges in 2006 and 2005. No goodwill impairment charges were required in the periods presented.
 
The Company cannot predict the occurrence of future impairment-triggering events nor the impact such events might have on these reported asset values. Such events may include strategic decisions made in response to the economic conditions relative to product lines or operations and the impact of the economic environment on our customer base.
 
Restructuring Activities
 
The Company maintains a formal Involuntary Severance Plan (the “Severance Plan”) which permits the Company to offer eligible employees severance benefits based on years of service and employment grade level in the event that employment is involuntarily terminated as a result of a reduction-in-force or restructuring. Each separate reduction-in-force has qualified for severance benefits under the Severance Plan. The Company recognizes termination benefits based on formulas per the Severance Plan at the point in time that future settlement is probable and can be reasonably estimated based on estimates prepared at the time a restructuring plan is approved by management. Exit costs primarily consist of future minimum lease payments on vacated facilities. At each reporting date, the Company evaluates its accruals for exit costs and employee separation costs to ensure the accruals are still appropriate. In certain circumstances, accruals are no longer required because of efficiencies in carrying out the plans or because employees previously identified for separation resigned from the Company and did not receive severance or were redeployed due to circumstances not foreseen when the original plans were initiated. The Company reverses accruals through the income statement line item where the original charges were recorded when it is determined they are no longer required.


Table of Contents

67

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 
Retirement-Related Benefits
 
The Company’s noncontributory pension plan (the “Regular Pension Plan”) covers U.S. employees who became eligible after one year of service. The benefit formula is dependent upon employee earnings and years of service. Effective January 1, 2005, newly-hired employees were not eligible to participate in the Regular Pension Plan. The Company also provides defined benefit plans which cover non-U.S. employees in certain jurisdictions, principally the United Kingdom, Germany, Ireland, Japan and Korea (the “Non-U.S. Plans”). Any other pension plans are not material to the Company either individually or in the aggregate.
 
The Company also has a noncontributory supplemental retirement benefit plan (the “Officers’ Plan”) for its elected officers. The Officers’ Plan contains provisions for vesting and funding the participants’ expected retirement benefits when the participants meet the minimum age and years of service requirements. Elected officers who were not yet vested in the Officers’ Plan as of December 31, 1999 had the option to remain in the Officers’ Plan or elect to have their benefit bought out in restricted stock units. Effective December 31, 1999, newly elected officers are not eligible to participate in the Officers’ Plan. Effective June 30, 2005, salaries were frozen for this plan.
 
The Company has an additional noncontributory supplemental retirement benefit plan, the Motorola Supplemental Pension Plan (“MSPP”), which provides supplemental benefits in excess of the limitations imposed by the Internal Revenue Code on the Regular Pension Plan. Elected officers covered under the Officers’ Plan or who participated in the restricted stock buy-out are not eligible to participate in MSPP. Effective January 1, 2005, newly hired employees were not eligible to participate in the MSPP. Effective January 1, 2007, eligible compensation has been capped at the IRS limit plus $175,000 or, for those in excess of this cap at January 1, 2007, the eligible compensation used to compute the employee’s MSPP benefit is the greater of: (i) the employee’s frozen January 1, 2007 eligible compensation amount, or (ii) the earnings cap for the given year.
 
In February 2007, the Company amended the Regular Pension Plan and the MSPP, modifying the definition of average earnings. For years ended prior to December 31, 2007, benefits were calculated using the rolling average of the highest annual earnings in any five years within the previous ten calendar year period. Beginning in January 2008, the benefit calculation will be based on the set of the five highest years of earnings within the ten calendar years prior to December 31, 2007, averaged with earnings from each year after 2007. Also effective January 2008, the Company amended the Regular Pension Plan, modifying the vesting period from five years to three years.
 
Certain healthcare benefits are available to eligible domestic employees meeting certain age and service requirements upon termination of employment (the “Postretirement Health Care Benefits Plan”). For eligible employees hired prior to January 1, 2002, the Company offsets a portion of the postretirement medical costs to the retired participant. As of January 1, 2005, the Postretirement Health Care Benefits Plan has been closed to new participants.
 
Accounting methodologies use an attribution approach that generally spreads individual events over the service lives of the employees in the plan. Examples of “events” are plan amendments and changes in actuarial assumptions such as discount rate, expected long-term rate of return on plan assets, and rate of compensation increases. The principle underlying the required attribution approach is that employees render service over their service lives on a relatively consistent basis and, therefore, the income statement effects of pension benefits or postretirement health care benefits are earned in, and should be expensed in, the same pattern.
 
There are various assumptions used in calculating the net periodic benefit expense and related benefit obligations. One of these assumptions is the expected long-term rate of return on plan assets. The required use of expected long-term rate of return on plan assets may result in recognized pension income that is greater or less than the actual returns of those plan assets in any given year. Over time, however, the expected long-term returns are designed to approximate the actual long-term returns and therefore result in a pattern of income and expense recognition that more closely matches the pattern of the services provided by the employees. Differences between actual and expected returns are recognized in the net periodic pension calculation over five years.
 
The Company uses long-term historical actual return experience with consideration of the expected investment mix of the plans’ assets, as well as future estimates of long-term investment returns, to develop its expected rate of return assumption used in calculating the net periodic pension cost and the net retirement healthcare expense. The Company’s investment return assumption for the Regular Pension Plan and Postretirement Health Care Benefits Plan was 8.5% in 2007 and 2006. The investment return assumption for the Officers’ Plan was 6% in 2007 and 2006. At December 31, 2007, the Regular Pension Plan and the Postretirement Health Care Benefits Plan investment portfolio were predominantly equity investments and the Officers’ Plan investment portfolio was predominantly fixed-income securities.


Table of Contents

68

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 
A second key assumption is the discount rate. The discount rate assumptions used for pension benefits and postretirement health care benefits accounting reflects, at December 31 of each year, the prevailing market rates for high-quality, fixed-income debt instruments that, if the obligation was settled at the measurement date, would provide the necessary future cash flows to pay the benefit obligation when due. The Company’s discount rates for measuring its U.S. pension obligations were 6.75% and 6% at December 2007 and 2006, respectively. The Company’s discount rates for measuring the Postretirement Health Care Benefits Plan obligation were 6.5% and 5.75% at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
 
A final set of assumptions involves the cost drivers of the underlying benefits. The rate of compensation increase is a key assumption used in the actuarial model for pension accounting and is determined by the Company based upon its long-term plans for such increases. In both 2007 and 2006, the Company’s rate for future compensation increase was 4% for the Regular Pension Plan. The Company’s 2007 and 2006 rate for future compensation increase for the Officers’ Plan was 0%, as the salaries to be utilized for calculation of benefits under this plan have been frozen. For Postretirement Health Care Benefits Plan accounting, the Company reviews external data and its own historical trends for health care costs to determine the health care cost trend rates. Based on this review, the health care cost trend rate used to determine the December 31, 2007 accumulated postretirement benefit obligation is 9% for 2008, with a declining trend rate of 1% each year until it reaches 5% by 2012, with a flat 5% rate for 2012 and beyond.
 
The 2007 and 2006 Regular Plan actual expenses were $174 million and $240 million, respectively. Cash contributions of $270 million were made to the Regular Pension Plan in 2007. The Company expects to make cash contributions of approximately $240 million to its U.S. pension plans and approximately $50 million to its non-U.S. pension plans during 2008.
 
The 2007 and 2006 Postretirement Health Care Benefits Plan actual expenses were $15 million and $22 million, respectively. Cash contributions of $15 million were made to this plan in 2007. The Company expects to make cash contributions of approximately $20 million to the Postretirement Health Care Benefits Plan in 2008.
 
The impact on the future financial results of the Company in relation to retirement-related benefits is dependent on economic conditions, employee demographics, interest rates and investment performance. The Company’s measurement date of its plan assets and obligations is December 31.
 
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
 
The Company adopted Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Interpretation No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes” (“FIN 48”) effective January 1, 2007. Among other things FIN 48 prescribes a “more-likely-than-not” threshold to the recognition and de-recognition of tax positions, provides guidance on the accounting for interest and penalties relating to tax positions and requires that the cumulative effect of applying the provisions of FIN 48 shall be reported as an adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings or other appropriate components of equity or net assets in the statement of financial position. The adoption of FIN 48 resulted in a $120 million reduction of the Company’s unrecognized tax benefits and related interest accrual and has been reflected as an increase in the opening balance of Retained earnings of $27 million and Additional paid-in capital of $93 million as of January 1, 2007. Upon adoption of FIN 48, the Company also reclassified unrecognized tax benefits of $877 million from Deferred income taxes to Other liabilities in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets.
 
In September 2006, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 158, “Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans” (“SFAS 158”). SFAS 158 has certain recognition and disclosure requirements which the Company adopted as of December 31, 2006. Additionally, SFAS 158 requires employers to measure defined benefit plan assets and obligations as of the date of the statement of financial position. The measurement date provision of SFAS 158 only affects the Company’s non-U.S. pension plans. The Company adopted the measurement date provisions for its Non-U.S. plans as of December 31, 2007. Upon adoption of the measurement provisions, the Company recorded $17 million, net of $2 million of taxes, as a decrease in the opening balance of Retained earnings at January 1, 2007 in the consolidated statements of stockholders’ equity.
 
In September 2006, the FASB issued EITF 06-4, “Accounting for Deferred Compensation and Postretirement Benefit Aspects of Endorsement Split-Dollar Life Insurance Arrangements” (“EITF 06-4”). EITF 06-4 requires that endorsement split-dollar life insurance arrangements which provide a benefit to an employee beyond the postretirement period be recorded in accordance with SFAS No. 106, “Employer’s Accounting for Postretirement


Table of Contents

69

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Benefits Other Than Pensions” or APB Opinion No. 12, “Omnibus Opinion—1967” (“the Statements”) based on the substance of the agreement with the employee. Under the provisions of these Statements, a liability should be accrued equal to the actuarial present value of the future death benefit over the service period. EITF 06-4 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2007. The Company will adopt EITF 06-4 as of January 1, 2008 and anticipates that the adoption of this pronouncement will result in an increase in Other liabilities of approximately $50 million with the offset reflected as a cumulative-effect adjustment to Retained earnings.
 
In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements” (“SFAS 157”). SFAS 157 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value as required by other accounting pronouncements and expands fair value measurement disclosures. SFAS 157 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. In February of 2008, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position 157-2 which delays the effective date of SFAS 157 for non-financial assets and liabilities which are not measured at fair value on a recurring basis (at least annually) until fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2008. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of SFAS 157 on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
 
In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, “The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities—Including an amendment of FASB Statement No. 115” (“SFAS 159”). SFAS 159 permits entities to elect to measure many financial instruments and certain other items at fair value. Unrealized gains and losses on items for which the fair value option has been elected will be recognized in earnings at each subsequent reporting date. SFAS 159 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. The Company is currently assessing the impact of SFAS 159 on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
 
In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 160, “Non-Controlling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements an amendment of ARB No. 51” (“SFAS 160”). SFAS 160 establishes new standards for the accounting for and reporting of non-controlling interests (formerly minority interests) and for the loss of control of partially owned and consolidated subsidiaries. SFAS 160 does not change the criteria for consolidating a partially owned entity. SFAS 160 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008. The provisions of SFAS 160 will be applied prospectively upon adoption except for the presentation and disclosure requirements which will be applied retrospectively. The Company does not expect the adoption of SFAS 160 will have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
 
In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141(revised 2007) (“SFAS 141R”), a revision of SFAS 141, “Business Combinations.” SFAS 141R establishes requirements for the recognition and measurement of acquired assets, liabilities, goodwill, and non-controlling interests. SFAS 141R also provides disclosure requirements related to business combinations. SFAS 141R is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008. SFAS 141R will be applied prospectively to business combinations with an acquisition date on or after the effective date.
 
Realignment of Segments
 
As described in a Form 8-K filed on July 17, 2007, the Company has realigned its operations, effective as of the second quarter of 2007, into the following three business segments in order to better align its operations with the evolving nature of our customers and served markets: (i) Mobile Devices, (ii) Home and Networks Mobility, and (iii) Enterprise Mobility Solutions. The Form 8-K filed on July 17, 2007 presented the Company’s segment net sales and operating earnings for 2006 and first quarter of 2007 reclassified to reflect the presentation of the realigned segments.
 
Forward-Looking Statements
 
Except for historical matters, the matters discussed in this Form 10-K are forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements under the following headings: (1) “Mobile Device Segment,” about industry growth, including in emerging markets and for replacement sales, the impact of the segment’s strategy, our exploration of structural and strategic realignment, the impact from the loss of key customers, the impact from the allocation and regulation of frequencies, the impact of regulatory matters, the availability of materials and components, energy supplies and labor, the seasonality of the business, the firmness of the segment’s backlog and the manufacturing location; (2) “Home and Networks Mobility Segment,” about the potential of the portfolio, including WiMAX, the impact of the separation of set-top security functionality, 3G licenses and market development, sales and utilization, industry growth, the impact of the segment’s strategy, the impact of acquisitions, the impact from the loss of key customers, competition from new and existing competitors, consolidation among providers, iDEN trends, the impact of regulatory matters, the impact from the allocation and regulation of frequencies, the availability of materials, energy supplies and labor,


Table of Contents

70

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

the seasonality of the business, the firmness of the segment’s backlog and the competitiveness of the patent portfolio; (3) “Enterprise Mobility Solutions Segment,” about industry and demand growth, the impact of the segment’s strategy, the impact of acquisitions, the impact from the loss of key customers, the competitive position, competition from system integrators, the impact of regulatory matters, the impact from the allocation and regulation of frequencies, the availability of materials, energy supplies and labor, the seasonality of the business, the firmness of the segment’s backlog and the competitiveness of the patent portfolio; (4) “Other Information,” about the impact from the loss of key customers, the firmness of the aggregate backlog position, the competitiveness through research and development and utilization of technology; (5) “Properties,” about the consequences of a disruption in manufacturing; (6) “Legal Proceedings,” about the ultimate disposition of pending legal matters; (7) “Management’s Discussion and Analysis,” about: (a) the impact of acquisitions, (b) the success of our business strategy, (c) future payments, charges, use of accruals and expected cost-saving benefits associated with our reorganization of business programs and employee separation costs, (d) the Company’s ability and cost to repatriate funds, (e) the impact of the timing and level of sales and the geographic location of such sales, (f) future cash contributions to pension plans or retiree health benefit plans, (g) the Company’s ability to collect on its Sigma Fund and other investments, (h) outstanding commercial paper balances and purchase obligation payments, (i) the Company’s ability and cost to access the capital markets, (j) the Company’s ability to retire outstanding debt, (k) adequacy of resources to fund expected working capital and capital expenditure measurements, (l) expected payments pursuant to commitments under long-term agreements, (m) the outcome of ongoing and future legal proceedings, (n) the impact of recent accounting pronouncements on the Company, (o) the impact of the loss of key customers and (p) the expected effective tax rate and deductibility of certain items; and (8) “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk,” about: (a) the impact of foreign currency exchange risks, (b) future hedging activity and expectations of the Company, and (c) the ability of counterparties to financial instruments to perform their obligations.
 
Some of the risk factors that affect the Company’s business and financial results are discussed in “Item 1A: Risk Factors.” We wish to caution the reader that the risk factors discussed in “Item 1A: Risk Factors”, and those described elsewhere in this report or our other Securities and Exchange Commission filings, could cause our actual results to differ materially from those stated in the forward-looking statements.


Table of Contents

71

 
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
 
Foreign Currency Risk
 
The Company uses financial instruments to reduce its overall exposure to the effects of currency fluctuations on cash flows. The Company’s policy prohibits speculation in financial instruments for profit on the exchange rate price fluctuation, trading in currencies for which there are no underlying exposures, or entering into trades for any currency to intentionally increase the underlying exposure. Instruments that are designated as part of a hedging relationship must be effective at reducing the risk associated with the exposure being hedged and are designated as a part of a hedging relationship at the inception of the contract. Accordingly, changes in market values of hedge instruments must be highly correlated with changes in market values of underlying hedged items both at the inception of the hedge and over the life of the hedge contract.
 
The Company’s strategy in foreign exchange exposure issues is to offset the gains or losses on the financial instruments against losses or gains on the underlying operational cash flows or investments based on the operating business units’ assessment of risk. The Company enters into derivative contracts for some of the Company’s non-functional currency receivables and payables, which are primarily denominated in major currencies that can be traded on open markets. The Company uses forward contracts and options to hedge these currency exposures. In addition, the Company enters into derivative contracts for some firm commitments and some forecasted transactions, which are designated as part of a hedging relationship if it is determined that the transaction qualifies for hedge accounting under the provisions of SFAS No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities.” A portion of the Company’s exposure is from currencies that are not traded in liquid markets and these are addressed, to the extent reasonably possible, through managing net asset positions, product pricing and component sourcing.
 
At December 31, 2007 and 2006, the Company had net outstanding foreign exchange contracts totaling $3.0 billion and $4.8 billion, respectively. Management believes that these financial instruments should not subject the Company to undue risk due to foreign exchange movements because gains and losses on these contracts should offset losses and gains on the underlying assets, liabilities and transactions, except for the ineffective portion of the instruments, which are charged to Other within Other income (expense) in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations. The following table shows, in millions of U.S. dollars, the five largest net foreign exchange contract positions as of December 31, 2007 and the corresponding positions as of December 31, 2006:
 
                 
    December 31,  
Buy (Sell)   2007     2006  
   
 
Chinese Renminbi
  $ (1,292 )   $ (1,195 )
Brazilian Real
    (377 )     (466 )
Taiwan Dollar
    112       87  
Japanese Yen
    384       143  
British Pound
    396       252  
 
 
 
The Company is exposed to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the counterparties to its financial instruments. The Company minimizes its credit risk on these transactions by only dealing with leading, creditworthy financial institutions and does not anticipate nonperformance. In addition, the contracts are distributed among several financial institutions, all of whom presently have investment grade credit ratings, thus minimizing credit risk concentration.
 
Foreign exchange financial instruments that are subject to the effects of currency fluctuations, which may affect reported earnings, include derivative financial instruments and other financial instruments which are not denominated in the functional currency of the legal entity holding the instrument. Derivative financial instruments consist primarily of forward contracts and currency options. Other financial instruments, which are not denominated in the functional currency of the legal entity holding the instrument, consist primarily of cash, cash equivalents, Sigma Fund investments and short-term investments, as well as accounts payable and receivable. Accounts payable and receivable are reflected at fair value in the financial statements. The fair value of the foreign exchange financial instruments would hypothetically decrease by $330 million as of December 31, 2007 if the foreign currency rates were to change unfavorably by 10% from current levels. This hypothetical amount is suggestive of the effect on future cash flows under the following conditions: (i) all current payables and receivables that are hedged were not realized, (ii) all hedged commitments and anticipated transactions were not realized or canceled, and (iii) hedges of these amounts were not canceled or offset. The Company does not expect that any of these conditions will be realized. The Company expects that gains and losses on the derivative financial instruments should offset gains and


Table of Contents

72

losses on the assets, liabilities and future transactions being hedged. If the hedged transactions were included in the sensitivity analysis, the hypothetical change in fair value would be immaterial. The foreign exchange financial instruments are held for purposes other than trading.
 
The Company recorded income of $0.6 million and $1.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively, representing the ineffective portions of changes in the fair value of fair value hedge positions. The ineffective portion of changes in the fair value of foreign currency fair value hedge positions in 2007 was de minimis. These amounts are included in Other within Other income (expense) in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations. The above amounts include the change in the fair value of derivative contracts related to the changes in the difference between the spot price and the forward price. These amounts are excluded from the measure of effectiveness. Expense (income) related to fair value hedges that were discontinued for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 are included in the amounts noted above.
 
The Company recorded income of $1 million, $13 million and $1 million for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively, representing the ineffective portions of changes in the fair value of cash flow hedge positions. These amounts are included in Other within Other income (expense) in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations. The above amounts include the change in the fair value of derivative contracts related to the changes in the difference between the spot price and the forward price. These amounts are excluded from the measure of effectiveness. Expense (income) related to cash flow hedges that were discontinued for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 are included in the amounts noted above.
 
During the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, on a pre-tax basis, income (expense) of $(16) million, $(98) million and $21 million, respectively, was reclassified from equity to earnings in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations.
 
At December 31, 2007, the maximum term of derivative instruments that hedge forecasted transactions was one year. However, the weighted average duration of the Company’s derivative instruments that hedge forecasted transactions was five months.
 
Interest Rate Risk
 
At December 31, 2007, the Company’s short-term debt consisted primarily of $134 million of short-term foreign debt, priced at short-term interest rates. The Company has $4.2 billion of long-term debt, including the current portion of long-term debt, which is primarily priced at long-term, fixed interest rates.
 
In order to manage the mix of fixed and floating rates in its debt portfolio, the Company has entered into interest rate swaps to change the characteristics of interest rate payments from fixed-rate payments to short-term LIBOR-based variable rate payments. The following table displays these outstanding interest rate swaps at December 31, 2007:
 
             
    Notional Amount
     
    Hedged
    Underlying Debt
Date Executed   (in millions)     Instrument
 
 
October 2007
  $ 400     5.375% notes due 2012
October 2007
    400     6.0% notes due 2017
September 2003
    457     7.625% debentures due 2010
September 2003
    600     8.0% notes due 2011
May 2003
    114     6.5% notes due 2008
May 2003
    84     5.8% debentures due 2008
May 2003
    69     7.625% debentures due 2010
             
    $ 2,124      
 
 
 
The weighted average short-term LIBOR-based variable rate payments on each of the above interest rate swaps was 6.60% for the three months ended December 31, 2007. The fair value of the above interest rate swaps at December 31, 2007 and December 31, 2006, was $36 million and $(47) million, respectively. The fair value of the above interest rate swaps would hypothetically decrease by $38 million (i.e., would decrease from $36 million to $(2) million) if LIBOR were to change unfavorably by 10% from current levels. Except as noted below, the Company had no outstanding commodity derivatives, currency swaps or options relating to debt instruments at December 31, 2007 or December 31, 2006.


Table of Contents

73

 
The Company designated the above interest rate swap agreements as part of fair value hedging relationships. As such, changes in the fair value of the hedging instrument, as well as the hedged debt are recognized in earnings, therefore adjusting the carrying amount of the debt. Interest expense on the debt is adjusted to include the payments made or received under such hedge agreements. In 2007, the Company recorded an expense of $2.3 million representing the ineffective portions of changes in the fair value of interest rate swap hedge positions. These amounts are included in Other within Other income (expense) in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations. In the event the underlying debt instrument matures or is redeemed or repurchased, the Company is likely to terminate the corresponding interest rate swap contracts.
 
Additionally, one of the Company’s European subsidiaries has outstanding interest rate agreements (“Interest Agreements”) relating to a Euro-denominated loan. The interest on the Euro-denominated loan is floating based on 3-month EURIBOR plus a spread. The Interest Agreements change the characteristics of interest rate payments from short-term EURIBOR based variable payments to maximum fixed-rate payments. The Interest Agreements are not accounted for as a part of a hedging relationship and, accordingly, the changes in the fair value of the Interest Agreements are included in Other income (expense) in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations. The weighted average fixed rate payments on these EURIBOR interest rate agreements was 6.71%. The fair value of the Interest Agreements at December 31, 2007 and December 31, 2006 was $3 million and $1 million, respectively. The fair value of the Interest Agreements would hypothetically decrease by $2 million (i.e., would decrease from $3 million to $1 million) if EURIBOR rates were to change unfavorably by 10% from current levels.
 
The Company is exposed to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the counterparties to its swap contracts. The Company minimizes its credit risk on these transactions by only dealing with leading, creditworthy financial institutions and does not anticipate nonperformance. In addition, the contracts are distributed among several financial institutions, all of whom presently have investment grade credit ratings, thus minimizing credit risk concentration.
 
Net Investment in Foreign Operations Hedge
 
At December 31, 2007 and 2006, the Company did not have any hedges of foreign currency exposure of net investments in foreign operations.
 
Investments Hedge
 
During the first quarter of 2006, the Company entered into a zero-cost collar derivative (the “Sprint Nextel Derivative”) to protect itself economically against price fluctuations in its 37.6 million shares of Sprint Nextel Corporation (“Sprint Nextel”) non-voting common stock. During the second quarter of 2006, as a result of Sprint Nextel’s spin-off of Embarq Corporation through a dividend to Sprint Nextel shareholders, the Company received approximately 1.9 million shares of Embarq Corporation. The floor and ceiling prices of the Sprint Nextel Derivative were adjusted accordingly. The Sprint Nextel Derivative was not designated as a hedge under the provisions of SFAS No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities.” Accordingly, to reflect the change in fair value of the Sprint Nextel Derivative, the Company recorded a net gain of $99 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, included in Other income (expense) in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations. In December 2006, the Sprint Nextel Derivative was terminated and settled in cash and the 37.6 million shares of Sprint Nextel were converted to common shares and sold. The Company received aggregate cash proceeds of approximately $820 million from the settlement of the Sprint Nextel Derivative and the subsequent sale of the 37.6 million Sprint Nextel shares. The Company recognized a loss of $126 million in connection with the sale of the remaining shares of Sprint Nextel common stock. As described above, the Company recorded a net gain of $99 million in connection with the Sprint Nextel Derivative.
 
Prior to the merger of Sprint Corporation (“Sprint”) and Nextel Communications, Inc. (“Nextel”), the Company had entered into variable share forward purchase agreements (the “Variable Forwards”) to hedge its Nextel common stock. The Company did not designate the Variable Forwards as a hedge of the Sprint Nextel shares received as a result of the merger. Accordingly, the Company recorded $51 million of gains for the year ended December 31, 2005 reflecting the change in value of the Variable Forwards. The Variable Forwards were settled during the fourth quarter of 2005.


Table of Contents

74

 
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
 
The Company’s financial instruments include cash equivalents, Sigma Fund investments, short-term investments, accounts receivable, long-term finance receivables, accounts payable, accrued liabilities, derivatives and other financing commitments. The Company’s Sigma Fund and investment portfolios and derivatives are recorded in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets at fair value. All other financial instruments, with the exception of long-term debt, are carried at cost, which is not materially different than the instruments’ fair values.
 
Using quoted market prices and market interest rates, the Company determined that the fair value of long-term debt at December 31, 2007 was $4.2 billion, compared to a carrying value of $4.2 billion. Since considerable judgment is required in interpreting market information, the fair value of the long-term debt is not necessarily indicative of the amount which could be realized in a current market exchange.
 
Equity Price Market Risk
 
At December 31, 2007, the Company’s available-for-sale securities portfolio had an approximate fair market value of $333 million, which represented a cost basis of $372 million and a net unrealized loss of $39 million. The value of the available-for-sale securities would change by $33 million as of year-end 2007 if the price of the stock in each of the publicly-traded companies were to change by 10%. These equity securities are held for purposes other than trading.
 
® Reg. U.S. Patent & Trademark Office.
 
“MOTOROLA” and “Stylized M Logo” are registered trademarks of Motorola, Inc. throughout the world. These marks are valuable corporate assets. Certain other trademarks and service marks of Motorola are registered in relevant markets. Motorola’s increasing focus on marketing products directly to consumers is reflected in an increasing emphasis on brand equity creation and protection. All other products or service names are the property of their respective owners.


Table of Contents

75

 
Item 8: Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
 
The Board of Directors and Stockholders
Motorola, Inc.:
 
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Motorola, Inc. and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2007 and 2006, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2007. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.
 
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Motorola, Inc. and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2007 and 2006, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2007, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
 
As discussed in Notes 1 and 6 to the consolidated financial statements, effective January 1, 2007, the Company adopted the provisions of Financial Accounting Standards Board Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes . Also, as discussed in Notes 1 and 8 to the consolidated financial statements, effective January 1, 2006, the Company adopted the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123 (revised 2004), Share-Based Payment . Also, as discussed in Notes 1 and 7 to the consolidated financial statements, effective December 31, 2006, the Company adopted the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 158, Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans — an amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106, and 132(R) .
 
We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), Motorola, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2007, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO), and our report dated February 28, 2008 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.
 
KPMG LLP LOGO
 
Chicago, Illinois
February 28, 2008


Table of Contents

76

 
Motorola, Inc. and Subsidiaries
 
Consolidated Statements of Operations
 
                         
    Years Ended December 31  
(In millions, except per share amounts)   2007     2006     2005  
   
 
Net sales
  $ 36,622     $ 42,847     $ 35,310  
Costs of sales
    26,670       30,120       23,881  
 
 
Gross margin
    9,952       12,727       11,429  
 
 
Selling, general and administrative expenses
    5,092       4,504       3,628  
Research and development expenditures
    4,429       4,106       3,600  
Other charges (income)
    984       25       (404 )
 
 
Operating earnings (loss)
    (553 )     4,092       4,605  
 
 
Other income (expense):
                       
Interest income, net
    91       326       71  
Gains on sales of investments and businesses, net
    50       41       1,845  
Other
    22       151       (109 )
 
 
Total other income (expense)
    163       518       1,807  
 
 
Earnings (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes
    (390 )     4,610       6,412  
Income tax expense (benefit)
    (285 )     1,349       1,893  
 
 
Earnings (loss) from continuing operations
    (105 )     3,261       4,519  
Earnings from discontinued operations, net of tax
    56       400       59  
 
 
Net earnings (loss)
  $ (49 )   $ 3,661     $ 4,578  
 
 
Earnings (loss) per common share:
                       
Basic:
                       
Continuing operations
  $ (0.05 )   $ 1.33     $ 1.83  
Discontinued operations
    0.03       0.17       0.02  
                         
    $ (0.02 )   $ 1.50     $ 1.85  
                         
Diluted:
                       
Continuing operations
  $ (0.05 )   $ 1.30     $ 1.79  
Discontinued operations
    0.03       0.16       0.02  
                         
    $ (0.02 )   $ 1.46     $ 1.81  
                         
Weighted average common shares outstanding:
                       
Basic
    2,312.7       2,446.3       2,471.3  
Diluted
    2,312.7       2,504.2       2,527.0  
Dividends paid per share
  $ 0.20     $ 0.18     $ 0.16  
 
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


Table of Contents

77

 
Motorola, Inc. and Subsidiaries
 
Consolidated Balance Sheets
 
                 
    December 31  
(In millions, except per share amounts)   2007     2006  
   
 
ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 2,752     $ 2,816  
Sigma Fund
    5,242       12,204  
Short-term investments
    612       620  
Accounts receivable, net
    5,324       7,509  
Inventories, net
    2,836       3,162  
Deferred income taxes
    1,891       1,731  
Other current assets
    3,565       2,933  
     
     
Total current assets
    22,222       30,975  
     
     
Property, plant and equipment, net
    2,480       2,267  
Investments
    837       895  
Deferred income taxes
    2,454       1,325  
Goodwill
    4,499       1,706  
Other assets
    2,320       1,425  
     
     
Total assets
  $ 34,812     $ 38,593  
 
 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Notes payable and current portion of long-term debt
  $ 332     $ 1,693  
Accounts payable
    4,167       5,056  
Accrued liabilities
    8,001       8,676  
     
     
Total current liabilities
    12,500       15,425  
     
     
Long-term debt
    3,991       2,704  
Other liabilities
    2,874       3,322  
Stockholders’ equity
               
Preferred stock, $100 par value
           
Common stock, $3 par value
    6,792       7,197  
Issued shares: 2007 — 2,264.0 and 2006 — 2,399.1
               
Outstanding shares: 2007 — 2,263.1 and 2006 — 2,397.4
               
Additional paid-in capital
    782       2,509  
Retained earnings
    8,579       9,086  
Non-owner changes to equity
    (706 )     (1,650 )
     
     
Total stockholders’ equity
    15,447       17,142  
     
     
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
  $ 34,812     $ 38,593  
 
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


Table of Contents

78

 
Motorola, Inc. and Subsidiaries
 
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity
 
                                                                 
                Non-Owner Changes To Equity              
                Fair Value
                               
          Common
    Adjustment
    Foreign
                         
          Stock and
    To Available
    Currency
    Retirement
                   
          Additional
    For Sale
    Translation
    Benefits
    Other
             
          Paid-In
    Securities,
    Adjustments,
    Adjustments,
    Items,
    Retained
    Comprehensive
 
(In millions, except per share amounts)   Shares     Capital     Net of Tax     Net of Tax     Net of Tax     Net of Tax     Earnings     Earnings (Loss)  
   
 
Balances at January 1, 2005
    2,447.8     $ 11,664     $ 1,417     $ (139 )   $ (1,061 )   $ (272 )   $ 1,722          
         
         
Net earnings
                                                    4,578     $ 4,578  
Net unrealized losses on securities (net of tax of $812)
                    (1,320 )                                     (1,320 )
Foreign currency translation adjustments (net of tax of $29)
                            (114 )                             (114 )
Retirement benefits adjustments (net of tax of $66)
                                    (208 )                     (208 )
Issuance of common stock and stock options exercised (including tax benefits of $210)
    96.6       1,409                                                  
Share repurchase program
    (41.7 )     (874 )                                                
Net gain on derivative instruments (net of tax of $154)
                                            274               274  
Dividends declared ($0.16 per share)
                                                    (403 )        
 
 
Balances at December 31, 2005
    2,502.7       12,199       97       (253 )     (1,269 )     2       5,897     $ 3,210  
 
 
Net earnings
                                                    3,661     $ 3,661  
Net unrealized losses on securities (net of tax of $37)
                    (60 )                                     (60 )
Foreign currency translation adjustments (net of tax of $1)
                            127                               127  
Retirement benefits adjustments (net of tax of $150)
                                    (308 )                     206  
Issuance of common stock and stock options exercised
    68.1       916                                                  
Share repurchase program
    (171.7 )     (3,826 )                                                
Excess tax benefits from share-based compensation
            165                                                  
Stock option and employee stock purchase plan expense
            252                                                  
Net gain on derivative instruments (net of tax of $6)
                                            14               14  
Dividends declared ($0.19 per share)
                                                    (472 )        
 
 
Balances at December 31, 2006
    2,399.1       9,706       37       (126 )     (1,577 )     16       9,086     $ 3,948  
 
 
Cumulative effect — FIN 48
            93                                       27          
Effect of Non-U.S. pension plan measurement date change
                                                    (17 )        
         
         
Balances at January 1, 2007
    2,399.1       9,799       37       (126 )     (1,577 )     16       9,096          
 
 
Net loss
                                                    (49 )   $ (49 )
Net unrealized losses on securities (net of tax of $58)
                    (96 )                                     (96 )
Foreign currency translation adjustments (net of tax of $3)
                            142                               142  
Amortization of retirement benefits adjustments (net of tax of $39)
                                    62                       62  
Retirement benefits adjustments (net of tax of $328)
                                    852                       852  
Issuance of common stock and stock options exercised
    36.1       484                                                  
Share repurchase program
    (171.2 )     (3,035 )                                                
Excess tax benefits from share-based compensation
            50                                                  
Stock option and employee stock purchase plan expense
            276                                                  
Net loss on derivative instruments (net of tax of $6)
                                            (16 )             (16 )
Dividends declared ($0.20 per share)
                                                    (468 )        
 
 
Balances at December 31, 2007
    2,264.0     $ 7,574     $ (59 )   $ 16     $ (663 )   $     $ 8,579     $ 895  
 
 
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


Table of Contents

79

 
Motorola, Inc. and Subsidiaries
 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
 
                         
    Years Ended December 31  
(In millions)   2007     2006     2005  
   
 
Operating
                       
Net earnings (loss)
  $ (49 )   $ 3,661     $ 4,578  
Less: Earnings from discontinued operations
    56       400       59  
                         
Earnings (loss) from continuing operations
    (105 )     3,261       4,519  
Adjustments to reconcile earnings (loss) from continuing operations to net cash provided by operating activities:
                       
Depreciation and amortization
    903       558       540  
Non-cash other charges
    213       49       106  
Share-based compensation expense
    315       276       14  
Gains on sales of investments and businesses, net
    (50 )     (41 )     (1,845 )
Deferred income taxes
    (747 )     838       1,000  
Change in assets and liabilities, net of effects of acquisitions and dispositions:
                       
Accounts receivable
    2,538       (1,775 )     (1,303 )
Inventories
    556       (718 )     (19 )
Other current assets
    (705 )     (388 )     (721 )
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
    (2,303 )     1,654       2,405  
Other assets and liabilities
    170       (215 )     (388 )
     
     
Net cash provided by operating activities from continuing operations
    785       3,499       4,308  
 
 
Investing
                       
Acquisitions and investments, net
    (4,568 )     (1,068 )     (312 )
Proceeds from sale of investments and businesses
    411       2,001       1,538  
Capital expenditures
    (527 )     (649 )     (548 )
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment
    166       85       103  
Proceeds from sales (purchases) of Sigma Fund investments, net
    6,889       (1,337 )     (3,157 )
Proceeds from sales (purchases) of short-term investments
    8       (476 )     8  
     
     
Net cash provided by (used for) investing activities from continuing operations
    2,379       (1,444 )     (2,368 )
 
 
Financing
                       
Net proceeds from (repayment of) commercial paper and short-term borrowings
    (242 )     66       11  
Repayment of debt
    (1,386 )     (18 )     (1,132 )
Net proceeds from issuance of debt
    1,415              
Issuance of common stock
    440       918       1,199  
Purchase of common stock
    (3,035 )     (3,826 )     (874 )
Excess tax benefits from share-based compensation
    50       165        
Payment of dividends
    (468 )     (443 )     (394 )
Distribution from (to) discontinued operations
    (75 )     (23 )     283  
     
     
Net cash used for financing activities from continuing operations
    (3,301 )     (3,161 )     (907 )
 
 
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents from continuing operations
    73       148       (105 )
 
 
Discontinued Operations
                       
Net cash provided by (used for) operating activities from discontinued operations
    (75 )     (16 )     297  
Net cash used for investing activities from discontinued operations
          (13 )     (16 )
Net cash provided by (used for) financing activities from discontinued operations
    75       23       (283 )
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents from discontinued operations
          6       2  
 
 
Net cash provided by (used for) discontinued operations
                 
 
 
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
    (64 )     (958 )     928  
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year
    2,816       3,774       2,846  
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year
  $ 2,752     $ 2,816     $ 3,774  
 
 
                         
Cash Flow Information
                       
 
 
Cash paid during the year for:
                       
Interest, net
  $ 312     $ 322     $ 318  
Income taxes, net of refunds
    440       463       703  
 
 
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


Table of Contents

80

 
Motorola, Inc. and Subsidiaries
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Dollars in millions, except as noted)
 
1.  Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
 
Principles of Consolidation:   The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and all controlled subsidiaries. All intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated. The Company’s investments in non-controlled entities in which it has the ability to exercise significant influence over operating and financial policies are accounted for by the equity method. The Company’s investments in other entities are accounted for using the cost method.
 
Revenue Recognition:   The Company’s material revenue streams are the result of a wide range of activities, from the delivery of stand-alone equipment to custom design and installation over a period of time to bundled sales of equipment, software and services. The Company recognizes revenue when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred, the sales price is fixed or determinable, and collectibility of the sales price is reasonably assured. In addition to these general revenue recognition criteria, the following specific revenue recognition policies are followed:
 
Products and Equipment —For product and equipment sales, revenue recognition generally occurs when products or equipment have been shipped, risk of loss has transferred to the customer, objective evidence exists that customer acceptance provisions have been met, no significant obligations remain and allowances for discounts, price protection, returns and customer incentives can be reliably estimated. Recorded revenues are reduced by these allowances. The Company bases its estimates on historical experience taking into consideration the type of products sold, the type of customer, and the type of transaction specific in each arrangement. Where customer incentives cannot be reliably estimated, the Company recognizes revenue at the time the product sells through the distribution channel to the end customer.
 
Long-Term Contracts —For long-term contracts that involve customization of the Company’s equipment or software, the Company generally recognizes revenue using the percentage of completion method based on the percentage of costs incurred to date compared to the total estimated costs to complete the contract. In certain instances, when revenues or costs associated with long-term contracts cannot be reliably estimated or the contract involves unproven technologies or other inherent hazards, revenues and costs are deferred until the project is complete and customer acceptance is obtained. When current estimates of total contract revenue and contract costs indicate a contract loss, the loss is recognized in the period it becomes evident.
 
Services —Revenue for services is generally recognized ratably over the contract term as services are performed.
 
Software and Licenses —Revenue from pre-paid perpetual licenses is recognized at the inception of the arrangement, presuming all other relevant revenue recognition criteria are met. Revenue from non-perpetual licenses or term licenses is recognized ratably over the period that the licensee uses the license. Revenue from software maintenance, technical support and unspecified upgrades is generally recognized over the period that these services are delivered.
 
Multiple Element Arrangements —Arrangements with customers may include multiple deliverables, including any combination of products, equipment, services and software. For multiple element arrangements which include software or software-related elements, the Company applies the provisions of AICPA Statement of Position No. 97-2, “Software Revenue Recognition,” to determine separate units of accounting and the amount of the arrangement fee to be allocated to those separate units of accounting. Multiple element arrangements that include software are separated into more than one unit of accounting when the following criteria are met: (i) the functionality of the delivered element(s) is not dependent on the undelivered element(s), (ii) there is vendor-specific objective evidence of the fair value of the undelivered element(s), and (iii) general revenue recognition criteria related to the delivered element(s) have been met. If any of these criteria are not met, revenue is deferred until the criteria are met or the last element has been delivered.
 
For all other multiple element arrangements, deliverables are separated into more than one unit of accounting when the following criteria are met: (i) the delivered element(s) have value to the customer on a stand-alone basis, (ii) objective and reliable evidence of fair value exists for the undelivered element(s), and (iii) delivery of the undelivered element(s) is probable and substantially in the control of the Company. Revenue is allocated to each


Table of Contents

81

unit of accounting based on the relative fair value of each accounting unit or using the residual method if objective evidence of fair value does not exist for the delivered element(s). If any of these criteria are not met, revenue is deferred until the criteria are met or the last element has been delivered.
 
When elements of an arrangement are separated into more than one unit of accounting, revenue is recognized for each separate unit of accounting based on the nature of the revenue as described above.
 
Sales and Use Taxes— The Company records taxes imposed on revenue-producing transactions, including sales, use, value added and excise taxes, on a net basis with such taxes excluded from revenue.
 
Cash Equivalents:   The Company considers all highly-liquid investments purchased with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents.
 
Sigma Fund:   The Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries invested most of their excess cash in a fund (the “Sigma Fund”) that is similar to a money market fund. During 2007, the Company liquidated a similar second fund and now maintains only one fund. The Sigma Fund portfolio is managed by four major independent investment management firms. Investments are made in high-quality, investment grade (rated at least A/A-1 by S&P or A2/P-1 by Moody’s at purchase date), U.S. dollar-denominated debt obligations including certificates of deposit, commercial paper, government bonds, corporate bonds and asset- and mortgage-backed securities. The Sigma Fund’s investment policies require that floating rate instruments must have a maturity, at purchase date, that does not exceed thirty-six months with an interest rate reset at least annually. The average reset maturity of the investments held by the funds must be 120 days or less with the actual average reset maturity of the investments being 40 days and 53 days at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively. While the Sigma Fund includes some securities with maturities beyond one year, the fund is classified as short-term because it represents the investments of cash available for current operating needs.
 
Investments in the Sigma Fund are designated as available-for-sale securities recorded at fair value. As of December 31, 2006, the fair value of the Sigma Fund was approximated by the amortized cost method. Under this method, investments were valued at cost when purchased and thereafter, a constant proportionate amortization of any discount or premium is recorded until maturity of the security. During the year ended 2007, the Sigma Fund fair value was no longer approximated by the amortized cost method and, accordingly, an unrealized holding loss was recorded.
 
For all available-for-sale securities, any unrealized holding gains and losses, net of taxes, are excluded from operating results and are recognized as a component of Non-owner changes to equity until realized. The fair values of the securities are determined based on prevailing market prices. The Company assesses declines in the value of individual investments to determine whether such decline is other-than-temporary. This assessment is made by considering available evidence, including changes in general market conditions, specific industry and individual company data, the length of time and the extent to which the market has been less than cost, the financial condition and near-term prospects of the individual issuing entity, and the Company’s intent and ability to hold the investment until recovery. Other-than-temporary impairments are charged to Other, as presented in Other income (expense) within the Company’s consolidated statements of operations, in the period in which they become impaired.
 
Investments:   Investments include available-for-sale equity securities, held-to-maturity debt securities at amortized cost, securities that are restricted for more than one year or not publicly traded at cost, and equity method investments.
 
Inventories:   Inventories are valued at the lower of average cost (which approximates computation on a first-in, first-out basis) or market (net realizable value or replacement cost).
 
Property, Plant and Equipment:   Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is recorded using straight-line and declining-balance methods, based on the estimated useful lives of the assets (buildings and building equipment, 5-40 years; machinery and equipment, 2-10 years) and commences once the assets are ready for their intended use.
 
Goodwill and Intangible Assets:   Goodwill is not amortized, but instead is tested for impairment at least annually on October 1. The goodwill impairment test is performed at the reporting unit level and is a two-step analysis. First, the fair value (“FV”) of each reporting unit is compared to its book value. If the FV of the reporting unit is less than its book value, the Company performs a hypothetical purchase price allocation based on the reporting unit’s FV to determine the FV of the reporting unit’s goodwill. FV is determined using a combination of present value techniques and quoted market prices of comparable businesses.


Table of Contents

82

 
Intangible assets are amortized over their respective estimated useful lives ranging from one to 14 years. The Company has no intangible assets with indefinite useful lives.
 
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets:   Long-lived assets, which include intangible assets, held and used by the Company are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of assets may not be recoverable. The Company evaluates recoverability of assets to be held and used by comparing the carrying amount of an asset (group) to future net undiscounted cash flows to be generated by the asset (group). If an asset is considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is equal to the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the asset’s fair value calculated using a discounted future cash flows analysis or market comparables. Assets held for sale, if any, are reported at the lower of the carrying amount or fair value less cost to sell.
 
Deferred Income Taxes:   Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and operating loss and tax credit carry forwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in the period that includes the enactment date. In assessing the realizability of the deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. A valuation allowance is recorded for the portion of the deferred tax assets that are not expected to be realized based on the level of historical taxable income, projections for future taxable income over the periods in which the temporary differences are deductible and allowable tax planning strategies. Beginning January 1, 2007, the Company recognizes the effect of income tax positions only if sustaining those positions is more likely than not. Changes in recognition or measurement are reflected in the period in which a change in judgment occurs. Prior to January 1, 2007, the Company recognized the effect of income tax positions only if such positions were probable of being sustained.
 
The Company records interest related to unrecognized tax benefits in Interest expense and penalties in Selling, general and administrative expenses in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations.
 
Finance Receivables:   Finance receivables include trade receivables where contractual terms of the note agreement are greater than one year. Finance receivables are considered impaired when management determines collection of all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the note agreement, including principal and interest, is no longer probable. Impaired finance receivables are valued based on the present value of expected future cash flows, discounted at the receivable’s effective rate of interest, or the fair value of the collateral if the receivable is collateral dependent. Interest income and late fees on impaired finance receivables are recognized only when payments are received. Previously impaired finance receivables are no longer considered impaired and are reclassified to performing when they have performed under a workout or restructuring for four consecutive quarters.
 
Foreign Currency:   Certain of the Company’s non-U.S. operations use their respective local currency as their functional currency. Those operations that do not have the U.S. dollar as their functional currency translate assets and liabilities at current rates of exchange in effect at the balance sheet date and revenues and expenses using the prior period month-end exchange rates. The resulting translation adjustments are included as a component of Non-owner changes to equity in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. For those operations that have the U.S. dollar as their functional currency, transactions denominated in the local currency are measured into U.S. dollars using the current rates of exchange for monetary assets and liabilities and historical rates of exchange for nonmonetary assets. Gains and losses from remeasurement of monetary assets and liabilities are included in Other included in Other income (expense) within the Company’s consolidated statements of operations.
 
Derivative Instruments:   Gains and losses on hedges of existing assets or liabilities are marked-to-market and the result is included in Other within Other income (expense) within the Company’s consolidated statements of operations. Gains and losses on financial instruments that qualify for hedge accounting and are used to hedge firm future commitments or forecasted transactions are deferred until such time as the underlying transactions are recognized or recorded immediately when the transaction is no longer expected to occur. Gains or losses on financial instruments that do not qualify as hedges under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities” (“SFAS 133”) are recognized immediately as income or expense.
 
Earnings Per Share:   The Company calculates its basic earnings per share based on the weighted-average effect of all common shares issued and outstanding. Net earnings is divided by the weighted average common


Table of Contents

83

shares outstanding during the period to arrive at the basic earnings per share. Diluted earnings per share is calculated by dividing net earnings by the sum of the weighted average number of common shares used in the basic earnings per share calculation and the weighted average number of common shares that would be issued assuming exercise or conversion of all potentially dilutive securities, excluding those securities that would be anti-dilutive to the earnings (loss) per share calculation. Both basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share amounts are calculated for earnings (loss) from continuing operations and net earnings (loss) for all periods presented.
 
Share-Based Compensation Costs:   The Company has incentive plans that reward employees with stock options and restricted stock, as well as an employee stock purchase plan. Prior to January 1, 2006, the Company applied the intrinsic value method of accounting for share-based compensation. On January 1, 2006, the Company adopted SFAS No. 123R, “Share-Based Payment” (“SFAS 123R”) using the modified prospective transition method. The Company had previously disclosed the fair value of its stock options in its footnotes. The Company’s consolidated financial statements for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2005 have not been restated to reflect, and do not include, the impact of SFAS 123R. The amount of compensation cost for share-based awards is measured based on the fair value of the awards, as determined by the Black-Scholes option pricing model, as of the date that the share-based awards are issued and adjusted for the estimated number of awards that are expected to vest. Compensation cost for share-based awards is recognized on a straight-line basis over the vesting period.
 
Retirement Benefits:   The Company records annual expenses relating to its pension benefit and postretirement plans based on calculations which include various actuarial assumptions, including discount rates, assumed asset rates of return, compensation increases, turnover rates and health care cost trend rates. The Company reviews its actuarial assumptions on an annual basis and makes modifications to the assumptions based on current rates and trends. The effects of the gains, losses, and prior service costs and credits are amortized over future service periods. The funding status, or projected benefit obligation less plan assets, for each plan, is reflected in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets using a December 31 measurement date.
 
Advertising Expense:   Advertising expenses, which are the external costs of marketing the Company’s products, are expensed as incurred. Advertising expenses were $1.1 billion, $1.2 billion and $972 million for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006, and 2005, respectively.
 
Use of Estimates:   The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make certain estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities in the financial statements. Actual results may differ from those estimates.
 
Reclassifications:   Certain amounts in prior years’ financial statements and related notes have been reclassified to conform to the 2007 presentation.
 
Recent Accounting Pronouncements:   The Company adopted Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Interpretation No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes” (“FIN 48”) effective January 1, 2007. Among other things FIN 48 prescribes a “more-likely-than-not” threshold to the recognition and de-recognition of tax positions, provides guidance on the accounting for interest and penalties relating to tax positions and requires that the cumulative effect of applying the provisions of FIN 48 shall be reported as an adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings or other appropriate components of equity or net assets in the statement of financial position. The adoption of FIN 48 resulted in a $120 million reduction of the Company’s unrecognized tax benefits and related interest accrual and has been reflected as an increase in the opening balance of Retained earnings of $27 million and Additional paid-in capital of $93 million as of January 1, 2007. Upon adoption of FIN 48, the Company also reclassified unrecognized tax benefits of $877 million from Deferred income taxes to Other liabilities in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets.
 
In September 2006, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 158, “Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans” (“SFAS 158”). SFAS 158 has certain recognition and disclosure requirements which the Company adopted as of December 31, 2006. Additionally, SFAS 158 requires employers to measure defined benefit plan assets and obligations as of the date of the statement of financial position. The measurement date provision of SFAS 158 only affects the Company’s non-U.S. pension plans. The Company adopted the measurement date provisions for its Non-U.S. pension plans as of December 31, 2007. Upon adoption of the measurement provisions, the Company recorded $17 million, net of $2 million of taxes, as a decrease in the opening balance of Retained earnings at January 1, 2007 in the consolidated statements of stockholders’ equity.


Table of Contents

84

 
In September 2006, the FASB issued EITF 06-4, “Accounting for Deferred Compensation and Postretirement Benefit Aspects of Endorsement Split-Dollar Life Insurance Arrangements” (“EITF 06-4”). EITF 06-4 requires that endorsement split-dollar life insurance arrangements which provide a benefit to an employee beyond the postretirement period be recorded in accordance with SFAS No. 106, “Employer’s Accounting for Postretirement Benefits Other Than Pensions” or APB Opinion No. 12, “Omnibus Opinion—1967” (“the Statements”) based on the substance of the agreement with the employee. Under the provisions of these Statements, a liability should be accrued equal to the actuarial present value of the future death benefit over the service period. EITF 06-4 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2007. The Company will adopt EITF 06-4 as of January 1, 2008 and anticipates that the adoption of this pronouncement will result in an increase in Other liabilities of approximately $50 million with the offset reflected as a cumulative-effect adjustment to Retained earnings.
 
In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements” (“SFAS 157”). SFAS 157 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value as required by other accounting pronouncements and expands fair value measurement disclosures. SFAS 157 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. In February of 2008, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position 157-2 which delays the effective date of SFAS 157 for non-financial assets and liabilities which are not measured at fair value on a recurring basis (at least annually) until fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2008. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of SFAS 157 on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
 
In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, “The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities—Including an amendment of FASB Statement No. 115” (“SFAS 159”). SFAS 159 permits entities to elect to measure many financial instruments and certain other items at fair value. Unrealized gains and losses on items for which the fair value option has been elected will be recognized in earnings at each subsequent reporting date. SFAS 159 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. The Company is currently assessing the impact of SFAS 159 on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
 
In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 160, “Non-Controlling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements an amendment of ARB No. 51” (“SFAS 160”). SFAS 160 establishes new standards for the accounting for and reporting of non-controlling interests (formerly minority interests) and for the loss of control of partially owned and consolidated subsidiaries. SFAS 160 does not change the criteria for consolidating a partially owned entity. SFAS 160 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008. The provisions of SFAS 160 will be applied prospectively upon adoption except for the presentation and disclosure requirements, which will be applied retrospectively. The Company does not expect the adoption of SFAS 160 will have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
 
In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141(revised 2007) (“SFAS 141R”), a revision of SFAS 141, “Business Combinations.” SFAS 141R establishes requirements for the recognition and measurement of acquired assets, liabilities, goodwill, and non-controlling interests. SFAS 141R also provides disclosure requirements related to business combinations. SFAS 141R is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008. SFAS 141R will be applied prospectively to business combinations with an acquisition date on or after the effective date.
 
2. Discontinued Operations
 
During 2006, the Company completed the sale of its automotive electronics business to Continental AG for $856 million in net cash received. The Company recorded a gain on sale of business of $399 million before income taxes, which is included in Earnings (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax, in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations.
 
On December 2, 2004, the Company completed the separation and spin-off of Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. (“Freescale Semiconductor”). Under the terms of the Master Separation and Distribution Agreement entered into between Motorola and Freescale Semiconductor, Freescale Semiconductor has agreed to indemnify Motorola for substantially all past, present and future liabilities associated with the semiconductor business. The spin-off was effected by way of a pro rata non-cash dividend to Motorola stockholders, which reduced retained earnings by $2.5 billion. The equity distribution was structured to be tax-free to Motorola stockholders for U.S. tax purposes (other than with respect to any cash received in lieu of fractional shares).
 
The financial results of the automotive electronics business and Freescale Semiconductor were reflected as discontinued operations in the consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto. During 2007, the discontinued operations activity primarily relates to resolutions of certain matters with the tax authorities and payments of post-retiree medical claims to former employees.


Table of Contents

85

 
The following table displays summarized financial information for discontinued operations:
 
                         
Years Ended December 31   2007     2006     2005  
   
 
Net sales (including sales to other Motorola businesses of $0 million and $3 million for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively)
  $     $ 860     $ 1,581  
Operating earnings
    10       87       118  
Gains on sales of investments and businesses, net
          399       16  
Earnings before income taxes
    10       482       135  
Income tax expense (benefit)
    (46 )     82       76  
Earnings from discontinued operations, net of tax
    56       400       59  
 
 
 
3.  Other Financial Data
 
Statement of Operations Information
 
Other Charges (Income)
 
Other charges (income) included in Operating earnings (loss) consist of the following:
 
                         
Years Ended December 31   2007     2006     2005  
   
 
Other charges (income):
                       
Intangibles amortization
  $ 369     $ 100     $ 67  
Reorganization of businesses
    290       172       54  
Legal settlements and related insurance matters
    140       50        
In-process research and development charges
    96       33       2  
Asset impairments
    89              
Charitable contribution to Motorola Foundation
          88        
Settlements and collections related to Telsim
          (418 )     (515 )
Other
                (12 )
                         
    $ 984     $ 25     $ (404 )
 
 
 
Other Income (Expense)
 
Interest income (expense), net, and Other both included in Other income (expense) consist of the following:
 
                         
Years Ended December 31   2007     2006     2005  
   
 
Interest income (expense), net:
                       
Interest income
  $ 456     $ 661     $ 396  
Interest expense
    (365 )     (335 )     (325 )
                         
    $ 91     $ 326     $ 71  
                         
Other:
                       
Foreign currency gain (loss)
  $ 97     $ 60     $ (38 )
Investment impairments
    (62 )     (27 )     (25 )
Gain on Sprint Nextel derivatives
          99       51  
Debt retirement
                (137 )
Repayment of previously-reserved Iridium loan
                30  
Other
    (13 )     19       10  
                         
    $ 22     $ 151     $ (109 )
 
 


Table of Contents

86

 
Earnings (Loss) Per Common Share
 
Basic and diluted earnings (loss) per common share from both continuing operations and net earnings (loss), which includes discontinued operations, is computed as follows:
 
                                                 
    Continuing Operations     Net Earnings (Loss)  
Years Ended December 31   2007     2006     2005     2007     2006     2005  
   
 
Basic earnings (loss) per common share:
                                               
Earnings (loss)
  $ (105 )   $ 3,261     $ 4,519     $ (49 )   $ 3,661     $ 4,578  
Weighted average common shares outstanding
    2,312.7       2,446.3       2,471.3       2,312.7       2,446.3       2,471.3  
Per share amount
  $ (0.05 )   $ 1.33     $ 1.83     $ (0.02 )   $ 1.50     $ 1.85  
                                                 
Diluted earnings (loss) per common share:
                                               
Earnings (loss)
  $ (105 )   $ 3,261     $ 4,519     $ (49 )   $ 3,661     $ 4,578  
                                                 
Weighted average common shares outstanding
    2,312.7       2,446.3       2,471.3       2,312.7       2,446.3       2,471.3  
Add effect of dilutive securities:
                                               
Employee share-based awards
          57.9       55.7             57.9       55.7  
                                                 
Diluted weighted average common shares outstanding
    2,312.7       2,504.2       2,527.0       2,312.7       2,504.2       2,527.0  
                                                 
Per share amount
  $ (0.05 )   $ 1.30     $ 1.79     $ (0.02 )   $ 1.46     $ 1.81  
 
 
 
In the computation of diluted earnings (loss) per common share from both continuing operations and on a net earnings (loss) basis for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 the assumed exercise of 108.4 million, 76.6 million and 44.8 million stock options, respectively, were excluded because their inclusion would have been antidilutive.
 
Balance Sheet Information
 
Sigma Fund and Investments
 
Sigma Fund and Investments consist of the following:
 
                                                 
    2007  
    Fair Value     Less        
    Sigma
    Short-term
          Unrealized
    Unrealized
    Cost
 
Years Ended December 31   Fund     Investments     Investments     Gains     Losses     Basis  
   
 
Available-for-sale securities:
                                               
Cash
  $ 16     $     $     $     $     $ 16  
Certificates of deposit
    156       509                         665  
Commercial paper
    1,282                               1,282  
Government and agencies
    25       19                         44  
Corporate bonds
    3,125       1             1       (48 )     3,173  
Asset-backed securities
    420                         (5 )     425  
Mortgage-backed securities
    209                         (5 )     214  
Common stock and equivalents
                333       40       (79 )     372  
Other
    9       83                         92  
                                                 
      5,242       612       333       41       (137 )     6,283  
Other securities, at cost
                414                   414  
Equity method investments
                90                   90  
                                                 
    $ 5,242     $ 612     $ 837     $ 41     $ (137 )   $ 6,787  
 
 
 


Table of Contents

87

                                                 
    2006  
    Fair Value     Less        
    Sigma
    Short-term
          Unrealized
    Unrealized
    Cost
 
Years Ended December 31   Fund     Investments     Investments     Gains     Losses     Basis  
   
 
Available-for-sale securities:
                                               
Commercial paper
  $ 4,461     $     $     $     $     $ 4,461  
Certificates of deposit
          574                         574  
Bank obligation notes
    392                               392  
Government and agencies
    330       20                         350  
Short-term corporate obligation
    40                               40  
Corporate bonds
    5,791       2                         5,793  
Asset-backed securities
    860                               860  
Mortgage-backed securities
    285                               285  
Common stock and equivalents
                130       68       (8 )     70  
Other
    45       24                         69  
                                                 
      12,204       620       130       68       (8 )     12,894  
Other securities, at cost
                676                   676  
Equity method investments
                89                   89  
                                                 
    $ 12,204     $ 620     $ 895     $ 68     $ (8 )   $ 13,659  
 
 

 
During the year ended December 31, 2007, the Company recorded a $75 million reduction in the available-for-sale securities held in the Sigma Fund, reflecting a decline in the fair value of the securities. As of December 31, 2007, $57 million of this reduction represents a broad-based temporary decline in market value of various securities primarily due to credit spreads widening in several debt market segments, with the offsetting reduction reflected in Non-owners changes to equity. The Company believes credit market spreads will return to normal levels in the future. Additionally, due to the high credit ratings of the underlying securities, it is probable that the Company will be able to collect all amounts according to the contractual terms of the corporate bonds where fair values are less than their cost as of December 31, 2007. It is for these reasons that the unrealized losses on these corporate bonds are considered temporary. If it becomes probable that the Company will not collect all amounts in accordance with the contractual terms of a corporate bond, the Company considers the decline other-than-temporary. The remaining $18 million reduction in available-for-sale securities held by the Sigma Fund represents an other-than-temporary decline and has been reflected as an investment impairment.
 
As of December 31, 2007, there is an unrealized loss of $79 million associated with common stock and equivalents, of which $75 million is attributable to one equity security with a fair value of $228 million as of December 31, 2007. Based on positive analyst coverage surrounding this equity security and the ability for strong growth, the Company believes the security will recover to its cost basis. Additionally, the Company has both the ability and intent to hold the common stock and equivalents until recovery. Accordingly, the unrealized loss is considered temporary.
 
The Company recorded investment impairment charges of $62 million, $27 million and $25 million for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. These impairment charges represent other-than-temporary declines in the value of the Company’s Sigma Fund and investment portfolios. Investment impairment charges are included in Other within Other income (expense) in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations.
 
Gains (loss) on sales of investments and businesses, consists of the following:
 
                         
Years Ended December 31   2007     2006     2005  
   
 
Gains on sales of investments
  $ 17     $ 41     $ 1,848  
Gains (loss) on sales of businesses
    33             (3 )
                         
    $ 50     $ 41     $ 1,845  
 
 
 
In 2007, the $50 million of net gains was primarily related to a $34 million gain on the sale of the Company’s embedded communication computing business.
 
In 2006, the $41 million of net gains was primarily related to a $141 million gain on the sale of the Company’s remaining shares in Telus Corporation, partially offset by a $126 million loss on the sale of the Company’s remaining shares in Sprint Nextel Corporation (“Sprint Nextel”).


Table of Contents

88

 
During the first half of 2005, the Company sold 22.5 million shares of common stock of Nextel Communications, Inc. (“Nextel”). The Company received approximately $679 million in cash and realized a pre-tax gain of $609 million from these sales.
 
On August 12, 2005, Sprint Corporation completed its merger (the “Sprint Nextel Merger”) with Nextel. In connection with the Sprint Nextel Merger, Motorola received $46 million in cash, 31.7 million voting shares and 37.6 million non-voting shares of Sprint Nextel, in exchange for its remaining 54.7 million shares of Nextel. As a result of this transaction, the Company realized a gain of $1.3 billion, comprised of a $1.7 billion gain recognized on the receipt of cash and the 69.3 million shares of Sprint Nextel in exchange for its shares of Nextel, net of a $418 million loss recognized on its hedge of 25 million shares of common stock of Nextel.
 
During the fourth quarter of 2005, the Company elected to settle variable share purchase agreements by delivering 30.3 million shares of Sprint Nextel common stock, with a value of $725 million, to the counterparties and selling the remaining 1.4 million Sprint Nextel common shares in the open market. The Company received aggregate cash proceeds of $391 million and realized a loss of $70 million in connection with the settlement and sale.
 
On December 14, 2004, in connection with the announcement of the definitive agreement relating to the Sprint Nextel Merger, Motorola, a Motorola subsidiary and Nextel entered into an agreement pursuant to which Motorola and its subsidiary agreed to not dispose of their 29.7 million non-voting shares of Nextel (which became 37.6 million shares of non-voting common stock of Sprint Nextel issued in exchange for Nextel non-voting common stock pursuant to the Sprint Nextel Merger) for a period of no longer than two years. In exchange for this agreement, Nextel paid Motorola a fee of $50 million in 2005.
 
Accounts Receivable
 
Accounts receivable, net, consists of the following:
 
                 
December 31   2007     2006  
   
 
Accounts receivable
  $ 5,508     $ 7,587  
Less allowance for doubtful accounts
    (184 )     (78 )
                 
    $ 5,324     $ 7,509  
 
 
 
Inventories
 
Inventories, net, consist of the following:
 
                 
December 31   2007     2006  
   
 
Finished goods
  $ 1,737     $ 1,796  
Work-in-process and production materials
    1,470       1,782  
                 
      3,207       3,578  
Less inventory reserves
    (371 )     (416 )
                 
    $ 2,836     $ 3,162  
 
 
 
Other Current Assets
 
Other current assets consists of the following:
 
                 
December 31   2007     2006  
   
 
Costs and earnings in excess of billings
  $ 995     $ 505  
Contractor receivables
    960       1,349  
Contract related deferred costs
    763       369  
Other
    847       710  
                 
    $ 3,565     $ 2,933  
 
 


Table of Contents

89

 
Property, plant, and equipment
 
Property, plant and equipment, net, consists of the following:
 
                 
December 31   2007     2006  
   
 
Land
  $ 134     $ 129  
Building
    1,934       1,705  
Machinery and equipment
    5,745       5,885  
                 
      7,813       7,719  
Less accumulated depreciation
    (5,333 )     (5,452 )
                 
    $ 2,480     $ 2,267  
 
 
 
Depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 was $537 million, $463 million and $473 million, respectively.
 
Other Assets
 
Other assets consists of the following:
 
                 
December 31   2007     2006  
   
 
Intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization of $819 and $536
  $ 1,260     $ 354  
Royalty license arrangements
    364       439  
Contract related deferred costs
    180       200  
Long-term finance receivables, net of allowances of $5 and $10
    68       145  
Other
    448       287  
                 
    $ 2,320     $ 1,425  
 
 
 
Accrued Liabilities
 
Accrued liabilities consists of the following:
 
                 
December 31   2007     2006  
   
 
Deferred revenue
  $ 1,235     $ 730  
Customer reserves
    972       1,305  
Contractor payables
    875       1,481  
Compensation
    772       777  
Customer downpayments
    509       532  
Warranty reserves
    416       530  
Tax liabilities
    234       444  
Other
    2,988       2,877  
                 
    $ 8,001     $ 8,676  
 
 
 
Other Liabilities
 
Other liabilities consists of the following:
 
                 
December 31   2007     2006  
   
 
Defined benefit plans
  $ 562     $ 1,882  
Unrecognized tax benefits
    933        
Deferred revenue
    393       273  
Royalty license arrangement
    282       300  
Postretirement health care benefit plan
    144       214  
Other
    560       653  
                 
    $ 2,874     $ 3,322  
 
 


Table of Contents

90

 
Stockholders’ Equity Information
 
Comprehensive Earnings (Loss)
 
Net unrealized gains (losses) on securities included in Comprehensive earnings (loss) are comprised of the following:
 
                         
Years Ended December 31   2007     2006     2005  
   
 
Gross unrealized gains (losses) on securities, net of tax
  $ (102 )   $ 31     $ (204 )
Less: Realized gains (losses), net of tax
    (6 )     91       1,116  
                         
Net unrealized losses on securities, net of tax
  $ (96 )   $ (60 )   $ (1,320 )
 
 
 
Share Repurchase Program
 
Share Repurchase Program:   During 2007, the Company repurchased 171.2 million of its common shares at an aggregate cost of $3.0 billion, or an average cost of $17.74 per share. In 2006, the Company repurchased a total of 171.7 million of its common shares at an aggregate cost of $3.8 billion, or an average cost of $22.29 per share. In 2005, the Company repurchased a total of 41.7 million shares at an aggregate cost of $874 million, or an average cost of $20.96 per share. Since the inception of its first-ever share repurchase program in May 2005, the Company has repurchased a total of 384.6 million of its common shares for an aggregate cost of $7.7 billion. All repurchased shares have been retired.
 
Through actions taken in July 2006 and March 2007, the Board of Directors authorized the Company to repurchase an aggregate amount of up to $7.5 billion of its outstanding shares of common stock over a period ending in June 2009, subject to market conditions (the “2006 Stock Repurchase Program”). As of December 31, 2007, the Company remained authorized to purchase an aggregate amount of up to $3.8 billion of additional shares under the 2006 Stock Repurchase Program.
 
4.  Debt and Credit Facilities
 
Long-Term Debt
 
                 
December 31   2007     2006  
   
 
7.6% notes due 2007
  $     $ 118  
4.608% senior notes due 2007
          1,205  
6.5% notes due 2008
    114       114  
5.8% notes due 2008
    84       84  
7.625% notes due 2010
    527       525  
8.0% notes due 2011
    599       599  
5.375% senior notes due 2012
    400        
6.0% senior notes due 2017
    399        
6.5% debentures due 2025
    397       397  
7.5% debentures due 2025
    398       398  
6.5% debentures due 2028
    297       297  
6.625% senior notes due 2037
    596        
5.22% debentures due 2097
    195       194  
Other long-term debt
    145       141  
                 
      4,151       4,072  
Fair value adjustment
    38       (28 )
Less: current portion
    (198 )     (1,340 )
                 
Long-term debt
  $ 3,991     $ 2,704  
 
 


Table of Contents

91

 
Commercial Paper and Other Short-Term Debt
 
                 
December 31   2007     2006  
   
 
Notes to banks
  $ 134     $ 71  
Commercial paper
          300  
                 
      134       371  
Add: current portion
    198       1,340  
Fair value adjustment
          (18)  
                 
Notes payable and current portion of long-term debt
  $ 332     $ 1,693  
 
 
Weighted average interest rates on short-term borrowings throughout the year
               
 
 
Commercial paper
    5.3%       5.1%  
Other short-term debt
    4.6%       5.8%  
 
 
 
In November 2007, the Company repaid, at maturity, the entire $1.2 billion aggregate principal amount outstanding of its 4.608% Notes due November 16, 2007.
 
In November 2007, the Company issued an aggregate face principal amount of: (i) $400 million of 5.375% Senior Notes due November 15, 2012, (ii) $400 million of 6.00% Senior Notes due November 15, 2017, and (iii) $600 million of 6.625% Senior Notes due November 15, 2037.
 
In January 2007, the Company repaid, at maturity, the entire $118 million aggregate principal amount outstanding of its 7.6% Notes due January 1, 2007.
 
In September 2005, the Company repurchased an aggregate principal amount of $1.0 billion of its outstanding long-term debt for an aggregate purchase price of $1.1 billion through cash tender offers. Included in the $1.0 billion of long-term debt repurchased were repurchases of a principal amount of: (i) $86 million of the $200 million of 6.50% Notes due 2008 outstanding, (ii) $241 million of the $325 million of 5.80% Notes due 2008 outstanding, and (iii) $673 million of the $1.2 billion of 7.625% Notes due 2010 outstanding. In addition, the Company terminated a notional amount of $1.0 billion of fixed-to-floating interest rate swaps associated with the debt repurchased, resulting in an expense of approximately $22 million. The aggregate charge for the repurchase of the debt and the termination of the associated interest rate swaps, as presented in Other income (expense) in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations, was $137 million.
 
In September 2005, the Company retired approximately $1 million of the $398 million of 6.5% Debentures due 2025 (the “2025 Debentures”) in connection with the holders of the debentures right to put their debentures back to the Company. The residual put options expired unexercised and the remaining $397 million of 2025 Debentures were reclassified to long-term debt.
 
Aggregate requirements for long-term debt maturities during the next five years are as follows:
2008—$198 million; 2009—$4 million; 2010—$534 million; 2011—$607 million; 2012—$409 million.
 
In December 2006, the Company signed a new five-year revolving domestic credit facility (“5-Year Credit Facility”) for $2.0 billion, replacing the $1.0 billion facility due to expire in May 2007. At December 31, 2007, the commitment fee assessed against the daily average amounts unused was 8.0 basis points. Important terms of the 5-Year Credit Facility include a covenant relating to the ratio of total debt to EBITDA. The Company was in compliance with the terms of the 5-year Credit Facility at December 31, 2007.
 
The Company’s current corporate credit ratings are “BBB” on rating watch negative by Fitch, “Baa1” with a review for possible downgrade by Moody’s, and “BBB” on credit watch negative by S&P. The Company has never borrowed under its domestic revolving credit facilities. The Company also has $2.3 billion of uncommitted non-U.S. credit facilities with interest rates on borrowings varying from country to country depending upon local market conditions. At December 31, 2007, the Company’s total domestic and non-U.S. credit facilities totaled $4.3 billion, of which $314 million was considered utilized.


Table of Contents

92

 
5.  Risk Management
 
Derivative Financial Instruments
 
Foreign Currency Risk
 
The Company uses financial instruments to reduce its overall exposure to the effects of currency fluctuations on cash flows. The Company’s policy prohibits speculation in financial instruments for profit on the exchange rate price fluctuation, trading in currencies for which there are no underlying exposures, or entering into trades for any currency to intentionally increase the underlying exposure. Instruments that are designated as part of a hedging relationship must be effective at reducing the risk associated with the exposure being hedged and are designated as a part of a hedging relationship at the inception of the contract. Accordingly, changes in market values of hedge instruments must be highly correlated with changes in market values of underlying hedged items both at the inception of the hedge and over the life of the hedge contract.
 
The Company’s strategy in foreign exchange exposure issues is to offset the gains or losses on the financial instruments against losses or gains on the underlying operational cash flows or investments based on the operating business units’ assessment of risk. The Company enters into derivative contracts for some of the Company’s non-functional currency receivables and payables, which are primarily denominated in major currencies that can be traded on open markets. The Company uses forward contracts and options to hedge these currency exposures. In addition, the Company enters into derivative contracts for some firm commitments and some forecasted transactions, which are designated as part of a hedging relationship if it is determined that the transaction qualifies for hedge accounting under the provisions of SFAS No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities.” A portion of the Company’s exposure is from currencies that are not traded in liquid markets and these are addressed, to the extent reasonably possible, through managing net asset positions, product pricing and component sourcing.
 
At December 31, 2007 and 2006, the Company had net outstanding foreign exchange contracts totaling $3.0 billion and $4.8 billion, respectively. Management believes that these financial instruments should not subject the Company to undue risk due to foreign exchange movements because gains and losses on these contracts should offset losses and gains on the underlying assets, liabilities and transactions, except for the ineffective portion of the instruments, which are charged to Other within Other income (expense) in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations. The following table shows, in millions of U.S. dollars, the five largest net foreign exchange contract positions as of December 31, 2007 and the corresponding positions as of December 31, 2006:
 
                 
    December 31,  
Buy (Sell)   2007     2006  
   
 
Chinese Renminbi
  $ (1,292 )   $ (1,195 )
Brazilian Real
    (377 )     (466 )
Taiwan Dollar
    112       87  
Japanese Yen
    384       143  
British Pound
    396       252  
 
 
 
The Company is exposed to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the counterparties to its financial instruments. The Company minimizes its credit risk on these transactions by only dealing with leading, creditworthy financial institutions and does not anticipate nonperformance. In addition, the contracts are distributed among several financial institutions, all of whom presently have investment grade credit ratings, thus minimizing credit risk concentration.
 
The Company recorded income of $0.6 million and $1.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively, representing the ineffective portions of changes in the fair value of fair value hedge positions. The ineffective portion of changes in the fair value of foreign currency fair value hedge positions in 2007 was de minimis. These amounts are included in Other within Other income (expense) in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations. The above amounts include the change in the fair value of derivative contracts related to the changes in the difference between the spot price and the forward price. These amounts are excluded from the measure of effectiveness. Expense (income) related to fair value hedges that were discontinued for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 are included in the amounts noted above.
 
The Company recorded income of $1 million, $13 million and $1 million for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively, representing the ineffective portions of changes in the fair value of cash flow


Table of Contents

93

hedge positions. These amounts are included in Other within Other income (expense) in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations. The above amounts include the change in the fair value of derivative contracts related to the changes in the difference between the spot price and the forward price. These amounts are excluded from the measure of effectiveness. Expense (income) related to cash flow hedges that were discontinued for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 are included in the amounts noted above.
 
During the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, on a pre-tax basis, income (expense) of $(16) million, $(98) million and $21 million, respectively, was reclassified from equity to earnings in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations.
 
At December 31, 2007, the maximum term of derivative instruments that hedge forecasted transactions was one year. However, the weighted average duration of the Company’s derivative instruments that hedge forecasted transactions was five months.
 
Interest Rate Risk
 
At December 31, 2007, the Company’s short-term debt consisted primarily of $134 million of short-term foreign debt, priced at short-term interest rates. The Company has $4.2 billion of long-term debt, including the current portion of long-term debt, which is primarily priced at long-term, fixed interest rates.
 
In order to manage the mix of fixed and floating rates in its debt portfolio, the Company has entered into interest rate swaps to change the characteristics of interest rate payments from fixed-rate payments to short-term LIBOR-based variable rate payments. The following table displays these outstanding interest rate swaps at December 31, 2007:
 
             
    Notional Amount
     
    Hedged
     
Date Executed   (In Millions)     Underlying Debt Instrument
 
 
October 2007
  $ 400     5.375% notes due 2012
October 2007
    400     6.0% notes due 2017
September 2003
    457     7.625% debentures due 2010
September 2003
    600     8.0% notes due 2011
May 2003
    114     6.5% notes due 2008
May 2003
    84     5.8% debentures due 2008
May 2003
    69     7.625% debentures due 2010
             
    $ 2,124      
 
 
 
The weighted average short-term LIBOR-based variable rate payments on each of the above interest rate swaps was 6.60% for the three months ended December 31, 2007. The fair value of the above interest rate swaps at December 31, 2007 and December 31, 2006, was $36 million and $(47) million, respectively. Except as noted below, the Company had no outstanding commodity derivatives, currency swaps or options relating to debt instruments at December 31, 2007 or December 31, 2006.
 
The Company designated the above interest rate swap agreements as part of fair value hedging relationships. As such, changes in the fair value of the hedging instrument, as well as the hedged debt are recognized in earnings, therefore adjusting the carrying amount of the debt. Interest expense on the debt is adjusted to include the payments made or received under such hedge agreements. In 2007, the Company recorded an expense of $2.3 million representing the ineffective portions of changes in the fair value of interest rate swap hedge positions. These amounts are included in Other within Other income (expense) in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations. In the event the underlying debt instrument matures or is redeemed or repurchased, the Company is likely to terminate the corresponding interest rate swap contracts.
 
Additionally, one of the Company’s European subsidiaries has outstanding interest rate agreements (“Interest Agreements”) relating to a Euro-denominated loan. The interest on the Euro-denominated loan is floating based on 3-month EURIBOR plus a spread. The Interest Agreements change the characteristics of interest rate payments from short-term EURIBOR based variable payments to maximum fixed-rate payments. The Interest Agreements are not accounted for as a part of a hedging relationship and accordingly the changes in the fair value of the Interest Agreements are included in Other income (expense) in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations. The weighted average fixed rate payments on these EURIBOR interest rate agreements was 6.71%.


Table of Contents

94

The fair value of the Interest Agreements at December 31, 2007 and December 31, 2006 was $3 million and $1 million, respectively.
 
The Company is exposed to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the counterparties to its swap contracts. The Company minimizes its credit risk on these transactions by only dealing with leading, creditworthy financial institutions and does not anticipate nonperformance. In addition, the contracts are distributed among several financial institutions, all of whom presently have investment grade credit ratings, thus minimizing credit risk concentration.
 
Stockholders’ Equity
 
Derivative instruments activity, net of tax, included in Non-owner changes to equity within the consolidated statements of stockholders’ equity for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006 is as follows:
 
                         
    2007     2006     2005  
   
 
Balance at January 1
  $ 16     $ 2     $ (272 )
Increase (decrease) in fair value
    (6 )     75       28  
Reclassifications to earnings
    (10 )     (61 )     246  
                         
Balance at December 31
  $     $ 16     $ 2  
 
 
 
Net Investment in Foreign Operations Hedge
 
At December 31, 2007 and 2006, the Company did not have any hedges of foreign currency exposure of net investments in foreign operations.
 
Investments Hedge
 
During the first quarter of 2006, the Company entered into a zero-cost collar derivative (the “Sprint Nextel Derivative”) to protect itself economically against price fluctuations in its 37.6 million shares of Sprint Nextel Corporation (“Sprint Nextel”) non-voting common stock. During the second quarter of 2006, as a result of Sprint Nextel’s spin-off of Embarq Corporation through a dividend to Sprint Nextel shareholders, the Company received approximately 1.9 million shares of Embarq Corporation. The floor and ceiling prices of the Sprint Nextel Derivative were adjusted accordingly. The Sprint Nextel Derivative was not designated as a hedge under the provisions of SFAS No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities.” Accordingly, to reflect the change in fair value of the Sprint Nextel Derivative, the Company recorded a net gain of $99 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, included in Other income (expense) in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations. In December 2006, the Sprint Nextel Derivative was terminated and settled in cash and the 37.6 million shares of Sprint Nextel were converted to common shares and sold. The Company received aggregate cash proceeds of approximately $820 million from the settlement of the Sprint Nextel Derivative and the subsequent sale of the 37.6 million Sprint Nextel shares. The Company recognized a loss of $126 million in connection with the sale of the remaining shares of Sprint Nextel common stock. As described above, the Company recorded a net gain of $99 million in connection with the Sprint Nextel Derivative.
 
Prior to the merger of Sprint Corporation (“Sprint”) and Nextel Communications, Inc. (“Nextel”), the Company had entered into variable share forward purchase agreements (the “Variable Forwards”) to hedge its Nextel common stock. The Company did not designate the Variable Forwards as a hedge of the Sprint Nextel shares received as a result of the merger. Accordingly, the Company recorded $51 million of gains for the year ended December 31, 2005 reflecting the change in value of the Variable Forwards. The Variable Forwards were settled during the fourth quarter of 2005.
 
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
 
The Company’s financial instruments include cash equivalents, Sigma Fund investments, short-term investments, accounts receivable, long-term finance receivables, accounts payable, accrued liabilities, derivatives and other financing commitments. The Company’s Sigma Fund and investment portfolios and derivatives are recorded in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets at fair value. All other financial instruments, with the exception of long-term debt, are carried at cost, which is not materially different than the instruments’ fair values.


Table of Contents

95

 
Using quoted market prices and market interest rates, the Company determined that the fair value of long-term debt at December 31, 2007 was $4.2 billion, compared to a carrying value of $4.2 billion. Since considerable judgment is required in interpreting market information, the fair value of the long-term debt is not necessarily indicative of the amount which could be realized in a current market exchange.
 
6.  Income Taxes
 
Components of earnings (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes are as follows:
 
                         
Years Ended December 31   2007     2006     2005  
   
 
United States
  $ (2,540 )   $ 1,034     $ 3,232  
Other nations
    2,150       3,576       3,180  
                         
    $ (390 )   $ 4,610     $ 6,412  
 
 
 
Components of income tax expense (benefit) are as follows:
 
                         
Years Ended December 31   2007     2006     2005  
   
 
United States
  $ 40     $ 10     $ 240  
Other nations
    402       488       638  
States (U.S.)
    20       13       15  
                         
Current income tax expense
    462       511       893  
                         
United States
    (633 )     892       891  
Other nations
    (50 )     (147 )     (42 )
States (U.S.)
    (64 )     93       151  
                         
Deferred income tax expense (benefit)
    (747 )     838       1,000  
                         
Total income tax expense (benefit)
  $ (285 )   $ 1,349     $ 1,893  
 
 
 
Deferred tax charges (benefits) that were recorded within Non-owner changes to equity in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets resulted from fair value adjustments to available-for-sale securities, net unrealized losses on securities, net gains (losses) on derivative instruments and retirement benefit adjustments. The adjustments were $306 million, $(182) million and $(753) million for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. Except for certain earnings that the Company intends to reinvest indefinitely, provisions have been made for the estimated U.S. federal income taxes applicable to undistributed earnings of non-U.S. subsidiaries. Undistributed earnings that the Company intends to reinvest indefinitely, and for which no U.S. federal income taxes have been provided, aggregate $4.1 billion, $4.0 billion and $2.8 billion at December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. The portion of earnings not reinvested indefinitely may be distributed without an additional U.S. federal income tax charge given the U.S. federal tax accrued on undistributed earnings and the utilization of available foreign tax credits.


Table of Contents

96

 
Differences between income tax expense (benefit) computed at the U.S. federal statutory tax rate of 35% and income tax expense (benefit) are as follows:
 
                         
Years Ended December 31   2007     2006     2005  
   
 
Income tax expense (benefit) at statutory rate
  $ (137 )   $ 1,613     $ 2,244  
Taxes on non-U.S. earnings
    (206 )     (449 )     (460 )
State income taxes
    (28 )     77       121  
Tax benefit on qualifying repatriations
          (68 )     (265 )
Tax on undistributed non-U.S. earnings
    72       194       202  
Research credits
    (46 )     (34 )     (23 )
Foreign export sales and section 199 deduction
          (22 )     (13 )
Non-deductible acquisition charges
    34       4       2  
Taxes on sale of businesses
    15             (81 )
Other provisions
    119       247       233  
Charitable contributions
          (28 )      
Valuation allowance
    (97 )     (187 )     (88 )
Other
    (11 )     2       21  
                         
    $ (285 )   $ 1,349     $ 1,893  
 
 
 
On October 22, 2004, the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004 (“the Act”) was signed into law. The Act provides for a special one-time tax incentive for U.S. multinationals to repatriate accumulated earnings from their foreign subsidiaries by providing an 85 percent dividends received deduction for certain qualifying dividends. The Company repatriated approximately $4.6 billion of accumulated earnings under the Act and recorded an associated tax benefit of $265 million in 2005. The Company finalized certain actions maximizing the tax benefit attributable to the repatriation of foreign earnings under the provisions of the Act and recognized an additional $68 million of net tax benefits relating to these actions during 2006.
 
Gross deferred tax assets were $8.9 billion and $8.7 billion at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Deferred tax assets, net of valuation allowances, were $8.4 billion and $8.0 billion at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Gross deferred tax liabilities were $4.1 billion and $5.0 billion at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
 
Significant components of deferred tax assets (liabilities) are as follows:
 
                 
December 31   2007     2006  
   
 
Inventory
  $ 162     $ 163  
Accrued liabilities and allowances
    551       380  
Employee benefits
    408       915  
Capitalized items
    621       915  
Tax basis differences on investments
    105       110  
Depreciation tax basis differences on fixed assets
    33       89  
Undistributed non-U.S. earnings
    (397 )     (329 )
Tax carryforwards
    2,553       1,515  
Available-for-sale securities
    35       (23 )
Business reorganization
    78       38  
Warranty and customer reserves
    334       398  
Deferred revenue and costs
    205       224  
Valuation allowances
    (515 )     (740 )
Deferred charges
    44       46  
Other
    95       (728 )
                 
    $ 4,312     $ 2,973  
 
 
 
At December 31, 2007 and 2006, the Company had valuation allowances of $515 million and $740 million, respectively, against its deferred tax assets, including $310 million and $523 million, respectively, relating to deferred tax assets for non-U.S. subsidiaries. The net change in the total valuation allowance was a decrease of $225 million and $156 million in 2007 and 2006, respectively, primarily attributable to: (i) the reversal of valuation reserves in Germany, UK and Israel based on additional positive evidence supporting a conclusion that the Company would more likely than not be able to utilize the tax carryforwards and deferred tax assets in the


Table of Contents

97

future, and (ii) reversals of valuation reserves recorded as an offset to Non-owner changes to equity and Goodwill in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets.
 
The valuation allowances relate primarily to tax carryforwards, including tax carryforwards of acquired businesses which have limitations upon their use, state tax carryforwards with short expiration periods and future capital losses related to certain investments. Additionally, $37 million of valuation reserves relate to deferred tax assets established in connection with acquisitions which, if reversed, would be a reduction in goodwill or other identifiable intangible assets. The Company believes that the remaining deferred tax assets are more likely than not to be realizable based on estimates of future taxable income and the implementation of tax planning strategies.
 
Tax carryforwards at December 31, 2007 are as follows:
 
                     
    Gross
    Tax
    Expiration
    Tax Loss     Effected     Period
 
 
United States:
                   
U.S. tax losses
  $ 1,422     $ 498     2019-2027
Foreign tax credits
    n/a       814     2013-2017
General business credits
    n/a       523     2018-2027
Minimum tax credits
    n/a       107     Unlimited
Capital losses
    36       13     2011
State tax losses
    3,367       102     2008-2027
State tax credits
    n/a       54     2009-2024
                     
Non-U.S. Subsidiaries:
                   
United Kingdom tax losses
    572       160     Unlimited
Germany tax losses
    374       108     Unlimited
Brazil hedge losses
    66       22     Unlimited
Turkey tax losses
    105       21     2012
Israel tax losses
    75       20     Unlimited
Korea tax losses
    45       12     2008
Other subsidiaries tax losses
    51       14     Various
Spain tax credits
    n/a       32     2014-2021
Other subsidiaries tax credits
    n/a       53     Unlimited
                     
            $ 2,553      
 
 
 
The Company adopted FIN 48 on January 1, 2007. The adoption resulted in a $120 million reduction of the Company’s unrecognized tax benefits and related interest accrual and has been reflected as an increase in the opening balance of Retained earnings of $27 million and Additional paid-in capital of $93 million as of January 1, 2007. Upon the adoption of FIN 48, the Company also reclassified unrecognized tax benefits of $877 million from Deferred income tax to Other liabilities in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets.
 
A reconciliation of unrecognized tax benefits, including those attributable to discontinued operations, is as follows:
 
         
    2007  
   
 
Balance at January 1
  $ 1,274  
Additions based on tax positions related to current year
    46  
Additions for tax positions of prior years (1)
    197  
Reductions for tax positions of prior years
    (114 )
Settlements
    (3 )
         
Balance at December 31
  $ 1,400  
 
 
 
(1) Includes acquisitions.
 
Included in the balance of total unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2007, are potential benefits of approximately $590 million, net of federal tax benefits, that if recognized, would affect the effective tax rate.
 
At December 31, 2007 the Company had $86 million and $10 million accrued for interest and penalties, respectively, on unrecognized tax benefits.


Table of Contents

98

 
A summary of open tax years by major jurisdiction is presented below:
 
         
 
 
Jurisdiction:
       
United States (1)
    1996—2007  
Brazil
    2003—2007  
China
    1998—2007  
France
    2004—2007  
Germany (1)
    2002—2007  
India
    1995—2007  
Israel
    2004—2007  
Japan
    2002—2007  
Malaysia
    1997—2007  
Singapore
    1998—2007  
United Kingdom
    1998—2007  
 
 
 
(1) Includes federal as well as state, provincial or similar local jurisdictions, as applicable.
 
The Company is currently contesting significant tax adjustments related to transfer pricing for the 1996 through 2003 tax years at the appellate level of the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”). The Company disagrees with all of these proposed transfer pricing-related adjustments and intends to vigorously dispute them through applicable IRS and judicial procedures, as appropriate. However, if the IRS were to ultimately prevail on these matters, it could result in: (i) additional taxable income for the years 1996 through 2000 of approximately $1.4 billion, which could result in additional income tax liability for the Company of approximately $500 million, and (ii) additional taxable income for the years 2001 and 2002 of approximately $800 million, which could result in additional income tax liability for the Company of approximately $300 million. The IRS is currently reviewing a claim for additional research tax credits for the years 1996-2003. The IRS is conducting its field examination of the Company’s 2004 and 2005 tax returns. Although the final resolution of these matters is uncertain, based on current information, in the opinion of the Company’s management, the ultimate disposition of these matters will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position, liquidity or results of operations. However, an unfavorable resolution could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position, liquidity or results of operations in the periods in which the matter is ultimately resolved. It is reasonably possible that within the next 12 months, these disputes will be resolved and such resolution may have a significant impact upon the amount of unrecognized tax benefits related to these issues.
 
The Company has several other non-U.S. income tax audits pending and while the final resolution is uncertain, in the opinion of the Company’s management, the ultimate disposition of the audits will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position, liquidity or results of operations.
 
Based on the outcome of these examinations, or as a result of the expiration of statute of limitations for specific jurisdictions, it is reasonably possible that the related unrecognized tax benefits for tax positions taken regarding previously filed tax returns will differ from those recorded as liabilities in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2007. The Company anticipates that it is reasonably possible that within the next 12 months, several of the audits may be finalized resulting in a reduction in unrecognized tax benefits of approximately $40 million. However, based on the number of tax years currently under audit by the relevant federal, state and foreign tax authorities, the status of these examinations, and the protocol of finalizing audits by the relevant tax authorities, which could include formal legal proceedings, it is not possible to estimate the impact of any other amounts of such changes, if any, to previously recorded uncertain tax positions.
 
7.  Retirement Benefits
 
Pension Benefit Plans
 
The Company’s noncontributory pension plan (the “Regular Pension Plan”) covers U.S. employees who became eligible after one year of service. The benefit formula is dependent upon employee earnings and years of service. Effective January 1, 2005, newly-hired employees were not eligible to participate in the Regular Pension Plan. The Company also provides defined benefit plans which cover non-U.S. employees in certain jurisdictions principally the United Kingdom, Germany, Ireland, Japan and Korea (the “Non-U.S. Plans”). Any other pension plans are not material to the Company either individually or in the aggregate.
 
The Company has a noncontributory supplemental retirement benefit plan (the “Officers’ Plan”) for its officers elected prior to December 31, 1999. The Officers’ Plan contains provisions for vesting and funding the


Table of Contents

99

participants’ expected retirement benefits when the participants meet the minimum age and years of service requirements. Elected officers who were not yet vested in the Officers’ Plan as of December 31, 1999 had the option to remain in the Officers’ Plan or elect to have their benefit bought out in restricted stock units. Effective December 31, 1999, newly elected officers are not eligible to participate in the Officers’ Plan. Effective June 30, 2005, salaries were frozen for this plan.
 
The Company has an additional noncontributory supplemental retirement benefit plan, the Motorola Supplemental Pension Plan (“MSPP”), which provides supplemental benefits in excess of the limitations imposed by the Internal Revenue Code on the Regular Pension Plan. Elected officers covered under the Officers’ Plan or who participated in the restricted stock buy-out are not eligible to participate in MSPP. Effective January 1, 2005, newly hired employees were not eligible to participate in the MSPP. Effective January 1, 2007, eligible compensation has been capped at the IRS limit plus $175,000 or, for those in excess of this cap at January 1, 2007, the eligible compensation used to compute the employee’s MSPP benefit is the greater of: (i) the employee’s frozen January 1, 2007 eligible compensation amount, or (ii) the earnings cap for the given year.
 
In February 2007, the Company amended the Regular Pension Plan and the MSPP, modifying the definition of average earnings. For the years ended prior to December 31, 2007, benefits were calculated using the rolling average of the highest annual earnings in any five years within the previous ten calendar year period. Beginning in January 2008, the benefit calculation will be based on the set of the five highest years of earnings within the ten calendar years prior to December 31, 2007, averaged with earnings from each year after 2007. Also, effective January 2008, the Company amended the Regular Pension Plan, modifying the vesting period from five years to three years.
 
The net periodic pension cost for the Regular Pension Plan, Officers’ Plan and MSPP and Non-U.S. plans was as follows:
 
Regular Pension Plan
 
                         
Years Ended December 31   2007     2006     2005  
   
 
Service cost
  $ 133     $ 150     $ 142  
Interest cost
    311       309       280  
Expected return on plan assets
    (350 )     (329 )     (315 )
Amortization of:
                       
Unrecognized net loss
    107       115       75  
Unrecognized prior service cost
    (27 )     (5 )     (5 )
                         
Net periodic pension cost
  $ 174     $ 240     $ 177  
 
 
 
Officers’ Plan and MSPP
 
                         
Years Ended December 31   2007     2006     2005  
   
 
Service cost
  $ 4     $ 5     $ 10  
Interest cost
    7       8       9  
Expected return on plan assets
    (3 )     (4 )     (3 )
Amortization of:
                       
Unrecognized net loss
    4       5       5  
Unrecognized prior service cost
    (1 )           1  
Settlement/curtailment loss
    6       4       12  
                         
Net periodic pension cost
  $ 17     $ 18     $ 34  
 
 
 
Non-U.S. Plans
 
                         
Years Ended December 31   2007     2006     2005  
   
 
Service cost
  $ 45     $ 40     $ 44  
Interest cost
    90       67       67  
Expected return on plan assets
    (76 )     (54 )     (52 )
Amortization of unrecognized net loss
    14       17       14  
                         
Net periodic pension cost
  $ 73     $ 70     $ 73  
 
 


Table of Contents

100

 
The status of the Company’s plans is as follows:
 
                                                 
    2007     2006  
          Officers’
                Officers’
       
          and
    Non
          and
    Non
 
    Regular     MSPP     U.S.     Regular     MSPP     U.S.  
   
 
Change in benefit obligation:
                                               
Benefit obligation at January 1
  $ 5,481     $ 137     $ 1,798     $ 5,175     $ 160     $ 1,520  
Service cost
    133       4       55       150       5       40  
Interest cost
    311       7       111       309       8       67  
Plan amendments
    (268 )     (3 )     1                    
Settlement/curtailment
                (16 )                  
Actuarial (gain) loss
    (561 )     (7 )     (287 )     76       (13 )     (10 )
Foreign exchange valuation adjustment
                49                   195  
Employee contributions
                14                   12  
Tax payments
          (1 )                 (3 )      
Benefit payments
    (217 )     (19 )     (36 )     (229 )     (20 )     (26 )
                                                 
Benefit obligation at December 31
    4,879       118       1,689       5,481       137       1,798  
                                                 
Change in plan assets:
                                               
Fair value at January 1
    4,285       78       1,178       3,736       92       896  
Return on plan assets
    336       4       98       508       3       55  
Company contributions
    270       4       135       270       6       122  
Employee contributions
                14                   12  
Foreign exchange valuation adjustment
                14                   119  
Tax payments from plan assets
          (1 )                 (3 )      
Benefit payments from plan assets
    (217 )     (19 )     (36 )     (229 )     (20 )     (26 )
                                                 
Fair value at December 31
    4,674       66       1,403       4,285       78       1,178  
                                                 
Funded status of the plan
    (205 )     (52 )     (286 )     (1,196 )     (59 )     (620 )
Unrecognized net loss
    954       43       168       1,612       53       469  
Unrecognized prior service cost
    (263 )     (5 )     4       (25 )     (2 )     4  
                                                 
Prepaid (accrued) pension cost
  $ 486     $ (14 )   $ (114 )   $ 391     $ (8 )   $ (147 )
                                                 
Components of prepaid (accrued) pension cost:
                                               
Prepaid benefit cost
  $     $     $ 19     $     $     $ 13  
Current benefit liability
                            (3 )     (3 )
Non-current benefit liability
    (205 )     (52 )     (305 )     (1,196 )     (56 )     (630 )
Deferred income taxes
    255       14       4       587       19       2  
Non-owner changes to equity
    436       24       168       1,000       32       471  
                                                 
Prepaid (accrued) pension cost
  $ 486     $ (14 )   $ (114 )   $ 391     $ (8 )   $ (147 )
 
 
 
The funded status of the Company’s Non-U.S. pension plans reflects the change in measurement date from October to December 31 in connection with the adoption of SFAS 158 in 2007. This change required the Company to obtain a cost projection of fifteen months, which covered the period of October 1, 2006 to December 31, 2006 as well as the fiscal year 2007. The costs pertaining to the period October 1, 2006 to December 31, 2006 were treated as a direct charge to opening retained earnings. The statement of stockholders’ equity reflects a decrease in retained earnings of $17 million, net of taxes of $2 million, as of January 1, 2007.
 
It is estimated that the net periodic cost for 2008 will include amortization of the unrecognized net loss and prior service costs for the Regular Plan, Officers’ and MSPP Plans, and Non-U.S. Plans, currently included in Non-owner changes to equity, of $23 million, $3 million, and $2 million, respectively.
 
The Company uses a five-year, market-related asset value method of amortizing asset-related gains and losses. Prior service costs are being amortized over periods ranging from 11 to 12 years. Benefits under all pension plans are valued based upon the projected unit credit cost method.
 
Certain actuarial assumptions such as the discount rate and the long-term rate of return on plan assets have a significant effect on the amounts reported for net periodic cost and benefit obligation. The assumed discount rates reflect the prevailing market rates of a large universe of high-quality, non-callable, corporate bonds currently available that, if the obligation were settled at the measurement date, would provide the necessary future cash


Table of Contents

101

flows to pay the benefit obligation when due. The long-term rates of return on plan assets represents an estimate of long-term returns on an investment portfolio consisting of a mixture of equities, fixed income, cash and other investments similar to the actual investment mix. In determining the long-term return on plan assets, the Company considers long-term rates of return on the asset classes (both historical and forecasted) in which the Company expects the plan funds to be invested.
 
Weighted average actuarial assumptions used to determine costs for the plans were as follows:
 
                                 
    2007     2006  
December 31   U.S.     Non U.S.     U.S.     Non U.S.  
   
 
Discount rate
    6.00 %     4.81 %     6.00 %     4.62 %
Investment return assumption (Regular Plan)
    8.50 %     6.74 %     8.50 %     6.27 %
Investment return assumption (Officers’ Plan)
    6.00 %     N/A       6.00 %     N/A  
 
 
 
Weighted average actuarial assumptions used to determine benefit obligations for the plans were as follows:
 
                                 
    2007     2006  
December 31   U.S.     Non U.S.     U.S.     Non U.S.  
   
 
Discount rate
    6.75 %     5.68 %     6.00 %     4.81 %
Future compensation increase rate (Regular Plan)
    4.00 %     4.34 %     4.00 %     4.18 %
Future compensation increase rate (Officers’ Plan)
    0.00 %     N/A       0.00 %     N/A  
 
 
 
The accumulated benefit obligations for the plans were as follows:
 
                                                 
    2007   2006
        Officers’
          Officers’
   
        and
  Non
      and
  Non
December 31   Regular   MSPP   U.S.   Regular   MSPP   U.S.
 
 
Accumulated benefit obligation
  $ 4,694     $ 118     $ 1,608     $ 4,969     $ 125     $ 1,690  
 
 
 
The Company has adopted a pension investment policy designed to meet or exceed the expected rate of return on plan assets assumption. To achieve this, the pension plans retain professional investment managers that invest plan assets in equity and fixed income securities and cash. In addition, some plans invest in insurance contracts. The Company has the following target mixes for these asset classes, which are readjusted at least quarterly, when an asset class weighting deviates from the target mix, with the goal of achieving the required return at a reasonable risk level as follows:
 
                 
    Target Mix  
Asset Category   2007     2006  
   
 
Equity securities
    71 %     75 %
Fixed income securities
    27 %     24 %
Cash and other investments
    2 %     1 %
 
 
 
The weighted-average pension plan asset allocation at December 31, 2007 and 2006 by asset categories was as follows:
 
                 
    Actual Mix  
Asset Category   2007     2006  
   
 
Equity securities
    70 %     75 %
Fixed income securities
    27 %     24 %
Cash and other investments
    3 %     1 %
 
 
 
Within the equity securities asset class, the investment policy provides for investments in a broad range of publicly-traded securities including both domestic and international stocks. Within the fixed income securities asset class, the investment policy provides for investments in a broad range of publicly-traded debt securities ranging from U.S. Treasury issues, corporate debt securities, mortgage and asset-backed securities, as well as international


Table of Contents

102

debt securities. In the cash and other investments asset class, investments may be in cash, cash equivalents or insurance contracts.
 
The Company expects to make cash contributions of approximately $240 million to its U.S. pension plans and approximately $50 million to its non-U.S. pension plans in 2008.
 
The following benefit payments, which reflect expected future service, as appropriate, are expected to be paid:
 
                         
          Officers
       
          and
    Non
 
Year   Regular     MSPP     U.S.  
   
 
2008
  $ 196     $ 14     $ 25  
2009
    211       5       26  
2010
    220       13       27  
2011
    235       21       28  
2012
    251       22       30  
2013-2017
    1,544       26       173  
 
 
 
Postretirement Health Care Benefit Plan
 
Certain health care benefits are available to eligible domestic employees meeting certain age and service requirements upon termination of employment (the “Postretirement Health Care Benefits Plan”). For eligible employees hired prior to January 1, 2002, the Company offsets a portion of the postretirement medical costs to the retired participant. As of January 1, 2005, the Postretirement Health Care Benefit Plan has been closed to new participants. The benefit obligation and plan assets for the Postretirement Health Care Benefit Plan have been measured as of December 31, 2007.
 
The assumptions used were as follows:
 
                 
December 31   2007   2006
 
 
Discount rate for obligations
    6.50 %     5.75 %
Investment return assumptions
    8.50 %     8.50 %
 
 
 
Net Postretirement Health Care Benefit Plan expenses were as follows:
 
                         
Years Ended December 31   2007     2006     2005  
   
 
Service cost
  $ 7     $ 8     $ 9  
Interest cost
    23       25       30  
Expected return on plan assets
    (19 )     (18 )     (19 )
Amortization of:
                       
Unrecognized net loss
    6       9       10  
Unrecognized prior service cost
    (2 )     (2 )     (3 )
                         
Net postretirement health care expense
  $ 15     $ 22     $ 27  
 
 


Table of Contents

103

 
The funded status of the plan is as follows:
 
                 
    2007     2006  
   
 
Change in benefit obligation:
               
Benefit obligation at January 1
  $ 460     $ 496  
Service cost
    7       8  
Interest cost
    23       25  
Actuarial (gain) loss
    (62 )     (37 )
Benefit payments
    (33 )     (32 )
                 
Benefit obligation at December 31
    395       460  
                 
Change in plan assets:
               
Fair value at January 1
    243       212  
Return on plan assets
    20       30  
Company contributions
    15       27  
Benefit payments made with plan assets
    (27 )     (26 )
                 
Fair value at December 31
    251       243  
                 
Funded status of the plan
    (144 )     (217 )
Unrecognized net loss
    98       171  
Unrecognized prior service cost
    (8 )     (9 )
                 
Accrued postretirement health care cost
  $ (54 )   $ (55 )
 
 
 
Components of accrued postretirement health care cost:
 
                 
Years Ended December 31   2007     2006  
   
 
Current liability
  $     $ (3 )
Non-current liability
    (144 )     (214 )
Deferred income taxes
    55       88  
Non-owner changes to equity
    35       74  
                 
Accrued postretirement health care cost
  $ (54 )   $ (55 )
 
 
 
It is estimated that the net periodic cost for the Postretirement Health Care Benefit Plan in 2008 will include amortization of the unrecognized net loss and prior service costs, currently included in Non-owner changes in equity, of $2 million.
 
The Company has adopted an investment policy for plan assets designed to meet or exceed the expected rate of return on plan assets assumption. To achieve this, the plan retains professional investment managers that invest plan assets in equity and fixed income securities and cash. The Company has the following target mixes for these asset classes, which are readjusted at least quarterly, when an asset class weighting deviates from the target mix, with the goal of achieving the required return at a reasonable risk level as follows:
 
                 
    Target Mix  
Asset Category   2007     2006  
   
 
Equity securities
    75 %     75 %
Fixed income securities
    24 %     24 %
Cash and other investments
    1 %     1 %
 
 
 
The weighted-average asset allocation for plan assets at December 31, 2007 and 2006 by asset categories were as follows:
 
                 
    Actual Mix  
Asset Category   2007     2006  
   
 
Equity securities
    74 %     75 %
Fixed income securities
    25 %     22 %
Cash and other investments
    1 %     3 %
 
 


Table of Contents

104

 
Within the equity securities asset class, the investment policy provides for investments in a broad range of publicly-traded securities including both domestic and international stocks. Within the fixed income securities asset class, the investment policy provides for investments in a broad range of publicly-traded debt securities ranging from U.S. Treasury issues, corporate debt securities, mortgages and asset-backed issues, as well as international debt securities. In the cash asset class, investments may be in cash and cash equivalents.
 
The Company expects to make cash contributions of approximately $20 million to the retiree health care plan in 2008. The following benefit payments, which reflect expected future service, as appropriate, are expected to be paid:
 
         
Year      
   
2008
  $ 38  
2009
    36  
2010
    35  
2011
    34  
2012
    31  
2013-2017
    143  
 
 
 
The health care trend rate used to determine the December 31, 2007 accumulated postretirement benefit obligation is 9% for 2008. Beyond 2008, the rate is assumed to decrease by 1% per year until it reaches 5% by 2012 and then remains flat. The health care trend rate used to determine the December 31, 2006 accumulated postretirement benefit obligation was 10%.
 
Changing the health care trend rate by one percentage point would change the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation and the net retiree health care expense as follows:
 
                 
    1% Point
    1% Point
 
    Increase     Decrease  
   
Effect on:
               
Accumulated postretirement benefit obligation
  $ 14     $ (13 )
Net retiree health care expense
    1       (1 )
 
 
 
The Company maintains a lifetime cap on postretirement health care costs, which reduces the liability duration of the plan. A result of this lower duration is a decreased sensitivity to a change in the discount rate trend assumption with respect to the liability and related expense.
 
The Company has no significant postretirement health care benefit plans outside the United States.
 
Defined Contribution Plan
 
The Company and certain subsidiaries have various defined contribution plans, in which all eligible employees participate. In the U.S., the 401(k) plan is a contributory plan. Matching contributions are based upon the amount of the employees’ contributions. Effective January 1, 2005, newly hired employees have a higher maximum matching contribution at 4% on the first 5% of employee contributions, compared to 3% on the first 6% of employee contributions for employees hired prior to January 2005. The Company’s expenses, primarily relating to the employer match, for all defined contribution plans, for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 were $116 million, $105 million and $105 million, respectively.
 
8.  Share-Based Compensation Plans and Other Incentive Plans
 
Stock Options and Employee Stock Purchase Plan
 
The Company grants options to acquire shares of common stock to certain employees, non-employee directors and to existing option holders in connection with the merging of option plans following an acquisition. Each option granted has an exercise price of 100% of the fair market value of the common stock on the date of the grant. Most option awards have a contractual life of ten years and vest over four years. Upon the occurrence of a change in control, each stock option outstanding on the date on which the change in control occurs will immediately become exercisable in full.


Table of Contents

105

 
The employee stock purchase plan allows eligible participants to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock through payroll deductions of up to 10% of eligible compensation on an after-tax basis. Plan participants cannot purchase more than $25,000 of stock in any calendar year. The price an employee pays per share is 85% of the lower of the fair market value of the Company’s stock on the close of the first trading day or last trading day of the purchase period. The plan has two purchase periods, the first one from October 1 through March 31 and the second one from April 1 through September 30. For the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, employees purchased 10.2 million, 8.3 million and 11.9 million shares, respectively, at purchase prices of $14.93 and $15.02, $19.07 and $19.82, and $12.66 and $12.72, respectively.
 
Compensation expense for the Company’s employee stock options and employee stock purchase plans was as follows:
 
                 
Year Ended December 31   2007     2006  
   
 
Share-based compensation expense included in:
               
Costs of sales
  $ 33     $ 30  
Selling, general and administrative expenses
    149       138  
Research and development expenditures
    94       84  
                 
Share-based compensation expense for employee stock options and employee stock purchase plans included in Operating earnings (loss)
    276       252  
Tax benefit
    85       78  
                 
Share-based compensation expense for employee stock options and employee stock purchase plans, net of tax
  $ 191     $ 174  
                 
Decrease in Basic earnings per share
  $ (0.08 )   $ (0.07 )
Decrease in Diluted earnings per share
  $ (0.08 )   $ (0.07 )
 
 
 
The Company calculates the value of each employee stock option, estimated on the date of grant, using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The weighted-average estimated fair value of employee stock options granted during 2007, 2006 and 2005 was $5.95, $9.23, and $5.75, respectively, using the following weighted-average assumptions:
 
                         
    2007     2006     2005  
   
 
Expected volatility
    28.3 %     36.2 %     35.2 %
Risk-free interest rate
    4.5 %     5.0 %     3.9 %
Dividend yield
    1.1 %     0.8 %     1.0 %
Expected life (years)
    6.5       6.5       5.0  
 
 
 
In 2006, the Company began using the implied volatility for traded options on the Company’s stock as the expected volatility assumption required in the Black-Scholes model. Prior to 2006, the Company used a blended volatility rate using a combination of historical stock price volatility and market-implied volatility for purposes of its pro forma information. The selection of the implied volatility approach was based upon the availability of actively traded options on the Company’s stock and the Company’s assessment that implied volatility is more representative of future stock price trends than historical volatility.
 
The risk-free interest rate assumption is based upon the average daily closing rates during the year for U.S. treasury notes that have a life which approximates the expected life of the option. The dividend yield assumption is based on the Company’s historical and future expectation of dividend payouts. The expected life of employee stock options represents the weighted-average period the stock options are expected to remain outstanding.
 
The Company has applied a forfeiture rate, estimated based on historical data, of 25% to the option fair value calculated by the Black-Scholes option pricing model. This estimated forfeiture rate may be revised in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from this estimate. Prior to 2006, the Company used the actual forfeiture method, which assumed that all options would vest with the pro forma expense adjusted when options were forfeited prior to the vesting dates.


Table of Contents

106

 
Stock option activity was as follows (in thousands, except exercise price and employee data):
 
                                                 
    2007     2006     2005  
    Shares
    Wtd. Avg.
    Shares
    Wtd. Avg.
    Shares
    Wtd. Avg.
 
    Subject to
    Exercise
    Subject to
    Exercise
    Subject to
    Exercise
 
Years Ended December 31   Options     Price     Options     Price     Options     Price  
   
 
Options outstanding at January 1
    233,445     $ 18       267,755     $ 17       335,757     $ 16  
Options granted
    40,257       18       37,202       21       40,675       16  
Options exercised
    (26,211 )     11       (59,878 )     13       (85,527 )     12  
Options terminated, canceled or expired
    (23,236 )     19       (11,634 )     19       (23,150 )     25  
                                                 
Options outstanding at December 31
    224,255       19       233,445       18       267,755       17  
                                                 
Options exercisable at December 31
    138,741       19       135,052       19       149,329       19  
                                                 
Approx. number of employees granted options
    32,000               28,900               25,300          
 
 
 
At December 31, 2007, the Company had $361 million of total unrecognized compensation expense, net of estimated forfeitures, related to stock option plans and the employee stock purchase plan that will be recognized over the weighted average period of approximately two years. Cash received from stock option exercises and the employee stock purchase plan was $440 million, $918 million and $1.2 billion for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 was $177 million, $568 million and $571 million, respectively. The aggregate intrinsic value for options outstanding and exercisable as of December 31, 2007 was $307 million and $292 million, respectively, based on a December 31, 2007 stock price of $16.04 per share.
 
At December 31, 2007 and 2006, 88.0 million shares and 110.9 million shares, respectively, were available for future share-based award grants under the 2006 Motorola Omnibus Plan, covering all equity awards to employees and non-employee directors.
 
The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding and exercisable at December 31, 2007 (in thousands, except exercise price and years):
 
                                         
    Options Outstanding     Options Exercisable  
          Wtd. avg.
    Wtd. avg.
          Wtd. avg.
 
    No. of
    Exercise
    contractual
    No. of
    Exercise
 
Exercise price range   options     Price     life (in yrs.)     options     Price  
   
 
Under $7
    907     $ 4       7       264     $ 6  
$7-$13
    51,569       10       4       51,085       10  
$14-$20
    110,907       17       7       49,363       16  
$21-$27
    31,923       22       8       9,080       22  
$28-$34
    1,716       32       2       1,716       32  
$35-$41
    26,865       39       7       26,865       39  
$42-$48
    332       44       3       332       44  
$49-$55
    36       51       2       36       51  
                                         
      224,255                       138,741          
 
 
 
The weighted average contractual life for options outstanding and exercisable as of December 31, 2007 was seven and six years, respectively.
 
Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units
 
Restricted stock (“RS”) and restricted stock unit (“RSU”) grants consist of shares or the rights to shares of the Company’s common stock which are awarded to employees and non-employee directors. The grants are restricted such that they are subject to substantial risk of forfeiture and to restrictions on their sale or other transfer by the employee. Upon the occurrence of a change in control, the restrictions on all shares of RS and RSUs outstanding on the date on which the change in control occurs will lapse.


Table of Contents

107

 
Restricted stock and restricted stock unit activity was as follows (in thousands, except fair value):
 
                                 
    2007     2006  
          Wtd. Avg.
          Wtd Avg.
 
          Grant Date
          Grant Date
 
Years Ended December 31   RS and RSU     Fair Value     RS and RSU     Fair Value  
   
 
RS and RSU outstanding at January 1
    6,016     $ 19       4,383     $ 16  
Granted
    7,766       18       2,761       22  
Vested
    ( 1,068 )     19       (938 )     15  
Terminated, canceled or expired
    (1,959 )     19       (190 )     18  
                                 
RS and RSU outstanding at December 31
    10,755       17       6,016       19  
 
 
 
At December 31, 2007, the Company had unrecognized compensation expense related to restricted stock and restricted stock units of $113 million, expected to be recognized over the weighted average period of approximately three years. An aggregate of approximately 7.8 million, 2.8 million and 1.7 million shares of restricted stock and restricted stock units were granted in 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. The amortization of unrecognized compensation for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 was $39 million, $24 million and $14 million, respectively. The total fair value of restricted stock and restricted stock unit shares vested during the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 was $13 million, $22 million and $32 million, respectively. The aggregate intrinsic value of outstanding restricted stock and restricted stock units as of December 31, 2007 was $173 million.
 
Total Share-Based Compensation Presentation
 
Under the modified prospective transition method, results for 2005 have not been restated to reflect the effects of implementing SFAS 123R. The following pro forma information is presented for comparative purposes and illustrate the pro forma effect on Earnings from continuing operations and Net earnings and the respective earnings per share for each period presented as if the Company had applied the fair value recognition provisions to share-based employee compensation prior to 2006 (in millions, except per share amounts):
 
                                                 
    Continuing Operations     Net Earnings (Loss)  
Years Ended December 31   2007     2006     2005     2007     2006     2005  
   
 
Earnings (loss):
                                               
Earnings (loss), as reported
  $ (105 )   $ 3,261     $ 4,519     $ (49 )   $ 3,661     $ 4,578  
Add: Share-based employee compensation expense included in reported earnings, net of related tax effects
    n/a       n/a       9       n/a       n/a       9  
Deduct: Share-based employee compensation expense determined under fair value-based method for all awards, net of related tax effects
    n/a       n/a       (170 )     n/a       n/a       (170 )
                                                 
Pro forma earnings (loss)
  $ (105 )   $ 3,261     $ 4,358     $ (49 )   $ 3,661     $ 4,417  
                                                 
Basic earnings (loss) per common share:
                                               
As reported
  $ (0.05 )   $ 1.33     $ 1.83     $ (0.02 )   $ 1.50     $ 1.85  
Pro forma
  $ n/a     $ n/a     $ 1.76     $ n/a     $ n/a     $ 1.79  
Diluted earnings (loss) per common share:
                                               
As reported
  $ (0.05 )   $ 1.30     $ 1.79     $ (0.02 )   $ 1.46     $ 1.81  
Pro forma
  $ n/a     $ n/a     $ 1.72     $ n/a     $ n/a     $ 1.75  
 
 
 
Prior to adopting SFAS 123R, the Company presented all tax benefits resulting from the exercise of stock options as operating cash flows in the consolidated statements of cash flows. As a result, $210 million of excess tax benefits for 2005 has been classified as an operating cash inflow. SFAS 123R requires cash flows resulting from excess tax benefits to be classified as a part of cash flows from financing activities. Excess tax benefits are realized tax benefits from tax deductions for exercised options in excess of the deferred tax asset attributable to stock


Table of Contents

108

compensation costs for such options. As a result of adopting SFAS 123R, $50 million and $165 million of excess tax benefits for the years 2007 and 2006, respectively, have been classified as a financing cash inflow.
 
Motorola Incentive Plan
 
The Motorola Incentive Plan provides eligible employees with an annual payment, calculated as a percentage of an employee’s eligible earnings, in the year after the close of the current calendar year if specified business goals are met. The provisions for awards under these incentive plans for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 were $190 million, $268 million and $548 million, respectively.
 
Mid-Range Incentive Plan
 
The Mid-Range Incentive Plan (“MRIP”) rewarded participating elected officers for the Company’s achievement of specified business goals during the period, based on two performance objectives measured over two-year cycles. The provision for MRIP for the year ended December 31, 2005 was $19 million. As of December 31, 2005, the MRIP was canceled.
 
Long-Range Incentive Plan
 
In 2005, a Long-Range Incentive Plan (“LRIP”) was introduced to replace MRIP. LRIP rewards participating elected officers for the Company’s achievement of specified business goals during the period, based on two performance objectives measured over three-year cycles. The provision for LRIP for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 was $(8) million, $16 million and $15 million, respectively.
 
9.  Financing Arrangements
 
Finance receivables consist of the following:
 
                 
December 31   2007     2006  
   
 
Gross finance receivables
  $ 123     $ 279  
Less allowance for losses
    (5 )     (10 )
                 
      118       269  
Less current portion
    (50 )     (124 )
                 
Long-term finance receivables
  $ 68     $ 145  
 
 
 
Current finance receivables are included in Accounts receivable and long-term finance receivables are included in Other assets in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. Interest income recognized on finance receivables for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 was $7 million, $9 million and $7 million, respectively.
 
From time to time, the Company sells short-term receivables, long-term loans and lease receivables under sales-type leases (collectively, “finance receivables”) to third parties in transactions that qualify as “true-sales.” Certain of these finance receivables are sold to third parties on a one-time, non-recourse basis, while others are sold to third parties under committed facilities that involve contractual commitments from these parties to purchase qualifying receivables up to an outstanding monetary limit. Committed facilities may be revolving in nature and, typically, must be renewed on an annual basis. Certain sales may be made through separate legal entities that are also consolidated by the Company. The Company may or may not retain the obligation to service the sold finance receivables.
 
In the aggregate, at December 31, 2007, these committed facilities provided for up to $1.4 billion to be outstanding with the third parties at any time, as compared to up to $1.3 billion provided at December 31, 2006 and up to $1.1 billion provided at December 31, 2005. As of December 31, 2007, $497 million of these committed facilities were utilized, compared to $817 million utilized at December 31, 2006 and $585 million utilized at December 31, 2005. Certain events could cause one of these facilities to terminate. In addition, before receivables can be sold under certain of the committed facilities, they may need to meet contractual requirements, such as credit quality or insurability.
 
Total finance receivables sold by the Company were $4.9 billion in 2007 (including $4.7 billion of short-term receivables), compared to $6.4 billion sold in 2006 (including $6.2 billion of short-term receivables) and


Table of Contents

109

$4.5 billion sold in 2005 (including $4.2 billion of short-term receivables). As of December 31, 2007, there were $978 million of receivables outstanding under these programs for which the Company retained servicing obligations (including $587 million of short-term receivables), compared to $1.1 billion outstanding at December 31, 2006 (including $789 million of short-term receivables) and $1.0 billion outstanding at December 31, 2005 (including $838 million of short-term receivables).
 
Under certain receivables programs, the value of the receivables sold is covered by credit insurance obtained from independent insurance companies, less deductibles or self-insurance requirements under the policies (with the Company retaining credit exposure for the remaining portion). The Company’s total credit exposure to outstanding short-term receivables that have been sold was $23 million at December 31, 2007 as compared to $19 million at December 31, 2006. Reserves of $1 and $4 million was recorded for potential losses on sold receivables at both December 31, 2007 and December 31, 2006, respectively.
 
Certain purchasers of the Company’s infrastructure equipment continue to request that suppliers provide financing in connection with equipment purchases. These requests may include all or a portion of the purchase price of the equipment. Periodically, the Company makes commitments to provide financing to purchasers in connection with the sale of equipment. However, the Company’s obligation to provide financing is often conditioned on the issuance of a letter of credit in favor of the Company by a reputable bank to support the purchaser’s credit or a pre-existing commitment from a reputable bank to purchase the receivable from the Company. The Company had outstanding commitments to extend long-term credit to third parties totaling $610 million at December 31, 2007, compared to $398 million at December 31, 2006. Of these amounts, $454 million was supported by letters of credit or by bank commitments to purchase receivables at December 31, 2007, compared to $262 million at December 31, 2006.
 
In addition to providing direct financing to certain equipment customers, the Company also assists customers in obtaining financing directly from banks and other sources to fund equipment purchases. The Company had committed to provide financial guarantees relating to customer financing totaling $42 million and $122 million at December 31, 2007 and December 31, 2006, respectively (including $23 million and $19 million at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively, relating to the sale of short-term receivables). Customer financing guarantees outstanding were $3 million and $47 million at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively (including $0 million and $2 million at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively, relating to the sale of short-term receivables).
 
10.  Commitments and Contingencies
 
Leases
 
The Company owns most of its major facilities and leases certain office, factory and warehouse space, land, and information technology and other equipment under principally non-cancelable operating leases. Rental expense, net of sublease income, for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 was $231 million, $241 million and $250 million, respectively. At December 31, 2007, future minimum lease obligations, net of minimum sublease rentals, for the next five years and beyond are as follows: 2008—$355 million; 2009—$268 million; 2010—$253 million; 2011—$169 million; 2012—$162 million; beyond—$212 million.
 
Legal
 
Iridium Program:   The Company has been named as one of several defendants in putative class action securities lawsuits arising out of alleged misrepresentations or omissions regarding the Iridium satellite communications business which, on March 15, 2001, were consolidated in the federal district court in the District of Columbia under Freeland v. Iridium World Communications, Inc., et al., originally filed on April 22, 1999. Plaintiffs’ motion for class certification was granted on January 9, 2006 and the trial is scheduled to begin on May 22, 2008.
 
The Company was sued by the Official Committee of the Unsecured Creditors of Iridium (the “Committee”) in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of New York (the “Iridium Bankruptcy Court”) on July 19, 2001. In re Iridium Operating LLC, et al. v. Motorola asserts claims for breach of contract, warranty and fiduciary duty and fraudulent transfer and preferences, and seeks in excess of $4 billion in damages. On September 20, 2007, following a trial on the solvency and capital adequacy portion of the Committee’s fraudulent transfer and preference claims, the Iridium Bankruptcy Court granted judgment for Motorola on all those claims. The remaining claims for breach of contract, warranty, fiduciary duty and equitable subordination remain pending.


Table of Contents

110

 
The Company has not reserved for any potential liability that may arise as a result of the litigation described above related to the Iridium program. An unfavorable outcome in one or more of these cases could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position, liquidity or results of operations.
 
Telsim Class Action Securities:   In April 2007, the Company entered into a settlement agreement in regards to In re Motorola Securities Litigation , a class action lawsuit relating to the Company’s disclosure of its relationship with Telsim Mobil Telekomunikasyon Hizmetleri A.S. Pursuant to the settlement, Motorola paid $190 million to the class and all claims against Motorola by the class have been dismissed and released.
 
In the first quarter of 2007, the Company recorded a charge of $190 million for the legal settlement, partially offset by $75 million of estimated insurance recoveries, of which $50 million had been tendered by certain insurance carriers. During the second quarter of 2007, the Company commenced actions against the non-tendering insurance carriers. In response to these actions, each insurance carrier who has responded denied coverage citing various policy provisions. As a result of this denial of coverage and related actions, the Company recorded a reserve of $25 million in the second quarter of 2007 against the receivable from insurance carriers.
 
Other:   The Company is a defendant in various other suits, claims and investigations that arise in the normal course of business. In the opinion of management, and other than as discussed above with respect to the Iridium cases, the ultimate disposition of these matters will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position, liquidity or results of operations.
 
Other
 
The Company is also a party to a variety of agreements pursuant to which it is obligated to indemnify the other party with respect to certain matters. Some of these obligations arise as a result of divestitures of the Company’s assets or businesses and require the Company to hold the other party harmless against losses arising from the settlement of these pending obligations. The total amount of indemnification under these types of provisions is $193 million, which the Company accrued $123 million as of December 31, 2007 for potential claims under these provisions.
 
In addition, the Company may provide indemnifications for losses that result from the breach of general warranties contained in certain commercial, intellectual property and divestiture agreements. Historically, the Company has not made significant payments under these agreements, nor have there been significant claims asserted against the Company. However, there is an increasing risk in relation to patent indemnities given the current legal climate.
 
In all indemnification cases, payment by the Company is conditioned on the other party making a claim pursuant to the procedures specified in the particular contract, which procedures typically allow the Company to challenge the other party’s claims. Further, the Company’s obligations under these agreements for indemnification based on breach of representations and warranties are generally limited in terms of duration, typically not more than 24 months, and for amounts not in excess of the contract value, and in some instances, the Company may have recourse against third parties for certain payments made by the Company.
 
The Company’s operating results are dependent upon our ability to obtain timely and adequate delivery of quality materials, parts and components to meet the demands of our customers. Furthermore, certain of our components are available only from a single source or limited sources. Even where alternative sources of supply are available, qualification of the alternative suppliers and establishment of reliable supplies could result in delays and a possible loss of sales, which may have an adverse effect on the Company’s operating results.
 
In the fourth quarter of 2007, the Company recorded a $277 million charge for a legal settlement with Freescale Semiconductor.
 
11.  Information by Segment and Geographic Region
 
Beginning in the second quarter of 2007, the Company reports financial results for the following business segments with all historical amounts reclassified to conform to the current segment presentation:
 
  •   The Mobile Devices segment designs, manufactures, sells and services wireless handsets with integrated software and accessory products, and licenses intellectual property.


Table of Contents

111

 
  •   The Home and Networks Mobility segment designs, manufactures, sells, installs and services: (i) digital video, Internet Protocol (“IP”) video and broadcast network interactive set-tops (“digital entertainment devices”), end-to-end video delivery solutions, broadband access infrastructure systems, and associated data and voice customer premise equipment (“broadband gateways”) to cable television and telecom service providers (collectively, referred to as the “home business”), and (ii) wireless access systems (“wireless networks”), including cellular infrastructure systems and wireless broadband systems, to wireless service providers.
 
  •   The Enterprise Mobility Solutions segment designs, manufactures, sells, installs and services analog and digital two-way radio, voice and data communications products and systems for private networks, wireless broadband systems and end-to-end enterprise mobility solutions to a wide range of enterprise markets, including government and public safety agencies (which, together with all sales to distributors of two-way communication products, are referred to as the “government and public safety market”), as well as retail, utility, transportation, manufacturing, healthcare and other commercial customers (which, collectively, are referred to as the “commercial enterprise market”).
 
Segment operating results are measured based on operating earnings adjusted, if necessary, for certain segment-specific items and corporate allocations. Intersegment and intergeographic sales are accounted for on an arm’s-length pricing basis. Intersegment sales included in other and eliminations were:
 
                         
Years Ended December 31   2007     2006     2005  
   
 
Mobile Devices
  $ 56     $ 65     $ 190  
Home and Networks Mobility
    14       13       7  
Enterprise Mobility Solutions
    58       31       45  
                         
    $ 128     $ 109     $ 242  
 
 
 
Identifiable assets (excluding intersegment receivables) are the Company’s assets that are identified with classes of similar products or operations in each geographic region.
 
For the year ended December 31, 2005, approximately 12% of net sales were to one customer, Sprint Nextel (including Nextel and Nextel affiliates where appropriate). No single customer accounted for more than 10% of net sales for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006.
 
Segment information
 
                                                 
    Net Sales     Operating Earnings (Loss)  
Years Ended December 31   2007     2006     2005     2007     2006     2005  
   
 
Mobile Devices
  $ 18,988     $ 28,383     $ 21,459     $ (1,201 )   $ 2,690     $ 2,192  
Home and Networks Mobility
    10,014       9,164       9,037       709       787       1,232  
Enterprise Mobility Solutions
    7,729       5,400       5,038       1,213       958       860  
                                                 
      36,761       42,947       35,534       721       4,435       4,284  
Other and Eliminations
    (109 )     (100 )     (224 )     (1,274 )     (343 )     321  
                                                 
    $ 36,622     $ 42,847     $ 35,310                          
                                                 
Operating earnings (loss)
                            (553 )     4,092       4,605  
Total other income
                            163       518       1,807  
                                                 
Earnings (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes
                          $ (390 )   $ 4,610     $ 6,412  
 
 
 
Other and Eliminations is primarily comprised of: (i) amortization of intangible assets and acquisition-related in-process research and development charges relating to all of the Company’s acquisitions, (ii) general corporate-related expenses, including stock option and employee stock purchase plan expenses, (iii) various corporate programs representing developmental businesses and research and development projects, which are not included in any other segment, and (iv) the Company’s wholly-owned finance subsidiary.
 
Additionally, included in Other and Eliminations in 2007 are: (i) net charges of $140 million relating to the Telsim class action securities legal settlement, partially offset by estimated insurance recoveries, and (ii) charges of $81 million relating to an impairment of intangible assets. In 2006, the Company also recorded expenses of $88 million representing a charitable contribution to the Motorola Foundation of appreciated equity holdings in a third party, partially offset by income of $418 million for a payment relating to the Telsim collection settlement


Table of Contents

112

both of which are presented in Other and Eliminations. In 2005, the Company also recorded income of $515 million for a payment relating to the Telsim collection settlement which was presented in Other and Eliminations.
 
                                                                         
                Depreciation
 
    Assets     Capital Expenditures     Expense  
Years Ended December 31   2007     2006     2005     2007     2006     2005     2007     2006     2005  
   
 
Mobile Devices
  $ 6,318     $ 9,316     $ 7,551     $ 132     $ 164     $ 126     $ 146     $ 133     $ 127  
Home and Networks Mobility
    7,451       6,746       5,688       160       149       135       141       165       180  
Enterprise Mobility Solutions
    8,694       3,268       2,647       113       190       164       167       92       98  
                                                                         
      22,463       19,330       15,886       405       503       425       454       390       405  
Other and Eliminations
    12,349       19,263       19,281       122       146       123       83       73       68  
                                                                         
      34,812       38,593       35,167     $ 527     $ 649     $ 548     $ 537     $ 463     $ 473  
Discontinued Operations
                635                                                  
                                                                         
    $ 34,812     $ 38,593     $ 35,802                                                  
 
 
 
Assets in Other include primarily cash and cash equivalents, Sigma Fund, deferred income taxes, short-term investments, property, plant and equipment, investments, and the administrative headquarters of the Company.
 
Geographic area information
 
                                                                         
    Net Sales*     Assets**     Property, Plant, and Equipment  
Years Ended December 31   2007     2006     2005     2007     2006     2005     2007     2006     2005  
   
 
United States
  $ 18,548     $ 18,776     $ 16,749     $ 22,385     $ 24,212     $ 23,635     $ 1,252     $ 1,089     $ 1,010  
China
    2,632       4,664       2,908       3,926       4,649       3,843       311       278       189  
United Kingdom
    1,070       1,306       1,532       1,305       1,773       1,962       121       134       127  
Germany
    516       874       882       644       1,195       990       75       131       118  
Israel
    741       659       534       1,374       1,195       1,372       165       156       134  
Singapore
    128       176       156       3,120       3,713       2,993       40       39       35  
Other nations, net of eliminations
    12,987       16,392       12,549       2,058       1,856       372       516       440       407  
                                                                         
    $ 36,622     $ 42,847     $ 35,310     $ 34,812     $ 38,593     $ 35,167     $ 2,480     $ 2,267     $ 2,020  
 
 
 
  * Net sales by geographic region are measured by the locale of end customer.
 
** Excludes assets held for sale relating to discontinued operations of $635 million at December 31, 2005.
 
12.  Shareholder Rights Plan
 
Effective August 1, 2006 (the “Termination Date”), the Company terminated its shareholder rights plan. The shareholder rights plan was scheduled to expire in November 2008. On the Termination Date, in connection with the termination of the shareholder rights plan, the Company made the filings necessary to eliminate all references to the Company’s Junior Participating Preferred Stock, Series B (“Series B”) from its Restated Certificate of Incorporation. Accordingly, no authorized Series B shares are reflected in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2007 and 2006. No Series B shares were or have been issued.
 
13.  Reorganization of Businesses
 
The Company maintains a formal Involuntary Severance Plan (the “Severance Plan”) which permits the Company to offer eligible employees severance benefits based on years of service and employment grade level in the event that employment is involuntarily terminated as a result of a reduction-in-force or restructuring. Each separate reduction-in-force has qualified for severance benefits under the Severance Plan. The Company recognizes termination benefits based on formulas per the Severance Plan at the point in time that future settlement is probable and can be reasonably estimated based on estimates prepared at the time a restructuring plan is approved by management. Exit costs primarily consist of future minimum lease payments on vacated facilities. At each


Table of Contents

113

reporting date, the Company evaluates its accruals for exit costs and employee separation costs to ensure the accruals are still appropriate. In certain circumstances, accruals are no longer required because of efficiencies in carrying out the plans or because employees previously identified for separation resigned from the Company and did not receive severance or were redeployed due to circumstances not foreseen when the original plans were initiated. The Company reverses accruals through the income statement line item where the original charges were recorded when it is determined they are no longer required.
 
2007 Charges
 
During 2007, the Company committed to implement various productivity improvement plans aimed at achieving long-term, sustainable profitability by driving efficiencies and reducing operating costs. All three of the Company’s business segments, as well as corporate functions, are impacted by these plans. The majority of the employees affected are located in North America and Europe. The Company recorded net reorganization of business charges of $394 million, including $104 million of charges in Costs of sales and $290 million of charges under Other charges (income) in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations. Included in the aggregate $394 million are charges of $401 million for employee separation costs, $42 million for fixed asset impairment charges and $19 million for exit costs, offset by reversals for accruals no longer needed.
 
The following table displays the net reorganization of business charges by segment:
 
         
Year Ended December 31,   2007  
   
 
Mobile Devices
  $ 229  
Home and Networks Mobility
    71  
Enterprise Mobility Solutions
    30  
         
      330  
General Corporate
    64  
         
    $ 394  
 
 
 
The following table displays a rollforward of the reorganization of businesses accruals established for exit costs and employee separation costs from January 1, 2007 to December 31, 2007:
 
                                         
    Accruals at
    2007
          2007
    Accruals at
 
    January 1,
    Additional
    2007 (1)(2)
    Amount
    December 31,
 
    2007     Charges     Adjustments     Used     2007  
   
 
Exit costs—lease terminations
  $ 54     $ 19     $ 2     $ (33 )   $ 42  
Employee separation costs
    104       401       (64 )     (248 )     193  
 
 
    $ 158     $ 420     $ (62 )   $ (281 )   $ 235  
 
 
 
(1) Includes translation adjustments.
 
(2) Includes $6 million of accruals established through purchase accounting for businesses acquired, covering exit costs and separation costs for approximately 200 employees.
 
Exit Costs—Lease Terminations
 
At January 1, 2007, the Company had an accrual of $54 million for exit costs attributable to lease terminations. The 2007 additional charges of $19 million are primarily related to the exit of certain activities and leased facilities in Ireland by the Home and Networks Mobility segment. The 2007 adjustments of $2 million represent accruals for exit costs established through purchase accounting for businesses acquired. The $33 million used in 2007 reflects cash payments. The remaining accrual of $42 million, which is included in Accrued liabilities in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2007, represents future cash payments for lease termination obligations.
 
Employee Separation Costs
 
At January 1, 2007, the Company had an accrual of $104 million for employee separation costs, representing the severance costs for approximately 2,300 employees. The 2007 additional charges of $401 million represent


Table of Contents

114

severance costs for approximately 6,700 employees, of which 2,400 were direct employees and 4,300 were indirect employees.
 
The adjustments of $64 million reflect $68 million of reversals of accruals no longer needed, partially offset by $4 million of accruals for severance plans established through purchase accounting for businesses acquired. The $68 million of reversals represent previously accrued costs for 1,100 employees, and primarily relates to a strategic change regarding a plant closure and specific employees previously identified for separation who resigned from the Company and did not receive severance or who were redeployed due to circumstances not foreseen when the original plans were approved. The $4 million of accruals represents severance plans for approximately 200 employees established through purchase accounting for businesses acquired.
 
During 2007, approximately 5,300 employees, of which 1,700 were direct employees and 3,600 were indirect employees, were separated from the Company. The $248 million used in 2007 reflects cash payments to these separated employees. The remaining accrual of $193 million, which is included in Accrued liabilities in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2007, is expected to be paid to approximately 2,800 employees to be separated in 2008.
 
2006 Charges
 
During 2006, the Company committed to implement various productivity improvement plans aimed principally at: (i) reducing costs in its supply-chain activities, (ii) integration synergies, and (iii) reducing other operating expenses, primarily relating to engineering and development costs. The Company recorded net reorganization of business charges of $213 million, including $41 million of charges in Costs of sales and $172 million of charges under Other charges in the Company’s consolidated statement of operations. Included in the aggregate $213 million are charges of $191 million for employee separation costs, $15 million for fixed asset impairment charges and $30 million for exit costs, partially offset by $23 million of reversals for accruals no longer needed. Total employees impacted by the actions committed to in 2006 were 3,900.
 
The following table displays the net reorganization of business charges by segment:
 
         
Year Ended December 31,   2006  
   
 
Mobile Devices
  $ (1 )
Home and Networks Mobility
    124  
Enterprise Mobility Solutions
    83  
         
      206  
General Corporate
    7  
         
    $ 213  
 
 
 
The following table displays a rollforward of the reorganization of business accruals established for exit costs and employee separation costs from January 1, 2006 to December 31, 2006:
 
                                         
    Accruals at
    2006
          2006
    Accruals at
 
    January 1,
    Additional
    2006 (1)
    Amount
    December 31,
 
    2006     Charges     Adjustments     Used     2006  
   
 
Exit costs—lease terminations
  $ 50     $ 30     $ (7 )   $ (19 )   $ 54  
Employee separation costs
    53       191       (16 )     (124 )     104  
 
 
    $ 103     $ 221     $ (23 )   $ (143 )   $ 158  
 
 
 
(1) Includes translation adjustments.
 
Exit Costs—Lease Terminations
 
At January 1, 2006, the Company had an accrual of $50 million for exit costs attributable to lease terminations. The 2006 additional charges of $30 million were primarily related to a lease cancellation by the Enterprise Mobility Solutions segment. The 2006 adjustments of $7 million represent reversals of accruals no longer needed. The $19 million used in 2006 reflects cash payments to lessors. The remaining accrual of $54 million, which is included in Accrued liabilities in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2006, represented future cash payments for lease termination obligations.


Table of Contents

115

 
Employee Separation Costs
 
At January 1, 2006, the Company had an accrual of $53 million for employee separation costs, representing the severance costs for approximately 1,600 employees, of which 1,100 were direct employees and 500 were indirect employees. The 2006 additional charges of $191 million represented costs for an additional 3,900 employees, of which 1,700 were direct employees and 2,200 were indirect employees. The adjustments of $16 million represented reversals of accruals no longer needed.
 
During 2006, approximately 3,200 employees, of which 1,400 were direct employees and 1,800 were indirect employees, were separated from the Company. The $124 million used in 2006 reflects cash payments to these separated employees. The remaining accrual of $104 million, was included in Accrued liabilities in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2006.
 
2005 Charges
 
During 2005, the Company recorded net reorganization of business charges of $91 million, including $37 million of charges in Costs of sales and $54 million of charges under Other charges in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations. Included in the aggregate $91 million are charges of $86 million for employee separation costs and $15 million for fixed asset impairment charges and $5 million for exit costs, partially offset by $15 million of reversals for accruals no longer needed. Total employees impacted by these action were approximately 2,600.
 
The following table displays the net reorganization of business charges by segment:
 
         
Year Ended December 31,   2005  
   
 
Mobile Devices
  $ 27  
Home and Networks Mobility
    7  
Enterprise Mobility Solutions
    49  
         
      83  
General Corporate
    8  
         
    $ 91  
 
 
 
The following table displays a rollforward of the reorganization of business accruals established for exit costs and employee separation costs from January 1, 2005 to December 31, 2005:
 
                                         
    Accruals at
    2005
          2005
    Accruals at
 
    January 1,
    Additional
    2005 (1)
    Amount
    December 31,
 
    2005     Charges     Adjustments     Used     2005  
   
 
Exit costs—lease terminations
  $ 73     $ 5     $ (7 )   $ (21 )   $ 50  
Employee separation costs
    41       86       (14 )     (60 )     53  
 
 
    $ 114     $ 91     $ (21 )   $ (81 )   $ 103  
 
 
 
(1) Includes translation adjustments.
 
Exit Costs—Lease Terminations
 
At January 1, 2005, the Company had an accrual of $73 million for exit costs attributable to lease terminations. The 2005 additional charges of $5 million were primarily related to a lease cancellation by the Enterprise Mobility Solutions segment. The 2005 adjustments of $7 million represented reversals of $1 million for accruals no longer needed and $6 million of translation adjustments. The $21 million used in 2005 reflected cash payments to lessors. The remaining accrual of $50 million, which was included in Accrued liabilities in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2005, represented future cash payments for lease termination obligations.
 
Employee Separation Costs
 
At January 1, 2005, the Company had an accrual of $41 million for employee separation costs, representing the severance costs for approximately 400 employees, of which 50 were direct employees and 350 were indirect


Table of Contents

116

employees. The 2005 additional charges of $86 million represented the severance costs for approximately 2,600 employees, of which 1,300 were direct employees and 1,300 were indirect employees. The adjustments of $14 million represented reversals of accruals no longer needed.
 
During 2005, approximately 1,400 employees, of which 300 were direct employees and 1,100 were indirect employees, were separated from the Company. The $60 million used in 2005 reflected cash payments to these separated employees. The remaining accrual of $53 million was included in Accrued liabilities in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2005.
 
14.  Acquisitions and Related Intangibles
 
The Company accounts for acquisitions using purchase accounting with the results of operations for each acquiree included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements for the period subsequent to the date of acquisition. The pro forma effects of these acquisitions on the Company’s consolidated financial statements were not significant individually nor in the aggregate.
 
The allocation of value to in-process research and development was determined using expected future cash flows discounted at average risk adjusted rates reflecting both technological and market risk as well as the time value of money. Historical pricing, margins and expense levels, where applicable, were used in the valuation of the in-process products. The in-process research and development acquired will have no alternative future uses if the products are not feasible.
 
The developmental products for the companies acquired have varying degrees of timing, technology, costs-to-complete and market risks throughout final development. If the products fail to become viable, the Company will unlikely be able to realize any value from the sale of incomplete technology to another party or through internal re-use. The risks of market acceptance for the products under development and potential reductions in projected sales volumes and related profits in the event of delayed market availability for any of the products exist. Efforts to complete all developmental products continue and there are no known delays to forecasted plans except as disclosed.
 
The following is a summary of significant acquisitions in 2007, 2006 and 2005:
 
                                 
                      In-Process
 
                      Research and
 
    Quarter
          Form of
    Development
 
    Acquired     Consideration, net     Consideration     Charge  
   
 
2007 Acquisitions
                               
Symbol Technologies, Inc. 
    Q1     $ 3,528       Cash     $ 95  
Good Technology, Inc. 
    Q1     $ 438       Cash        
Netopia, Inc. 
    Q1     $ 183       Cash        
Terayon Communication Systems, Inc. 
    Q3     $ 137       Cash        
2006 Acquisitions
                               
Broadbus Technologies, Inc. 
    Q3     $ 181       Cash     $ 12  
TTP Communications plc
    Q3     $ 193       Cash     $ 17  
Kreatel Communications AB
    Q1     $ 108       Cash     $ 1  
2005 Acquisitions
                               
No significant acquisitions
                       
 
 


Table of Contents

117

 
The following table summarizes net tangible and intangible assets acquired and the consideration paid for the acquisitions identified above:
 
                         
Years Ended December 31   2007     2006     2005  
   
 
Tangible net assets
  $ 83     $ 20     $  
Goodwill
    2,793       262        
Other intangibles
    1,315       170        
In-process research and development
    95       30        
                         
    $ 4,286     $ 482     $  
                         
Consideration, net:
                       
Cash
  $ 4,286     $ 482     $  
Stock
                 
                         
    $ 4,286     $ 482     $  
 
 
 
Symbol Technologies, Inc.
 
In January 2007, the Company acquired, for $3.5 billion in net cash, the outstanding common stock of Symbol Technologies, Inc. (“Symbol”), a leader in designing, developing, manufacturing and servicing products and systems used in end-to-end enterprise mobility solutions featuring rugged mobile computing, advanced data capture, radio frequency identification (“RFID”), wireless infrastructure and mobility management.
 
The fair value of acquired in-process research and development was $95 million. The acquired in-process research and development will have no alternative future uses if the products are not feasible and, as such, costs were expensed at the date of acquisition. At the date of acquisition, 31 projects were in process and are expected to be completed through 2008. The average risk adjusted rate used to value these projects is 15-16%. The allocation of value to in-process research and development was determined using expected future cash flows discounted at average risk adjusted rates reflecting both technological and market risk as well as the time value of money.
 
The fair value of the acquired intangible assets is $1.0 billion. Intangible assets are included in Other assets in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. The intangible assets are being amortized over periods ranging from 1 to 8 years on a straight-line basis. The Company recorded $2.3 billion of goodwill, none of which is expected to be deductible for tax purposes.
 
The results of the operations of Symbol have been included in the Enterprise Mobility Solutions segment in the Company’s consolidated financial statements subsequent to the date of acquisition. The pro forma effects of this acquisition on the Company’s consolidated financial statements were not significant.
 
Good Technology, Inc.
 
In January 2007, the Company acquired Good Technology, Inc. (“Good”), a provider of enterprise mobile computing software and services, for $438 million in net cash. The Company recorded $301 million in goodwill, none of which is expected to be deductible for tax purposes and $158 million in identifiable intangible assets. Intangible assets are included in Other assets in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. The intangible assets are being amortized over periods ranging from 2 to 10 years on a straight-line basis.
 
The results of operations of Good have been included in the Enterprise Mobility Solutions segment in the Company’s consolidated financial statements subsequent to the date of acquisition. The pro forma effects of this acquisition on the Company’s consolidated financial statements were not significant.
 
Netopia, Inc.
 
In February 2007, the Company acquired Netopia, Inc. (“Netopia”), a broadband equipment provider for DSL customers, which allows for phone, TV and fast Internet connections, for $183 million in net cash. The Company recorded $122 million in goodwill, none of which is expected to be deductible for tax purposes, and $100 million in identifiable intangible assets. Intangible assets are included in Other assets in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. The intangible assets are being amortized over a period of 7 years on a straight-line basis.


Table of Contents

118

 
The Company is in the process of performing a review of its ability to utilize acquired tax carryovers. In addition, the Company is in the process of finalizing valuations of acquired assets and liabilities. Accordingly, the outcome of these processes may result in an adjustment to the preliminary purchase price allocation. Any necessary adjustment will be recorded in the period finalized.
 
The results of operations of Netopia have been included in the Home and Networks Mobility segment in the Company’s consolidated financial statements subsequent to the date of acquisition. The pro forma effects of this acquisition on the Company’s consolidated financial statements were not significant.
 
Terayon Communication Systems, Inc.
 
In July 2007, the Company acquired Terayon Communication Systems, Inc. (“Terayon”), a provider of real-time digital video networking applications to cable, satellite and telecommunication service providers worldwide, for $137 million in net cash. The Company recorded $102 million in goodwill, none of which is expected to be deductible for tax purposes and $52 million in identifiable intangible assets. Intangible assets are included in Other assets in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. The intangible assets are being amortized over periods ranging from 4 to 6 years on a straight-line basis.
 
The Company is in the process of performing a review of its ability to utilize acquired tax carryovers. In addition, the Company is in the process of finalizing valuations of acquired assets and liabilities. Accordingly, the outcome of these processes may result in an adjustment to the preliminary purchase price allocation. Any necessary adjustment will be recorded in the period finalized.
 
The results of operations of Terayon have been included in the Home and Networks Mobility segment in the Company’s consolidated financial statements subsequent to the date of acquisition. The pro forma effects of this acquisition on the Company’s consolidated financial statements were not significant.
 
Broadbus Technologies, Inc.
 
In September 2006, the Company acquired Broadbus Technologies, Inc. (“Broadbus”), a provider of technology solutions for television on demand, for $181 million in cash. The Company recorded $131 million in goodwill, none of which is expected to be deductible for tax purposes, a $12 million charge for acquired in-process research and development costs, and $30 million in identifiable intangible assets. The acquired in-process research and development will have no alternative future uses if the products are not feasible. At the date of the acquisition, one project was in process. This project is expected to be completed in 2008. The average risk adjusted rate used to value this project was 22%. The allocation of value to in-process research and development was determined using expected future cash flows discounted at average risk adjusted rates reflecting both technological and market risk as well as the time value of money. These research and development costs were expensed at the date of acquisition. Intangible assets are included in Other assets in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. The intangible assets are being amortized over periods ranging from 3 to 5 years on a straight-line basis.
 
The results of operations of Broadbus have been included in the Home and Networks Mobility segment in the Company’s consolidated financial statements subsequent to the date of acquisition. The pro forma effects of this acquisition on the Company’s consolidated financial statements were not significant.
 
TTP Communications plc
 
In August 2006, the Company acquired TTP Communications plc (“TTPCom”), a provider of wireless software platforms, protocol stacks and semiconductor solutions, for $193 million in cash. The Company recorded $52 million in goodwill, a portion of which is expected to be deductible for tax purposes, a $17 million charge for acquired in-process research and development costs, and $118 million in identifiable intangible assets. The acquired in-process research and development will have no alternative future uses if the products are not feasible. At the date of the acquisition, a total of four projects were in process. The average risk adjusted rate used to value these projects was 18%. As of December 31, 2007, the work on one of these projects continues and is expected to be completed in 2008. The allocation of value to in-process research and development was determined using expected future cash flows discounted at average risk adjusted rates reflecting both technological and market risk as well as the time value of money. These research and development costs were expensed at the date of acquisition. However, due to recent changes in software platform strategy, impairment charges of $89 million were recorded


Table of Contents

119

for the year ended December 31, 2007, representing write-downs of: (i) $81 million of intangible assets, primarily relating to completed technology and other intangibles, and (ii) $8 million of property, plant and equipment.
 
The results of operations of TTPCom have been included in the Mobile Devices segment in the Company’s consolidated financial statements subsequent to the date of acquisition. The pro forma effects of this acquisition on the Company’s consolidated financial statements were not significant.
 
Kreatel Communications AB
 
In February 2006, the Company acquired Kreatel Communications AB (“Kreatel”), a leading developer of innovative Internet Protocol (“IP”) based digital set-tops and software, for $108 million in cash. The Company recorded $79 million in goodwill, a portion of which is expected to be deductible for tax purposes, a $1 million charge for acquired in-process research and development costs, and $22 million in identifiable intangible assets. The acquired in-process research and development will have no alternative future uses if the products are not feasible. At the date of the acquisition, a total of two projects were in process. These projects have since been completed. The average risk adjusted rate used to value these projects was 19%. The allocation of value to in-process research and development was determined using expected future cash flows discounted at average risk adjusted rates reflecting both technological and market risk as well as the time value of money. These research and development costs were expensed at the date of acquisition. Intangible assets are included in Other assets in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. The intangible assets are being amortized over periods ranging from 2 to 4 years on a straight-line basis.
 
The results of operations of Kreatel have been included in the Home and Networks Mobility segment in the Company’s consolidated financial statements subsequent to the date of acquisition. The pro forma effects of this acquisition on the Company’s consolidated financial statements were not significant.
 
Intangible Assets
 
Amortized intangible assets, excluding goodwill were comprised of the following:
 
                                 
    2007     2006  
    Gross
          Gross
       
    Carrying
    Accumulated
    Carrying
    Accumulated
 
December 31   Amount     Amortization     Amount     Amortization  
   
 
Intangible assets:
                               
Completed technology
  $ 1,234     $ 484     $ 486     $ 334  
Patents
    292       69       27       12  
Customer-related
    264       58       65       21  
Licensed technology
    123       109       119       107  
Other intangibles
    166       99       193       62  
                                 
    $ 2,079     $ 819     $ 890     $ 536  
 
 
 
Amortization expense on intangible assets, which is included within Other and Eliminations, was $369 million, $100 million and $67 million for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. As of December 31, 2007 future amortization expense is estimated to be $318 million for 2008, $287 million in 2009, $268 million in 2010, $255 million in 2011, and $62 million in 2012.
 
Amortized intangible assets, excluding goodwill by business segment:
 
                                 
    2007     2006  
    Gross
          Gross
       
    Carrying
    Accumulated
    Carrying
    Accumulated
 
December 31   Amount     Amortization     Amount     Amortization  
   
 
Mobile Devices
  $ 36     $ 36     $ 154     $ 41  
Home and Networks Mobility
    712       455       588       430  
Enterprise Mobility Solutions
    1,331       328       148       65  
                                 
    $ 2,079     $ 819     $ 890     $ 536  
 
 


Table of Contents

120

 
During the year ended December 31, 2007 due to a recent change in software platform strategy, the Company recorded an impairment of intangible assets of $81 million, primarily relating to completed technology and other intangibles, in the Mobile Devices segment.
 
The following tables display a rollforward of the carrying amount of goodwill from January 1, 2006 to December 31, 2007, by business segment:
 
                                         
    January 1,
                      December 31,
 
Segment   2007     Acquired     Adjustments     Dispositions     2007  
   
 
Mobile Devices
  $ 69     $     $ (50 )   $     $ 19  
Home and Networks Mobility
    1,266       427       2       (119 )     1,576  
Enterprise Mobility Solutions
    371       2,569       (36 )           2,904  
                                         
    $ 1,706     $ 2,996     $ (84 )   $ (119 )   $ 4,499  
 
 
 
                                         
    January 1,
                      December 31,
 
Segment   2006     Acquired     Adjustments     Dispositions     2006  
   
 
Mobile Devices
  $ 17     $ 52     $     $     $ 69  
Home and Networks Mobility
    1,009       235       22             1,266  
Enterprise Mobility Solutions
    323       49       (1 )           371  
                                         
    $ 1,349     $ 336     $ 21     $     $ 1,706  
 
 
 
15.  Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
 
The following table presents the valuation and qualifying account activity for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005:
 
                                         
    Balance at
    Charged to
                Balance at
 
    January 1     Earnings     Used     Adjustments (1)     December 31  
   
 
2007
                                       
Reorganization of Businesses
  $ 158     $ 420     $ (281 )   $ (62 )   $ 235  
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
    78       130       (3 )     (21 )     184  
Allowance for Losses on Finance Receivables
    10       2             (7 )     5  
Inventory Reserves
    416       546       (524 )     (67 )     371  
Warranty Reserves
    530       756       (735 )     (135 )     416  
Customer Reserves
    1,305       2,809       (2,205 )     (937 )     972  
                                         
2006
                                       
Reorganization of Businesses
    103       221       (143 )     (23 )     158  
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
    101       50       (58 )     (15 )     78  
Allowance for Losses on Finance Receivables
    12       5       (8 )     1       10  
Inventory Reserves
    529       517       (490 )     (140 )     416  
Warranty Reserves
    467       977       (891 )     (23 )     530  
Customer Reserves
    1,171       4,218       (3,597 )     (487 )     1,305  
                                         
2005
                                       
Reorganization of Businesses
    114       91       (81 )     (21 )     103  
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
    173       17       (14 )     (75 )     101  
Allowance for Losses on Finance Receivables
    1,966             (1,926 )     (28 )     12  
Inventory Reserves
    522       569       (389 )     (173 )     529  
Warranty Reserves
    472       816       (696 )     (125 )     467  
Customer Reserves
    842       3,215       (2,588 )     (298 )     1,171  
 
 
 
(1) Includes translation adjustments.


Table of Contents

121

 
16.  Quarterly and Other Financial Data (unaudited)*
 
                                                                 
    2007     2006  
    1st     2nd     3rd     4th     1st     2nd     3rd     4th  
   
 
Operating Results
                                                               
Net sales
  $ 9,433     $ 8,732     $ 8,811     $ 9,646     $ 9,632     $ 10,820     $ 10,603     $ 11,792  
Costs of sales
    6,979       6,279       6,306       7,106       6,701       7,463       7,233       8,723  
                                                                 
Gross margin
    2,454       2,453       2,505       2,540       2,931       3,357       3,370       3,069  
                                                                 
Selling, general and administrative expenses
    1,313       1,296       1,210       1,273       1,069       1,154       1,123       1,158  
Research and development expenditures
    1,117       1,115       1,100       1,097       964       1,035       1,046       1,061  
Other charges (income)
    390       200       205       189       49       (354 )     233       97  
                                                                 
Operating earnings (loss)
    (366 )     (158 )     (10 )     (19 )     849       1,522       968       753  
                                                                 
Earnings (loss) from continuing operations
    (218 )     (38 )     40       111       656       1,349       727       529  
Net earnings (loss)
    (181 )     (28 )     60       100       686       1,384       968       623  
Per Share Data (in dollars)
                                                               
Continuing Operations:
                                                               
Basic earnings (loss) per common share
  $ (0.09 )   $ (0.02 )   $ 0.02     $ 0.05     $ 0.26     $ 0.55     $ 0.30     $ 0.22  
Diluted earnings (loss) per common share
    (0.09 )     (0.02 )     0.02       0.05       0.26       0.54       0.29       0.21  
Net Earnings:
                                                               
Basic earnings (loss) per common share
    (0.08 )     (0.01 )     0.03       0.04       0.28       0.56       0.40       0.26  
Diluted earnings (loss) per common share
    (0.08 )     (0.01 )     0.03       0.04       0.27       0.55       0.39       0.25  
Dividends declared
    0.05       0.05       0.05       0.05       0.04       0.05       0.05       0.05  
Dividends paid
    0.05       0.05       0.05       0.05       0.04       0.04       0.05       0.05  
Stock prices
                                                               
High
    20.91       19.18       18.88       19.68       24.67       24.24       25.55       26.30  
Low
    17.45       17.32       15.61       14.87       20.22       19.01       18.66       20.17  
 
 
 
* Certain amounts in prior years’ financial statements and related notes have been reclassified to conform to the 2007 presentation.


Table of Contents

122

 
Item 9: Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
 
None.
 
Item 9A: Controls and Procedures
 
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures.
 
Under the supervision and with the participation of our senior management, including our chief executive officer and chief financial officer, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures, as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), as of the end of the period covered by this annual report (the “Evaluation Date”). Based on this evaluation, our chief executive officer and chief financial officer concluded as of the Evaluation Date that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective such that the information relating to Motorola, including our consolidated subsidiaries, required to be disclosed in our Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) reports (i) is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in SEC rules and forms, and (ii) is accumulated and communicated to Motorola’s management, including our chief executive officer and chief financial officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.
 
Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting.
 
Motorola’s management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) of the Exchange Act. Under the supervision and with the participation of our senior management, including our chief executive officer and chief financial officer, we assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2007, using the criteria set forth in the Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Based on this assessment, management has concluded that our internal control over financial reporting is effective as of December 31, 2007. The Company’s independent registered public accounting firm, KPMG LLP, has issued an attestation report on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. The report on the audit of internal control over financial reporting appears in this Form 10-K.
 
Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting.
 
There have been no changes in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the quarter ended December 31, 2007 that have materially affected or are reasonably likely to materially affect our internal control over financial reporting.


Table of Contents

123

 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
 
The Board of Directors and Stockholders
Motorola, Inc.:
 
We have audited Motorola, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2007, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Motorola, Inc.’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting in Item 9A: Controls and Procedures. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.
 
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
 
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
 
In our opinion, Motorola, Inc. maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2007, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).
 
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of Motorola, Inc. and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2007 and 2006, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2007, and our report dated February 28, 2008 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.
 
-S- KPMG LLP
 
Chicago, Illinois
February 28, 2008


Table of Contents

124

 
Item 9B: Other Information
 
None
 
PART III
 
Item 10: Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
 
The response to this Item required by Item 401 of Regulation S-K, with respect to directors, incorporates by reference the information under the caption “Nominees” of Motorola’s Proxy Statement for the 2008 Annual Meeting of Stockholders (the “Proxy Statement”) and, with respect to executive officers, is contained in Part I hereof under the caption “Executive Officers of the Registrant” and, with respect to the audit committee, incorporates by reference the information under the caption “What Are the Committees of the Board?” and “Report of Audit and Legal Committee” of Motorola’s Proxy Statement.
 
The response to this Item required by Item 405 of Regulation S-K incorporates by reference the information under the caption “Other Matters—Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” of Motorola’s Proxy Statement.
 
The response to this Item also incorporates by reference the information under the caption “Communications—How Can I Recommend a Director Candidate to the Governance and Nominating Committee?” of Motorola’s Proxy Statement.
 
Motorola has adopted a code of ethics, the Motorola Code of Business Conduct (the “Code”), that applies to all employees, including Motorola’s principal executive officer, principal financial officer and controller (principal accounting officer). The Code is posted on Motorola’s Internet website, www.motorola.com/investor, and is available free of charge, upon request to Investor Relations, Motorola, Inc., Corporate Offices, 1303 East Algonquin Road, Schaumburg, Illinois 60196, E-mail: investors@motorola.com, phone: 1-800-262-8509. Any amendment to, or waiver from, the Code will be posted on our Internet website within five business days following the date of the amendment or waiver. Motorola’s Code of Business Conduct applies to all Motorola employees worldwide, without exception, and describes employee responsibilities to the various stakeholders involved in our business. The Code goes beyond the legal minimums by implementing the values we share as employees of Motorola—our key beliefs—uncompromising integrity and constant respect for people. The Code places special responsibility on managers and prohibits retaliation for reporting issues.
 
Item 11: Executive Compensation
 
The response to this Item incorporates by reference the information under the captions “How Are the Directors Compensated?,” “Compensation Discussion and Analysis,” “Report of the Compensation and Leadership Committee on Executive Compensation,” “Summary Compensation Table,” “Grants of Plan-Based Awards in 2007,” “Outstanding Equity Awards at 2007 Fiscal Year-End,” “Option Exercises and Stock Vested for 2007,” “Pension Benefits in 2007,” “Nonqualified Deferred Compensation in 2007,” and “Employment Contracts, Termination of Employment and Change in Control Arrangements” of Motorola’s Proxy Statement.
 
Item 12: Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
 
The response to this Item incorporates by reference the information under the captions “Equity Compensation Plan Information” and “Ownership of Securities” of Motorola’s Proxy Statement.
 
Item 13: Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
 
The response to this Item incorporates by reference the relevant information under the caption “Related Person Transaction Policy and Procedures” and “Which Directors Are Independent” of Motorola’s Proxy Statement.
 
Item 14: Principal Accounting Fees and Services
 
The response to this Item incorporates by reference the information under the caption “Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” and “Audit and Legal Committee Pre-Approval Policies” of Motorola’s Proxy Statement.


Table of Contents

125

 
PART IV
 
Item 15: Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules
 
(a)  1. Financial Statements
 
See Part II, Item 8 hereof.
 
2. Financial Statement Schedule and Independent Auditors’ Report
 
All schedules omitted are inapplicable or the information required is shown in the consolidated financial statements or notes thereto.
 
3. Exhibits
 
Exhibits required to be attached by Item 601 of Regulation S-K are listed in the Exhibit Index attached hereto, which is incorporated herein by this reference. Following is a list of management contracts and compensatory plans and arrangements required to be filed as exhibits to this form by Item 15(b) hereof:
 
Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2006
 
Form of Motorola, Inc. Award Document—Terms and Conditions Related to Employee Nonqualified Stock Options relating to the Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2006
 
Form of Motorola, Inc. Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement relating to the Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2006
 
Form of Motorola Stock Option Consideration Agreement
 
Form of Motorola, Inc. Award Document—Terms and Conditions Related to Employee Nonqualified Stock Options for Edward J. Zander, relating to the Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2006
 
Form of Motorola, Inc. Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for Edward J. Zander relating to the Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2006
 
Form of Motorola Stock Option Consideration Agreement for Edward J. Zander
 
Motorola, Inc. Award Document for the Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2006, Terms and Conditions Related to Employee Nonqualified Stock Options, granted to Edward J. Zander on May 8, 2007 (Market-based vesting)
 
Motorola, Inc. Award Document for the Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2006, Terms and Conditions Related to Employee Nonqualified Stock Options granted to Gregory Q. Brown on January 31, 2008 (Market-based vesting)
 
Form of Motorola Stock Option Consideration Agreement for Gregory Q. Brown for option grants on or after January 31, 2008
 
Form of Motorola, Inc. Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for Gregory Q. Brown relating to the Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2006 for grants on or after January 31, 2008
 
Form of Motorola, Inc. Award Document for the Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2006, Terms and Conditions Related to Employee Nonqualified Stock Options for Paul J. Liska (Sign-on Grant)
 
Form of Motorola, Inc. Award Document for the Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2006, Terms and Conditions Related to Employee Nonqualified Stock Options for Paul J. Liska (Market-based vesting).
 
Form of Motorola Stock Option Consideration Agreement for Paul J. Liska
 
Form of Motorola, Inc. Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for Paul J. Liska relating to the Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2006 (Sign-on Grant)
 
Form of Motorola, Inc. Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for Paul J. Liska relating to the Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2006


Table of Contents

126

 
Form of Deferred Stock Units Agreement between Motorola, Inc. and its non-employee directors, relating to the deferred stock units issued in lieu of cash compensation to directors under the Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2006 or any successor plan
 
Form of Deferred Stock Units Award Agreement between Motorola, Inc. and its non-employee directors under the Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2006 or any successor plan
 
Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2003
 
Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2002
 
Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2000
 
Motorola Compensation/Acquisition Plan of 2000
 
Motorola Amended and Restated Incentive Plan of 1998
 
Share Option Plan of 1996
 
Form of Motorola, Inc. Award Document—Terms and Conditions Related to Non-Employee Director Nonqualified Stock Options relating to the Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2002
 
Form of Motorola, Inc. Award Document—Terms and Conditions Related to Employee Nonqualified Stock Options, relating to the Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2003, the Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2002, the Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2000, the Motorola Amended and Restated Incentive Plan of 1998 and the Motorola Compensation/Acquisition Plan of 2000 (collectively the “Prior Plans”)
 
Form of Motorola, Inc. Restricted Stock Agreement, relating to the Prior Plans
 
Form of Motorola, Inc. Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (Cliff Vesting) relating to the Prior Plans
 
Form of Motorola, Inc. Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (Periodic Vesting), relating to the Prior Plans
 
Form of Motorola, Inc. Award Document—Terms and Conditions Related to Employee Nonqualified Stock Options for Edward J. Zander, relating to the Prior Plans
 
Form of Motorola, Inc. Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for Edward J. Zander relating to the Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2003, as amended for grants on or after May 3, 2005
 
Form of Motorola, Inc. Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for Edward J. Zander relating to the Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2003
 
Form of Deferred Stock Units Agreement between Motorola, Inc. and its non-employee directors, relating to the deferred stock units issued in lieu of cash compensation to directors under the Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2003
 
Motorola Non-Employee Directors Stock Plan
 
2006 Motorola Incentive Plan
 
Motorola Long-Range Incentive Plan (LRIP) of 2005
 
Motorola Long-Range Incentive Plan (LRIP) of 2006
 
Motorola Elected Officers Supplementary Retirement Plan
 
Motorola Management Deferred Compensation Plan
 
Motorola, Inc. Senior Officer Change in Control Severance Plan
 
Motorola, Inc. Retiree Basic Life Insurance for Elected Officers prior to January 1, 2004 who retire after January 1, 2005
 
Arrangement for directors’ fees for non-employee directors
 
Insurance covering non-employee directors and their spouses


Table of Contents

127

 
Description of Certain Compensatory Arrangements between Motorola, Inc. and Gregory Q. Brown
 
Description of Certain Compensatory Arrangements between Motorola, Inc. and Paul J. Liska
 
Employment Agreement between Motorola, Inc. and Edward J. Zander dated as of December 15, 2003, as amended
 
Chairman/CEO Retirement Term Sheet dated November 29, 2007 for Edward J. Zander
 
Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between Thomas J. Meredith and Motorola, Inc.
 
Agreement between Motorola, Inc. and Adrian Nemcek dated July 18, 2006
 
Agreement between Motorola, Inc. and David Devonshire dated September 18, 2007
 
Agreement between Ruth Fattori and Motorola, Inc. dated December 20, 2007
 
  (b)  Exhibits:
 
See Item 15(a)3 above.


Table of Contents

128

 
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
 
The Board of Directors
Motorola, Inc.:
 
We consent to incorporation by reference in the registration statements on Forms S-8 (Nos. 33-59285, 333-51847, 333-88735, 333-36308, 333-37114, 333-53120, 333-60560, 333-60612, 333-60976, 333-87724, 333-87728, 333-87730, 333-104259, 333-105107, 333-123879, 333-133736 and 333-142845) and S-3 (Nos. 333-75940, 333-76637 and 333-36320) of Motorola, Inc. of our reports dated February 28, 2008, with respect to the consolidated balance sheets of Motorola, Inc. and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2007 and 2006, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2007, and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2007, which reports appear in the December 31, 2007 annual report on Form 10-K of Motorola, Inc. Our report on the consolidated financial statements refers to the adoption of the provisions of Financial Accounting Standards Board Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes, effective January 1, 2007, Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123 (revised 2004), Share-Based Payment , effective January 1, 2006, and Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 158, Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans—an amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106, and 132(R) , effective December 31, 2006.
 
-S- KPMG LLP
 
Chicago, Illinois
February 28, 2008


Table of Contents

129

 
SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, Motorola, Inc. has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
 
MOTOROLA, INC.
 
  By: 
/s/   Gregory Q. Brown
Gregory Q. Brown
President and Chief Executive Officer
 
February 28, 2008
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of Motorola, Inc. and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
             
Signature   Title   Date
 
         
/s/   Gregory Q. Brown

Gregory Q. Brown
  President and Chief Executive Officer
and Director
(Principal Executive Officer)
  February 28, 2008
         
/s/   Thomas J. Meredith

Thomas J. Meredith
  Executive Vice President,
Acting Chief Financial Officer
and Director
(Principal Financial Officer)
  February 28, 2008
         
/s/   Marc E. Rothman

Marc E. Rothman
  Senior Vice President, Finance
and Corporate Controller
(Principal Accounting Officer)
  February 28, 2008
         
/s/   Edward J. Zander

Edward J. Zander
  Chairman of the Board   February 28, 2008
         
/s/   David W. Dorman

David W. Dorman
  Director   February 28, 2008
         
/s/   Judy C. Lewent

Judy C. Lewent
  Director   February 28, 2008
         
/s/   Nicholas Negroponte

Nicholas Negroponte
  Director   February 28, 2008
         
/s/   Samuel C. Scott III

Samuel C. Scott III
  Director   February 28, 2008
         
/s/   Ron Sommer

Ron Sommer
  Director   February 28, 2008
         
/s/   James R. Stengel

James R. Stengel
  Director   February 28, 2008


Table of Contents

130

             
Signature   Title   Date
 
         
/s/   Anthony J. Vinciquerra

Anthony J. Vinciquerra
  Director   February 28, 2008
         
/s/   Douglas A. Warner III

Douglas A. Warner III
  Director   February 28, 2008
         
/s/   Dr. John A. White

Dr. John A. White
  Director   February 28, 2008
         
/s/   Miles D. White

Miles D. White
  Director   February 28, 2008


Table of Contents

131

 
EXHIBIT INDEX
 
         
Exhibit No.
 
Exhibit
 
  2 .1   Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of September 18, 2006, among Motorola, Inc., Motorola GTG Subsidiary I Corp. and Symbol Technologies, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to Motorola’s Report on Form 8-K filed on September 25, 2006 (File No. 1-7221)).
         
  2 .2   Amendment No. 1, dated as of October 30, 2006, to Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of September 18, 2006, among Motorola, Inc., Motorola GTG Subsidiary I Corp. and Symbol Technologies, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.2 to Motorola’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended September 30, 2006) (File No. 1-7221)).
         
  3 .1   Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Motorola, Inc., as amended through May 3, 2000 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3(i)(b) to Motorola’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended April 1, 2000) (File No. 1-7221)).
         
  3 .2   Motorola, Inc. Amended and Restated Bylaws as of February 23, 2006 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to Motorola’s Report on Form 8-K filed March 1, 2006 (File No. 1-7221)).
         
  4 .1(a)   Senior Indenture, dated as of May 1, 1995, between The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A. (as successor Trustee to JPMorgan Chase Bank (as successor in interest to Bank One Trust Company) and BNY Midwest Trust Company (as successor in interest to Harris Trust and Savings Bank) and Motorola, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(d) of the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-3 dated September 25, 1995 (Registration No. 33-62911)).
         
  4 .1(b)   Instrument of Resignation, Appointment and Acceptance, dated as of January 22, 2001, among Motorola, Inc., Bank One Trust Company, N.A. and BNY Midwest Trust Company (as successor in interest to Harris Trust and Savings Bank) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2(b) to Motorola’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2000 (File No. 1-7221)).
         
        Certain instruments defining the rights of holders of long-term debt of Motorola and of all its subsidiaries for which consolidated or unconsolidated financial statements are required to be filed are being omitted pursuant to paragraph(4)(iii)(A) of Item 601 of Regulation S-K. Motorola agrees to furnish a copy of any such instrument to the Commission upon request.
         
  *10 .1   Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2006 (As Amended and Restated as of January 30, 2008).
         
  10 .2   Form of Motorola, Inc. Award Document—Terms and Conditions Related to Employee Nonqualified Stock Options relating to the Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2006 for grants on or after February 11, 2007 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.37 to Motorola’s Report on Form 8-K filed on February 15, 2007 (File No. 1-7221)).
         
  10 .3   Form of Motorola, Inc. Restricted Stock Unit Agreement relating to the Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2006 for grants on or after February 27, 2007 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Motorola’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006 (File No. 1-27221)).
         
  10 .4   Form of Motorola Stock Option Consideration Agreement for grants on or after February 27, 2007 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Motorola’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006 (File No. 1-27221)).
         
  10 .5   Form of Motorola, Inc. Award Document—Terms and Conditions Related to Employee Nonqualified Stock Options for Edward J. Zander, relating to the Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2006 or any successor plan for grants on or after February 11, 2007 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to Motorola’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006 (File No. 1-27221)).


Table of Contents

132

         
Exhibit No.
 
Exhibit
 
  10 .6   Form of Motorola, Inc. Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for Edward J. Zander relating to the Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan for 2006 for grants on or after February 11, 2007 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to Motorola’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006 (File No. 1-27221)).
         
  10 .7   Form of Motorola Stock Option Consideration Agreement for Edward J. Zander for grants on or after May 2, 2006 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.41 to Motorola’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended July 1, 2006) ( File No. 1-7221)).
         
  10 .8   Motorola, Inc. Award Document for the Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2006, Terms and Conditions Related to Employee Nonqualified Stock Options, granted to Edward J. Zander on May 8, 2007 (Market-based vesting) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.40 to Motorola’s Report on Form 8-K filed on May 14, 2007 (File No. 1-7221)).
         
  *10 .9   Motorola, Inc. Award Document for the Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2006, Terms and Conditions Related to Employee Nonqualified Stock Options granted to Gregory Q. Brown on January 31, 2008 (Market-based vesting).
         
  *10 .10   Form of Motorola Stock Option Consideration Agreement for Gregory Q. Brown for grants on or after January 31, 2008.
         
  *10 .11   Form of Motorola, Inc. Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for Gregory Q. Brown relating to the Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2006 for grants on or after January 31, 2008.
         
  *10 .12   Form of Motorola, Inc. Award Document for the Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2006, Terms and Conditions Related to Employee Nonqualified Stock Options for Paul J. Liska (Sign-on Grant).
         
  *10 .13   Form of Motorola, Inc. Award Document for the Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2006, Terms and Conditions Related to Employee Nonqualified Stock Options for Paul J. Liska (Market-based vesting).
         
  *10 .14   Form of Motorola Stock Option Consideration Agreement for Paul J. Liska.
         
  *10 .15   Form of Motorola, Inc. Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for Paul J. Liska relating to the Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2006 (Sign-on Grant).
         
  *10 .16   Form of Motorola, Inc. Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for Paul J. Liska relating to the Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2006.
         
  10 .17   Form of Deferred Stock Units Agreement between Motorola, Inc. and its non-employee directors, relating to the deferred stock units issued in lieu of cash compensation to directors under the Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2006 or any successor plan, for acquisitions on or after February 11, 2007 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to Motorola’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006 (File No. 1-27221)).
         
  10 .18   Form of Deferred Stock Units Award Agreement between Motorola, Inc. and its non-employee directors under the Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2006 or any successor plan for grants on or after February 11, 2007 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to Motorola’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006 (File No. 1-27221)).
         
  10 .19   Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2003, as amended through April 2, 2004 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Motorola’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended April 3, 2004 (File No. 1-7221)).
         
  10 .20   Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2002, as amended through April 2, 2004 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Motorola’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended April 3, 2004 (File No. 1-7221)).


Table of Contents

133

         
Exhibit No.
 
Exhibit
 
  10 .21   Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2000, as amended through April 2, 2004 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Motorola’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended April 3, 2004 (File No. 1-7221)).
         
  10 .22   Motorola Compensation/ Acquisition Plan of 2000, as amended through April 2, 2004 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Motorola’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended April 3, 2004 (File No. 1-7221)).
         
  10 .23   Motorola Amended and Restated Incentive Plan of 1998, as amended through April 2, 2004 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to Motorola’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended April 3, 2004 (File No. 1-7221)).
         
  10 .24   Share Option Plan of 1996, as amended through May 7, 1997 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to Motorola’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2002 (File No. 1-7221)).
         
  10 .25   Form of Motorola, Inc. Award Document—Terms and Conditions Related to Non-Employee Director Nonqualified Stock Options relating to the Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2002 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Motorola’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended March 30, 2002 (File No. 1-7221)).
         
  10 .26   Form of Motorola, Inc. Award Document—Terms and Conditions Related to Employee Nonqualified Stock Options, relating to the Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2003, the Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2002, the Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2000, the Motorola Amended and Restated Incentive Plan of 1998 and the Motorola Compensation/ Acquisition Plan of 2000 for grants on or after May 2, 2005 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.46 to Motorola’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended April 2, 2005 (File No. 1-7221)).
         
  10 .27   Form of Motorola, Inc. Restricted Stock Agreement, relating to the Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2003, the Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2002, the Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2000 and the Motorola Compensation/Acquisition Plan of 2000, for grants on or after July 29, 2004 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to Motorola’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended July 3, 2004 (File No. 1-7221)).
         
  10 .28   Form of Motorola, Inc. Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (Cliff Vesting), relating to the Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2003, the Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2002, the Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2000 and the Motorola Compensation/ Acquisition Plan of 2000, for grants on or after July 29, 2004 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to Motorola’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended July 3, 2004 (File No. 1-7221)).
         
  10 .29   Form of Motorola, Inc. Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (Periodic Vesting), relating to the Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2003, the Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2002, the Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2000 and the Motorola Compensation/ Acquisition Plan of 2000, for grants on or after July 29, 2004 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.34 to Motorola’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended July 3, 2004 (File No. 1-7221)).
         
  10 .30   Form of Motorola, Inc. Award Document—Terms and Conditions Related to Employee Nonqualified Stock Options for Edward J. Zander, relating to the Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2003, the Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2002, the Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2000 and the Motorola Amended and Restated Incentive Plan of 1998, for grants on or after February 14, 2005 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.24(b) to Motorola’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004 (File No. 1-7221)).
         
  10 .31   Form of Motorola, Inc. Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for Edward J. Zander, relating to the Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2003, for grants on or after May 3, 2005 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit No. 10.45 to Motorola’s Report on Form 8-K filed on May 6, 2005 (File No. 1-7221)).


Table of Contents

134

         
Exhibit No.
 
Exhibit
 
  10 .32   Form of Motorola, Inc. Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for Edward J. Zander, relating to the Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2003 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.33 to Motorola’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended April 3, 2004 (File No. 1-7221)).
         
  10 .33   Form of Deferred Stock Units Agreement between Motorola, Inc. and its non-employee directors, relating to the deferred stock units issued in lieu of cash compensation to directors under the Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2003 or any successor plan, for acquisitions from January 1, 2006 to February 11, 2007 (incorporated by reference to Motorola’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005 (File No. 1-7221)).
         
  10 .34   Motorola Non-Employee Directors Stock Plan, as amended and restated on May 6, 2003 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20 to Motorola’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended March 29, 2003 (File No. 1-7221)).
         
  *10 .35   2006 Motorola Incentive Plan (As Amended and Restated as of January 30, 2008).
         
  *10 .36   Motorola Long-Range Incentive Plan (LRIP) of 2005 (As Amended and Restated as of January 30, 2008).
         
  *10 .37   Motorola Long-Range Incentive Plan (LRIP) of 2006 (As Amended and Restated as of January 30, 2008).
         
  10 .38   Motorola Elected Officers Supplementary Retirement Plan, as amended through May 8, 2007 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit No. 10.29 to Motorola’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2007 (File No. 1-7221)).
         
  10 .39   Motorola Management Deferred Compensation Plan, as amended through May 2, 2006 (incorporated by reference to Motorola’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended April 1, 2006 (File No. 1-7221)).
         
  10 .40   Motorola, Inc. Senior Officer Change in Control Severance Plan, amended on May 2, 2006 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.30 to Motorola’s Annual Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended April 1, 2006 (File No. 1-7221)).
         
  10 .41   Motorola, Inc. Retiree Basic Life Insurance for Elected Officers prior to January 1, 2004 who retire after January 1, 2005 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.36 to Motorola’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004 (File No. 1-7221)).
         
  10 .42   Arrangement for directors’ fees and retirement plan for non-employee directors (description incorporated by reference from the information under the caption “How Are the Directors Compensated?” of Motorola’s Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on May 5, 2008 (“Motorola Proxy Statement”)).
         
  10 .43   Insurance covering non-employee directors and their spouses (including a description incorporated by reference from the information under the caption “How Are the Directors Compensated?” of the Motorola Proxy Statement and to Exhibit 10.38 to Motorola’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004 (File No. 1-7221)).
         
  *10 .44   Description of Certain Compensatory Arrangements between Motorola, Inc. and Gregory Q. Brown.
         
  *10 .45   Description of Certain Compensatory Arrangements between Motorola, Inc. and Paul J. Liska.
         
  10 .46   Employment Agreement between Motorola, Inc. and Edward J. Zander dated as of December 15, 2003 as amended through May 11, 2007 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.35 to Motorola’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2007 (File No. 1-7221)).
         
  *10 .47   Chairman/CEO Retirement Term Sheet dated November 29, 2007 for Edward J. Zander.


Table of Contents

135

         
Exhibit No.
 
Exhibit
 
  *10 .48   Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between Thomas J. Meredith and Motorola, Inc. (As Amended January 30, 2008).
         
  10 .49   Agreement between Motorola, Inc. and Adrian Nemcek dated July 18, 2006 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.45 to Motorola’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended July 1, 2006 (File No. 1-7221)).
         
  10 .50   Agreement between Motorola, Inc. and David Devonshire dated September 18, 2007 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.41 to Motorola’s Report on Form 8-K filed on September 19, 2007 (File No. 1-7221)).
         
  *10 .51   Agreement between Ruth Fattori and Motorola, Inc. dated December 20, 2007.
         
  *12     Statement regarding Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges.
         
  *21     Subsidiaries of Motorola.
         
  23     Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, see page 128 of the Annual Report on Form 10-K of which this Exhibit Index is a part.
         
  *31 .1   Certification of Gregory Q. Brown pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
         
  *31 .2   Certification of Thomas J. Meredith pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
         
  *32 .1   Certification of Gregory Q. Brown pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
         
  *32 .2   Certification of Thomas J. Meredith pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 
 
* Filed herewith
 

Exhibit 10.1
MOTOROLA OMNIBUS INCENTIVE PLAN OF 2006
(As Amended and Restated as of January 30, 2008)
     1.  Purpose . The purposes of the Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2006 (the “Plan”) are (i) to encourage outstanding individuals to accept or continue employment with Motorola, Inc. (“Motorola” or the “Company”) and its Subsidiaries or to serve as directors of Motorola, and (ii) to furnish maximum incentive to those persons to improve operations and increase profits and to strengthen the mutuality of interest between those persons and Motorola’s stockholders by providing them stock options and other stock and cash incentives.
     2.  Administration . The Plan will be administered by a Committee (the “Committee”) of the Motorola Board of Directors consisting of two or more directors as the Board may designate from time to time, each of whom shall satisfy such requirements as:
          (a) the Securities and Exchange Commission may establish for administrators acting under plans intended to qualify for exemption under Rule 16b-3 or its successor under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”);
          (b) the New York Stock Exchange may establish pursuant to its rule-making authority; and
          (c) the Internal Revenue Service may establish for outside directors acting under plans intended to qualify for exemption under Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”).
The Compensation and Leadership Committee shall serve as the Committee administering the Plan until such time as the Board designates a different Committee.
The Committee shall have the discretionary authority to construe and interpret the Plan and any benefits granted thereunder, to establish and amend rules for Plan administration, to change the terms and conditions of options and other benefits at or after grant, to correct any defect or supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan or in any option or other benefit granted under the Plan, and to make all other determinations which it deems necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan. The determinations of the Committee shall be made in accordance with their judgment as to the best interests of Motorola and its stockholders and in

 


 

accordance with the purposes of the Plan. Any determination of the Committee under the Plan may be made without notice or meeting of the Committee, in writing signed by all the Committee members. The Committee may authorize one or more officers of the Company to select employees to participate in the Plan and to determine the number of option shares and other awards to be granted to such participants, except with respect to awards to officers subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act or officers who are, or who are reasonably expected to be, “covered employees” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code (“Covered Employees”) and any reference in the Plan to the Committee shall include such officer or officers.
     3.  Participants . Participants may consist of all employees of Motorola and its Subsidiaries and all non-employee directors of Motorola; provided, however, the following individuals shall be excluded from participation in the plan: (a) contract labor (including without limitation black badges, brown badges, contractors, consultants, contract employees and job shoppers) regardless of length of service; (b) employees whose base wage or base salary is not processed for payment by a Payroll Department of Motorola or any Subsidiary; (c) any individual performing services under an independent contractor or consultant agreement, a purchase order, a supplier agreement or any other agreement that the Company enters into for service. Any corporation or other entity in which a 50% or greater interest is at the time directly or indirectly owned by Motorola and which Motorola consolidates for financial reporting purposes shall be a “Subsidiary” for purposes of the Plan. Designation of a participant in any year shall not require the Committee to designate that person to receive a benefit in any other year or to receive the same type or amount of benefit as granted to the participant in any other year or as granted to any other participant in any year. The Committee shall consider all factors that it deems relevant in selecting participants and in determining the type and amount of their respective benefits.
     4.  Shares Available under the Plan . There is hereby reserved for issuance under the Plan an aggregate of 80 million shares of Motorola common stock. In connection with approving this Plan, and contingent upon receipt of stockholder approval of this Plan, the Board of Directors has approved a merger of the Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2003, Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2002, the Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2000, and the Motorola Amended and Restated Incentive Plan of 1998 (collectively, the “Prior Plans”) into this

2


 

Plan, so that on or after the date this Plan is approved by stockholders, the maximum number of shares reserved for issuance under this Plan shall not exceed (a) the total number of shares reserved for issuance under this Plan plus (b) the number of shares approved and available for grant under the Prior Plans as of the date of such stockholder approval plus (c) any shares that become available for issuance pursuant to the remainder of this section 4. If there is (i) a lapse, expiration, termination, forfeiture or cancellation of any Stock Option or other benefit outstanding under this Plan, a Prior Plan or under the Motorola Share Option Plan of 1996 (the “1996 Plan”), prior to the issuance of shares thereunder or (ii) a forfeiture of any shares of restricted stock or shares subject to stock awards granted under this Plan, a Prior Plan or the 1996 Plan prior to vesting, then the shares subject to these options or other benefits shall be added to the shares available for benefits under the Plan (to the extent permitted under the terms of the Prior Plans or the 1996 Plan if the award originally occurred under such plan). Shares covered by a benefit granted under the Plan shall not be counted as used unless and until they are actually issued and delivered to a participant. Any shares covered by a Stock Appreciation Right (including a Stock Appreciation Right settled in stock which the Committee, in its discretion, may substitute for an outstanding Stock Option) shall be counted as used only to the extent shares are actually issued to the participant upon exercise of the right. In addition, any shares of common stock exchanged by an optionee as full or partial payment of the exercise price under any stock option exercised under the Plan, any shares retained by Motorola to comply with applicable income tax withholding requirements, and any shares covered by a benefit which is settled in cash, shall be added to the shares available for benefits under the Plan (to the extent permitted under the terms of the Prior Plans or the 1996 Plan if the award originally occurred under such plan). All shares issued under the Plan may be either authorized and unissued shares or issued shares reacquired by Motorola. All of the available shares may, but need not, be issued pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options (as defined in Section 422 of the Code); provided, however, notwithstanding an Option’s designation, to the extent that Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by the Participant during any calendar year with respect to Shares whose aggregate Fair Market Value exceeds $100,000 (regardless of whether such Incentive Stock Options were granted under this Plan, the Prior Plans or the 1996 Plan), such Options shall be treated as nonqualified Stock Options.
          Under the Plan, no participant may receive in any calendar year (i) Stock Options

3


 

relating to more than 3,000,000 shares, (ii) Stock Appreciation Rights relating to more than 3,000,000 shares, (iii) Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units relating to more than 1,500,000 shares, (iv) Performance Shares relating to more than 1,500,000 shares, or (v) Deferred Stock Units relating to more than 50,000 shares. No non-employee director may receive in any calendar year Stock Options relating to more than 50,000 shares or Restricted Stock Units or Deferred Stock Units relating to more than 50,000 shares.
          The shares reserved for issuance and each of the limitations set forth above shall be subject to adjustment in accordance with section 16 hereof.
     5.  Types of Benefits . Benefits under the Plan shall consist of Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Deferred Stock Units, Performance Shares, Performance Cash Awards, Annual Management Incentive Awards and Other Stock or Cash Awards, all as described below.
     6.  Stock Options . Stock Options may be granted to participants, at any time as determined by the Committee. The Committee shall determine the number of shares subject to each option and whether the option is an Incentive Stock Option. The exercise price for each option shall be determined by the Committee but shall not be less than 100% of the fair market value of Motorola’s common stock on the date the option is granted. Each option shall expire at such time as the Committee shall determine at the time of grant. Options shall be exercisable at such time and subject to such terms and conditions as the Committee shall determine; provided, however, that no option shall be exercisable later than the tenth anniversary of its grant. The exercise price, upon exercise of any option, shall be payable to Motorola in full by (a) cash payment or its equivalent, (b) tendering previously acquired shares having a fair market value at the time of exercise equal to the exercise price or certification of ownership of such previously-acquired shares, (c) to the extent permitted by applicable law, delivery of a properly executed exercise notice, together with irrevocable instructions to a broker to promptly deliver to Motorola the amount of sale proceeds from the option shares or loan proceeds to pay the exercise price and any withholding taxes due to Motorola, and (d) such other methods of payment as the Committee, at its discretion, deems appropriate. In no event shall the Committee cancel any

4


 

outstanding Stock Option for the purpose of reissuing the option to the participant at a lower exercise price or reduce the exercise price of an outstanding option.
     7.  Stock Appreciation Rights . Stock Appreciation Rights (“SARs”) may be granted to participants at any time as determined by the Committee. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the Committee may, in its discretion, substitute SARs which can be settled only in stock for outstanding Stock Options. The grant price of a substitute SAR shall be equal to the exercise price of the related option and the substitute SAR shall have substantive terms ( e.g., duration) that are equivalent to the related option. The grant price of any other SAR shall be equal to the fair market value of Motorola’s common stock on the date of its grant. An SAR may be exercised upon such terms and conditions and for the term as the Committee in its sole discretion determines; provided, however, that the term shall not exceed the option term in the case of a substitute SAR or ten years in the case of any other SAR and the terms and conditions applicable to a substitute SAR shall be substantially the same as those applicable to the Stock Option which it replaces. Upon exercise of an SAR, the participant shall be entitled to receive payment from Motorola in an amount determined by multiplying the excess of the fair market value of a share of common stock on the date of exercise over the grant price of the SAR by the number of shares with respect to which the SAR is exercised. The payment may be made in cash or stock, at the discretion of the Committee, except in the case of a substitute SAR payment may be made only in stock. In no event shall the Committee cancel any outstanding SAR for the purpose of reissuing the right to the participant at a lower grant price or reduce the grant price of an outstanding SAR.
     8.  Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units . Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units may be awarded or sold to participants under such terms and conditions as shall be established by the Committee. Restricted Stock provides participants the rights to receive shares after vesting in accordance with the terms of such grant upon the attainment of certain conditions specified by the Committee. Restricted Stock Units provide participants the right to receive shares at a future date after vesting in accordance with the terms of such grant upon the attainment of certain conditions specified by the Committee. Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units shall be subject to such restrictions as the Committee determines, including, without limitation, any of the following:

5


 

          (a) a prohibition against sale, assignment, transfer, pledge, hypothecation or other encumbrance for a specified period;
          (b) a requirement that the holder forfeit (or in the case of shares or units sold to the participant, resell to Motorola at cost) such shares or units in the event of termination of employment during the period of restriction; or
          (c) the attainment of performance goals including without limitation those described in section 14 hereof.
All restrictions shall expire at such times as the Committee shall specify. In the Committee’s discretion, participants may be entitled to dividends or dividend equivalents on awards of Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units.
     9.  Deferred Stock Units . Deferred Stock Units provide a participant a vested right to receive shares of common stock in lieu of other compensation at termination of employment or service or at a specific future designated date. In the Committee’s discretion, Deferred Stock Units may include the right to be credited with dividend equivalents in accordance with the terms and conditions of the units.
     10.  Performance Shares . The Committee shall designate the participants to whom long-term performance stock (“Performance Shares”) is to be awarded and determine the number of shares, the length of the performance period and the other terms and conditions of each such award; provided the stated performance period will not be less than 12 months. Each award of Performance Shares shall entitle the participant to a payment in the form of shares of common stock upon the attainment of performance goals and other terms and conditions specified by the Committee.
          Notwithstanding satisfaction of any performance goals, the number of shares issued under a Performance Shares award may be adjusted by the Committee on the basis of such further consideration as the Committee in its sole discretion shall determine. However, the Committee may not, in any event, increase the number of shares earned upon satisfaction of any performance goal by any participant who is a Covered Employee (as defined in section 2 above). The Committee may, in its discretion, make a cash payment equal to the fair market value of

6


 

shares of common stock otherwise required to be issued to a participant pursuant to a Performance Share award.
     11.  Performance Cash Awards . The Committee shall designate the participants to whom cash incentives based upon long-term performance (“Performance Cash Awards”) are to be awarded and determine the amount of the award and the terms and conditions of each such award; provided the stated performance period will not be less than 12 months. Each Performance Cash Award shall entitle the participant to a payment in cash upon the attainment of performance goals and other terms and conditions specified by the Committee.
          Notwithstanding the satisfaction of any performance goals, the amount to be paid under a Performance Cash Award may be adjusted by the Committee on the basis of such further consideration as the Committee in its sole discretion shall determine. However, the Committee may not, in any event, increase the amount earned under Performance Cash Awards upon satisfaction of any performance goal by any participant who is a Covered Employee (as defined in section 2 above) and the maximum amount earned by a Covered Employee in any calendar year may not exceed $10,000,000. The Committee may, in its discretion, substitute actual shares of common stock for the cash payment otherwise required to be made to a participant pursuant to a Performance Cash Award.
     12.  Annual Management Incentive Awards . The Committee may designate Motorola executive officers who are eligible to receive a monetary payment in any calendar year based on a percentage of an incentive pool equal to 5% of Motorola’s “consolidated earnings before income taxes” (as defined below) for the calendar year. The Committee shall allocate an incentive pool percentage to each designated executive officer for each calendar year. In no event may the incentive pool percentage for any one executive officer exceed 30% of the total pool.
          For the purposes hereof, “consolidated earnings before income taxes” shall mean the consolidated earnings before income taxes of the Company, computed in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, but shall exclude the effects of: the following items, if and only if, such items are separately identified in the Company’s quarterly earnings press releases: (i) extraordinary, unusual and/or non-recurring items of gain or loss, (ii) gains or losses

7


 

on the disposition of a business or investment, (iii) changes in tax or accounting regulations or laws, or (iv) the effect of a merger or acquisition.
          As soon as possible after the determination of the incentive pool for a Plan year, the Committee shall calculate the executive officer’s allocated portion of the incentive pool based upon the percentage established at the beginning of the calendar year. The executive officer’s incentive award then shall be determined by the Committee based on the executive officer’s allocated portion of the incentive pool subject to adjustment in the sole discretion of the Committee. In no event may the portion of the incentive pool allocated to an executive officer who is a Covered Employee (as defined in section 2 above) be increased in any way, including as a result of the reduction of any other executive officer’s allocated portion.
     13.  Other Stock or Cash Awards . In addition to the incentives described in sections 6 through 12 above, the Committee may grant other incentives payable in cash or in common stock under the Plan as it determines to be in the best interests of Motorola and subject to such other terms and conditions as it deems appropriate; provided an outright grant of stock will not be made unless it is offered in exchange for cash compensation that has otherwise already been earned by the recipient.
     14.  Performance Goals . Awards of Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Performance Shares, Performance Cash Awards and other incentives under the Plan to a Covered Employee (as defined in section 2) may be made subject to the attainment of performance goals relating to one or more business criteria within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code, including, but not limited to, cash flow; cost; ratio of debt to debt plus equity; profit before tax; economic profit; earnings before interest and taxes; earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization; earnings per share; operating earnings; economic value added; ratio of operating earnings to capital spending; free cash flow; net profit; net sales; sales growth; price of Motorola common stock; return on net assets, equity or stockholders’ equity; market share; or total return to stockholders (“Performance Criteria”). Any Performance Criteria may be used to measure the performance of the Company as a whole or any business unit of the Company and may be measured relative to a peer group or index. Performance Criteria shall be calculated in accordance with the Company’s financial statements (including without limitation the Company’s “consolidated earnings before income taxes” as defined in section 12), generally

8


 

accepted accounting principles, or under an objective methodology established by the Committee prior to the issuance of an award which is consistently applied. However, the Committee may not in any event increase the amount of compensation payable to a Covered Employee upon the attainment of a performance goal.
     15.  Change in Control . Except as otherwise determined by the Committee at the time of grant of an award, upon a Change in Control of Motorola, (i) all outstanding Stock Options and SARs shall become vested and exercisable; (ii) all restrictions on Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units shall lapse; (iii) all performance goals shall be deemed achieved at target levels and all other terms and conditions met; (iv) all Performance Shares shall be delivered, all Performance Cash Awards, Deferred Stock Units and Restricted Stock Units shall be paid out as promptly as practicable; (v) all Annual Management Incentive Awards shall be paid out at target levels (or earned levels, if greater) and all other terms and conditions deemed met; and (vi) all Other Stock or Cash Awards shall be delivered or paid; provided, however, that the treatment of outstanding awards set forth above (referred to herein as “accelerated treatment”) shall not apply if and to the extent that such awards are assumed by the successor corporation (or parent thereof) or are replaced with an award that preserves the existing value of the award at the time of the Change in Control and provides for subsequent payout in accordance with the same vesting schedule applicable to the original award; provided, however, that with respect to any awards that are assumed or replaced, such assumed or replaced awards shall provide for the accelerated treatment with respect to any participant that is involuntarily terminated (for a reason other than “Cause”) or quits for “Good Reason” within 24 months of the Change in Control.
The term “Cause” shall mean, with respect to any participant, (i) the participant’s conviction of any criminal violation involving dishonesty, fraud or breach of trust or (ii) the participant’s willful engagement in gross misconduct in the performance of the participant’s duties that materially injures the Company or a Subsidiary.
The term Good Reason shall mean, with respect to any participant, without such participant’s written consent, (i) the participant is assigned duties materially inconsistent with his position, duties, responsibilities and status with the Company

9


 

or a Subsidiary during the 90-day period immediately preceding a Change in Control, or the participant’s position, authority, duties or responsibilities are materially diminished from those in effect during the 90-day period immediately preceding a Change in Control (whether or not occurring solely as a result of the Company ceasing to be a publicly traded entity), (ii) the Company reduces the participant’s annual base salary or target incentive opportunity under the Company’s annual incentive plan, such target incentive opportunity as in effect during the 90-day period immediately prior to the Change in Control, or as the same may be increased from time to time, unless such target incentive opportunity is replaced by a substantially equivalent substitute opportunity, (iii) the Company or a Subsidiary requires the participant regularly to perform his duties of employment beyond a fifty (50) mile radius from the location of the participant’s employment immediately prior to the Change in Control, or (iv) the Company purports to terminate the Participant’s employment other than pursuant to a notice of termination which indicates the Participant’s employment has been terminated for “Cause” (as defined above) and sets forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of the Participant’s employment.
A “Change in Control” shall mean:
     A Change in Control of a nature that would be required to be reported in response to Item 6(e) of Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A promulgated under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision thereto, whether or not Motorola is then subject to such reporting requirement; provided that, without limitation, such a Change in Control shall be deemed to have occurred if (a) any “person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Section 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of Motorola representing 20% or more of the combined voting power of Motorola’s then outstanding securities (other than Motorola or any employee benefit plan of Motorola; and, for purposes of the Plan, no Change in Control shall be deemed to have occurred as a result of

10


 

the “beneficial ownership,” or changes therein, of Motorola’s securities by either of the foregoing), (b) there shall be consummated (i) any consolidation or merger of Motorola in which Motorola is not the surviving or continuing corporation or pursuant to which shares of common stock would be converted into or exchanged for cash, securities or other property, other than a merger of Motorola in which the holders of common stock immediately prior to the merger have, directly or indirectly, at least a 65% ownership interest in the outstanding common stock of the surviving corporation immediately after the merger, or (ii) any sale, lease, exchange or other transfer (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) of all, or substantially all, of the assets of Motorola other than any such transaction with entities in which the holders of Motorola common stock, directly or indirectly, have at least a 65% ownership interest, (c) the stockholders of Motorola approve any plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of Motorola, or (d) as the result of, or in connection with, any cash tender offer, exchange offer, merger or other business combination, sale of assets, proxy or consent solicitation (other than by the Board), contested election or substantial stock accumulation (a “Control Transaction”), the members of the Board immediately prior to the first public announcement relating to such Control Transaction shall thereafter cease to constitute a majority of the Board.
In the event that a payment or delivery of an award following a Change in Control would not be a permissible distribution event, as defined in Section 409A(a)(2) of the Code or any regulations or other guidance issued thereunder, then the payment or delivery shall be made on the earlier of (i) the date of payment or delivery originally provided for such benefit, or (ii) the date of termination of the participant’s employment or service with the Company or six months after such termination in the case of a “specified employee” as defined in Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i).
     16.  Adjustment Provisions .
          (a) In the event of any change affecting the number, class, market price or terms of the shares of common stock by reason of stock dividend, stock split, recapitalization, reorganization, merger, consolidation, spin-off, disaffiliation of a Subsidiary, combination of shares, exchange of shares, stock rights offering, or other similar event, or any distribution to the

11


 

holders of shares of common stock other than a regular cash dividend, (any of which is referred to herein as an “equity restructuring”), then the Committee shall make an equitable substitution or adjustment in the number or class of shares which may be issued under the Plan in the aggregate or to any one participant in any calendar year and in the number, class, price or terms of shares subject to outstanding awards granted under the Plan as it deems appropriate. Such substitution or adjustment shall equalize an award’s intrinsic and fair value before and after the equity restructuring.
          (b) In direct connection with the sale, lease, distribution to stockholders, outsourcing arrangement or any other type of asset transfer or transfer of any portion of a facility or any portion of a discrete organizational unit of Motorola or a Subsidiary (a “Divestiture”), the Committee may authorize the assumption or replacement of affected participants’ awards by the spun-off facility or organization unit or by the entity that controls the spun-off facility or organizational unit following disaffiliation.
          (c) In the event of any merger, consolidation or reorganization of Motorola with or into another corporation which results in the outstanding common stock of Motorola being converted into or exchanged for different securities, cash or other property, or any combination thereof, there shall be substituted, on an equitable basis as determined by the Committee in its discretion, for each share of common stock then subject to a benefit granted under the Plan, the number and kind of shares of stock, other securities, cash or other property to which holders of common stock of Motorola will be entitled pursuant to the transaction.
     17.  Substitution and Assumption of Benefits . The Board of Directors or the Committee may authorize the issuance of benefits under this Plan in connection with the assumption of, or substitution for, outstanding benefits previously granted to individuals who become employees of Motorola or any Subsidiary as a result of any merger, consolidation, acquisition of property or stock, or reorganization, upon such terms and conditions as the Committee may deem appropriate. Any substitute Awards granted under the Plan shall not count against the share limitations set forth in section 4 hereof, to the extent permitted by Section 303A.08 of the Corporate Governance Standards of the New York Stock Exchange.

12


 

     18.  Nontransferability . Each benefit granted under the Plan shall not be transferable other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and each Stock Option and SAR shall be exercisable during the participant’s lifetime only by the participant or, in the event of disability, by the participant’s personal representative. In the event of the death of a participant, exercise of any benefit or payment with respect to any benefit shall be made only by or to the beneficiary, executor or administrator of the estate of the deceased participant or the person or persons to whom the deceased participant’s rights under the benefit shall pass by will or the laws of descent and distribution. Subject to the approval of the Committee in its sole discretion, Stock Options may be transferable to members of the immediate family of the participant and to one or more trusts for the benefit of such family members, partnerships in which such family members are the only partners, or corporations in which such family members are the only stockholders. “Members of the immediate family” means the participant’s spouse, children, stepchildren, grandchildren, parents, grandparents, siblings (including half brothers and sisters), and individuals who are family members by adoption.
     19.  Taxes . Motorola shall be entitled to withhold the amount of any tax attributable to any amounts payable or shares deliverable under the Plan, after giving notice to the person entitled to receive such payment or delivery, and Motorola may defer making payment or delivery as to any award, if any such tax is payable, until indemnified to its satisfaction. In connection with the exercise of a Stock Option or the receipt or vesting of shares hereunder, a participant may pay all or a portion of any withholding as follows: (a) with the consent of the Committee, by electing to have Motorola withhold shares of common stock having a fair market value equal to the amount required to be withheld up to the minimum required statutory withholding amount; or (b) by delivering irrevocable instructions to a broker to sell shares and to promptly deliver the sales proceeds to Motorola for amounts up to and in excess of the minimum required statutory withholding amount. For restricted stock and restricted stock unit awards, no withholding in excess of the minimum statutory withholding amount will be allowed.
     20.  Duration of the Plan . No award shall be made under the Plan more than ten years after the date of its adoption by the Board of Directors; provided, however, that the terms and conditions applicable to any option granted on or before such date may thereafter be

13


 

amended or modified by mutual agreement between Motorola and the participant, or such other person as may then have an interest therein.
     21.  Amendment and Termination . The Board of Directors or the Committee may amend the Plan from time to time or terminate the Plan at any time. However, unless expressly provided in an award or pursuant to the terms of any incentive plan implemented pursuant to this Plan, no such action shall reduce the amount of any existing award or change the terms and conditions thereof without the participant’s consent; provided, however, that the Committee may, in its discretion, substitute SARs which can be settled only in stock for outstanding Stock Options without a participant’s consent. The Company shall obtain stockholder approval of any Plan amendment to the extent necessary to comply with applicable laws, regulations, or stock exchange rules.
     22.  Fair Market Value . The fair market value of shares of Motorola’s common stock at any time shall be determined in such manner as the Committee may deem equitable, or as required by applicable law or regulation.
     23.  Other Provisions .
          (a) The award of any benefit under the Plan may also be subject to other provisions (whether or not applicable to the benefit awarded to any other participant) as the Committee determines appropriate, including provisions intended to comply with federal or state securities laws and stock exchange requirements, understandings or conditions as to the participant’s employment, requirements or inducements for continued ownership of common stock after exercise or vesting of benefits, or forfeiture of awards in the event of termination of employment shortly after exercise or vesting, or breach of noncompetition or confidentiality agreements following termination of employment, or, effective as of January 1, 2008, cancellation of awards or benefits, reimbursement of compensation paid or reimbursement of gains realized, upon certain restatements of financial results.
          (b) In the event any benefit under this Plan is granted to an employee who is employed or providing services outside the United States and who is not compensated from a payroll maintained in the United States, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, modify the provisions of the Plan as they pertain to such individuals to comply with applicable law,

14


 

regulation or accounting rules consistent with the purposes of the Plan and the Board of Directors or the Committee may, in its discretion, establish one or more sub-plans to reflect such modified provisions. All sub-plans adopted by the Committee shall be deemed to be part of the Plan, but each sub-plan shall apply only to Participants within the affected jurisdiction and the Company shall not be required to provide copies of any sub-plans to Participants in any jurisdiction which is not the subject of such sub-plan.
          (c) The Committee, in its sole discretion, may require a participant to have amounts or shares of common stock that otherwise would be paid or delivered to the participant as a result of the exercise or settlement of an award under the Plan credited to a deferred compensation or stock unit account established for the participant by the Committee on the Company’s books of account.
          (d) Neither the Plan nor any award shall confer upon a participant any right with respect to continuing the participant’s employment with the Company; nor shall they interfere in any way with the participant’s right or the Company’s right to terminate such relationship at any time, with or without cause, to the extent permitted by applicable laws and any enforceable agreement between the employee and the Company.
          (e) No fractional Shares shall be issued or delivered pursuant to the Plan or any award, and the Committee, in its discretion, shall determine whether cash, other securities, or other property shall be paid or transferred in lieu of any fractional Shares, or whether such fractional Shares or any rights thereto shall be canceled, terminated, or otherwise eliminated.
          (f) Payments and other benefits received by a participant under an award made pursuant to the Plan shall not be deemed a part of a participant’s compensation for purposes of determining the participant’s benefits under any other employee benefit plans or arrangements provided by the Company or a Subsidiary, notwithstanding any provision of such plan to the contrary, unless the Committee expressly provides otherwise in writing.
          (g) The Committee may permit participants to defer the receipt of payments of awards pursuant to such rules, procedures or programs is may establish for purposes of this Plan. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, to the extent that awards under the Plan are subject to the provisions of Section 409A of the Code, then the Plan as applied to

15


 

those amounts shall be interpreted and administered so that it is consistent with such Code section.
     24.  Governing Law . The Plan and any actions taken in connection herewith shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the state of Illinois (without regard to any state’s conflict of laws principles). Any legal action related to this Plan shall be brought only in a federal or state court located in Illinois.
     25.  Stockholder Approval . The Plan was adopted by the Board of Directors on February 23, 2006, subject to stockholder approval. The Plan and any benefits granted thereunder shall be null and void if stockholder approval is not obtained at the next annual meeting of stockholders.

16

 

Exhibit 10.9
MOTOROLA, INC.
AWARD DOCUMENT
For the
Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2006
Terms and Conditions Related to Employee Nonqualified Stock Options
                 
Recipient:
  Greg Brown   Date of Expiration:   January 31, 2018
         
Commerce ID #:
      Number of Options:   679,348
         
Date of Grant:
  January 31, 2008   Exercise Price:   $13.31
Motorola, Inc. (“Motorola” or the “Company”) is pleased to grant you options to purchase shares of Motorola’s common stock under the Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2006 (the “Plan”). The number of options (“Options”) awarded to you and the Exercise Price per Option, which is not less than 100% of the Fair Market Value on the Date of Grant, are stated above. Each Option entitles you to purchase one share of Motorola’s common stock on the terms described below and in the Plan.

Vesting and Exercisability
You cannot exercise the Options until they have vested.
Regular Vesting – If, within the three years following the Date of Grant (the “First Performance Period”), the Fair Market Value (as defined below) of Motorola common stock meets or exceeds the dollar amount set forth below on at least ten Trading Days (as defined below) within any thirty consecutive Trading Days, then the Options will vest in accordance with the following schedule:
         
Dollar Amount   Options Vested
$16.00
    226,449  
If, within the five years following the Date of Grant (the “Second Performance Period”), the Fair Market Value of Motorola common stock meets or exceeds the dollar amount set forth below on at least ten Trading Days within any thirty consecutive Trading Days, then the Options will vest in accordance with the following schedule:
         
Dollar Amount   Options Vested
$20.00
    226,449  
If, within the seven years following the Date of Grant (the “Third Performance Period,” and collectively with the First

Performance Period and the Second Performance Period, the “Performance Periods”), the Fair Market Value of Motorola common stock meets or exceeds the dollar amount set forth below on at least ten Trading Days within any thirty consecutive Trading Days, then the Options will vest in accordance with the following schedule:
         
Dollar Amount   Options Vested
$23.00
    226,450  
For purposes of this agreement, “Trading Day” means any date on which the New York Stock Exchange is open for trading. To the extent some or all of the Options do not vest prior to the end of the applicable Performance Period, then any such Options shall immediately expire at the end of such Performance Period.
Exercisability – You may exercise Options at any time after they vest and before they expire as described below.
Expiration
All Options expire on the earliest of (i) the Date of Expiration as stated above, (ii) any of the Special Expiration Dates described below, or (iii) with respect to any unvested Options, at the end of the applicable Performance Period. Once an Option expires, you no longer have the right to exercise it.


 


 

Special Expiration Dates
If any of the following events occur during a Performance Period, your Options may expire sooner than the Date of Expiration, as set forth below:
Disability — If your employment or service with Motorola or a Subsidiary is terminated because of your Total and Permanent Disability (as defined below), all of your unvested Options will automatically expire upon termination and all of your vested Options will then expire on the earlier of the first anniversary of your termination of employment or service because of your Total and Permanent Disability or the Date of Expiration stated above. Until that time, the vested Options will be exercisable by you or your guardian or legal representative.
Death — If your employment or service with Motorola or a Subsidiary is terminated because of your death, all of your unvested Options will automatically expire upon your death and all of your vested Options will then expire on the earlier of the first anniversary of your death or the Date of Expiration stated above. Until that time, with written proof of death and inheritance, the vested Options will be exercisable by your legal representative, legatees or distributees.
Change In Control — If a “Change in Control” of the Company occurs, and the successor corporation does not assume these Options or replace them with options that are at least comparable to these Options, then: (i) all of your unvested Options will be fully vested and (ii) all of your Options will be exercisable until the Date of Expiration set forth above.
Further, with respect to any Options that are assumed or replaced as described in the preceding paragraph, such assumed or replaced options shall provide that they will be fully vested and exercisable until the Date of Expiration set forth above if you are involuntarily terminated (for a reason other than “Cause”) or if you quit for “Good Reason” within 24 months of the Change in Control. For purposes of this paragraph, the terms “Change in Control”, “Cause” and “Good Reason” are defined in the Plan.
Change in Employment in Connection with a Divestiture — If you accept employment with another company in direct connection with the sale, lease, outsourcing arrangement or any other type of asset transfer

or transfer of any portion of a facility or any portion of a discrete organizational unit of Motorola or a Subsidiary, or if you remain employed by a Subsidiary that is sold or whose shares are distributed to the Motorola stockholders in a spin-off or similar transaction (a “Divestiture”), all of your unvested Options will automatically expire upon termination of your employment with Motorola and your vested Options will expire on the earlier of (i) 90 days after such Divestiture or (ii) the Date of Expiration stated above.
Termination of Employment or Service Because of Serious Misconduct — If Motorola or a Subsidiary terminates your employment or service because of Serious Misconduct (as defined below), all of your Options (vested and unvested) expire upon your termination.
Termination of Employment or Service by Motorola or a Subsidiary Other than for Serious Misconduct or a Divestiture — If Motorola or a Subsidiary on its initiative, terminates your employment or service other than for Serious Misconduct or a Divestiture, all of your unvested Options will automatically expire upon termination and all of your vested but not yet exercised Options will expire on the earlier of (i) 90 days after your termination of employment or (ii) the Date of Expiration stated above.
Termination of Employment or Service for any Other Reason than Described Above — If your employment or service with Motorola or a Subsidiary terminates for any reason other than that described above, including voluntary resignation of your employment or service, all of your unvested Options will automatically expire upon termination of your employment or service and all of your vested but not yet exercised Options will expire on the earlier of (i) the date ninety (90) days after the date of termination of your employment or service or (ii) the Date of Expiration stated above.
Leave of Absence — If you take a leave of absence from Motorola or a Subsidiary that your employer has approved in writing in accordance with your employer’s Leave of Absence Policy and which does not constitute a termination of employment as determined by Motorola or a Subsidiary the following will apply:
Vesting of Options — Options will continue to be eligible to vest during the first 90 days of your leave period in accordance with the vesting terms set forth


- 2 -


 

above. If the leave exceeds 90 days, no additional options shall vest after the 90th day. Upon your return to substantially full-time employment or service, you shall be eligible to vest in any remaining unvested options (a) after you are employed for at least thirty or more consecutive days, and (b) to the extent the Regular Vesting provisions set forth above are satisfied.
Exercising Options — You may exercise Options that are vested or that vest during the leave of absence.
Effect of Termination of Employment or Service — If your employment or service is terminated during the leave of absence, the treatment of your Options will be determined as described under “Special Expiration Dates” above.
Other Terms
Method of Exercising — You must follow the procedures for exercising options established by Motorola from time to time. At the time of exercise, you must pay the Exercise Price for all of the Options being exercised and any taxes that are required to be withheld by Motorola or a Subsidiary in connection with the exercise. Options may not be exercised for less than 50 shares unless the number of shares represented by the Option is less than 50 shares, in which case the Option must be exercised for the remaining amount.
Transferability — Unless the Committee provides, Options are not transferable other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution.
Tax Withholding — Motorola or a Subsidiary is entitled to withhold an amount equal to the required minimum statutory withholding taxes for the respective tax jurisdictions attributable to any share of common stock deliverable in connection with the exercise of the Options. You may satisfy any minimum withholding obligation and any additional withholding, if desired, by electing to have the plan administrator retain Option shares having a Fair Market Value on the date of exercise equal to the amount to be withheld.
Definition of Terms
If a term is used but not defined, it has the meaning given such term in the Plan.
“Fair Market Value” is the closing price for a share of Motorola common stock on any applicable date. The official source for the closing price is the New York

Stock Exchange Composite Transaction as reported in the Wall Street Journal at www.online.wsj.com.
“Serious Misconduct” means any misconduct identified as a ground for termination in the Motorola Code of Business Conduct, or the human resources policies, or other written policies or procedures.
“Subsidiary” means an entity of which Motorola owns directly or indirectly at least 50% and that Motorola consolidates for financial reporting purposes.
“Total and Permanent Disability” means entitlement to long-term disability benefits under the Motorola Disability Income Plan, as amended and any successor plan or a determination of a permanent and total disability under a state workers compensation statute.
Consent to Transfer Personal Data
By accepting this award, you voluntarily acknowledge and consent to the collection, use, processing and transfer of personal data as described in this paragraph. You are not obliged to consent to such collection, use, processing and transfer of personal data. However, failure to provide the consent may affect your ability to participate in the Plan. Motorola, its Subsidiaries and your employer hold certain personal information about you, that may include your name, home address and telephone number, date of birth, social security number or other employee identification number, salary, salary grade, hire date, nationality, job title, any shares of stock held in Motorola, or details of all options or any other entitlement to shares of stock awarded, canceled, purchased, vested, or unvested, for the purpose of managing and administering the Plan (“Data”). Motorola and/or its Subsidiaries will transfer Data amongst themselves as necessary for the purpose of implementation, administration and management of your participation in the Plan, and Motorola and/or any of its Subsidiaries may each further transfer Data to any third parties assisting Motorola in the implementation, administration and management of the Plan. These recipients may be located throughout the world, including the United States. You authorize them to receive, possess, use, retain and transfer the Data, in electronic or other form, for the purposes of implementing, administering and managing your participation in the Plan, including any requisite transfer of such Data as may be required for the administration of the Plan and/or the subsequent holding of shares of stock on your behalf to a broker or other third party with


- 3 -


 

whom you may elect to deposit any shares of stock acquired pursuant to the Plan. You may, at any time, review Data, require any necessary amendments to it or withdraw the consents herein in writing by contacting Motorola; however, withdrawing your consent may affect your ability to participate in the Plan.
Acknowledgement of Discretionary Nature of the Plan; No Vested Rights
You acknowledge and agree that the Plan is discretionary in nature and limited in duration, and may be amended, cancelled, or terminated by Motorola or a Subsidiary, in its sole discretion, at any time. The grant of awards under the Plan is a one-time benefit and does not create any contractual or other right to receive an award in the future or to future employment. Nor shall this or any such grant interfere with your right or the Company’s right to terminate such employment relationship at any time, with or without cause, to the extent permitted by applicable laws and any enforceable agreement between you and the Company. Future grants, if any, will be at the sole discretion of Motorola, including, but not limited to, the timing of any grant, the amount of the award, vesting provisions, and the exercise price.
No Relation to Other Benefits/Termination Indemnities
Your acceptance of this award and participation under the Plan is voluntary. The value of your stock option awarded herein is an extraordinary item of compensation outside the scope of your employment contract, if any. As such, the stock option is not part of normal or expected compensation for purposes of calculating any severance, resignation, redundancy, end of service payments, bonuses, long-service awards, pension, or retirement benefits or similar payments, notwithstanding any provision of any compensation, insurance agreement or benefit plan to the contrary.
Substitute Stock Appreciation Right
Motorola reserves the right to substitute a Stock Appreciation Right for your Option in the event certain changes are made in the accounting treatment of stock options. Any substitute Stock Appreciation Right shall be applicable to the same number of shares as your Option and shall have the same Date of Expiration, Exercise Price, and other terms and conditions. Any substitute Stock Appreciation Right may be settled only in Motorola common stock.

Acceptance of Terms and Conditions
By accepting the Options, you agree to be bound by these terms and conditions, the Plan and any and all rules and regulations established by Motorola in connection with awards issued under the Plan and any additional covenants or promises Motorola may require as a condition of the grant.
Other Information about Your Options and the Plan
You can find other information about options and the Plan on the Motorola website
http://myhr.mot.com/pay_finances/ awards_incentives/stock_options/plan_documents.jsp If you do not have access to the website, please contact Motorola Global Rewards, 1303 E. Algonquin Road, Schaumburg, IL 60196 USA; GBLRW01@Motorola.com; 847-576-7885; for an order form to request Plan documents.


- 4 -

 

Exhibit 10.10
(MOTOROLA LOGO)
STOCK OPTION CONSIDERATION AGREEMENT
GRANT DATE: January 31, 2008
The following Agreement is established to protect the trade secrets, intellectual property, confidential information, customer relationships and goodwill of Motorola, Inc. and each of its subsidiaries (the “Company”) both as defined in the Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2006 (the “2006 Plan”).
As consideration for the stock option(s) granted to me on the date shown above under the terms of the 2006 Plan (“the Covered Options”), and Motorola having provided me with Confidential Information as President and Chief Executive Officer of Motorola, I agree to the following:
1. I acknowledge that my agreement to the following restrictive covenants are a condition of the grant of the Covered Options:
(a) I agree that during the course of my employment and thereafter, I will not use or disclose, except on behalf of the Company and pursuant to its directions, any Company Confidential Information. Confidential Information means information concerning the Company and its business that is not generally known outside the Company. Confidential Information includes: (i) trade secrets; (ii) intellectual property; (iii) the Company’s methods of operation and Company processes; (iv) information regarding the Company’s present and/or future products, developments, processes and systems, including invention disclosures and patent applications; (v) information on customers or potential customers, including customer’s names, sales records, prices, and other terms of sales and Company cost information; (vi) Company personnel data; (vii) Company business plans, marketing plans, financial data and projections; and (viii) information received in confidence by the Company from third parties. Information regarding products or technological innovations in development, in test marketing or being marketed or promoted in a discrete geographic region, which information the Company or one of its affiliates is considering for broader use, shall not be deemed generally known until such broader use is actually commercially implemented.
(b) I agree that during my employment and for a period of two years following my termination of employment for any reason, I will not hire, recruit, solicit or induce, or cause, allow, permit or aid others to hire, recruit, solicit or induce, or to communicate in support of those activities, any employee of the Company who possesses Confidential Information of the Company to terminate his/her employment with the Company and/or to seek employment with my new or prospective employer, or any other company.
(c) I agree that during my employment and for a period of two years following the termination of my employment for any reason, I will not engage in activities which are entirely or in part the same as or similar to activities in which I engaged at any time during the two years preceding termination of my employment, for any person, company or entity in connection with products, services or technological developments (existing or planned) that are entirely or in part the same as, similar to, or competitive with, any products, services or technological developments (existing or planned) on which I worked at any time during the two years preceding the termination of my employment. This paragraph applies in the countries in which I have physically been present performing work for the Company at any time during the two years preceding termination of my employment.
(d) I agree that during my employment and for a period of two years following the termination of my employment for any reason, I will not, directly or indirectly, on behalf of myself or any other person, company or entity, solicit or participate in soliciting, products or services competitive with or similar to products or services offered by, manufactured by, designed by or distributed by the Company to any person, company or entity which was a customer or potential customer for such products or services and with which I had direct or indirect contact regarding those products or services or about which I learned Confidential Information at any time during the two years prior to my termination of employment with the Company.

 


 

(e) I agree that during my employment and for a period of two years following the termination of my employment for any reason, I will not directly or indirectly, in any capacity, provide products or services competitive with or similar to products or services offered by the Company to any person, company or entity which was a customer for such products or services and with which customer I had direct or indirect contact regarding those products or services or about which customer I learned Confidential Information at any time during the two years prior to termination of my employment with the Company.
2. I acknowledge that the Covered Options are subject to the terms and conditions of the Company’s Policy Regarding Recoupment of Incentive Payments upon Financial Restatement (such policy, as it may be amended from time to time, being the “Recoupment Policy”). The Recoupment Policy provides for determinations by the Company’s independent directors that, as a result of intentional misconduct by me, the Company’s financial results were restated (a “Policy Restatement”). In the event of a Policy Restatement, the Company’s independent directors may require, among other things (a) cancellation of any of the Covered Options that remain outstanding; and/or (b) reimbursement of any gains realized in respect of the Covered Options, if and to the extent the conditions set forth in the Recoupment Policy apply. Any determinations made by the independent directors in accordance with the Recoupment Policy shall be binding upon me. The Recoupment Policy is in addition to any other remedies which may be otherwise available at law, in equity or under contract, to the Company.
3. I agree that by accepting the Covered Options, if I violate the terms of paragraphs 1(a) through and including (e) of this Agreement, then, in addition to any other remedies available in law and/or equity in any country, all of my vested and unvested Covered Options will terminate and no longer be exercisable, and for all Covered Options exercised within two years prior to the termination of my employment for any reason or anytime after termination of my employment for any reason, I will immediately pay to the Company the difference between the exercise price on the date of grant as reflected in the Award Document for the Covered Options and the market price of the Covered Options on the date of exercise (the “spread”).
4. The requirements of paragraphs 1(a) through and including (e) of this Agreement can be waived or modified only upon the prior written consent of Motorola, Inc.
5. I acknowledge that the promises in this Agreement, not any employment of or services performed by me in the course and scope of that employment, are the sole consideration for the Covered Options. I agree the Company shall have the right to assign this Agreement which shall not affect the validity or enforceability of this Agreement. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the Company assigns and successors.
6. I agree that during my employment and for a period of two years following the termination of my employment for any reason, I will immediately inform the Company of (i) the identity of my new employer (or the nature of any start-up business, consulting arrangements or self-employment), (ii) my new title, and (iii) my job duties and responsibilities. I hereby authorize the Company to provide a copy of this Agreement to my new employer. I further agree to provide information to the Company as may from time to time be requested in order to determine my compliance with the terms of this Agreement.
7. I acknowledge that the harm caused to the Company by the breach or anticipated breach of paragraphs 1(a), (b), (c), (d) and/or (e) of this Agreement will be irreparable and I agree the Company may obtain injunctive relief against me in addition to and cumulative with any other legal or equitable rights and remedies the Company may have pursuant to this Agreement, any other agreements between me and the Company for the protection of the Company’s Confidential Information, or law, including the recovery of liquidated damages. I agree that any interim or final equitable relief entered by a court of competent jurisdiction, as specified in paragraph 10 below, will, at the request of the Company, be entered on consent and enforced by any such court having jurisdiction over me. This relief would occur without prejudice to any rights either party may have to appeal from the proceedings that resulted in any grant of such relief.
8. With respect to the Covered Options, this Agreement is my entire agreement with the Company. No waiver of any breach of any provision of this Agreement by the Company shall be construed to be a waiver of any succeeding breach or as a modification of such provision. The provisions of this Agreement shall be severable and in the event that any provision of this Agreement shall be found by any court as specified in paragraph 10 below to be unenforceable, in whole or in part, the remainder of this Agreement shall nevertheless be enforceable and binding on the parties. I also agree that the court may modify any invalid, overbroad or unenforceable term of this Agreement so that such term, as modified, is valid and enforceable under applicable law. Further, I affirmatively state that I have not, will not and cannot rely on any representations not expressly made herein.

- 2 -


 

9. I accept the terms of this Agreement and the above option(s) to purchase shares of the Common Stock of the Company, subject to the terms of this Agreement, the 2006 Plan, and any Award Document issued pursuant thereto. I am familiar with the 2006 Plan and agree to be bound by it to the extent applicable, as well as by the actions of the Company’s Board of Directors or any committee thereof.
10. I agree that this Agreement and the 2006 Plan, and any Award Document issued pursuant thereto, together constitute an agreement between the Company and me. I further agree that this Agreement is governed by the laws of Illinois, without giving effect to any state’s principles of Conflicts of Laws, and any legal action related to this Agreement shall be brought only in a federal or state court located in Illinois, USA. I accept the jurisdiction of these courts and consent to service of process from said courts solely for legal actions related to this Agreement and the Covered Options.
         
 
       
Date
  Signature   Printed Name
 
       
 
       
 
      Commerce ID
IN ORDER FOR THE ABOVE-REFERENCED OPTION(S) TO BE AWARDED, THIS AGREEMENT, SIGNED AND DATED, MUST BE RETURNED TO MOTOROLA c/o EXECUTIVE REWARDS NO LATER THAN                      . CHI99 4586382-2.034764.0058

- 3 -

 

Exhibit 10.11
RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARD AGREEMENT
     This Restricted Stock Unit Award (“ Award ”) is awarded on January 31, 2008 (“ Date of Grant ”), by Motorola, Inc. (the “ Company ” or “ Motorola ”) to Greg Brown (the “ Grantee ”).
     WHEREAS, Grantee is receiving the Award under the Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2006, as amended (the “ 2006 Incentive Plan ” or the “ Plan ”);
     WHEREAS, Grantee is the President and Chief Executive Officer of Motorola;
     WHEREAS, the Award is a grant of Motorola restricted stock units authorized by the Board of Directors and the Board’s Compensation and Leadership Committee (the “ Compensation Committee ”); and
     WHEREAS, it is a condition to Grantee receiving the Award that Grantee electronically accept the terms, conditions and Restrictions applicable to the restricted stock units as set forth in this agreement.
     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the Company hereby awards restricted stock units to Grantee on the following terms and conditions:
1.   Award of Restricted Stock Units . The Company hereby grants to Grantee a total of 304,348 Motorola restricted stock units (the “ Units ”) subject to the terms and conditions set forth below. All Awards shall be paid in whole shares of Motorola Common Stock (“ Common Stock ”); no fractional shares shall be credited or delivered to Grantee.
2.   Restrictions . The Units are being awarded to Grantee subject to the transfer and forfeiture conditions set forth below (the “ Restrictions ”) which shall lapse, if at all, as described in Section 3 below. For purposes of this Award, the term Units includes any additional Units granted to the Grantee with respect to Units, still subject to the Restrictions.
  a.   Grantee may not directly or indirectly, by operation of law or otherwise, voluntarily or involuntarily, sell, assign, pledge, encumber, charge or otherwise transfer any of the Units still subject to Restrictions. The Units shall be forfeited if Grantee violates or attempts to violate these transfer Restrictions. Motorola shall have the right to assign this Agreement, which shall not affect the validity or enforceability of this Agreement. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of assigns and successors of Motorola.
 
  b.   Any Units still subject to the Restrictions shall be automatically forfeited upon the Grantee’s termination of employment with Motorola or a Subsidiary for any reason other than death, Total and Permanent Disability, or Involuntary Termination due to (i) a Divestiture or (ii) for a reason other than for Serious Misconduct. For purposes of this Agreement, a “Subsidiary” is any corporation or other entity in which a 50 percent or greater interest is held directly or indirectly by Motorola and which is consolidated for financial reporting purposes. Total and Permanent Disability is defined in Section 3(a).
 
  c.   If Grantee engages in any of the following conduct for any reason, in addition to all remedies in law and/or equity available to the Company or any Subsidiary, Grantee shall forfeit all restricted stock units under the Award whose Restrictions

 


 

have not lapsed, and, for all restricted stock units under the Award whose Restrictions have lapsed, Grantee shall immediately pay to the Company the Fair Market Value (as defined in paragraph 7 below) of Motorola Common Stock (“ Common Stock ”) on the date(s) such Restrictions lapsed, without regard to any taxes that may have been deducted from such amount. For purposes of subparagraphs (i) through and including (v) below, “Company” or “Motorola” shall mean Motorola, Inc. and/or any of its Subsidiaries:
  (i)   During the course of Grantee’s employment and thereafter, Grantee uses or discloses, except on behalf of the Company and pursuant to the Company’s directions, any Company Confidential Information. “Confidential Information” means information concerning the Company and its business that is not generally known outside the Company, and includes (A) trade secrets; (B) intellectual property; (C) the Company’s methods of operation and Company processes; (D) information regarding the Company’s present and/or future products, developments, processes and systems, including invention disclosures and patent applications; (E) information on customers or potential customers, including customers’ names, sales records, prices, and other terms of sales and Company cost information; (F) Company personnel data; (G) Company business plans, marketing plans, financial data and projections; and (H) information received in confidence by the Company from third parties. Information regarding products, services or technological innovations in development, in test marketing or being marketed or promoted in a discrete geographic region, which information the Company or one of its affiliates is considering for broader use, shall be deemed generally known until such broader use is actually commercially implemented; and/or
 
  (ii)   During Grantee’s employment and for a period of two years following the termination of Grantee’s employment for any reason, Grantee hires, recruits, solicits or induces, or causes, allows, permits or aids others to hire, recruit, solicit or induce, or to communicate in support of those activities, any employee of the Company who possesses Confidential Information of the Company to terminate his/her employment with the Company and/or to seek employment with Grantee’s new or prospective employer, or any other company; and/or
 
  (iii)   During Grantee’s employment and for a period of two years following the termination of Grantee’s employment for any reason, Grantee engages in activities which are entirely or in part the same as or similar to activities in which Grantee engaged at any time during the two years preceding termination of Grantee’s employment with the Company, for any person, company or entity in connection with products, services or technological developments (existing or planned) that are entirely or in part the same as, similar to, or competitive with, any products, services or technological developments (existing or planned) on which Grantee worked at any time during the two years preceding termination of Grantee’s

 


 

employment. This paragraph applies in countries in which Grantee has physically been present performing work for the Company at any time during the two years preceding termination of Grantee’s employment; and/or
  (iv)   During Grantee’s employment and for a period of two years following the termination of Grantee’s employment for any reason, Grantee, directly or indirectly, on behalf of Grantee or any other person, company or entity, solicits or participates in soliciting, products or services competitive with or similar to products or services offered by, manufactured by, designed by or distributed by the Company to any person, company or entity which was a customer or potential customer for such products or services and with which Grantee had direct or indirect contact regarding those products or services or about which Grantee learned confidential information at any time during the two years prior to Grantee’s termination of employment with the Company; and/or
 
  (v)   During Grantee’s employment and for a period of two years following the termination of Grantee’s employment for any reason, Grantee, directly or indirectly, in any capacity, provides products or services competitive with or similar to products or services offered by the Company to any person, company or entity which was a customer for such products or services and with which customer Grantee had direct or indirect contact regarding those products or services or about which customer Grantee learned Confidential Information at any time during the two years prior to Grantee’s termination of employment with the Company.
  d.   The Units are subject to the terms and conditions of the Company’s Policy Regarding Recoupment of Incentive Payments upon Financial Restatement (such policy, as it may be amended from time to time, being the “ Recoupment Policy ”). The Recoupment Policy provides for determinations by the Company’s independent directors that, as a result of intentional misconduct by Grantee, the Company’s financial results were restated (a “ Policy Restatement ”). In the event of a Policy Restatement, the Company’s independent directors may require, among other things (a) cancellation of any of the Units that remain outstanding; and/or (b) reimbursement of any gains in respect of the Units, if and to the extent the conditions set forth in the Recoupment Policy apply. Any determinations made by the independent directors in accordance with the Recoupment Policy shall be binding upon Grantee. The Recoupment Policy is in addition to any other remedies which may be otherwise available at law, in equity or under contract, to the Company.
     The Company will not be obligated to pay Grantee any consideration whatsoever for forfeited Units.
3.   Lapse of Restrictions .
  a.   The Restrictions applicable to the Units shall lapse, as long as the Units have not been forfeited as described in Section 2 above, as follows:

 


 

(i)
     
Vesting Percentage   Date
50%
  On July 31, 2010 if Grantee is continuously employed by the Company through that date
50%
  On January 31, 2013 if Grantee is continuously employed by the Company through that date
For purposes of this Agreement, the “Restriction Period” applicable to a Unit shall refer to the period of time beginning on the Date of Grant and ending on the date that the Restrictions applicable to such Unit shall lapse, as set forth in the table above.
  (ii)   If a Change in Control of the Company occurs and the successor corporation (or parent thereof) does not assume this Award or replace it with a comparable award; provided, further, that with respect to any Award that is assumed or replaced, such assumed or replaced awards shall provide that the Restrictions shall lapse if Grantee is involuntarily terminated (for a reason other than “Cause”) or quits for “Good Reason” within 24 months of the Change in Control. For purposes of this paragraph, the terms “Change in Control”, “Cause ” and “Good Reason” are defined in the 2006 Incentive Plan;
 
  (iii)   Upon termination of Grantee’s employment by Motorola or a Subsidiary by Total and Permanent Disability. “Total and Permanent Disability” means for (x) U.S. employees, entitlement to long term disability benefits under the Motorola Disability Income Plan, as amended and any successor plan or a determination of a permanent and total disability under a state workers compensation statute and (y) non-U.S. employees, as established by applicable Motorola policy or as required by local regulations; or
 
  (iv)   If the Grantee dies.
  b.   In the case of Involuntary Termination due to (i) a Divestiture or (ii) for a reason other than for Serious Misconduct before the expiration of the Restriction Period, if the Units have not been forfeited as described in Section 2 above, then the Restrictions shall lapse on a pro rata basis determined by dividing (i) the number of completed full years of service by the Grantee from the Award Date to the employee’s date of termination by (ii) the total length of the Restriction Period.
 
  c.   “Termination due to a Divestiture” for purposes of this Agreement means if Grantee accepts employment with another company in direct connection with the sale, lease, outsourcing arrangement or any other type of asset transfer or transfer of any portion of a facility or any portion of a discrete organizational unit of Motorola or a Subsidiary, or if Grantee remains employed by a Subsidiary that is sold or whose shares are distributed to the Motorola stockholders in a spin-off or similar transaction (a “Divestiture”).

 


 

  d.   “Serious Misconduct” for purposes of this Agreement means any misconduct identified as a ground for termination in the Motorola Code of Business Conduct, or the human resources policies, or other written policies or procedures.
 
  e.   If, during the Restriction Period, the Grantee takes a Leave of Absence from Motorola or a Subsidiary, the Units will continue to be subject to this Agreement. If the Restriction Period expires while the Grantee is on a Leave of Absence the Grantee will be entitled to the Units even if the Grantee has not returned to active employment. “Leave of Absence” means an approved leave of absence from Motorola or a Subsidiary that is not a termination of employment, as determined by Motorola.
 
  f.   To the extent the Restrictions lapse under this Section 3 with respect to the Units, they will be free of the terms and conditions of this Award (other than 2(c)).
4.   Adjustments . If the number of outstanding shares of Common Stock is changed as a result of a stock split or the like without additional consideration to the Company, the number of Units subject to this Award shall be adjusted to correspond to the change in the outstanding shares of Common Stock.
 
5.   Dividends . No dividends (or dividend equivalents) shall be paid with respect to Units credited to the Grantee’s account.
 
6.   Delivery of Certificates or Equivalent . Upon the lapse of Restrictions applicable to the Units, the Company shall, at its election, either (i) deliver to the Grantee a certificate representing a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the number of Units upon which such Restrictions have lapsed, or (ii) establish a brokerage account for the Grantee and credit to that account the number of shares of Common Stock of the Company equal to the number of Units upon which such Restrictions have lapsed.
 
7.   Withholding Taxes . The Company is entitled to withhold applicable taxes for the respective tax jurisdiction attributable to this Award or any payment made in connection with the Units. Grantee may satisfy any minimum withholding obligation in whole or in part by electing to have the plan administrator retain shares of Common Stock deliverable in connection with the Units having a Fair Market Value on the date the Restrictions applicable to the Units lapse equal to the amount to be withheld. “Fair Market Value” for this purpose shall be the closing price for a share of Common Stock on the date the Restrictions applicable to the Units lapse (the “Restrictions Lapse Date”) as reported for the New York Stock Exchange- Composite Transactions in the Wall Street Journal at www.online.wsj.com or, for purposes of imposing sanctions under paragraph 2(d), on any date specified therein. In the event the New York Stock Exchange is not open for trading on the Restrictions Lapse Date, or if the Common Stock does not trade on such day, Fair Market Value for this purpose shall be the closing price of the Common Stock on the last trading day prior to the Restrictions Lapse Date.
 
8.   Voting and Other Rights .
  a.   Grantee shall have no rights as a stockholder of the Company in respect of the Units, including the right to vote and to receive cash dividends and other distributions until delivery of certificates representing shares of Common Stock in satisfaction of the Units.

 


 

  b.   The grant of Units does not confer upon Grantee any right to continue in the employ of the Company or a Subsidiary or to interfere with the right of the Company or a Subsidiary, to terminate Grantee’s employment at any time.
 9.   Agreement Following Termination of Employment . Grantee agrees that upon termination of employment with Motorola or a Subsidiary, Grantee will immediately inform Motorola of (a) the identity of any new employer (or the nature of any start-up business or self-employment), (b) Grantee’s new title, and (c) Grantee’s job duties and responsibilities. Grantee hereby authorizes Motorola or a Subsidiary to provide a copy of this Award Document to Grantee’s new employer. Grantee further agrees to provide information to Motorola or a Subsidiary as may from time to time be requested in order to determine his/her compliance with the terms hereof.
10.   Consent to Transfer Personal Data . By accepting this award, Grantee voluntarily acknowledges and consents to the collection, use, processing and transfer of personal data as described in this paragraph. Grantee is not obliged to consent to such collection, use, processing and transfer of personal data. However, failure to provide the consent may affect Grantee’s ability to participate in the Plan. Motorola, its Subsidiaries and Grantee’s employer hold certain personal information about Grantee, that may include his/her name, home address and telephone number, date of birth, social security number or other employee identification number, salary grade, hire data, salary, nationality, job title, any shares of stock held in Motorola, or details of all restricted stock units or any other entitlement to shares of stock awarded, canceled, purchased, vested, or unvested, for the purpose of managing and administering the Plan (“Data”). Motorola and/or its Subsidiaries will transfer Data amongst themselves as necessary for the purpose of implementation, administration and management of Grantee’s participation in the Plan, and Motorola and/or any of its Subsidiaries may each further transfer Data to any third parties assisting Motorola in the implementation, administration and management of the Plan. These recipients may be located throughout the world, including the United States. Grantee authorizes them to receive, possess, use, retain and transfer the Data, in electronic or other form, for the purposes of implementing, administering and managing Grantee’s participation in the Plan, including any requisite transfer of such Data as may be required for the administration of the Plan and/or the subsequent holding of shares of stock on Grantee’s behalf to a broker or other third party with whom Grantee may elect to deposit any shares of stock acquired pursuant to the Plan. Grantee may, at any time, review Data, require any necessary amendments to it or withdraw the consents herein in writing by contacting Motorola; however, withdrawing consent may affect Grantee’s ability to participate in the Plan.
11.   Nature of Award . By accepting this Award Agreement, the Grantee acknowledges his or her understanding that the grant of Units under this Award Agreement is completely at the discretion of Motorola, and that Motorola’s decision to make this Award in no way implies that similar awards may be granted in the future or that Grantee has any guarantee of future employment. Nor shall this or any such grant interfere with Grantee’s right or the Company’s right to terminate such employment relationship at any time, with or without cause, to the extent permitted by applicable laws and any enforceable agreement between Grantee and the Company. In addition, the Grantee hereby acknowledges that he or she has entered into employment with Motorola or a Subsidiary upon terms that did not include this Award or similar awards, that his or her decision to continue employment is not dependent on an expectation of this Award or similar awards, and that any amount received under this Award is considered an amount in addition to that which the Grantee expects to be paid for the performance of his or her services. Grantee’s acceptance of this Award is voluntary. The

 


 

Award is not part of normal or expected compensation for purposes of calculating any severance, resignation, redundancy, end of service payments, bonuses, long-service awards, pension, or retirement benefits or similar payments, notwithstanding any provision of any compensation, insurance agreement or benefit plan to the contrary,
12.   Remedies for Breach . Grantee hereby acknowledges that the harm caused to the Company by the breach or anticipated breach of paragraphs 2(c)(i), (ii), (iii), (iv) and/or (v) of this Agreement will be irreparable and further agrees the Company may obtain injunctive relief against the Grantee in addition to and cumulative with any other legal or equitable rights and remedies the Company may have pursuant to this Agreement, any other agreements between the Grantee and the Company for the protection of the Company’s Confidential Information, or law, including the recovery of liquidated damages. Grantee agrees that any interim or final equitable relief entered by a court of competent jurisdiction, as specified in paragraph 15 below, will, at the request of the Company, be entered on consent and enforced by any such court having jurisdiction over the Grantee. This relief would occur without prejudice to any rights either party may have to appeal from the proceedings that resulted in any grant of such relief.
13.   Acknowledgements . With respect to the subject matter of paragraphs 2(c)(i), (ii), (iii), (iv) and (v) and paragraphs 12 and 15 hereof, this Agreement is the entire agreement with the Company. No waiver of any breach of any provision of this Agreement by the Company shall be construed to be a waiver of any succeeding breach or as a modification of such provision. The provisions of this Agreement shall be severable and in the event that any provision of this Agreement shall be found by any court as specified in paragraph 15 below to be unenforceable, in whole or in part, the remainder of this Agreement shall nevertheless be enforceable and binding on the parties. Grantee hereby agrees that the court may modify any invalid, overbroad or unenforceable term of this Agreement so that such term, as modified, is valid and enforceable under applicable law. Further, by accepting any Award under this Agreement, Grantee affirmatively states that (s)he has not, will not and cannot rely on any representations not expressly made herein.
14.   Funding . No assets or shares of Common Stock shall be segregated or earmarked by the Company in respect of any Units awarded hereunder. The grant of Units hereunder shall not constitute a trust and shall be solely for the purpose of recording an unsecured contractual obligation of the Company.
15.   Governing Law . All questions concerning the construction, validity and interpretation of this Award shall be governed by and construed according to the law of the State of Illinois without regard to any state’s conflicts of law principles. Any disputes regarding this Award or Agreement shall be brought only in the state or federal courts of Illinois.
16.   Waiver . The failure of the Company to enforce at any time any provision of this Award shall in no way be construed to be a waiver of such provision or any other provision hereof.
17.   Actions by the Compensation Committee . The Committee may delegate its authority to administer this Agreement. The actions and determinations of the Compensation Committee or delegate shall be binding upon the parties.
18.   Acceptance of Terms and Conditions . By electronically accepting this Award within 30 days after the date of the electronic mail notification by the Company to Grantee of the grant of this Award (“ Email Notification Date ”), Grantee agrees to be bound by the foregoing terms

 


 

and conditions, the 2006 Incentive Plan and any and all rules and regulations established by Motorola in connection with awards issued under the 2006 Incentive Plan. If Grantee does not electronically accept this Award within 30 days of the Email Notification Date Grantee will not be entitled to the Units.
19.   Plan Documents . The 2006 Incentive Plan and the Prospectus for the 2006 Incentive Plan are available at http://myhr.mot.com/pay.finances/awards_incentives/stock_options/plan_documents.jsp or from Global Rewards, 1303 East Algonquin Road, Schaumburg, IL 60196, (847) 576-7885.

 

 

Exhibit 10.12
2006 Plan
NQ
MOTOROLA, INC.
AWARD DOCUMENT
For the
Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2006
Terms and Conditions Related to Employee Nonqualified Stock Options

             
Recipient:
      Date of Expiration:    
 
           
 
           
Commerce ID#:
      Number of Options:    
 
           
 
           
Date of Grant:
      Exercise Price:    
 
           
 
           
Motorola, Inc. (“Motorola” or “the Company”) is pleased to grant you options to purchase shares of Motorola’s common stock under the Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2006 (the “Plan”). The number of options (“Options”) awarded to you and the Exercise Price per Option, which is the Fair Market Value on the Date of Grant, are stated above. Each Option entitles you to purchase one share of Motorola’s common stock on the terms described below and in the Plan.

Vesting and Exercisability
You cannot exercise the Options until they have vested.
Regular Vesting – The Options will vest in accordance with the following schedule (subject to the other terms hereof):
         
Percent              Date  
  25%
    _____ ____, 200__  
  25%
    _____ ____, 200__  
  25%
    _____ ____, 200__  
  25%
    _____ ____, 200__  
Special Vesting – You may be subject to the Special Vesting Dates described below if your employment or service with Motorola or a Subsidiary (as defined below) terminates.
Exercisability – You may exercise Options at any time after they vest and before they expire as described below.
Expiration
All Options expire on the earlier of (1) the Date of Expiration as stated above or (2) any of the Special Expiration Dates described below. Once an Option expires, you no longer have the right to exercise it.

Special Vesting Dates and Special Expiration Dates
There are events that cause your Options to vest sooner than the Regular Vesting schedule discussed above or to expire sooner than the Date of Expiration as stated above. Those events are as follows:
Disability – If your employment or service with Motorola or a Subsidiary is terminated because of your Total and Permanent Disability (as defined below), Options that are not vested will automatically become fully vested upon your termination of employment or service. All your Options will then expire on the earlier of the first anniversary of your termination of employment or service because of your Total and Permanent Disability or the Date of Expiration stated above. Until that time, the Options will be exercisable by you or your guardian or legal representative.
Death – If your employment or service with Motorola or a Subsidiary is terminated because of your death, Options that are not vested will automatically become fully vested upon your death. All your Options will then expire on the earlier of the first anniversary of your death or the Date of Expiration stated above. Until that time, with written proof of death and inheritance, the Options will be exercisable by your legal representative, legatees or distributees.


 


 

Change In Control – If a “Change in Control” of the Company occurs, and the successor corporation does not assume these Options or replace them with options that are at least comparable to these Options, then: (1) all of your unvested Options will be fully vested and (2) all of your Options will be exercisable until the Date of Expiration set forth above.
Further, with respect to any Options that are assumed or replaced as described in the preceding paragraph, such assumed or replaced options shall provide that they will be fully vested and exercisable until the Date of Expiration set forth above if you are involuntarily terminated (for a reason other than “Cause”) or if you quit for “Good Reason” within 24 months of the Change in Control. For purposes of this Award Document, the terms “Change in Control”, “Cause” and “Good Reason” are defined in the Plan.
Termination of Employment or Service Because of Cause – If Motorola or a Subsidiary terminates your employment or service because of Cause (as defined below) all of your Options (vested and unvested) expire upon your termination.
Change in Employment in Connection with a Divestiture — If you accept employment with another company in direct connection with the sale, lease, outsourcing arrangement or any other type of asset transfer or transfer of any portion of a facility or any portion of a discrete organizational unit of Motorola or a Subsidiary, or if you remain employed by a Subsidiary that is sold or whose shares are distributed to the Motorola stockholders in a spin-off or similar transaction (a “Divestiture”), all of your unvested Options will automatically expire upon termination of your employment with Motorola, and all of your vested but not yet exercised Options will expire on the earlier of (i) 90 days after such Divestiture or (ii) the Date of Expiration stated above.
Termination of Employment or Service by Motorola or a Subsidiary Other than for Cause or for a Divestiture – If Motorola or a Subsidiary on its initiative, terminates your employment or service other than for Cause or a Divestiture, all of your unvested Options will automatically vest upon termination and all of your vested but not yet exercised Options will expire on the earlier of (i) 90 days after your termination of employment or (2) the Date of Expiration stated above..

Termination of Employment or Service for any Other Reason than Described Above – If your employment or service with Motorola or a Subsidiary terminates for any reason other than that described above, including voluntary resignation of your employment or service, all of your unvested Options will automatically expire upon termination of your employment or service and all of your vested but not yet exercised Options will expire on the earlier of (i) the date ninety (90) days after the date of termination of your employment or service or (ii) the Date of Expiration stated above.
Leave of Absence/Temporary Layoff
If you take a Leave of Absence from Motorola or a Subsidiary that your employer has approved in writing in accordance with your employer’s Leave of Absence Policy and which does not constitute a termination of employment as determined by Motorola, or you are placed on Temporary Layoff (as defined below) by Motorola or a Subsidiary the following will apply:
Vesting of Options – Options will continue to vest in accordance with the vesting schedule set forth above.
Exercising Options – You may exercise Options that are vested or that vest during the Leave of Absence or Temporary Layoff.
Effect of Termination of Employment or Service – If your employment or service is terminated during the Leave of Absence or Temporary Layoff, the treatment of your Options will be determined as described under “Special Vesting Dates and Special Expiration Dates” above.
Other Terms
Method of Exercising – You must follow the procedures for exercising options established by Motorola from time to time. At the time of exercise, you must pay the Exercise Price for all of the Options being exercised and any taxes that are required to be withheld by Motorola or a Subsidiary in connection with the exercise. Options may not be exercised for less than 50 shares unless the number of shares represented by the Option is less than 50 shares, in which case the Option must be exercised for the remaining amount.
Transferability – Unless the Committee provides, Options are not transferable other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution.


 


 

Tax Withholding – Motorola or a Subsidiary is entitled to withhold an amount equal to the required minimum statutory withholding taxes for the respective tax jurisdictions attributable to any share of common stock deliverable in connection with the exercise of the Options. You may satisfy any minimum withholding obligation and any additional withholding, if desired, by electing to have the plan administrator retain Option shares having a Fair Market Value on the date of exercise equal to the amount to be withheld.
Definition of Terms
If a term is used but not defined, it has the meaning given such term in the Plan.
“Confidential Information” means information concerning the Company and its business that is not generally known outside the Company, and includes (A) trade secrets; (B) intellectual property; (C) the Company’s methods of operation and Company processes; (D) information regarding the Company’s present and/or future products, developments, processes and systems, including invention disclosures and patent applications; (E) information on customers or potential customers, including customers’ names, sales records, prices, and other terms of sales and Company cost information; (F) Company personnel data; (G) Company business plans, marketing plans, financial data and projections; and (H) information received in confidence by the Company from third parties. Information regarding products, services or technological innovations in development, in test marketing or being marketed or promoted in a discrete geographic region, which information the Company or one of its affiliates is considering for broader use, shall be deemed generally known until such broader use is actually commercially implemented.
“Fair Market Value” is the closing price for a share of Motorola common stock on the date of grant or date of exercise, whichever is applicable. The official source for the closing price is the New York Stock Exchange Composite Transaction as reported in the Wall Street Journal, Midwest edition.
“Subsidiary” means an entity of which Motorola owns directly or indirectly at least 50% and that Motorola consolidates for financial reporting purposes.

“Total and Permanent Disability” means for (x) U.S. employees, entitlement to long-term disability benefits under the Motorola Disability Income Plan, as amended and any successor plan or a determination of a permanent and total disability under a state workers compensation statute and (y) non-U.S. employees, as established by applicable Motorola policy or as required by local regulations.
“Temporary Layoff” means a layoff or redundancy that is communicated as being for a period of up to twelve months and as including a right to recall under defined circumstances.
Consent to Transfer Personal Data
By accepting this award, you voluntarily acknowledge and consent to the collection, use, processing and transfer of personal data as described in this paragraph. You are not obliged to consent to such collection, use, processing and transfer of personal data. However, failure to provide the consent may affect your ability to participate in the Plan. Motorola, its Subsidiaries and your employer hold certain personal information about you, that may include your name, home address and telephone number, date of birth, social security number or other employee identification number, salary, salary grade, hire date, nationality, job title, any shares of stock held in Motorola, or details of all options or any other entitlement to shares of stock awarded, canceled, purchased, vested, or unvested, for the purpose of managing and administering the Plan (“Data”). Motorola and/or its Subsidiaries will transfer Data amongst themselves as necessary for the purpose of implementation, administration and management of your participation in the Plan, and Motorola and/or any of its Subsidiaries may each further transfer Data to any third parties assisting Motorola in the implementation, administration and management of the Plan. These recipients may be located throughout the world, including the United States. You authorize them to receive, possess, use, retain and transfer the Data, in electronic or other form, for the purposes of implementing, administering and managing your participation in the Plan, including any requisite transfer of such Data as may be required for the administration of the Plan and/or the subsequent holding of shares of stock on your behalf to a broker or other third party with whom you may elect to deposit any shares of stock acquired pursuant to the Plan. You may, at any time, review Data, require any necessary amendments to it or withdraw the consents herein in writing by contacting


 


 

Motorola; however, withdrawing your consent may affect your ability to participate in the Plan.
Acknowledgement of Discretionary Nature of the Plan; No Vested Rights
You acknowledge and agree that the Plan is discretionary in nature and limited in duration, and may be amended, cancelled, or terminated by Motorola or a Subsidiary, in its sole discretion, at any time. The grant of awards under the Plan is a one-time benefit and does not create any contractual or other right to receive an award in the future or to future employment. Nor shall this or any such grant interfere with your right or the Company’s right to terminate such employment relationship at any time, with or without cause, to the extent permitted by applicable laws and any enforceable agreement between you and the Company. Future grants, if any, will be at the sole discretion of Motorola, including, but not limited to, the timing of any grant, the amount of the award, vesting provisions, and the exercise price.
No Relation to Other Benefits/Termination Indemnities  
Your acceptance of this award and participation under the Plan is voluntary.  The value of your stock option awarded herein is an extraordinary item of compensation outside the scope of your employment contract, if any.  As such, the stock option is not part of normal or expected compensation for purposes of calculating any severance, resignation, redundancy, end of service payments, bonuses, long-service awards, pension, or retirement benefits or similar payments, notwithstanding any provision of any compensation, insurance agreement or benefit plan to the contrary.
Agreement Following Termination of Employment
As a further condition of accepting the Options, you acknowledge and agree that for a period of one year following your termination of employment or service, you will not hire, recruit, solicit or induce, or cause, allow, permit or aid others to hire, recruit, solicit or induce, or to communicate in support of those activities, any employee of Motorola or a Subsidiary who possesses Confidential Information of Motorola
or a Subsidiary to terminate his/her employment with Motorola or a Subsidiary and/or to seek employment with your new or prospective employer, or any other company.
You agree that upon termination of employment with Motorola or a Subsidiary, and for a period of one year thereafter, you will immediately inform Motorola of (i) the identity of your new employer (or the nature of any start-up business or self-employment), (ii) your new title, and (iii) your job duties and responsibilities. You hereby authorize Motorola or a Subsidiary to provide a copy of this Award Document to your new employer. You further agree to provide information to Motorola or a Subsidiary as may from time to time be requested in order to determine your compliance with the terms hereof.
Substitute Stock Appreciation Right
Motorola reserves the right to substitute a Stock Appreciation Right for your Option in the event certain changes are made in the accounting treatment of stock options. Any substitute Stock Appreciation Right shall be applicable to the same number of shares as your Option and shall have the same Date of Expiration, Exercise Price, and other terms and conditions. Any substitute Stock Appreciation Right may be settled only in common stock.
Acceptance of Terms and Conditions
By accepting the Options, you agree to be bound by these terms and conditions, the Plan, any and all rules and regulations established by Motorola in connection with awards issued under the Plan, and any additional covenants or promises Motorola may require as a condition of the grant.
Other Information about Your Options and the Plan
You can find other information about options and the Plan on the Motorola website http://myhr.mot.com/pay_finances /awards_incentives/stock_options/ plan_documents.jsp If you do not have access to the website, please contact Motorola Global Rewards, 1303 E. Algonquin Road, Schaumburg, IL 60196 USA; GBLRW01@Motorola.com; 847-576-7885; for an order form to request Plan documents.


 

 

Exhibit 10.13
MOTOROLA, INC.
AWARD DOCUMENT
For the
Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2006
Terms and Conditions Related to Employee Nonqualified Stock Options

                 
Recipient:
  Paul Liska   Date of Expiration:        
 
           
 
               
Commerce ID #:
      Number of Options:   728,000    
 
           
 
               
Date of Grant:
      Exercise Price:   $    
 
           
 
               
Motorola, Inc. (“Motorola” or the “Company”) is pleased to grant you options to purchase shares of Motorola’s common stock under the Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2006 (the “Plan”). The number of options (“Options”) awarded to you and the Exercise Price per Option, which is the Fair Market Value on the Date of Grant, are stated above. Each Option entitles you to purchase one share of Motorola’s common stock on the terms described below and in the Plan.

Vesting and Exercisability
You cannot exercise the Options until they have vested.
Regular Vesting – If, within the three years following the Date of Grant (the “First Performance Period”), the Fair Market Value (as defined below) of Motorola common stock meets or exceeds the dollar amount set forth below on at least ten Trading Days (as defined below) within any thirty consecutive Trading Days, then the Options will vest in accordance with the following schedule:
         
Dollar Amount   Options Vested
$16.00
    242,666  
If, within the five years following the Date of Grant (the “Second Performance Period”), the Fair Market Value of Motorola common stock meets or exceeds the dollar amount set forth below on at least ten Trading Days within any thirty consecutive Trading Days, then the Options will vest in accordance with the following schedule:
         
Dollar Amount   Options Vested
$20.00
    242,666  
If, within the seven years following the Date of Grant (the “Third Performance Period,” and collectively with the First Performance Period and the Second Performance Period, the “Performance Periods”), the

Fair Market Value of Motorola common stock meets or exceeds the dollar amount set forth below on at least ten Trading Days within any thirty consecutive Trading Days, then the Options will vest in accordance with the following schedule:
         
Dollar Amount   Options Vested
$23.00
    242,668  
For purposes of this agreement, “Trading Day” means any date on which the New York Stock Exchange is open for trading. To the extent some or all of the Options do not vest prior to the end of the applicable Performance Period, then any such Options shall immediately expire at the end of such Performance Period.
Exercisability – You may exercise Options at any time after they vest and before they expire as described below.
Expiration
All Options expire on the earliest of (i) the Date of Expiration as stated above, (ii) any of the Special Expiration Dates described below, or (iii) with respect to any unvested Options, at the end of the applicable Performance Period. Once an Option expires, you no longer have the right to exercise it.


 


 

Special Expiration Dates
If any of the following events occur during a Performance Period, your Options may expire sooner than the Date of Expiration, as set forth below:
Disability — If your employment or service with Motorola or a Subsidiary is terminated because of your Total and Permanent Disability (as defined below), all of your unvested Options will automatically expire upon termination and all of your vested Options will then expire on the earlier of the first anniversary of your termination of employment or service because of your Total and Permanent Disability or the Date of Expiration stated above. Until that time, the vested Options will be exercisable by you or your guardian or legal representative.
Death — If your employment or service with Motorola or a Subsidiary is terminated because of your death, all of your unvested Options will automatically expire upon your death and all of your vested Options will then expire on the earlier of the first anniversary of your death or the Date of Expiration stated above. Until that time, with written proof of death and inheritance, the vested Options will be exercisable by your legal representative, legatees or distributees.
Change In Control — If a “Change in Control” of the Company occurs, and the successor corporation does not assume these Options or replace them with options that are at least comparable to these Options, then: (i) all of your unvested Options will be fully vested and (ii) all of your Options will be exercisable until the Date of Expiration set forth above.
Further, with respect to any Options that are assumed or replaced as described in the preceding paragraph, such assumed or replaced options shall provide that they will be fully vested and exercisable until the Date of Expiration set forth above if you are involuntarily terminated (for a reason other than “Cause”) or if you quit for “Good Reason” within 24 months of the Change in Control. For purposes of this paragraph, the terms “Change in Control”, “Cause” and “Good Reason” are defined in the Plan.
Change in Employment in Connection with a Divestiture — If you accept employment with another company in direct connection with the sale, lease, outsourcing arrangement or any other type of asset transfer or transfer of any portion of a facility or any

portion of a discrete organizational unit of Motorola or a Subsidiary, or if you remain employed by a Subsidiary that is sold or whose shares are distributed to the Motorola stockholders in a spin-off or similar transaction (a “Divestiture”), all of your unvested Options will automatically expire upon termination of your employment with Motorola and your vested Options will expire on the earlier of (i) 90 days after such Divestiture or (ii) the Date of Expiration stated above.
Termination of Employment or Service Because of Serious Misconduct — If Motorola or a Subsidiary terminates your employment or service because of Serious Misconduct (as defined below), all of your Options (vested and unvested) expire upon your termination.
Termination of Employment or Service by Motorola or a Subsidiary Other than for Serious Misconduct or a Divestiture — If Motorola or a Subsidiary on its initiative, terminates your employment or service other than for Serious Misconduct or a Divestiture, all of your unvested Options will automatically expire upon termination and all of your vested but not yet exercised Options will expire on the earlier of (i) 90 days after your termination of employment or (ii) the Date of Expiration stated above.
Termination of Employment or Service for any Other Reason than Described Above — If your employment or service with Motorola or a Subsidiary terminates for any reason other than that described above, including voluntary resignation of your employment or service, all of your unvested Options will automatically expire upon termination of your employment or service and all of your vested but not yet exercised Options will expire on the earlier of (i) the date ninety (90) days after the date of termination of your employment or service or (ii) the Date of Expiration stated above.
Leave of Absence — If you take a leave of absence from Motorola or a Subsidiary that your employer has approved in writing in accordance with your employer’s Leave of Absence Policy and which does not constitute a termination of employment as determined by Motorola or a Subsidiary the following will apply:
Vesting of Options — Options will continue to be eligible to vest during the first 90 days of your leave period in accordance with the vesting terms set forth above. If the leave exceeds 90 days, no additional options shall vest after the 90th day. Upon your return to


-2-


 

substantially full-time employment or service, you shall be eligible to vest in any remaining unvested options (a) after you are employed for at least thirty or more consecutive days, and (b) to the extent the Regular Vesting provisions set forth above are satisfied.
Exercising Options — You may exercise Options that are vested or that vest during the leave of absence.
Effect of Termination of Employment or Service — If your employment or service is terminated during the leave of absence, the treatment of your Options will be determined as described under “Special Expiration Dates” above.
Other Terms
Method of Exercising — You must follow the procedures for exercising options established by Motorola from time to time. At the time of exercise, you must pay the Exercise Price for all of the Options being exercised and any taxes that are required to be withheld by Motorola or a Subsidiary in connection with the exercise. Options may not be exercised for less than 50 shares unless the number of shares represented by the Option is less than 50 shares, in which case the Option must be exercised for the remaining amount.
Transferability — Unless the Committee provides, Options are not transferable other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution.
Tax Withholding — Motorola or a Subsidiary is entitled to withhold an amount equal to the required minimum statutory withholding taxes for the respective tax jurisdictions attributable to any share of common stock deliverable in connection with the exercise of the Options. You may satisfy any minimum withholding obligation and any additional withholding, if desired, by electing to have the plan administrator retain Option shares having a Fair Market Value on the date of exercise equal to the amount to be withheld.
Definition of Terms
If a term is used but not defined, it has the meaning given such term in the Plan.
“Fair Market Value” is the closing price for a share of Motorola common stock on any applicable date. The official source for the closing price is the New York Stock Exchange Composite Transaction as reported in the Wall Street Journal at www.online.wsj.com.

“Serious Misconduct” means any misconduct identified as a ground for termination in the Motorola Code of Business Conduct, or the human resources policies, or other written policies or procedures.
“Subsidiary” means an entity of which Motorola owns directly or indirectly at least 50% and that Motorola consolidates for financial reporting purposes.
“Total and Permanent Disability” means entitlement to long-term disability benefits under the Motorola Disability Income Plan, as amended and any successor plan or a determination of a permanent and total disability under a state workers compensation statute.
Consent to Transfer Personal Data
By accepting this award, you voluntarily acknowledge and consent to the collection, use, processing and transfer of personal data as described in this paragraph. You are not obliged to consent to such collection, use, processing and transfer of personal data. However, failure to provide the consent may affect your ability to participate in the Plan. Motorola, its Subsidiaries and your employer hold certain personal information about you, that may include your name, home address and telephone number, date of birth, social security number or other employee identification number, salary, salary grade, hire date, nationality, job title, any shares of stock held in Motorola, or details of all options or any other entitlement to shares of stock awarded, canceled, purchased, vested, or unvested, for the purpose of managing and administering the Plan (“Data”). Motorola and/or its Subsidiaries will transfer Data amongst themselves as necessary for the purpose of implementation, administration and management of your participation in the Plan, and Motorola and/or any of its Subsidiaries may each further transfer Data to any third parties assisting Motorola in the implementation, administration and management of the Plan. These recipients may be located throughout the world, including the United States. You authorize them to receive, possess, use, retain and transfer the Data, in electronic or other form, for the purposes of implementing, administering and managing your participation in the Plan, including any requisite transfer of such Data as may be required for the administration of the Plan and/or the subsequent holding of shares of stock on your behalf to a broker or other third party with whom you may elect to deposit any shares of stock acquired pursuant to the Plan. You may, at any time,


-3-


 

review Data, require any necessary amendments to it or withdraw the consents herein in writing by contacting Motorola; however, withdrawing your consent may affect your ability to participate in the Plan.
Acknowledgement of Discretionary Nature of the Plan; No Vested Rights
You acknowledge and agree that the Plan is discretionary in nature and limited in duration, and may be amended, cancelled, or terminated by Motorola or a Subsidiary, in its sole discretion, at any time. The grant of awards under the Plan is a one-time benefit and does not create any contractual or other right to receive an award in the future or to future employment. Nor shall this or any such grant interfere with your right or the Company’s right to terminate such employment relationship at any time, with or without cause, to the extent permitted by applicable laws and any enforceable agreement between you and the Company. Future grants, if any, will be at the sole discretion of Motorola, including, but not limited to, the timing of any grant, the amount of the award, vesting provisions, and the exercise price.
No Relation to Other Benefits/Termination Indemnities
Your acceptance of this award and participation under the Plan is voluntary. The value of your stock option awarded herein is an extraordinary item of compensation outside the scope of your employment contract, if any. As such, the stock option is not part of normal or expected compensation for purposes of calculating any severance, resignation, redundancy, end of service payments, bonuses, long-service awards, pension, or retirement benefits or similar payments, notwithstanding any provision of any compensation, insurance agreement or benefit plan to the contrary.
Substitute Stock Appreciation Right
Motorola reserves the right to substitute a Stock Appreciation Right for your Option in the event certain changes are made in the accounting treatment of stock options. Any substitute Stock Appreciation Right shall be applicable to the same number of shares as your Option and shall have the same Date of Expiration, Exercise Price, and other terms and conditions. Any substitute Stock Appreciation Right may be settled only in Motorola common stock.
Acceptance of Terms and Conditions
By accepting the Options, you agree to be bound by these terms and conditions, the Plan and any and all

rules and regulations established by Motorola in connection with awards issued under the Plan and any additional covenants or promises Motorola may require as a condition of the grant.
Other Information about Your Options and the Plan
You can find other information about options and the Plan on the Motorola website http://myhr.mot.com/pay_finances/ awards_incentives/stock_options/plan_documents.jsp If you do not have access to the website, please contact Motorola Global Rewards, 1303 E. Algonquin Road, Schaumburg, IL 60196 USA; GBLRW01@Motorola.com; 847-576-7885; for an order form to request Plan documents.


-4-

 

Exhibit 10.14
(MOTOROLA LOGO)
STOCK OPTION CONSIDERATION AGREEMENT
GRANT DATE: XXXXXX
The following Agreement is established to protect the trade secrets, intellectual property, confidential information, customer relationships and goodwill of Motorola, Inc. and each of its subsidiaries (the “Company”) both as defined in the Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2006 (the “2006 Plan”).
As consideration for the stock option(s) granted to me on the date shown above under the terms of the 2006 Plan (“the Covered Options”), and Motorola having provided me with Confidential Information as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Motorola, I agree to the following:
1. I acknowledge that my agreement to the following restrictive covenants are a condition of the grant of the Covered Options:
(a) I agree that during the course of my employment and thereafter, I will not use or disclose, except on behalf of the Company and pursuant to its directions, any Company Confidential Information. Confidential Information means information concerning the Company and its business that is not generally known outside the Company. Confidential Information includes: (i) trade secrets; (ii) intellectual property; (iii) the Company’s methods of operation and Company processes; (iv) information regarding the Company’s present and/or future products, developments, processes and systems, including invention disclosures and patent applications; (v) information on customers or potential customers, including customer’s names, sales records, prices, and other terms of sales and Company cost information; (vi) Company personnel data; (vii) Company business plans, marketing plans, financial data and projections; and (viii) information received in confidence by the Company from third parties. Information regarding products or technological innovations in development, in test marketing or being marketed or promoted in a discrete geographic region, which information the Company or one of its affiliates is considering for broader use, shall not be deemed generally known until such broader use is actually commercially implemented.
(b) I agree that during my employment and for a period of two years following my termination of employment for any reason, I will not hire, recruit, solicit or induce, or cause, allow, permit or aid others to hire, recruit, solicit or induce, or to communicate in support of those activities, any employee of the Company who possesses Confidential Information of the Company to terminate his/her employment with the Company and/or to seek employment with my new or prospective employer, or any other company.
(c) I agree that during my employment and for a period of two years following the termination of my employment for any reason, I will not engage in activities which are entirely or in part the same as or similar to activities in which I engaged at any time during the two years preceding termination of my employment, for any person, company or entity in connection with products, services or technological developments (existing or planned) that are entirely or in part the same as, similar to, or competitive with, any products, services or technological developments (existing or planned) on which I worked at any time during the two years preceding the termination of my employment. This paragraph applies in the countries in which I have physically been present performing work for the Company at any time during the two years preceding termination of my employment.
(d) I agree that during my employment and for a period of two years following the termination of my employment for any reason, I will not, directly or indirectly, on behalf of myself or any other person, company or entity, solicit or participate in soliciting, products or services competitive with or similar to products or services offered by, manufactured by, designed by or distributed by the Company to any person, company or entity which was a customer or potential customer for such products or services and with which I had direct or indirect contact regarding those products or services or about which I learned Confidential Information at any time during the two years prior to my termination of employment with the Company.

 


 

(e) I agree that during my employment and for a period of two years following the termination of my employment for any reason, I will not directly or indirectly, in any capacity, provide products or services competitive with or similar to products or services offered by the Company to any person, company or entity which was a customer for such products or services and with which customer I had direct or indirect contact regarding those products or services or about which customer I learned Confidential Information at any time during the two years prior to termination of my employment with the Company.
2. I acknowledge that the Covered Options are subject to the terms and conditions of the Company’s Policy Regarding Recoupment of Incentive Payments upon Financial Restatement (such policy, as it may be amended from time to time, being the “Recoupment Policy”). The Recoupment Policy provides for determinations by the Company’s independent directors that, as a result of intentional misconduct by me, the Company’s financial results were restated (a “Policy Restatement”). In the event of a Policy Restatement, the Company’s independent directors may require, among other things (a) cancellation of any of the Covered Options that remain outstanding; and/or (b) reimbursement of any gains realized in respect of the Covered Options, if and to the extent the conditions set forth in the Recoupment Policy apply. Any determinations made by the independent directors in accordance with the Recoupment Policy shall be binding upon me. The Recoupment Policy is in addition to any other remedies which may be otherwise available at law, in equity or under contract, to the Company.
3. I agree that by accepting the Covered Options, if I violate the terms of paragraphs 1(a) through and including (e) of this Agreement, then, in addition to any other remedies available in law and/or equity in any country, all of my vested and unvested Covered Options will terminate and no longer be exercisable, and for all Covered Options exercised within two years prior to the termination of my employment for any reason or anytime after termination of my employment for any reason, I will immediately pay to the Company the difference between the exercise price on the date of grant as reflected in the Award Document for the Covered Options and the market price of the Covered Options on the date of exercise (the “spread”).
4. The requirements of paragraphs 1(a) through and including (e) of this Agreement can be waived or modified only upon the prior written consent of Motorola, Inc.
5. I acknowledge that the promises in this Agreement, not any employment of or services performed by me in the course and scope of that employment, are the sole consideration for the Covered Options. I agree the Company shall have the right to assign this Agreement which shall not affect the validity or enforceability of this Agreement. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the Company assigns and successors.
6. I agree that during my employment and for a period of two years following the termination of my employment for any reason, I will immediately inform the Company of (i) the identity of my new employer (or the nature of any start-up business, consulting arrangements or self-employment), (ii) my new title, and (iii) my job duties and responsibilities. I hereby authorize the Company to provide a copy of this Agreement to my new employer. I further agree to provide information to the Company as may from time to time be requested in order to determine my compliance with the terms of this Agreement.
7. I acknowledge that the harm caused to the Company by the breach or anticipated breach of paragraphs 1(a), (b), (c), (d) and/or (e) of this Agreement will be irreparable and I agree the Company may obtain injunctive relief against me in addition to and cumulative with any other legal or equitable rights and remedies the Company may have pursuant to this Agreement, any other agreements between me and the Company for the protection of the Company’s Confidential Information, or law, including the recovery of liquidated damages. I agree that any interim or final equitable relief entered by a court of competent jurisdiction, as specified in paragraph 10 below, will, at the request of the Company, be entered on consent and enforced by any such court having jurisdiction over me. This relief would occur without prejudice to any rights either party may have to appeal from the proceedings that resulted in any grant of such relief.
8. With respect to the Covered Options, this Agreement is my entire agreement with the Company. No waiver of any breach of any provision of this Agreement by the Company shall be construed to be a waiver of any succeeding breach or as a modification of such provision. The provisions of this Agreement shall be severable and in the event that any provision of this Agreement shall be found by any court as specified in paragraph 10 below to be unenforceable, in whole or in part, the remainder of this Agreement shall nevertheless be enforceable and binding on the parties. I also agree that the court may modify any invalid, overbroad or unenforceable term of this Agreement so that such term, as modified, is valid and enforceable under applicable law. Further, I affirmatively state that I have not, will not and cannot rely on any representations not expressly made herein.

-2-


 

9. I accept the terms of this Agreement and the above option(s) to purchase shares of the Common Stock of the Company, subject to the terms of this Agreement, the 2006 Plan, and any Award Document issued pursuant thereto. I am familiar with the 2006 Plan and agree to be bound by it to the extent applicable, as well as by the actions of the Company’s Board of Directors or any committee thereof.
10. I agree that this Agreement and the 2006 Plan, and any Award Document issued pursuant thereto, together constitute an agreement between the Company and me. I further agree that this Agreement is governed by the laws of Illinois, without giving effect to any state’s principles of Conflicts of Laws, and any legal action related to this Agreement shall be brought only in a federal or state court located in Illinois, USA. I accept the jurisdiction of these courts and consent to service of process from said courts solely for legal actions related to this Agreement and the Covered Options.
         
 
       
 
       
Date
  Signature   Printed Name
 
       
 
       
 
      Commerce ID
IN ORDER FOR THE ABOVE-REFERENCED OPTION(S) TO BE AWARDED, THIS AGREEMENT, SIGNED AND DATED, MUST BE RETURNED TO MOTOROLA c/o EXECUTIVE REWARDS NO LATER THAN                      .

-3-

 

Exhibit 10.15
RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARD AGREEMENT
     This Restricted Stock Unit Award (“ Award ”) is awarded on February ___, 2008 (“ Date of Grant ”), by Motorola, Inc. (the “ Company ” or “ Motorola ”) to Paul Liska (the “ Grantee ”).
     WHEREAS, Grantee is receiving the Award under the Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2006, as amended (the “ 2006 Incentive Plan ” or the “ Plan ”);
     WHEREAS, Grantee is the Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Motorola;
     WHEREAS, the Award is a grant of Motorola restricted stock units authorized by the Board of Directors and the Board’s Compensation and Leadership Committee (the “ Compensation Committee ”); and
     WHEREAS, it is a condition to Grantee receiving the Award that Grantee electronically accept the terms, conditions and Restrictions applicable to the restricted stock units as set forth in this agreement.
     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the Company hereby awards restricted stock units to Grantee on the following terms and conditions:
1.   Award of Restricted Stock Units . The Company hereby grants to Grantee a total of 131,000 Motorola restricted stock units (the “ Units ”) subject to the terms and conditions set forth below. All Awards shall be paid in whole shares of Motorola Common Stock (“ Common Stock ”); no fractional shares shall be credited or delivered to Grantee.
2.   Restrictions . The Units are being awarded to Grantee subject to the transfer and forfeiture conditions set forth below (the “ Restrictions ”) which shall lapse, if at all, as described in Section 3 below. For purposes of this Award, the term Units includes any additional Units granted to the Grantee with respect to Units, still subject to the Restrictions.
  a.   Grantee may not directly or indirectly, by operation of law or otherwise, voluntarily or involuntarily, sell, assign, pledge, encumber, charge or otherwise transfer any of the Units still subject to Restrictions. The Units shall be forfeited if Grantee violates or attempts to violate these transfer Restrictions. Motorola shall have the right to assign this Agreement, which shall not affect the validity or enforceability of this Agreement. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of assigns and successors of Motorola.
 
  b.   Any Units still subject to the Restrictions shall be automatically forfeited upon the Grantee’s termination of employment with Motorola or a Subsidiary for any reason other than death, Total and Permanent Disability, or Involuntary Termination due to (i) a Divestiture or (ii) for a reason other than for Cause. For purposes of this Agreement, a “Subsidiary” is any corporation or other entity in which a 50 percent or greater interest is held directly or indirectly by Motorola and which is consolidated for financial reporting purposes. Total and Permanent Disability is defined in Section 3(a).
 
  c.   If Grantee engages in any of the following conduct for any reason, in addition to all remedies in law and/or equity available to the Company or any Subsidiary, Grantee shall forfeit all restricted stock units under the Award whose Restrictions

 


 

      have not lapsed, and, for all restricted stock units under the Award whose Restrictions have lapsed, Grantee shall immediately pay to the Company the Fair Market Value (as defined in paragraph 7 below) of Motorola Common Stock (“ Common Stock ”) on the date(s) such Restrictions lapsed, without regard to any taxes that may have been deducted from such amount. For purposes of subparagraphs (i) through and including (v) below, “Company” or “Motorola” shall mean Motorola, Inc. and/or any of its Subsidiaries:
  (i)   During the course of Grantee’s employment and thereafter, Grantee uses or discloses, except on behalf of the Company and pursuant to the Company’s directions, any Company Confidential Information. “Confidential Information” means information concerning the Company and its business that is not generally known outside the Company, and includes (A) trade secrets; (B) intellectual property; (C) the Company’s methods of operation and Company processes; (D) information regarding the Company’s present and/or future products, developments, processes and systems, including invention disclosures and patent applications; (E) information on customers or potential customers, including customers’ names, sales records, prices, and other terms of sales and Company cost information; (F) Company personnel data; (G) Company business plans, marketing plans, financial data and projections; and (H) information received in confidence by the Company from third parties. Information regarding products, services or technological innovations in development, in test marketing or being marketed or promoted in a discrete geographic region, which information the Company or one of its affiliates is considering for broader use, shall be deemed generally known until such broader use is actually commercially implemented; and/or
 
  (ii)   During Grantee’s employment and for a period of two years following the termination of Grantee’s employment for any reason, Grantee hires, recruits, solicits or induces, or causes, allows, permits or aids others to hire, recruit, solicit or induce, or to communicate in support of those activities, any employee of the Company who possesses Confidential Information of the Company to terminate his/her employment with the Company and/or to seek employment with Grantee’s new or prospective employer, or any other company; and/or
 
  (iii)   During Grantee’s employment and for a period of two years following the termination of Grantee’s employment for any reason, Grantee engages in activities which are entirely or in part the same as or similar to activities in which Grantee engaged at any time during the two years preceding termination of Grantee’s employment with the Company, for any person, company or entity in connection with products, services or technological developments (existing or planned) that are entirely or in part the same as, similar to, or competitive with, any products, services or technological developments (existing or planned) on which Grantee worked at any time during the two years preceding termination of Grantee’s

 


 

      employment. This paragraph applies in countries in which Grantee has physically been present performing work for the Company at any time during the two years preceding termination of Grantee’s employment; and/or
  (iv)   During Grantee’s employment and for a period of two years following the termination of Grantee’s employment for any reason, Grantee, directly or indirectly, on behalf of Grantee or any other person, company or entity, solicits or participates in soliciting, products or services competitive with or similar to products or services offered by, manufactured by, designed by or distributed by the Company to any person, company or entity which was a customer or potential customer for such products or services and with which Grantee had direct or indirect contact regarding those products or services or about which Grantee learned confidential information at any time during the two years prior to Grantee’s termination of employment with the Company; and/or
 
  (v)   During Grantee’s employment and for a period of two years following the termination of Grantee’s employment for any reason, Grantee, directly or indirectly, in any capacity, provides products or services competitive with or similar to products or services offered by the Company to any person, company or entity which was a customer for such products or services and with which customer Grantee had direct or indirect contact regarding those products or services or about which customer Grantee learned Confidential Information at any time during the two years prior to Grantee’s termination of employment with the Company.
  d.   The Units are subject to the terms and conditions of the Company’s Policy Regarding Recoupment of Incentive Payments upon Financial Restatement (such policy, as it may be amended from time to time, being the “ Recoupment Policy ”). The Recoupment Policy provides for determinations by the Company’s independent directors that, as a result of intentional misconduct by Grantee, the Company’s financial results were restated (a “ Policy Restatement ”). In the event of a Policy Restatement, the Company’s independent directors may require, among other things (a) cancellation of any of the Units that remain outstanding; and/or (b) reimbursement of any gains in respect of the Units, if and to the extent the conditions set forth in the Recoupment Policy apply. Any determinations made by the independent directors in accordance with the Recoupment Policy shall be binding upon Grantee. The Recoupment Policy is in addition to any other remedies which may be otherwise available at law, in equity or under contract, to the Company.
     The Company will not be obligated to pay Grantee any consideration whatsoever for forfeited Units.
3.   Lapse of Restrictions .
  a.   The Restrictions applicable to the Units shall lapse, as long as the Units have not been forfeited as described in Section 2 above, as follows:

 


 

  (i)   On the third anniversary of the Date of Grant if Grantee is continuously employed by the Company through that date. For purposes of this Agreement, the “Restriction Period” applicable to a Unit shall refer to the period of time beginning on the Date of Grant and ending on the date that the Restrictions applicable to such Unit shall lapse, as set forth above.
 
  (ii)   If a Change in Control of the Company occurs and the successor corporation (or parent thereof) does not assume this Award or replace it with a comparable award; provided, further, that with respect to any Award that is assumed or replaced, such assumed or replaced awards shall provide that the Restrictions shall lapse if Grantee is involuntarily terminated (for a reason other than “Cause”) or quits for “Good Reason” within 24 months of the Change in Control. For purposes of this Agreement, the terms “Change in Control”, “Cause ” and “Good Reason” are defined in the 2006 Incentive Plan;
 
  (iii)   Upon termination of Grantee’s employment by Motorola or a Subsidiary by Total and Permanent Disability. “Total and Permanent Disability” means for (x) U.S. employees, entitlement to long term disability benefits under the Motorola Disability Income Plan, as amended and any successor plan or a determination of a permanent and total disability under a state workers compensation statute and (y) non-U.S. employees, as established by applicable Motorola policy or as required by local regulations; or
 
  (iv)   If the Grantee dies.
  b.   In the case of Involuntary Termination due to a Divestiture before the expiration of the Restriction Period, if the Units have not been forfeited as described in Section 2 above, then the Restrictions shall lapse on a pro rata basis determined by dividing (i) the number of completed full years of service by the Grantee from the Award Date to the employee’s date of termination by (ii) the total length of the Restriction Period. In the case of Involuntary Termination for a reason other than Cause (but not a Divestiture) before the expiration of the Restriction Period, if the Units have not been forfeited as described in Section 2 above, then the Restrictions on all the Units shall lapse.
 
  c.   “Termination due to a Divestiture” for purposes of this Agreement means if Grantee accepts employment with another company in direct connection with the sale, lease, outsourcing arrangement or any other type of asset transfer or transfer of any portion of a facility or any portion of a discrete organizational unit of Motorola or a Subsidiary, or if Grantee remains employed by a Subsidiary that is sold or whose shares are distributed to the Motorola stockholders in a spin-off or similar transaction (a “Divestiture”).
 
  d.   If, during the Restriction Period, the Grantee takes a Leave of Absence from Motorola or a Subsidiary, the Units will continue to be subject to this Agreement. If the Restriction Period expires while the Grantee is on a Leave of Absence the

 


 

      Grantee will be entitled to the Units even if the Grantee has not returned to active employment. “Leave of Absence” means an approved leave of absence from Motorola or a Subsidiary that is not a termination of employment, as determined by Motorola.
  e.   To the extent the Restrictions lapse under this Section 3 with respect to the Units, they will be free of the terms and conditions of this Award (other than 2(c)).
4.   Adjustments . If the number of outstanding shares of Common Stock is changed as a result of a stock split or the like without additional consideration to the Company, the number of Units subject to this Award shall be adjusted to correspond to the change in the outstanding shares of Common Stock.
5.   Dividends . No dividends (or dividend equivalents) shall be paid with respect to Units credited to the Grantee’s account.
6.   Delivery of Certificates or Equivalent . Upon the lapse of Restrictions applicable to the Units, the Company shall, at its election, either (i) deliver to the Grantee a certificate representing a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the number of Units upon which such Restrictions have lapsed, or (ii) establish a brokerage account for the Grantee and credit to that account the number of shares of Common Stock of the Company equal to the number of Units upon which such Restrictions have lapsed.
7.   Withholding Taxes . The Company is entitled to withhold applicable taxes for the respective tax jurisdiction attributable to this Award or any payment made in connection with the Units. Grantee may satisfy any minimum withholding obligation in whole or in part by electing to have the plan administrator retain shares of Common Stock deliverable in connection with the Units having a Fair Market Value on the date the Restrictions applicable to the Units lapse equal to the amount to be withheld. “Fair Market Value” for this purpose shall be the closing price for a share of Common Stock on the date the Restrictions applicable to the Units lapse (the “Restrictions Lapse Date”) as reported for the New York Stock Exchange- Composite Transactions in the Wall Street Journal at www.online.wsj.com or, for purposes of imposing sanctions under paragraph 2(d), on any date specified therein. In the event the New York Stock Exchange is not open for trading on the Restrictions Lapse Date, or if the Common Stock does not trade on such day, Fair Market Value for this purpose shall be the closing price of the Common Stock on the last trading day prior to the Restrictions Lapse Date.
8.   Voting and Other Rights .
  a.   Grantee shall have no rights as a stockholder of the Company in respect of the Units, including the right to vote and to receive cash dividends and other distributions until delivery of certificates representing shares of Common Stock in satisfaction of the Units.
 
  b.   The grant of Units does not confer upon Grantee any right to continue in the employ of the Company or a Subsidiary or to interfere with the right of the Company or a Subsidiary, to terminate Grantee’s employment at any time.
9.   Agreement Following Termination of Employment . Grantee agrees that upon termination of employment with Motorola or a Subsidiary, Grantee will immediately inform Motorola of (a) the identity of any new employer (or the nature of any start-up business or self-employment),

 


 

    (b) Grantee’s new title, and (c) Grantee’s job duties and responsibilities. Grantee hereby authorizes Motorola or a Subsidiary to provide a copy of this Award Document to Grantee’s new employer. Grantee further agrees to provide information to Motorola or a Subsidiary as may from time to time be requested in order to determine his/her compliance with the terms hereof.
10.   Consent to Transfer Personal Data . By accepting this award, Grantee voluntarily acknowledges and consents to the collection, use, processing and transfer of personal data as described in this paragraph. Grantee is not obliged to consent to such collection, use, processing and transfer of personal data. However, failure to provide the consent may affect Grantee’s ability to participate in the Plan. Motorola, its Subsidiaries and Grantee’s employer hold certain personal information about Grantee, that may include his/her name, home address and telephone number, date of birth, social security number or other employee identification number, salary grade, hire data, salary, nationality, job title, any shares of stock held in Motorola, or details of all restricted stock units or any other entitlement to shares of stock awarded, canceled, purchased, vested, or unvested, for the purpose of managing and administering the Plan (“Data”). Motorola and/or its Subsidiaries will transfer Data amongst themselves as necessary for the purpose of implementation, administration and management of Grantee’s participation in the Plan, and Motorola and/or any of its Subsidiaries may each further transfer Data to any third parties assisting Motorola in the implementation, administration and management of the Plan. These recipients may be located throughout the world, including the United States. Grantee authorizes them to receive, possess, use, retain and transfer the Data, in electronic or other form, for the purposes of implementing, administering and managing Grantee’s participation in the Plan, including any requisite transfer of such Data as may be required for the administration of the Plan and/or the subsequent holding of shares of stock on Grantee’s behalf to a broker or other third party with whom Grantee may elect to deposit any shares of stock acquired pursuant to the Plan. Grantee may, at any time, review Data, require any necessary amendments to it or withdraw the consents herein in writing by contacting Motorola; however, withdrawing consent may affect Grantee’s ability to participate in the Plan.
11.   Nature of Award . By accepting this Award Agreement, the Grantee acknowledges his or her understanding that the grant of Units under this Award Agreement is completely at the discretion of Motorola, and that Motorola’s decision to make this Award in no way implies that similar awards may be granted in the future or that Grantee has any guarantee of future employment. Nor shall this or any such grant interfere with Grantee’s right or the Company’s right to terminate such employment relationship at any time, with or without cause, to the extent permitted by applicable laws and any enforceable agreement between Grantee and the Company. In addition, the Grantee hereby acknowledges that he or she has entered into employment with Motorola or a Subsidiary upon terms that did not include this Award or similar awards, that his or her decision to continue employment is not dependent on an expectation of this Award or similar awards, and that any amount received under this Award is considered an amount in addition to that which the Grantee expects to be paid for the performance of his or her services. Grantee’s acceptance of this Award is voluntary. The Award is not part of normal or expected compensation for purposes of calculating any severance, resignation, redundancy, end of service payments, bonuses, long-service awards, pension, or retirement benefits or similar payments, notwithstanding any provision of any compensation, insurance agreement or benefit plan to the contrary,
12.   Remedies for Breach . Grantee hereby acknowledges that the harm caused to the Company by the breach or anticipated breach of paragraphs 2(c)(i), (ii), (iii), (iv) and/or (v) of this

 


 

    Agreement will be irreparable and further agrees the Company may obtain injunctive relief against the Grantee in addition to and cumulative with any other legal or equitable rights and remedies the Company may have pursuant to this Agreement, any other agreements between the Grantee and the Company for the protection of the Company’s Confidential Information, or law, including the recovery of liquidated damages. Grantee agrees that any interim or final equitable relief entered by a court of competent jurisdiction, as specified in paragraph 15 below, will, at the request of the Company, be entered on consent and enforced by any such court having jurisdiction over the Grantee. This relief would occur without prejudice to any rights either party may have to appeal from the proceedings that resulted in any grant of such relief.
13.   Acknowledgements . With respect to the subject matter of paragraphs 2(c)(i), (ii), (iii), (iv) and (v) and paragraphs 12 and 15 hereof, this Agreement is the entire agreement with the Company. No waiver of any breach of any provision of this Agreement by the Company shall be construed to be a waiver of any succeeding breach or as a modification of such provision. The provisions of this Agreement shall be severable and in the event that any provision of this Agreement shall be found by any court as specified in paragraph 15 below to be unenforceable, in whole or in part, the remainder of this Agreement shall nevertheless be enforceable and binding on the parties. Grantee hereby agrees that the court may modify any invalid, overbroad or unenforceable term of this Agreement so that such term, as modified, is valid and enforceable under applicable law. Further, by accepting any Award under this Agreement, Grantee affirmatively states that (s)he has not, will not and cannot rely on any representations not expressly made herein.
14.   Funding . No assets or shares of Common Stock shall be segregated or earmarked by the Company in respect of any Units awarded hereunder. The grant of Units hereunder shall not constitute a trust and shall be solely for the purpose of recording an unsecured contractual obligation of the Company.
15.   Governing Law . All questions concerning the construction, validity and interpretation of this Award shall be governed by and construed according to the law of the State of Illinois without regard to any state’s conflicts of law principles. Any disputes regarding this Award or Agreement shall be brought only in the state or federal courts of Illinois.
16.   Waiver . The failure of the Company to enforce at any time any provision of this Award shall in no way be construed to be a waiver of such provision or any other provision hereof.
17.   Actions by the Compensation Committee . The Committee may delegate its authority to administer this Agreement. The actions and determinations of the Compensation Committee or delegate shall be binding upon the parties.
18.   Acceptance of Terms and Conditions . By electronically accepting this Award within 30 days after the date of the electronic mail notification by the Company to Grantee of the grant of this Award (“ Email Notification Date ”), Grantee agrees to be bound by the foregoing terms and conditions, the 2006 Incentive Plan and any and all rules and regulations established by Motorola in connection with awards issued under the 2006 Incentive Plan. If Grantee does not electronically accept this Award within 30 days of the Email Notification Date Grantee will not be entitled to the Units.
19.   Plan Documents . The 2006 Incentive Plan and the Prospectus for the 2006 Incentive Plan are available at http://myhr.mot.com/pay.finances/awards_incentives/stock_options/plan_documents.jsp or from Global Rewards, 1303 East Algonquin Road, Schaumburg, IL 60196, (847) 576-7885.

 

 

Exhibit 10.16
RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARD AGREEMENT
     This Restricted Stock Unit Award (“ Award ”) is awarded on February ___, 2008 (“ Date of Grant ”), by Motorola, Inc. (the “ Company ” or “ Motorola ”) to Paul Liska (the “ Grantee ”).
     WHEREAS, Grantee is receiving the Award under the Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2006, as amended (the “ 2006 Incentive Plan ” or the “ Plan ”);
     WHEREAS, Grantee is the Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Motorola;
     WHEREAS, the Award is a grant of Motorola restricted stock units authorized by the Board of Directors and the Board’s Compensation and Leadership Committee (the “ Compensation Committee ”); and
     WHEREAS, it is a condition to Grantee receiving the Award that Grantee electronically accept the terms, conditions and Restrictions applicable to the restricted stock units as set forth in this agreement.
     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the Company hereby awards restricted stock units to Grantee on the following terms and conditions:
1.   Award of Restricted Stock Units . The Company hereby grants to Grantee a total of 131,000 Motorola restricted stock units (the “ Units ”) subject to the terms and conditions set forth below. All Awards shall be paid in whole shares of Motorola Common Stock (“ Common Stock ”); no fractional shares shall be credited or delivered to Grantee.
2.   Restrictions . The Units are being awarded to Grantee subject to the transfer and forfeiture conditions set forth below (the “ Restrictions ”) which shall lapse, if at all, as described in Section 3 below. For purposes of this Award, the term Units includes any additional Units granted to the Grantee with respect to Units, still subject to the Restrictions.
  a.   Grantee may not directly or indirectly, by operation of law or otherwise, voluntarily or involuntarily, sell, assign, pledge, encumber, charge or otherwise transfer any of the Units still subject to Restrictions. The Units shall be forfeited if Grantee violates or attempts to violate these transfer Restrictions. Motorola shall have the right to assign this Agreement, which shall not affect the validity or enforceability of this Agreement. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of assigns and successors of Motorola.
 
  b.   Any Units still subject to the Restrictions shall be automatically forfeited upon the Grantee’s termination of employment with Motorola or a Subsidiary for any reason other than death, Total and Permanent Disability, or Involuntary Termination due to (i) a Divestiture or (ii) for a reason other than for Serious Misconduct. For purposes of this Agreement, a “Subsidiary” is any corporation or other entity in which a 50 percent or greater interest is held directly or indirectly by Motorola and which is consolidated for financial reporting purposes. Total and Permanent Disability is defined in Section 3(a).
 
  c.   If Grantee engages in any of the following conduct for any reason, in addition to all remedies in law and/or equity available to the Company or any Subsidiary, Grantee shall forfeit all restricted stock units under the Award whose Restrictions

 


 

      have not lapsed, and, for all restricted stock units under the Award whose Restrictions have lapsed, Grantee shall immediately pay to the Company the Fair Market Value (as defined in paragraph 7 below) of Motorola Common Stock (“ Common Stock ”) on the date(s) such Restrictions lapsed, without regard to any taxes that may have been deducted from such amount. For purposes of subparagraphs (i) through and including (v) below, “Company” or “Motorola” shall mean Motorola, Inc. and/or any of its Subsidiaries:
  (i)   During the course of Grantee’s employment and thereafter, Grantee uses or discloses, except on behalf of the Company and pursuant to the Company’s directions, any Company Confidential Information. “Confidential Information” means information concerning the Company and its business that is not generally known outside the Company, and includes (A) trade secrets; (B) intellectual property; (C) the Company’s methods of operation and Company processes; (D) information regarding the Company’s present and/or future products, developments, processes and systems, including invention disclosures and patent applications; (E) information on customers or potential customers, including customers’ names, sales records, prices, and other terms of sales and Company cost information; (F) Company personnel data; (G) Company business plans, marketing plans, financial data and projections; and (H) information received in confidence by the Company from third parties. Information regarding products, services or technological innovations in development, in test marketing or being marketed or promoted in a discrete geographic region, which information the Company or one of its affiliates is considering for broader use, shall be deemed generally known until such broader use is actually commercially implemented; and/or
 
  (ii)   During Grantee’s employment and for a period of two years following the termination of Grantee’s employment for any reason, Grantee hires, recruits, solicits or induces, or causes, allows, permits or aids others to hire, recruit, solicit or induce, or to communicate in support of those activities, any employee of the Company who possesses Confidential Information of the Company to terminate his/her employment with the Company and/or to seek employment with Grantee’s new or prospective employer, or any other company; and/or
 
  (iii)   During Grantee’s employment and for a period of two years following the termination of Grantee’s employment for any reason, Grantee engages in activities which are entirely or in part the same as or similar to activities in which Grantee engaged at any time during the two years preceding termination of Grantee’s employment with the Company, for any person, company or entity in connection with products, services or technological developments (existing or planned) that are entirely or in part the same as, similar to, or competitive with, any products, services or technological developments (existing or planned) on which Grantee worked at any time during the two years preceding termination of Grantee’s

 


 

      employment. This paragraph applies in countries in which Grantee has physically been present performing work for the Company at any time during the two years preceding termination of Grantee’s employment; and/or
 
  (iv)   During Grantee’s employment and for a period of two years following the termination of Grantee’s employment for any reason, Grantee, directly or indirectly, on behalf of Grantee or any other person, company or entity, solicits or participates in soliciting, products or services competitive with or similar to products or services offered by, manufactured by, designed by or distributed by the Company to any person, company or entity which was a customer or potential customer for such products or services and with which Grantee had direct or indirect contact regarding those products or services or about which Grantee learned confidential information at any time during the two years prior to Grantee’s termination of employment with the Company; and/or
 
  (v)   During Grantee’s employment and for a period of two years following the termination of Grantee’s employment for any reason, Grantee, directly or indirectly, in any capacity, provides products or services competitive with or similar to products or services offered by the Company to any person, company or entity which was a customer for such products or services and with which customer Grantee had direct or indirect contact regarding those products or services or about which customer Grantee learned Confidential Information at any time during the two years prior to Grantee’s termination of employment with the Company.
  d.   The Units are subject to the terms and conditions of the Company’s Policy Regarding Recoupment of Incentive Payments upon Financial Restatement (such policy, as it may be amended from time to time, being the “ Recoupment Policy ”). The Recoupment Policy provides for determinations by the Company’s independent directors that, as a result of intentional misconduct by Grantee, the Company’s financial results were restated (a “ Policy Restatement ”). In the event of a Policy Restatement, the Company’s independent directors may require, among other things (a) cancellation of any of the Units that remain outstanding; and/or (b) reimbursement of any gains in respect of the Units, if and to the extent the conditions set forth in the Recoupment Policy apply. Any determinations made by the independent directors in accordance with the Recoupment Policy shall be binding upon Grantee. The Recoupment Policy is in addition to any other remedies which may be otherwise available at law, in equity or under contract, to the Company.
     The Company will not be obligated to pay Grantee any consideration whatsoever for forfeited Units.
3.   Lapse of Restrictions .
  a.   The Restrictions applicable to the Units shall lapse, as long as the Units have not been forfeited as described in Section 2 above, as follows:

 


 

  (i)    
         
Vesting    
Percentage   Date
  50 %   On the 30-month anniversary of the Date of Grant if Grantee is continuously employed by the Company through that date
  50 %   On the 60-month anniversary of the Date of Grant if Grantee is continuously employed by the Company through that date
      For purposes of this Agreement, the “Restriction Period” applicable to a Unit shall refer to the period of time beginning on the Date of Grant and ending on the date that the Restrictions applicable to such Unit shall lapse, as set forth in the table above.
 
  (ii)   If a Change in Control of the Company occurs and the successor corporation (or parent thereof) does not assume this Award or replace it with a comparable award; provided, further, that with respect to any Award that is assumed or replaced, such assumed or replaced awards shall provide that the Restrictions shall lapse if Grantee is involuntarily terminated (for a reason other than “Cause”) or quits for “Good Reason” within 24 months of the Change in Control. For purposes of this paragraph, the terms “Change in Control”, “Cause ” and “Good Reason” are defined in the 2006 Incentive Plan;
 
  (iii)   Upon termination of Grantee’s employment by Motorola or a Subsidiary by Total and Permanent Disability. “Total and Permanent Disability” means for (x) U.S. employees, entitlement to long term disability benefits under the Motorola Disability Income Plan, as amended and any successor plan or a determination of a permanent and total disability under a state workers compensation statute and (y) non-U.S. employees, as established by applicable Motorola policy or as required by local regulations; or
 
  (iv)   If the Grantee dies.
  b.   In the case of Involuntary Termination due to (i) a Divestiture or (ii) for a reason other than for Serious Misconduct before the expiration of the Restriction Period, if the Units have not been forfeited as described in Section 2 above, then the Restrictions shall lapse on a pro rata basis determined by dividing (i) the number of completed full years of service by the Grantee from the Award Date to the employee’s date of termination by (ii) the total length of the Restriction Period.
 
  c.   “Termination due to a Divestiture” for purposes of this Agreement means if Grantee accepts employment with another company in direct connection with the sale, lease, outsourcing arrangement or any other type of asset transfer or transfer of any portion of a facility or any portion of a discrete organizational unit of Motorola or a Subsidiary, or if Grantee remains employed by a Subsidiary that is

 


 

      sold or whose shares are distributed to the Motorola stockholders in a spin-off or similar transaction (a “Divestiture”).
 
  d.   “Serious Misconduct” for purposes of this Agreement means any misconduct identified as a ground for termination in the Motorola Code of Business Conduct, or the human resources policies, or other written policies or procedures.
 
  e.   If, during the Restriction Period, the Grantee takes a Leave of Absence from Motorola or a Subsidiary, the Units will continue to be subject to this Agreement. If the Restriction Period expires while the Grantee is on a Leave of Absence the Grantee will be entitled to the Units even if the Grantee has not returned to active employment. “Leave of Absence” means an approved leave of absence from Motorola or a Subsidiary that is not a termination of employment, as determined by Motorola.
 
  f.   To the extent the Restrictions lapse under this Section 3 with respect to the Units, they will be free of the terms and conditions of this Award (other than 2(c)).
4.   Adjustments . If the number of outstanding shares of Common Stock is changed as a result of a stock split or the like without additional consideration to the Company, the number of Units subject to this Award shall be adjusted to correspond to the change in the outstanding shares of Common Stock.
5.   Dividends . No dividends (or dividend equivalents) shall be paid with respect to Units credited to the Grantee’s account.
6.   Delivery of Certificates or Equivalent . Upon the lapse of Restrictions applicable to the Units, the Company shall, at its election, either (i) deliver to the Grantee a certificate representing a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the number of Units upon which such Restrictions have lapsed, or (ii) establish a brokerage account for the Grantee and credit to that account the number of shares of Common Stock of the Company equal to the number of Units upon which such Restrictions have lapsed.
7.   Withholding Taxes . The Company is entitled to withhold applicable taxes for the respective tax jurisdiction attributable to this Award or any payment made in connection with the Units. Grantee may satisfy any minimum withholding obligation in whole or in part by electing to have the plan administrator retain shares of Common Stock deliverable in connection with the Units having a Fair Market Value on the date the Restrictions applicable to the Units lapse equal to the amount to be withheld. “Fair Market Value” for this purpose shall be the closing price for a share of Common Stock on the date the Restrictions applicable to the Units lapse (the “Restrictions Lapse Date”) as reported for the New York Stock Exchange- Composite Transactions in the Wall Street Journal at www.online.wsj.com or, for purposes of imposing sanctions under paragraph 2(d), on any date specified therein. In the event the New York Stock Exchange is not open for trading on the Restrictions Lapse Date, or if the Common Stock does not trade on such day, Fair Market Value for this purpose shall be the closing price of the Common Stock on the last trading day prior to the Restrictions Lapse Date.
8.  Voting and Other Rights .
  a.   Grantee shall have no rights as a stockholder of the Company in respect of the Units, including the right to vote and to receive cash dividends and other

 


 

      distributions until delivery of certificates representing shares of Common Stock in satisfaction of the Units.
 
  b.   The grant of Units does not confer upon Grantee any right to continue in the employ of the Company or a Subsidiary or to interfere with the right of the Company or a Subsidiary, to terminate Grantee’s employment at any time.
9.   Agreement Following Termination of Employment . Grantee agrees that upon termination of employment with Motorola or a Subsidiary, Grantee will immediately inform Motorola of (a) the identity of any new employer (or the nature of any start-up business or self-employment), (b) Grantee’s new title, and (c) Grantee’s job duties and responsibilities. Grantee hereby authorizes Motorola or a Subsidiary to provide a copy of this Award Document to Grantee’s new employer. Grantee further agrees to provide information to Motorola or a Subsidiary as may from time to time be requested in order to determine his/her compliance with the terms hereof.
10.   Consent to Transfer Personal Data . By accepting this award, Grantee voluntarily acknowledges and consents to the collection, use, processing and transfer of personal data as described in this paragraph. Grantee is not obliged to consent to such collection, use, processing and transfer of personal data. However, failure to provide the consent may affect Grantee’s ability to participate in the Plan. Motorola, its Subsidiaries and Grantee’s employer hold certain personal information about Grantee, that may include his/her name, home address and telephone number, date of birth, social security number or other employee identification number, salary grade, hire data, salary, nationality, job title, any shares of stock held in Motorola, or details of all restricted stock units or any other entitlement to shares of stock awarded, canceled, purchased, vested, or unvested, for the purpose of managing and administering the Plan (“Data”). Motorola and/or its Subsidiaries will transfer Data amongst themselves as necessary for the purpose of implementation, administration and management of Grantee’s participation in the Plan, and Motorola and/or any of its Subsidiaries may each further transfer Data to any third parties assisting Motorola in the implementation, administration and management of the Plan. These recipients may be located throughout the world, including the United States. Grantee authorizes them to receive, possess, use, retain and transfer the Data, in electronic or other form, for the purposes of implementing, administering and managing Grantee’s participation in the Plan, including any requisite transfer of such Data as may be required for the administration of the Plan and/or the subsequent holding of shares of stock on Grantee’s behalf to a broker or other third party with whom Grantee may elect to deposit any shares of stock acquired pursuant to the Plan. Grantee may, at any time, review Data, require any necessary amendments to it or withdraw the consents herein in writing by contacting Motorola; however, withdrawing consent may affect Grantee’s ability to participate in the Plan.
11.   Nature of Award . By accepting this Award Agreement, the Grantee acknowledges his or her understanding that the grant of Units under this Award Agreement is completely at the discretion of Motorola, and that Motorola’s decision to make this Award in no way implies that similar awards may be granted in the future or that Grantee has any guarantee of future employment. Nor shall this or any such grant interfere with Grantee’s right or the Company’s right to terminate such employment relationship at any time, with or without cause, to the extent permitted by applicable laws and any enforceable agreement between Grantee and the Company. In addition, the Grantee hereby acknowledges that he or she has entered into employment with Motorola or a Subsidiary upon terms that did not include this Award or similar awards, that his or her decision to continue employment is not dependent on

 


 

    an expectation of this Award or similar awards, and that any amount received under this Award is considered an amount in addition to that which the Grantee expects to be paid for the performance of his or her services. Grantee’s acceptance of this Award is voluntary. The Award is not part of normal or expected compensation for purposes of calculating any severance, resignation, redundancy, end of service payments, bonuses, long-service awards, pension, or retirement benefits or similar payments, notwithstanding any provision of any compensation, insurance agreement or benefit plan to the contrary,
12.   Remedies for Breach . Grantee hereby acknowledges that the harm caused to the Company by the breach or anticipated breach of paragraphs 2(c)(i), (ii), (iii), (iv) and/or (v) of this Agreement will be irreparable and further agrees the Company may obtain injunctive relief against the Grantee in addition to and cumulative with any other legal or equitable rights and remedies the Company may have pursuant to this Agreement, any other agreements between the Grantee and the Company for the protection of the Company’s Confidential Information, or law, including the recovery of liquidated damages. Grantee agrees that any interim or final equitable relief entered by a court of competent jurisdiction, as specified in paragraph 15 below, will, at the request of the Company, be entered on consent and enforced by any such court having jurisdiction over the Grantee. This relief would occur without prejudice to any rights either party may have to appeal from the proceedings that resulted in any grant of such relief.
13.   Acknowledgements . With respect to the subject matter of paragraphs 2(c)(i), (ii), (iii), (iv) and (v) and paragraphs 12 and 15 hereof, this Agreement is the entire agreement with the Company. No waiver of any breach of any provision of this Agreement by the Company shall be construed to be a waiver of any succeeding breach or as a modification of such provision. The provisions of this Agreement shall be severable and in the event that any provision of this Agreement shall be found by any court as specified in paragraph 15 below to be unenforceable, in whole or in part, the remainder of this Agreement shall nevertheless be enforceable and binding on the parties. Grantee hereby agrees that the court may modify any invalid, overbroad or unenforceable term of this Agreement so that such term, as modified, is valid and enforceable under applicable law. Further, by accepting any Award under this Agreement, Grantee affirmatively states that (s)he has not, will not and cannot rely on any representations not expressly made herein.
14.   Funding . No assets or shares of Common Stock shall be segregated or earmarked by the Company in respect of any Units awarded hereunder. The grant of Units hereunder shall not constitute a trust and shall be solely for the purpose of recording an unsecured contractual obligation of the Company.
15.   Governing Law . All questions concerning the construction, validity and interpretation of this Award shall be governed by and construed according to the law of the State of Illinois without regard to any state’s conflicts of law principles. Any disputes regarding this Award or Agreement shall be brought only in the state or federal courts of Illinois.
16.   Waiver . The failure of the Company to enforce at any time any provision of this Award shall in no way be construed to be a waiver of such provision or any other provision hereof.
17.   Actions by the Compensation Committee . The Committee may delegate its authority to administer this Agreement. The actions and determinations of the Compensation Committee or delegate shall be binding upon the parties.

 


 

18.   Acceptance of Terms and Conditions . By electronically accepting this Award within 30 days after the date of the electronic mail notification by the Company to Grantee of the grant of this Award (“ Email Notification Date ”), Grantee agrees to be bound by the foregoing terms and conditions, the 2006 Incentive Plan and any and all rules and regulations established by Motorola in connection with awards issued under the 2006 Incentive Plan. If Grantee does not electronically accept this Award within 30 days of the Email Notification Date Grantee will not be entitled to the Units.
19.   Plan Documents . The 2006 Incentive Plan and the Prospectus for the 2006 Incentive Plan are available at http://myhr.mot.com/pay.finances/awards_incentives/stock_options/plan_documents.jsp or from Global Rewards, 1303 East Algonquin Road, Schaumburg, IL 60196, (847) 576-7885.

 

 

Exhibit 10.35
2006 Motorola Incentive Plan
( As Amended and Restated as of January 1, 2008 )
Overview
The 2006 Motorola Incentive Plan has been established to retain Employees through competitive rewards, attract premier talent, align individual efforts with business goals, and reward Employees for strong business performance. The Plan is based on successive calendar-year performance periods commencing 1 January 2006. The Plan is being implemented pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Omnibus Plan. Capitalized terms are defined in the “Definitions” section below.
Eligibility
To be eligible to participate in this Plan, an individual must be:
    A full-time or part-time Employee of Motorola assigned to a Participating Organization;
 
    Not a participant in any other annual group incentive or bonus plan ( e.g., sales commission plans, etc.); and
 
    The Employee must meet one of the following conditions:
    The Employee is active on a Company payroll as of the end of the Plan Year;
 
    The Employee is on a Leave of Absence as of the end of the Plan Year;
 
    The Employee Retired from the Company during the Plan Year while actively employed or from a Leave of Absence; or
 
    The Employee died during the Plan Year while actively employed by the Company or while on a Leave of Absence.
The MIP Committee may modify the foregoing eligibility provisions to exclude groups of employees on a country-wide or business unit/organizational basis as the MIP Committee deems necessary or appropriate.

 


 

Award Calculation
Awards will be calculated and paid after the close of each Plan Year on which the awards are based. The award amount will be based on Eligible Earnings, the Target Award Percentage, and the Business and Individual Performance Factors, as follows:
                                 
Award
  =   Eligible Earnings   *   Target Award   *   Business   *   Individual
 
              Percentage       Performance Factor       Performance Factor
Target Award Percentages, Business Performance Factors and Individual Performance Factors for each Plan Year shall be determined by the Compensation Committee. Business Performance Factors shall be based on Operating Earnings, Operating Cash Flow, Revenue Growth, Quality and such other factors as may be determined by the Compensation Committee in its complete discretion.
Payout Process
    All earned awards will be paid in cash. Payment will be made as soon as administratively practical following the close of a Plan Year.
 
    A Participant shall have no right to any award until that award is paid.
Administration
    The Compensation Committee has the overall responsibility for administering and amending this Plan, subject to the following:
    The Compensation Committee, in its discretion, can include or exclude individual items from the calculation of the Business Performance Factors for good reason.
 
    The Compensation Committee has delegated to the MIP Committee the authority to manage the day-to-day administration of the Plan including without limitation the discretionary authority to (i) administer and interpret the terms of the Plan, and (ii) amend the Plan only as necessary to reflect any ministerial, administrative or managerial functions; provided

2


 

      that any such amendment does not alter the Business Performance Factor once established for any Participating Organization or the Motorola-Wide Business Performance Factor for any Plan Year and provided that any such amendment does not increase the total payout under the Plan unless such increase is minor and due to increased Target Award Percentages, additional Participants, or other administrative changes.
 
    The Compensation Committee has delegated certain responsibilities to the Chief Executive Officer of the Company, the exercise of which cannot result in an increased aggregate cost of the Plan in any Plan Year.
 
    The Compensation Committee specifically reserves to itself the authority to set the initial Target Award Percentage and to determine any final award payment for any Participant who is (i) subject to Section 162(m), (ii) subject to Section 16, or (iii) designated as a member of the Motorola Senior Leadership Team.
    Any claims for payments under the Plan or any other matter relating to the Plan must be presented in writing to the MIP Committee within 60 days after the event that is the subject of the claim. The MIP Committee will then provide a response within 60 days, which shall be final and binding.
General Provisions
    Awards are subject to all applicable withholding taxes and other required deductions.
 
    The Plan will not be available to Employees who are subject to the laws of any jurisdiction which prohibits any provisions of this Plan or in which tax or other business considerations make participation impracticable in the judgment of the MIP Committee.
 
    This Plan does not constitute a guarantee of employment nor does it restrict the Company’s rights to terminate employment at any time or for any reason.
 
    The Plan and any individual award is offered as a gratuitous award at the sole discretion of the Company. The Plan does not create vested rights of any nature nor does it constitute a contract of employment or a contract of any other kind. The Plan does not

3


 

      create any customary concession or privilege to which there is any entitlement from year-to-year, except to the extent required under applicable law. Nothing in the Plan entitles an Employee to any remuneration or benefits not set forth in the Plan nor does it restrict the Company’s rights to increase or decrease the compensation of any Employee, except as otherwise required under applicable law.
 
    Except as explicitly provided by law, the awards shall not become a part of any employment condition, regular salary, remuneration package, contract or agreement, but shall remain gratuitous in all respects. Awards are not to be taken into account for determining overtime pay, severance pay, termination pay, pay in lieu of notice, or any other form of pay or compensation.
 
    Except as explicitly provided by law, this Plan is provided at the Company’s sole discretion and the Compensation Committee may modify or terminate it at any time, prospectively or retroactively, without notice or obligation for any reason. In addition, there is no obligation to extend the Plan or establish a replacement plan in subsequent years.
 
    Effective as of January 1, 2008, all awards to Covered Persons are subject to the terms and conditions of the Recoupment Policy. The Recoupment Policy provides for determinations by the Company’s independent directors of a Policy Restatement. In the event of a Policy Restatement, the Company’s independent directors may require, among other things, reimbursement of the gross amount of any bonus or incentive compensation paid to the Covered Person hereunder on or after January 1, 2008 if and to the extent the conditions set forth in the Recoupment Policy apply. Any determinations made by the independent directors in accordance with the Recoupment Policy shall be binding upon the Covered Person. The Recoupment Policy is in addition to any other remedies which may be otherwise available at law, in equity or under contract, to the Company.
 
    The Plan shall not be funded in any way. The Company shall not be required to establish any special or separate fund or to make any other segregation of assets to assure the payment of awards. To the extent any person acquires a right to receive payment under the Plan, such right will be no greater than the right of an unsecured general creditor of the Company.
 
    Award opportunities may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated, other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution.

4


 

    The Compensation Committee establishes the following administrative provisions reflecting changes in Employee status during the Plan Year:
    Because employee retention is an important objective of this Plan and awards do not bear a precise relationship to time worked within the calendar year or length of service with the Company, Participants who separate from employment (payroll) prior to the end of the Plan Year (for reasons other than death or Retirement) shall not receive any award attributable to that Plan Year.
 
    In the event a Participant (i) remains on payroll as an active Employee or is on a Leave of Absence at the end of a Plan Year, but is not actually working, (ii) Retires or dies prior to the end of the Plan Year while actively employed or on a Leave of Absence, any award received by the Participant shall be based solely on the Participant’s Eligible Earnings for the time the Participant actually worked during the Plan Year. Any such award payable on behalf of a deceased Participant shall be paid to the decedent’s estate. A Participant on any type of leave of absence shall not be considered to be actually working for purposes of this Plan.
 
    Awards for transferred, promoted or demoted Participants will be calculated using (i) the Individual Performance Factor assigned at the end of the Plan Year and (ii) the Target Award Percentages and Business Performance Factors prorated for the portions of the Plan Year the Participant was assigned different target awards or was in different Participating Organizations during the Plan Year; provided, however, that the Target Award Percentage may not be increased without Compensation Committee approval for any Participant who is (i) subject to Section 162(m), (ii) subject to Section 16, or (iii) designated as a member of the Motorola Senior Leadership Team.
The MIP Committee may modify the foregoing provisions as it deems necessary or appropriate to apply to groups of employees on a country-wide or business unit/organizational basis as the MIP Committee deems necessary or appropriate.

5


 

Definitions
Company : Motorola, Inc. and its subsidiaries.
Compensation Committee : the Compensation and Leadership Committee of the Board of Directors.
Covered Persons: officers (as such term is defined in Rule 16a-1(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) of the Company.
Divested : the sale, lease, outsourcing arrangement, spin-off or similar transaction wherein a subsidiary is sold or whose shares are distributed to the Motorola stockholders, or any other type of asset transfer or transfer of any portion of a facility or any portion of a discrete organizational unit of Company or a subsidiary.
Eligible Earnings : the MIP Committee will determine Eligible Earnings for each country, consistent with their respective legal and practical requirements. The MIP Committee may determine inclusions and exclusions from Eligible Earnings to apply to groups of employees on a country-wide or business unit/organizational basis as the MIP Committee deems necessary or appropriate.
Employee : a person in an employee-employer relationship with the Company whose base wage or base salary is processed for payment by the payroll department(s) of the Company or a subsidiary and not by any other department of the Company. The term Employee shall exclude the following:
    Any independent contractor, consultant, or individual performing services for the Company who has entered into an independent contractor or consultant agreement;
 
    Any individual performing services under an independent contractor or consultant agreement, a purchase order, a supplier agreement or any other agreement that the Company enters into for services;
 
    Any person classified by the Company as a temporary or contract labor (such as black badges, brown badges, contractors, contract employees, job shoppers) regardless of the length of service; and
 
    Any “leased employee” as defined in Section 414(n) of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

6


 

Such individuals shall be precluded from retroactive participation in the Plan even if a court or governmental or regulatory entity subsequently reclassifies such individuals as common law employees of the Company on a retroactive basis.
Gross Margin: net sales minus the cost of goods sold, calculated according to GAAP .
Leave of Absence: an approved leave of absence.
MIP Committee : a committee to which the Compensation Committee may delegate certain powers and duties as described above. Unless otherwise determined, the MIP Committee will consist of the Senior Human Resources Officer, a senior Compensation Officer, and a senior Finance Officer. The MIP Committee may establish self-governance procedures such as by-laws, and shall keep minutes regarding all actions taken by the MIP Committee.
Omnibus Plan : the Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2006, or any successor plan.
Operating Earnings: calculated according to GAAP, excluding one-time events called out in earnings releases, such as restructuring activities and sales of marketable securities. It also excludes stock compensation expense. It will be adjusted for the impact of mergers, acquisitions, and divestitures material to the business segment.
Operating Cash Flow: calculated according to GAAP, which excludes gains on sales of investments and securities, and the following acquisition-related costs: intangible amortization and in-process research and development. It will be adjusted for the impact of mergers, acquisitions, and divestitures material to the business segment.
Participant : an Employee who meets the eligibility requirements set forth above.
Plan: the 2006 Motorola Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time.
Plan Year: calendar-year performance periods commencing each 1 January.
Policy Restatement: a restatement of the Company’s financial results caused by the intentional misconduct of a Covered Person.
Quality: combination of measures of customer advocacy, reliability, flawless launch, and/or cost of poor quality, as defined by the MIP Committee. The MIP Committee may add or delete quality measures to reflect changing business requirements.

7


 

Recoupment Policy: the Company’s Policy Regarding Recoupment of Incentive Payments upon Financial Restatement, as it may be amended from time to time.
Retired or Retirement : this Plan utilizes the definition of “retiree” and retirement that appears in the primary retirement plan covering the Participant.
Revenue Growth: calculated as the year-over-year percentage increase in net sales after discounts according to GAAP. It will be adjusted for the impact of mergers, acquisitions, and divestitures material to the business segment.
Section 16: Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
Section  162(m) : Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code, as amended.
If a term is used but not defined in the Plan, it has the meaning given such term in the Omnibus Plan.
Applicable Law
To the extent not preempted by federal law, or otherwise provided by local law, the Plan will be construed in accordance with, and governed by, the laws of the state of Illinois without regard to any state’s conflicts of laws principles. Any legal action related to this Plan shall be brought only in a federal or state court located in Illinois.

8

 

Exhibit 10.36
Motorola Long Range Incentive Plan (LRIP) of 2005
(As Amended and Restated as of January 30, 2008)
ELIGIBILITY
Corporate, Senior and Executive Vice Presidents (“Officers”) of Motorola, Inc. (“Motorola”) or a Subsidiary, as recommended by the Chief Executive Officer and approved by the Compensation and Leadership Committee of the Board of Directors (“Committee”), are eligible to participate in the Motorola Long Range Incentive Plan (LRIP) of 2005 (the “Plan”). The Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Operating Officer (if any) are also eligible to participate as approved by the Committee.
PARTICIPATION
Generally, Officers who become eligible to participate during the first quarter of a performance cycle will participate in a full multi-year performance cycle. Officers who become eligible to participate after the first quarter of a performance cycle will participate in the performance cycle on a pro rata basis, except that Officers who become eligible to participate during the last quarter of a performance cycle will not be eligible to participate in the performance cycle.
Participants who lose their eligibility to participate as a result of the lapse of status as an elected officer after the first quarter of a performance cycle will participate in the performance cycle on a pro rata basis if the employment of the participant continues through the last day of the performance cycle. Participants who lose their eligibility to participate in the first quarter of a performance cycle will not be eligible to participate in the performance cycle.
Pro rata awards will be determined on the basis of the number of completed months of employment as an elected officer within the performance cycle.
OVERVIEW
The Plan is being implemented pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2003 (“Omnibus Plan”). Here is an overview of the Plan:
»   Performance Cycle
 
    The Plan is based upon multi-year performance cycles selected by the Committee with an initial three-year performance cycle beginning on January 1, 2005.
 
»   Performance Measures
 
    Performance measures for each cycle will be determined by the Committee based on improvement in economic profit and growth in sales of Motorola during each multi-year performance cycle. Performance measures may apply to performance in each year in the performance cycle, to cumulative performance during the entire performance cycle, or a combination of both. If performance measures are applied to performance in each year in the performance cycle, performance to target for each year shall be divided by the number of years in the performance cycle and added

 


 

    together to determine the award for the entire performance cycle. Awards may be subject to partial forfeiture if Motorola’s total shareholder return for the entire performance cycle does not exceed the median total shareholder return for the performance cycle for a defined comparator group.
 
    Economic profit is defined as net operating profit after tax minus a capital charge.
 
    Net operating profit after tax and sales for each year during a performance cycle shall be determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles but shall exclude the effect of all acquisitions with a purchase price of $250 million or more, all gains or losses on the sale of a business, any asset impairment equal to $100 million or more, and any other special items designated by the Committee.
 
»   Maximum Earned Award
 
    A participant’s maximum earned award will be two times his/her target award. A participant’s target award is established at the commencement of a performance cycle based on a percentage of the participant’s base pay rate in effect at that time. The target award of any participant (other than a participant who is a “covered employee” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code (a “Covered Employee”)), will be adjusted at the time of promotion, demotion or other change of status and the award earned by the participant will be determined using a blended target award reflecting the period of time before and after the change of status and, if any, the target award applicable to each period. If performance measures are applied to performance in each year in the performance cycle, the target award for a Covered Employee for any succeeding year will be adjusted at the commencement of the next year in the performance cycle.
 
»   The Payout Process
    All earned awards will be paid in cash or Company stock, as determined by the Committee in its discretion. To the extent awards are paid in Company stock, the number of shares of stock earned by a participant shall be determined by dividing the amount of the award earned during the performance cycle by the Certification Date Value. The shares will be issued under, and subject to the limitations of, the Omnibus Plan or such other shareholder-approved Company equity-based incentive plan as designated by the Committee.
 
    The Company shall have the right to satisfy all federal, state and local withholding tax requirements with respect to the award earned by reducing either (1) the cash paid (in the event or a cash payment) by the amount of withholding or (2) the number of earned shares (in the event of a stock payment) by the number of shares determined by dividing the amount of withholding required by the Certification Date Value.
 
    Payments will be made as soon as administratively practicable following the close of a performance cycle. A participant has no right to any award until that award is paid.

-2-


 

    The Committee may reduce the amount of the payment to be made pursuant to this Plan to any participant who is or may be a “covered employee” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code at any time prior to payment as a result of the participant’s performance during the performance cycle. The Chief Executive Officer may adjust the amount of the payment to be made pursuant to this Plan to any other participant at any time prior to payment as a result of the participant’s performance during the performance cycle; provided, however, that any such adjustment may not result in a payment to the participant in excess of the participant’s maximum award under the Plan and any such adjustment to a payment to a member of the Senior Leadership Team will be subject to the approval of the Committee.
 
    If the Committee determines, in its sole discretion, that a participant has willfully engaged in any activity at any time, prior to the payment of an award, that the Committee determines was, is, or will be harmful to the Company, the participant will forfeit any unpaid award.
SITUATIONS AFFECTING THE PLAN
»   Change in Employment
    Generally, a participant will be eligible for payment of an earned award only if employment continues through the last day of the performance cycle.
 
    Pro rata awards may be possible, however, depending upon the type of employment termination. The table below summarizes how earned awards will generally be prorated in accordance with the type of employment termination:
     
If employment terminates due to...   The earned award will be...
 
Death
  Pro rated based on the number of completed months of employment within the performance cycle.
 
   
Total and Permanent Disability
  Pro rated based on the number of completed months of employment within the performance cycle.
 
   
Retirement (in all countries other than member states or acceding countries of the European Union)
  Pro rated based on the number of completed months of employment within the performance cycle.
 
   
Termination of Employment Because of Serious Misconduct
  Forfeited.
 
   
Change in Employment in Connection with a Divestiture
  Forfeited.
 
   
Termination of Employment for any Other Reason than Described Above
  Forfeited.
 
   
For purposes of determining a prorated payout, completed months of employment will include only those months in which the participant is actually working and is an Officer.

-3-


 

  In the event a participant is reclassified from a higher elected officer level to a lower elected officer level ( i.e. , (a) from Executive Vice President to either Senior Vice President or Corporate Vice President or (b) from Senior Vice President to Corporate Vice President), the participant’s target award will be recalculated to reflect (a) the higher target award level for the actual number of months completed within the performance cycle while employed in the higher elected officer level and (b) the lower target award level for the actual number of months completed within the performance cycle while employed in the lower elected officer level.
 
  In the event a participant is promoted from a lower elected officer level to a higher elected officer level ( i.e. , (a) from Corporate Vice President to Senior Vice President or Executive Vice President or (b) from Senior Vice President to Executive Vice President), the participant’s target award will be recalculated to reflect (a) the lower target award level for the actual number of months completed within the performance cycle while employed in the lower elected officer level and (b) the higher target award level for the actual number of months completed within the performance cycle while employed in the higher elected officer level.
 
  In the event a participant remains on payroll as an active employee at the end of a performance cycle, but is not actually working and/or is on a leave of absence which carries a right to return to work, the participant will be entitled to a pro rata award based on the number of completed months of employment within the performance cycle in which the participant was actually working as an Officer, provided that the participant is otherwise eligible for an award.
 
  A prorated payout will be based on final performance results and paid as soon as administratively practicable after the end of a performance cycle.
 
    For purposes of the Plan, “Total and Permanent Disability” and Retirement” will be defined as set forth below:
 
  Total and Permanent Disability means for (x) U.S. employees, entitlement to long-term disability benefits under the Motorola Disability Income Plan, as amended and any successor plan and (y) non-U.S. employees, as established by applicable Motorola policy or as required by local regulations.
 
  Retirement shall only apply in countries other than member states or acceding countries of the European Union and shall mean retirement from Motorola or a Subsidiary as follows:
(i) retiring at or after age 55 with 20 years of service;
(ii) Retiring at or after age 60 with 10 years of service;
(iii) Retiring at or after age 65, without regard to years of service;

-4-


 

(iv) Retiring with any other combination of age and service, at the discretion of the Committee.
Years of service will be based on the participant’s Service Club Date.
»   Change in Control
 
    If Motorola undergoes a Change in Control as defined in the Omnibus Plan:
    If performance measures are applied to performance in the entire performance cycle, the sales growth and economic profit improvement for the performance cycle will be determined as of the effective date of the Change in Control and pro rata award payments will be made based on the number of completed months of the cycle as of the effective date of the Change in Control.
 
    If performance measures are applied to performance in each year in the performance cycle, the sales growth and economic profit improvement for any partial year will be determined as of the date of the Change in Control and performance to target as of that date will be divided by the number of years in the performance cycle and added to the amounts earned in any completed years.
 
    Awards will not be subject to any partial forfeiture based on total shareholder return.
 
    Awards will be paid in stock as soon as administratively practicable following the effective date of the Change in Control, but no later than 90 days after that date.
DEFINITION OF TERMS
Covered Persons: officers (as such term is defined in Rule 16a-1(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) of the Company.
Policy Restatement: a restatement of the Company’s financial results caused by the intentional misconduct of a Covered Person.
Recoupment Policy: the Company’s Policy Regarding Recoupment of Incentive Payments upon Financial Restatement, as it may be amended from time to time.
Subsidiary: means an entity of which Motorola owns directly or indirectly at least 50% and that Motorola consolidates for financial reporting purposes.
Serious Misconduct: means any misconduct that is a ground for termination under the Motorola Code of Business Conduct, or human resources policies, or other written policies or procedures.
If a term is used but not defined, it has the meaning given such term in the Omnibus Plan.
RESERVATION AND RETENTION OF COMPANY RIGHTS
    The selection of any employee for participation in the Plan will not give that participant any right to be retained in the employ of the Company.

-5-


 

    Participation in the Plan is completely at the discretion of Motorola, and Motorola’s decision to make an award in no way implies that similar awards may be granted in the future.
 
    Anyone claiming a benefit under the Plan will not have any right to or interest in any awards unless and until all terms, conditions, and provisions of Plan that affect that person have been fulfilled as specified herein.
 
    No employee will at any time have a right to be selected for participation in a future performance period for any fiscal year, despite having been selected for participation in a previous performance period.
GOVERNANCE
It is expressly understood that the Committee is authorized to administer, construe, and make all determinations necessary or appropriate to the administration of the Plan, all of which will be binding upon the participant.
AMENDMENT, MODIFICATION, and TERMINATION
The Committee may amend, modify, or terminate the Plan and the terms applicable to any performance cycle at any time; provided, however, that no such action may adversely affect a participant’s rights under the Plan subsequent to such time as negotiations or discussions which ultimately lead to a Change in Control have commenced.
MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
    Award opportunities may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated, other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution.
 
    To the extent permitted by law, amounts paid under the Plan will not be considered to be compensation for purposes of any benefit plan or program maintained by the Company.
 
    All obligations of the Company under the Plan with respect to payout of awards, and the corresponding rights granted thereunder, will be binding on any successor to the Company, whether the existence of such successor is the result of a direct or indirect purchase, merger, consolidation, or other acquisition of all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company.
 
    Effective as of January 1, 2008, all awards to Covered Persons are subject to the terms and conditions of the Recoupment Policy. The Recoupment Policy provides for determinations by the Company’s independent directors of a Policy Restatement. In the event of a Policy Restatement, the Company’s independent directors may require, among other things, reimbursement of the gross amount of any bonus or incentive compensation paid to the Covered Person hereunder on or after January 1, 2008, if and to the extent the conditions set forth in the Recoupment Policy apply. Any determinations made by the independent directors in

-6-


 

      accordance with the Recoupment Policy shall be binding upon the Covered Person. The Recoupment Policy is in addition to any other remedies which may be otherwise available at law, in equity or under contract, to the Company.
 
    In the event that any provision of the Plan will be held illegal or invalid for any reason, the illegality or invalidity will not affect the remaining parts of the plan, and the Plan will be construed and enforced as if the illegal or invalid provision had not been included.
 
    No participant or beneficiary will have any interest whatsoever in any specific asset of the Company. To the extent that any person acquires a right to receive payments under the Plan, such right will be no greater than the right of any unsecured general creditor of the Company.
 
    To the extent not preempted by federal law, the Plan, and all agreements hereunder, will be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the state of Illinois without giving effect to the principles of conflicts of laws.
 
    This Plan constitutes a legal document which governs all matters involved with its interpretation and administration and supersedes any writing or representation inconsistent with its terms.

-7-

 

Exhibit 10.37
Motorola Long Range Incentive Plan (LRIP) of 2006
(As Amended and Restated as of January 30, 2008)
Overview
The Plan is being implemented pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Omnibus Plan .
Eligibility
As recommended by the Chief Executive Officer and approved by the Committee, Officers of the Company shall be eligible to participate in the Plan. The Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Operating Officer (if any) are also eligible to participate as approved by the Committee. No employee who is not an Officer shall be eligible to participate in the Plan.
Participation
Generally, Officers who become eligible to participate during the first three months of a multi-year performance cycle will participate in the full performance cycle. Officers who become eligible to participate after the first three months of a performance cycle will participate in the performance cycle on a pro rata basis, except that Officers who become eligible to participate during the last three months of a performance cycle will not be eligible to participate in the performance cycle.
Participants who lose their eligibility to participate as a result of the lapse of status as an Officer after the first three months of a performance cycle will participate in the performance cycle on a pro rata basis if they continue to be employed with the Company through the last day of the performance cycle. Participants who lose their eligibility to participate in the first three months of a performance cycle will not be eligible to participate in the performance cycle.
Pro rata awards will be determined on the basis of the number of completed months of employment as an Officer during which the participant is actually working within the performance cycle.

Page 1 of 11


 

Performance Cycle
The Plan is based upon multi-year performance cycles selected by the Committee with an initial three-year performance cycle beginning on January 1, 2006 .
Performance Measures
Performance measures for each cycle will be determined by the Committee based on improvement in Economic Profit and Sales Growth during each multi-year performance cycle.
Performance measures may apply to performance in each year in the performance cycle, to cumulative performance during the entire performance cycle, or a combination of both. If performance measures are applied to performance in each year in the performance cycle, performance to target for each year shall be divided by the number of years in the performance cycle and added together to determine the award for the entire performance cycle.
Awards will be subject to Committee discretion, up to and including complete forfeiture, if the Company’s Total Shareholder Return for the entire performance cycle is not positive.
Awards may be subject to partial or complete forfeiture if the Company’s Total Shareholder Return for the performance cycle does not meet or exceed the 55 th percentile Total Shareholder Return for the performance cycle for a defined comparator group identified by the Committee.
Participants’ Target & Maximum Award
A participant’s target award is established at the commencement of a performance cycle based on a percentage of the participant’s base pay rate in effect at that time. If performance measures are applied to performance in each year in the performance cycle, the target award for a Covered Employee for any succeeding year will be adjusted at the commencement of the next year in the performance cycle.
A participant’s maximum earned award will be two times his/her target award.

Page 2 of 11


 

The Payout Process
    All earned awards will be paid in cash or Company stock, as determined by the Committee in its discretion. To the extent awards are paid in Company stock, the number of shares of stock earned by a participant shall be determined by dividing the amount of the award earned during the performance cycle by the Certification Date Value. The shares will be issued under, and subject to the limitations of, the Omnibus Plan or such other shareholder-approved Company equity-based incentive plan as designated by the Committee.
 
    The Chief Executive Officer may adjust the amount of the payment to be made pursuant to this Plan to any other participant at any time prior to payment as a result of the participant’s performance during the performance cycle; provided, however, that any such adjustment may not result in a payment to the participant in excess of the participant’s maximum award under the Plan and any such adjustment to a payment to a member of the Senior Leadership Team will be subject to the approval of the Committee.
 
    The Committee may reduce the amount of the payment to be made pursuant to this Plan to any participant who is or may be a Covered Employee at any time prior to payment as a result of the participant’s performance during the performance cycle.
 
    If the Committee determines, in its sole discretion, that a participant has willfully engaged in any activity at any time, prior to the payment of an award, that the Committee determines was, is, or will be harmful to the Company, the participant will forfeit any unpaid award.
 
    The Company shall have the right to satisfy all federal, state and local withholding tax requirements with respect to the award earned by reducing either (1) the cash paid (in the vent of a cash payment) by the amount of withholding or (2) the number of earned shares (in the event of a stock payment) by the number of shares determined by dividing the amount of withholding required by the Certification Date Value.

Page 3 of 11


 

    Payments will be made as soon as administratively practicable following the close of a performance cycle. A participant has no right to any award until that award is paid.
Situations Affecting The Plan
»   Change in Employment
    Generally, a participant will be eligible for payment of an earned award only if employment continues through the last day of the performance cycle.
 
    Because employee retention is an important objective of this Plan and awards do not bear a precise relationship to time worked within the calendar year or length of service with the Company, Participants who separate from employment prior to the end of the performance cycle (for reasons other than death, Total and Permanent Disability or Retirement) shall not receive any award attributable to that performance cycle.
 
    Pro rata awards may be possible, however, depending upon the type of employment termination. In the event a participant (i) remains on payroll as an active employee at the end of a performance cycle, but is not actually working, whether or not on a leave of absence, (ii) Retires, dies or incurs a Total and Permanent Disability prior to the end of the performance cycle while actively employed or on a leave of absence, the participant will be entitled to a pro rata award based on the number of completed months of employment within the performance cycle in which the participant was actually working as an Officer, provided that the participant is otherwise eligible for an award. The table below summarizes how earned awards will generally be prorated in accordance with the type of employment termination:

Page 4 of 11


 

     
If employment terminates due to...   The earned award will be...
Death
  Pro rated based on the number of completed months of employment within the performance cycle.
 
   
Total and Permanent Disability
  Pro rated based on the number of completed months of employment within the performance cycle.
 
   
Retirement (in all countries other than member states or acceding countries of the European Union)
  Pro rated based on the number of completed months of employment within the performance cycle.
 
   
Termination of Employment Because of Serious Misconduct
  Forfeited.
 
   
Change in Employment in Connection with a Divestiture
  Forfeited.
 
   
Termination of Employment for any Other Reason than Described Above
  Forfeited.
 
   
For purposes of determining a prorated payout, completed months of employment will include only those months in which the participant is actually working and is an Officer.
      A prorated payout will be based on final performance results and paid as soon as administratively practicable after the end of a performance cycle.
 
    In the event a participant is reclassified from a higher Officer level to a lower Officer level ( i.e. , from Executive Vice President to either Senior Vice President or Corporate Vice President or from Senior Vice President to Corporate Vice President), the participant’s target award will be recalculated to reflect (a) the higher target award for the actual number of months completed within the performance cycle while employed in the higher Officer level and (b) the lower target award level for the actual number of months completed within the performance cycle while employed in the lower Officer level.
 
    In the event a participant (other than a Covered Employee) is reclassified from a lower Officer level to a higher Officer level ( i.e. , from Corporate Vice President to Senior Vice President or Executive Vice President or from Senior Vice President to Executive Vice President), the participant’s target award will be recalculated to reflect (a) the lower target award level for the actual number of months completed within the performance cycle while employed in the lower Officer level and (b) the

Page 5 of 11


 

      higher target award for the actual number of months completed within the performance cycle while employed in the higher Officer level.
»   Change in Control
 
    If the Company undergoes a Change in Control as defined in the Omnibus Plan, the treatment of outstanding awards under this Plan shall be determined by the terms of the Omnibus Plan in effect at the time of the commencement of the performance cycle.
Reservation And Retention Of Company Rights
    The selection of any employee for participation in the Plan will not give that participant any right to be retained in the employ of the Company.
 
    The Committee’s decision to make an award in no way implies that similar awards may be granted in the future.
 
    Anyone claiming a benefit under the Plan will not have any right to or interest in any awards unless and until all terms, conditions, and provisions of Plan that affect that person have been fulfilled as specified herein.
 
    No employee will at any time have a right to be selected for participation in a future performance period for any fiscal year, despite having been selected for participation in a previous performance period.
Administration
It is expressly understood that the Committee has the discretionary authority to administer, construe, and make all determinations necessary or appropriate to the administration of the Plan, all of which will be binding upon the participant.

Page 6 of 11


 

General Provisions
    Award opportunities may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated, other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution.
 
    To the extent permitted by law, amounts paid under the Plan will not be considered to be compensation for purposes of any benefit plan or program maintained by the Company.
 
    All obligations of the Company under the Plan with respect to payout of awards, and the corresponding rights granted thereunder, will be binding on any successor to the Company, whether the existence of such successor is the result of a direct or indirect purchase, merger, consolidation, or other acquisition of all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company.
 
    Effective as of January 1, 2008, all awards to Covered Persons are subject to the terms and conditions of the Recoupment Policy. The Recoupment Policy provides for determinations by the Company’s independent directors of a Policy Restatement. In the event of a Policy Restatement, the Company’s independent directors may require, among other things, reimbursement of the gross amount of any bonus or incentive compensation paid to the Covered Person hereunder on or after January 1, 2008, if and to the extent the conditions set forth in the Recoupment Policy apply. Any determinations made by the independent directors in accordance with the Recoupment Policy shall be binding upon the Covered Person. The Recoupment Policy is in addition to any other remedies which may be otherwise available at law, in equity or under contract, to the Company.
 
    In the event that any provision of the Plan will be held illegal or invalid for any reason, the illegality or invalidity will not affect the remaining parts of the Plan, and the Plan will be construed and enforced as if the illegal or invalid provision had not been included.
 
    No participant or beneficiary will have any interest whatsoever in any specific asset of the Company. To the extent that any person acquires a right to receive payments under the Plan, such right will be no greater than the right of any unsecured general creditor of the Company.
 
    This Plan constitutes a legal document which governs all matters involved with its interpretation and administration and supersedes any writing or representation inconsistent with its terms.

Page 7 of 11


 

D efinitions
Certification Date Value : the closing price of one share of Motorola common stock on the New York Stock Exchange on the day before the date on which the Committee certifies the amount of the award earned.
Company : Motorola, Inc. and its Subsidiaries.
Committee : the Compensation and Leadership Committee of the Board of Directors.
Covered Employee : a covered employee within the meaning of Section 162(m)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code.
Covered Persons: officers (as such term is defined in Rule 16a-1(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) of the Company.
Divestiture : the sale, lease, outsourcing arrangement, spin-off or similar transaction wherein a Subsidiary is sold or whose shares are distributed to the Motorola stockholders, or any other type of asset transfer or transfer of any portion of a facility or any portion of a discrete organizational unit of Company or a Subsidiary.
Economic Profit: the Company’s Net Operating Profit After Tax less a charge for cost of capital (determined by the Committee, in its discretion).
Net Operating Profit After Tax: for each year during a performance cycle, the Company’s Net Operating Profit After Tax shall be determined in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles but shall exclude the effect of all acquisitions with a purchase price of $250 million or more, all gains or losses on the sale of a business, any asset impairment equal to $100 million or more, and any other special items designated by the Committee.
Omnibus Plan : the Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2003, or any successor plan.

Page 8 of 11


 

Officers: Corporate, Senior and Executive Vice Presidents of the Company.
Plan: the Motorola Long Range Incentive Plan (LRIP) of 2006.
Policy Restatement: a restatement of the Company’s financial results caused by the intentional misconduct of a Covered Person.
Recoupment Policy: the Company’s Policy Regarding Recoupment of Incentive Payments upon Financial Restatement, as it may be amended from time to time.
Retire or Retirement : shall only apply in countries other than member states or acceding countries of the European Union and shall mean retirement from Motorola or a Subsidiary as follows:
  (i)   Retiring at or after age 55 with 20 years of service;
 
  (ii)   Retiring at or after age 60 with 10 years of service;
 
  (iii)   Retiring at or after age 65, without regard to years of service; or
 
  (iv)   Retiring with any other combination of age and service, at the discretion of the Committee.
Years of service will be based on the participant’s Service Club Date.
Sales Growth : calculated as the year-over-year percentage increase in net sales. Net sales shall be determined in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles but shall exclude the effect of all acquisitions with a purchase price of $250 million or more, all gains or losses on the sale of a business, any asset impairment equal to $100 million or more, and any other special items designated by the Committee.
Subsidiary : an entity of which Motorola owns directly or indirectly at least 50% and that Motorola consolidates for financial reporting purposes.

Page 9 of 11


 

Serious Misconduct : any misconduct that is a ground for termination under the Motorola Code of Business Conduct, or human resources policies, or other written policies or procedures.
Total and Permanent Disability : for (a) U.S. employees, entitlement to long-term disability benefits under the Motorola Disability Income Plan, as amended and any successor plan and (b) non-U.S. employees, as established by applicable Motorola policy or as required by local regulations.
Total Shareholder Return or TSR: for the Company stock or for a comparator company shall be calculated as follows:
         
   
Ending share price
   
   
200-day average through last day of cycle
   
+  
 
Value of reinvested dividends
   
   
 
   
=  
Total ending value
   
 
 
Beginning share price
   
   
200-day average through first day of cycle
   
   
 
   
=  
Total value created
   
÷  
 
Beginning share price
   
   
200-day average through first day of cycle
   
   
 
   
=  
Total shareholder return
   
If a term is used but not defined, it has the meaning given such term in the Omnibus Plan.

Page 10 of 11


 

Amendment, Modification, And Termination
Except as expressly provided by law, this Plan is provided at the Company’s sole discretion and the Committee may modify or terminate it at any time, prospectively or retroactively, without notice or obligation for any reason; provided, however, that no such action may adversely affect a participant’s rights under the Plan subsequent to such time as negotiations or discussions which ultimately lead to a Change in Control have commenced. In addition, there is no obligation to extend the Plan or establish a replacement plan in subsequent years.
Applicable Law
To the extent not preempted by federal law, or otherwise provided by local law, the Plan will be construed in accordance with, and governed by, the laws of the state of Illinois without regard to any state’s conflicts of laws principles. Any legal action related to this Plan shall be brought only in a federal or state court located in Illinois.

Page 11 of 11

 

Exhibit 10.44
Description of Certain Compensatory Arrangements
between Motorola, Inc. and Gregory Q. Brown, President and Chief Executive Officer
     On January 31, 2008, the Compensation and Leadership Committee of the Board of Directors (the “ Board ”) of Motorola, Inc. (the “ Company ”), with the concurrence of the independent directors of the Board, approved compensatory arrangements covering Gregory Q. Brown in connection with his promotion effective January 1, 2008 to President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, including the following arrangements relating to Mr. Brown’s target award under various annual and long-term incentive arrangements:
(a).   The establishment of Mr. Brown’s target award for calendar year 2008 under a 2008 cash-based, pay-for-performance annual incentive plan to be established by the Company with a target payout at 220% of his eligible earnings;
 
(b).   The establishment of Mr. Brown’s target award for an additional cash-based pay-for-performance annual incentive award to be established by the Company for calendar year 2008 with a target payout at 130% of his eligible earnings; and
 
(c).   The establishment of Mr. Brown’s target award at 350% of his eligible earnings for a long range incentive award to be established by the Company.

 

 

Exhibit 10.45
Description of Certain Compensatory Arrangements between
Motorola, Inc. and Paul J. Liska
     Motorola, Inc. (the “Company”) entered into compensatory arrangements with Paul J. Liska in February 2008 in connection with his appointment as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company. Certain of his compensatory arrangements, which provide for payments to be made in the future, are described below:
    A sign-on bonus of $400,000, $50,000 of which will be paid on or before March 31, 2008 and the remainder of which will be paid on December 31, 2008. If Mr. Liska leaves Motorola on his own initiative or is terminated for Cause * prior to completing one year of service, he will be required to repay the gross amount of any previously paid installment of the sign-on bonus within sixty (60) days after his separation from employment.
 
    A guaranteed payout for Mr. Liska’s award for calendar year 2008 under a cash-based pay-for-performance annual incentive plan to be established by Motorola of not less than 50% of Mr. Liska’s target award. Mr. Liska’s award will be 95% of his 2008 base salary.
 
    The establishment of Mr. Liska’s target award for performance cycles under long range incentive plans to be established by the Company with a target payout at 150% of his base pay in effect at the commencement of the performance cycle.
 
    If Mr. Liska is involuntarily terminated for a reason other than Cause** on or before the second anniversary of his employment commencement date, Motorola agrees to pay him, in exchange for a general release of claims against Motorola and a reaffirmation of all restrictive covenants previously agreed to with Motorola, a severance allowance in the amount of twelve (12) months base salary, less applicable state and federal payroll deductions, at the salary rate in effect on the termination date and twelve (12) months annual incentive bonus at his target incentive rate, less applicable state and federal payroll deductions, and also based on the salary rate in effect on the termination date. If Mr. Liska is involuntarily terminated for a reason other than Cause** after the second anniversary of his employment commencement date, Motorola agrees to pay him, in exchange for a general release of claims against Motorola and a reaffirmation of all restrictive covenants previously agreed to with Motorola, a severance allowance in the amount of eighteen (18) months base salary, less applicable state and federal payroll deductions, at the salary rate in effect on the termination date and eighteen (18) months annual incentive bonus at his target incentive rate, less applicable state and federal payroll deductions and also based on the salary rate in effect on the termination date.
 
*   For the purpose of the sign-on bonus, Cause is as defined in the 2006 Omnibus Incentive Plan.
 
**   For the purpose of entitlement to severance payments described above, Cause means (i) Mr. Liska’s willful and continued failure to substantially perform his duties, other than any such failure resulting from incapacity due to physical or mental illness, which failure

 


 

    has continued for a period of at least 30 days; or (ii) his willful engagement in (A) any malfeasance, dishonesty or fraud that is intended to or does result in his substantial personal enrichment or a material detrimental effect on the Company’s reputation or business or (B) gross misconduct; (iii) his indictment for, or plea of guilty or nolo contendere to (A) a felony in the United States or (B) to a felony outside the United States, which, regardless of where such felony occurs, the independent directors of the Board of Directors of the Company reasonably believe has had or will have a detrimental effect on the Company’s reputation or business or his reputation; or (iv) his breach of one or more restrictive covenants in any written agreement between him and Motorola.

 

 

Exhibit 10.47
Chairman/CEO Retirement Term Sheet
1.   Retirement .
    Edward J. Zander (“Executive”) will cease to be Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) of Motorola, Inc. (the “Company”) as of the close of business on December 31, 2007 and will no longer be an officer of the Company as of such date, but will serve as non-executive Chairman of the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) until the 2008 annual meeting of stockholders.
 
    Executive will not be nominated or stand for re-election to the Board at the 2008 annual meeting of stockholders.
 
    Executive will retire as an employee of the Company and all of its subsidiaries and affiliates effective as of the close of business on January 5, 2009 (the “Retirement Date”).
 
    Prior to the Company’s 2008 annual meeting of stockholders, Executive’s right to serve on corporate, civic or charitable boards or committees shall be subject to the last sentence of Section 3(a)(ii) of his Employment Agreement (the “Employment Agreement”) dated as of the 15 th day of December 2003, as amended through May 11, 2007. Following the Company’s 2008 annual meeting of stockholders, subject to Section 7 of the Employment Agreement, Executive may serve on corporate, civic or charitable boards or committees. So long as Executive remains an employee of the Company, Executive may not otherwise perform services (including consulting services) for any other business.
2.   Payments to Executive .
    Executive will continue as a non-officer employee with the title “Strategic Advisor to the CEO” through the Retirement Date. During 2008, Executive will assist the Board and the new CEO with transition matters as may be mutually agreed upon by the new CEO and the Executive.
 
    Until the Retirement Date:
    Executive will continue to receive his regular base salary ($1.5 million) and employee benefits and fringe benefits pursuant to the Employment Agreement (except that he will no longer have personal use of corporate aircraft). If corporate aircraft are available, Executive may use corporate aircraft for travel relating to Company business.
 
    Executive will not, however, be eligible to participate in the annual bonus, mid-range incentive or long-term incentive described in Section 3(b) of the Employment Agreement during 2008. (For the avoidance of doubt, Executive will be eligible to receive an annual bonus, a mid-range incentive payout and a long-range incentive payout for services through December 31, 2007.)
 
    Executive will be provided with an office and administrative assistance commensurate with his role as a retired CEO of the Company. Such office shall be located in a non-Company facility at a location near Executive’s home in California.

 


 

    Subject to the third bullet under item 3 (“Effect on Employment Agreement”) below, the outstanding equity awards listed in Exhibit 1 will vest on the dates shown therein. Stock options will remain exercisable in accordance with the terms of the applicable option award document as shown in Exhibit 1 . The equity awards listed in Exhibit 2 will not vest and will be forfeited.
    In connection with the Executive’s retirement:
    The Company will reimburse Executive for the expenses incurred by Executive relocating his residence from his apartment in Illinois to his existing house in California, excluding expenses associated with selling the apartment in Illinois.
 
    For purposes of the Company’s supplemental retirement plan, upon his retirement, Executive will be credited with a total of 5 years of credited service, and his final average compensation will be determined as of December 31, 2007.
 
    All deferred compensation amounts and deferred restricted stock units will be paid to Executive at such times and in such manner as are consistent with the existing plans and the requirements of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the terms of any grandfathered deferred compensation plans, as applicable. See Exhibit 3 .
3.   Effect on Employment Agreement .
    Nothing reflected in this Chairman/CEO Retirement Term Sheet will constitute a termination of Executive’s employment by the Company without Cause or give Executive the right to terminate his employment for Good Reason (as those terms are used in the Employment Agreement).
 
    The Executive will perform the agreements set forth in Section 7 of the Employment Agreement and will be subject to the provisions of any Stock Option Consideration Agreement or Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement between the Company and Executive. For purposes of Section 7 of the Employment Agreement, the “Date of Termination” shall mean the Retirement Date.
 
    If Executive terminates employment with the Company prior to January 5, 2009, (1) such earlier date shall be the “Retirement Date” for purposes of this Chairman/CEO Retirement Term Sheet, (2) Executive will cease to receive his regular base salary and employee benefits and fringe benefits and (3) any outstanding equity awards that have not vested as of the Retirement Date will be forfeited (including equity awards listed on Exhibit 1 ).
The Board of Directors approved this Chairman/CEO Retirement Term Sheet on November 29, 2007.
Executive acknowledges and agrees to the terms of this Chairman/CEO Retirement Term Sheet.
     
EDWARD J. ZANDER
   
 
   
/s/ Edward J. Zander
  Date: November 29, 2007
 
   

2


 

Exhibit 1
Equity Vesting
Stock Options
                                 
                            Post-Retirement
                            Date Exercise
Grant Date   Vest Date   Shares   Strike Price   Period
01/05/04
    01/05/08       377,190     $ 12.97        None
05/04/04
    05/04/08       265,430     $ 16.30        None
02/14/05
    02/14/08       75,000     $ 15.91     90 days
05/03/05
    05/03/08       187,500     $ 15.47     90 days
05/03/06
    05/03/08       200,000     $ 21.25     90 days
In addition, options for 300,000 shares ($17.70 strike price) would vest if the Company stock price trades at $22 for ten trading days within any thirty consecutive trading days prior to the Retirement Date and options for 500,000 shares ($17.70 strike price) would vest if the Company stock price trades at $25 for ten trading days within any thirty consecutive trading days prior to the Retirement Date.
Restricted Stock Units
                 
Grant Date   Vest Date   Shares
01/05/04
    01/05/08       200,000  
05/04/04
    05/04/08       43,908  
05/03/06
    11/03/08       50,000  

 


 

Exhibit 2
Equity That Will Not Vest
Stock Options
                         
    Scheduled        
Grant Date   Vest Date   Shares   Strike Price
02/14/05
    02/14/09       75,000     $ 15.91  
05/03/05
    05/03/09       187,500     $ 15.47  
05/03/06
    05/03/09       200,000     $ 21.25  
05/03/06
    05/03/10       200,000     $ 21.25  
Restricted Stock Units
                 
Grant Date   Scheduled Vest Date   Shares
05/03/05
    05/03/10       75,000  
05/03/06
    05/03/11       50,000  

 


 

Exhibit 3
Deferred Cash Compensation
         
Form   Payment Timing
2004 Annual Bonus
  January 1, 2008
Deferred RSU Awards
         
Form   Payment Timing
2004 RSU Awards
  January 1, 2008
(274,740 RSUs)
       

 

 

Exhibit 10.48
AMENDED AND RESTATED EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
THOMAS J. MEREDITH (“ EXECUTIVE ”) AND
MOTOROLA, INC. (“
COMPANY ”)
(As Amended January 30, 2008)
          Executive, on behalf of his heirs, administrators, representatives, executors, successors and assigns, and the Company, on behalf of each of the Company’s subsidiaries, partnerships, joint ventures, limited liability companies and other affiliates, including entities in which the Company has a significant investment (collectively, the Company and such entities, the “ Affiliated Group ”) hereby agree to the following terms of Executive’s employment with the Company (the “ Agreement ”):
1.   Title . For the Employment Period (as defined below), Executive shall serve as Acting Chief Financial Officer and Executive Vice President with such duties and responsibilities as are commensurate with such position, reporting directly to the Chief Executive Officer of the Company. During the Employment Period, Executive shall continue to serve as a member of the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”).
 
2.   Effective Date . The “ Effective Date ” of the Agreement shall mean April 1, 2007.
 
3.   Employment Period . The Company hereby agrees to employ the Executive, and the Executive hereby agrees to be employed by the Company, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, for the period commencing on the Effective Date and ending on the earliest of:
  (a)   April 1, 2008;
 
  (b)   the expiration of the 30 calendar day period after the start date of another individual to serve as Chief Financial Officer of the Company;
 
  (c)   the Executive’s termination of employment for any other reason pursuant to Section 5, below.
    The period of Executive’s interim employment with the Company pursuant to this Agreement is referred to herein as the “ Employment Period ”.
4.   Compensation and Benefits.
  (a)   Base Salary .
  (i)   For the period April 1, 2007 through September 30, 2007, the Executive shall receive salary of $1 payable in a lump sum upon completion of the Employment Period.

 


 

  (ii)   Beginning October 1, 2007 through the balance of the Employment Period, the Executive shall receive a gross monthly salary of $75,000 payable in a lump sum on the last business day of each month. The Company shall cease payment of the Executive’s monthly salary upon the expiration of the Employment Period. In the event the expiration of the Employment Period does not coincide with the last business day of the month, the Executive shall receive a pro rata lump sum payment based on the number of calendar days in the month occurring prior to the expiration of the Employment Period.
  (b)   Director Compensation . During the Employment Period, Executive shall not receive any compensation for his service on the Board.
 
  (c)   Annual & Long-Term Cash Bonuses . During the Employment Period, the Executive shall not be eligible to receive an annual or long-term cash bonus.
 
  (d)   Long-Term Equity Awards . The Executive shall receive grants of equity compensation awards pursuant to the Company’s Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2006 (the “ Incentive Plan ”) as set forth below.
  (i)   Initial Stock Option Grant . On the Effective Date, the Executive shall be granted an option (the “ Initial Stock Option ”) to purchase 250,000 shares of common stock of the Company (the “ Common Stock ”). The Initial Stock Option shall have:
  (A)   a per share exercise price equal to the closing price of a share of Common Stock on the date of grant as reported on the New York Stock Exchange – Composite Transactions in the Wall Street Journal, Midwest Edition (the “ Fair Market Value ”);
 
  (B)   a vesting schedule such that the Initial Stock Option will become exercisable in full on the first anniversary of the date of grant, provided that the Executive remains in the employ of the Company through September 30, 2007; and
 
  (C)   a ten-year term.
      All the terms and conditions of the Initial Stock Option shall be subject to the terms of the Incentive Plan and the award agreement evidencing the grant of the Initial Stock Option.
  (ii)   Initial Restricted Stock Unit Grant . On the Effective Date, the Executive shall be granted an award of 500,000 restricted stock units (the “ Initial RSUs ”) based on shares of Common Stock pursuant to the Incentive Plan. The Initial RSUs shall vest:
  (A)   33% if the Fair Market Value of Company common stock reaches $20.00 and remains at or above $20.00 for ten Trading Days (as

-2-


 

      defined below) out of any thirty consecutive Trading Days all of which occur within the two-year period beginning on the date the Initial RSUs are granted (the “ Restriction Period ”);
  (B)   an additional 33% if the Fair Market Value of Company common stock reaches $22.00 and remains at or above $22.00 for ten Trading Days out of any thirty consecutive Trading Days all of which occur within the Restriction Period; and
 
  (C)   the remaining 34% if the Fair Market Value of Company common stock reaches $24.00 and remains at or above $24.00 for ten Trading Days out of any thirty consecutive Trading Days all of which occur within the Restriction Period.
      For this purpose, a “ Trading Day ” shall be any day on which the New York Stock Exchange is open for trading. All the terms and conditions of the Initial RSUs shall be subject to the terms of the Incentive Plan and the award agreement evidencing the grant of the Initial RSUs, as provided to senior executives of the Company generally.
 
  (iii)   Subsequent Stock Option Grants . Beginning October 1, 2007, on the last business day of each month, if the Employment Period has not ended prior to that date, then the Executive will be granted a number of stock options (the “ Subsequent Stock Options ”) as determined below.
 
      The number of options will be determined by dividing $200,000 by the Black-Scholes option value calculated on the date the Subsequent Stock Options are granted, as determined by the Company pursuant to the methodology set forth in the Company’s annual report as filed on Form 10-K.
 
      Each Subsequent Stock Option shall have the following terms:
  (A)   a per share exercise price equal to the Fair Market Value on the applicable date of grant;
 
  (B)   a vesting schedule such that the Subsequent Stock Options will vest in four equal annual installments commencing on the first anniversary of the applicable date of grant if the Executive remains in the employ of the Company or serves as a Board member through each such date; and
 
  (C)   a ten-year term.
      The terms and conditions of the Subsequent Stock Options shall be subject to the terms of the Incentive Plan and the award agreements evidencing the grant of the Subsequent Stock Options which shall be in the form of the award attached hereto as Exhibit 1. From October 1, 2007 until

-3-


 

      December 31, 2007, as a condition for accepting a Subsequent Stock Option, a stock option consideration agreement in the form attached as Attachment A hereto must be signed by Mr. Meredith and returned to the Secretary of the Compensation and Leadership Committee of Motorola Board of Directors. After December 31, 2007, as a condition for accepting a Subsequent Stock Option, a stock option consideration agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit 3 must be signed by Mr. Meredith and returned to the Secretary of the Compensation and Leadership Committee of the Motorola Board of Directors.
 
  (iv)   Subsequent RSUs . Beginning October 1, 2007, on the last business day of each month, if the Employment Period has not ended prior to that date, then the Executive will be granted a number of restricted stock units (the “ Subsequent RSUs ”) equal to $300,000 divided by the Fair Market Value of company stock on the date of grant. Each Subsequent RSU shall vest in two equal installments as follows:
  (A)   50% vesting on the 30 month anniversary of the applicable date of grant; and
 
  (B)   50% vesting on the 60 month anniversary of the applicable date of grant, if the Executive remains in the employ of the Company or serves as a Board member through each such date.
      The terms and conditions of the Subsequent RSUs shall be subject to the terms of the Incentive Plan and the award agreements evidencing the grant of the Subsequent RSUs. From October 1, 2007 until December 31, 2007, the award agreements for the Subsequent RSUs shall be in the form of the award attached hereto as Exhibit 2. After December 31, 2007, the award agreements for the Subsequent RSUs shall be in the form of the award attached hereto as Exhibit 4.
  (e)   Change in Control Benefits . Upon a Change in Control (as defined in the Incentive Plan, and pursuant to the Motorola, Inc. Senior Officer Change in Control Severance Plan or any successor change in control plan or program (the “ Change in Control Plan ”)), the equity-based awards granted herein to the Executive shall become fully vested and exercisable (or, if applicable, all restrictions shall lapse), and all RSUs shall be paid out as promptly as practicable; provided, however, that the treatment of outstanding awards set forth above (referred to herein as “ Accelerated Treatment ”) shall not apply if and to the extent that such awards are assumed by the successor corporation (or parent thereof) or are replaced with awards that preserve the existing value of such awards at the time of the Change in Control and provide for subsequent payout in accordance with the same vesting schedule applicable to the original awards; provided, further, that (i) with respect to any Initial Stock Options or Initial RSUs that are assumed or replaced, such assumed or replaced awards shall provide for the Accelerated Treatment if the Executive is involuntarily terminated or quits for

-4-


 

      Good Reason (as defined in the Incentive Plan) prior to the one year anniversary of the Effective Date; and (ii) with respect to any Subsequent Stock Options or Subsequent RSUs that are assumed or replaced, such assumed or replaced awards shall provide for the Accelerated Treatment to the extent required in the attached award documents. During the Employment Period, if the Company adopts an equity incentive plan with Change in Control benefits more generous than the benefits provided in this Section 4(e) or a Change in Control severance plan for senior executives generally with more generous benefits than the Change in Control Plan, then the Executive will be entitled to those more generous benefits to the extent Executive’s awards are granted under such plan or such Change in Control severance plan is adopted, as applicable.
 
  (f)   Retirement Plans . During the Employment Period, the Executive shall not be eligible to participate in any of the qualified or non-qualified pension plans, practices, policies and programs of the Company, as may be in effect from time to time, for senior executives of the Company generally. The Executive may, however, participate in the Motorola 401(k) Plan, in accordance with the terms of such plan.
 
  (g)   Other Benefits . Until the end of the Employment Period, the Executive shall be eligible to participate in the welfare, perquisites, fringe benefit, and other benefit plans, practices, policies and programs, as may be in effect from time to time, for senior executives of the Company generally including without limitation: (i) reasonable use of Company aircraft for personal and business purposes (up to 165 flight hours for personal use; (ii) participation in the Company’s Elected Officer Life Insurance Program; (iii) reimbursement of up to $60,000 of living expenses in Chicago; and (iv) financial planning.
 
  (h)   Expenses . During the Employment Period, the Executive shall be eligible for prompt reimbursement for business expenses reasonably incurred by the Executive in accordance with the Company’s policies, as may be in effect from time to time, for its senior executives generally.
5.   Termination of Employment . If the Executive’s employment is terminated for any reason during the Employment Period, this Agreement shall terminate without further obligations to the Executive or the Executive’s legal representatives under this Agreement. The vesting of each stock option and RSU that is outstanding as of the date of termination shall be governed by the applicable provisions of the applicable award agreement, each of which is incorporated herein by reference, and the Incentive Plan.
 
6.   Additional Covenants .
  (a)   Confidential Information . The Executive shall not communicate, divulge or disseminate Confidential Information, as defined in the attached agreements, at any time during or after the Executive’s employment with the Affiliated Group, except with prior written consent of the Company, or as otherwise required by law or legal process or as such disclosure or use may be required in the course of the

-5-


 

      Executive performing his duties and responsibilities as Acting Chief Financial Officer and Executive Vice President. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, if the Executive is required to disclose any such confidential or proprietary information pursuant to applicable law or a subpoena or court order, the Executive shall promptly notify the Company in writing of any such requirement so that the Company or the appropriate member of the Affiliated Group may seek an appropriate protective order or other appropriate remedy or waive compliance with the provisions hereof. The Executive shall reasonably cooperate with the Affiliated Group to obtain such a protective order or other remedy. If such order or other remedy is not obtained prior to the time the Executive is required to make the disclosure, or the Company waives compliance with the provisions hereof, the Executive shall disclose only that portion of the confidential or proprietary information which he is advised by counsel in writing (either his or the Company’s) that he is legally required to so disclose. Upon his termination of employment with the Company for any reason, the Executive shall promptly return to the Company, all records, files, memoranda, correspondence, notebooks, notes, reports, customer lists, drawings, plans, documents, and other documents and the like relating to the business of the Affiliated Group or containing any trade secrets relating to the Affiliated Group or that the Executive uses, prepares or comes into contact with during the course of the Executive’s employment with the Company, and all keys, credit cards and passes, and such materials shall remain the sole property of the Company and/or the Affiliated Group, as applicable. For purposes of the preceding sentence, the term “ trade secrets ” shall have the meaning ascribed to it under the Illinois Trade Secrets Act or, if such act is repealed, the Uniform Trade Secrets Act (on which the Illinois Trade Secrets Act is based). The Executive agrees to represent in writing to the Company upon termination of employment that he has complied with the foregoing provisions.
  (b)   Assistance . The Executive agrees that during and after his employment by the Company, the Executive will assist the Affiliated Group in the defense of any claims, or potential claims that may be made or threatened to be made against any member of the Affiliated Group in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, investigative or otherwise (a “ Proceeding ”), and will assist the Affiliated Group in the prosecution of any claims that may be made by any member of the Affiliated Group in any Proceeding, to the extent that such claims may relate to the Executive’s employment or the period of the Executive’s employment by the Company. The Executive agrees, unless precluded by law, to promptly inform the Company if the Executive is asked to participate (or otherwise become involved) in any Proceeding involving such claims or potential claims. The Executive also agrees, unless precluded by law, to promptly inform the Company if the Executive is asked to assist in any investigation (whether governmental or otherwise) of any member of the Affiliated Group (or their actions), regardless of whether a lawsuit has then been filed against any member of the Affiliated Group with respect to such investigation. The Company agrees to reimburse the Executive for all of the Executive’s reasonable out-of-pocket expenses associated with such assistance, including travel expenses and any attorneys’ fees and shall pay a reasonable per diem fee for the Executive’s

-6-


 

      service, other than for testimony. In addition, the Executive agrees to provide such services as are reasonably requested by the Company to assist any successor to the Executive in the transition of duties and responsibilities to such successor, including without limitation consulting services for the 60 calendar day period following the Employment Period for no additional compensation. Any services or assistance contemplated in this Section 6(b) shall be at mutually agreed to and convenient times.
  (c)   Remedies . The Executive acknowledges and agrees that in addition to all other remedies at law and/or equity, including but not limited to those set forth in the attached agreements, (x) the Executive’s breach of the provisions of Section 6 will cause the Company irreparable harm, which cannot be adequately compensated by money damages, and (y) if the Company elects to prevent the Executive from breaching such provisions by obtaining an injunction against the Executive, there is a reasonable probability of the Company’s eventual success on the merits. The Executive consents and agrees that if the Executive commits any such breach or threatens to commit any breach, the Company shall be entitled to temporary and permanent injunctive relief from a court of competent jurisdiction, in addition to, and not in lieu of, such other remedies as may be available to the Company for such breach, including the recovery of money damages. The Parties further acknowledge and agree that the provisions of Section 7(a) below are accurate and necessary because (A) this Agreement is entered into in the State of Illinois, (B) as of the Effective Date, Illinois will have a substantial relationship to the Parties and to this transaction, (C) as of the Effective Date, Illinois will be the headquarters state of the Company, which has operations nationwide and has a compelling interest in having its employees treated uniformly within the United States, (D) the use of Illinois law provides certainty to the Parties in any covenant litigation in the United States, and (E) enforcement of the provision of this Section 6 would not violate any fundamental public policy of Illinois or any other jurisdiction. If any of the provisions of Section 6 are determined to be wholly or partially unenforceable, the Executive hereby agrees that this Agreement or any provision hereof may be reformed so that it is enforceable to the maximum extent permitted by law. If any of the provisions of this Section 6 are determined to be wholly or partially unenforceable in any jurisdiction, such determination shall not be a bar to or in any way diminish the Company’s right to enforce any such covenant in any other jurisdiction.
 
  (d)   The covenants in this Section 6 apply in the countries in which Executive has physically been present performing work for the Company at any time during the two years preceding termination of his employment.
7.   Successors .
  (a)   This Agreement is personal to the Executive and without the prior written consent of the Company shall not be assignable by the Executive other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Executive’s legal representatives. This Agreement shall

-7-


 

      inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns.
  (b)   The Company shall cause any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all or a substantial portion of its business and/or assets to assume expressly and agree to perform this Agreement immediately upon such succession in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform it if no such succession had taken place. As used in this Agreement, “ Company ” shall mean the Company as hereinbefore defined and any successor to its business and/or assets as aforesaid which assumes and agrees to perform this Agreement by operation of law, or otherwise.
8.   Miscellaneous .
  (a)   This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Illinois, without reference to principles of conflict of laws. The Parties hereto irrevocably agree to submit to the jurisdiction and venue of the courts of the State of Illinois, in any action or proceeding brought with respect to or in connection with this Agreement. The captions of this Agreement are not part of the provisions hereof and shall have no force or effect. This Agreement may not be amended or modified otherwise than by a written agreement executed by the Parties hereto or their respective successors and legal representatives.
 
  (b)   The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement.
 
  (c)   Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Company may withhold from any amounts payable or benefits provided under this Agreement any Federal, state, and local taxes as shall be required to be withheld pursuant to any applicable law or regulation.
 
  (d)   The Executive’s or the Company’s failure to insist upon strict compliance with any provision of this Agreement or the failure to assert any right the Executive or the Company may have hereunder, shall not be deemed to be a waiver of such provision or right or any other provision or right of this Agreement.
 
  (e)   From and after the Effective Date, this Agreement, including the attachments that are incorporated by reference, shall supersede any other employment agreement or understanding between the Parties, provided that, notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, in the event of a Change in Control (as defined in the Change in Control Plan), the Change in Control Plan shall supersede this Agreement; provided, that, the Change in Control provisions in this Agreement will continue to apply.
9.   Director’s and Officer’s Insurance . The Company shall continue to provide the Executive with reasonable Director’s and Officer’s insurance coverage that is at least as favorable as the coverage provided to other directors and officers of the Company. Such

-8-


 

    insurance coverage shall continue in effect both during the Employment Period and, while potential liability exists, thereafter.
10.   Indemnification . The Company shall indemnify the Executive and hold him harmless to the fullest extent permitted by law and under the by-laws of the Company against, and in respect to, any and all actions, suits, proceedings, claims, demands, judgments, costs, expenses (including reasonable attorney fees), losses and damages resulting from the Executive’s good faith performance of his duties and obligations with the Company.
 
11.   Representations . The Executive hereby represents and warrants to the Company that the Executive is not party to any contract, understanding, agreement or policy, whether or not written, with his current employer (or any other previous employer) or otherwise, that would be breached by the Executive’s entering into, or performing services under, this Agreement. The Executive further represents that he has complied with all export control requirements and that he is legally authorized to work in the United States, that he has disclosed to the Company in writing all material threatened, pending, or actual claims that are unresolved and still outstanding as of the Effective Date, in each case, against the Executive of which he is aware, if any, as a result of his employment with his current employer (or any other previous employer) or his membership on any boards of directors. Executive agrees that he has not, will not and cannot rely on any representations not expressly made herein and the only consideration for signing this Employment Agreement are the terms stated herein and no other promises or representations of any kind have been made by any person or entity whatsoever to cause him to sign this Employment Agreement.
          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Executive has hereunto set the Executive’s hand and the Company has caused these presents to be executed in its name and on its behalf.
                     
MOTOROLA, INC.       EXECUTIVE    
 
                   
By
  /s/ Greg A. Lee        /s/ Thomas J. Meredith     
                 
Greg A. Lee       Thomas J. Meredith    
Senior Vice President, Human Resources                
 
                   
Date
  January 30, 2008        Date   January 30, 2008     
 
                   

-9-


 

ATTACHMENT A
STOCK OPTION CONSIDERATION AGREEMENT
GRANT DATE: April 2, 2007
The following Agreement is established to protect the trade secrets, intellectual property, confidential information, customer relationships and goodwill of Motorola, Inc. and each of its subsidiaries (the “Company”) both as defined in the Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2006 (the “2006 Plan”).
As consideration for the stock option(s) granted to me on the date shown above under the terms of the 2006 Plan (“the Covered Options”), and Motorola having provided me with Confidential Information as a Motorola appointed vice president or elected officer, I agree to the following:
(1) I agree that during the course of my employment and thereafter, I will not use or disclose, except on behalf of the Company and pursuant to its directions, any Company Confidential Information. Confidential Information means information concerning the Company and its business that is not generally known outside the Company. Confidential Information includes: (i) trade secrets; (ii) intellectual property; (iii) the Company’s methods of operation and Company processes; (iv) information regarding the Company’s present and/or future products, developments, processes and systems, including invention disclosures and patent applications; (v) information on customers or potential customers, including customer’s names, sales records, prices, and other terms of sales and Company cost information; (vi) Company personnel data; (vii) Company business plans, marketing plans, financial data and projections; and (viii) information received in confidence by the Company from third parties. Information regarding products or technological innovations in development, in test marketing or being marketed or promoted in a discrete geographic region, which information the Company or one of its affiliates is considering for broader use, shall not be deemed generally known until such broader use is actually commercially implemented.
(2) I agree that during my employment and for a period of one year following my termination of employment for any reason, I will not hire, recruit, solicit or induce, or cause, allow, permit or aid others to hire, recruit, solicit or induce, or to communicate in support of those activities, any employee of the Company who possesses Confidential Information of the Company to terminate his/her employment with the Company and/or to seek employment with my new or prospective employer, or any other company.
(3) I agree that during my employment and for a period of one year following the termination of my employment for any reason, I will not, directly or indirectly, on behalf of myself or any other person, company or entity, solicit or participate in soliciting, products or services competitive with or similar to products or services offered by, manufactured by, designed by or distributed by the Company to any person, company or entity which was a customer or potential customer for such products or services and with which I had direct or indirect contact regarding those products or services or about which I learned Confidential Information at any time during the two years prior to my termination of employment with the Company.
(4) I agree that by accepting the Covered Options, if I violate the terms of paragraphs 1 through and including 3 of this Agreement, then, in addition to any other remedies available in law and/or equity, all of my vested and unvested Covered Options will terminate and no longer be exercisable, and for all Covered Options exercised within one year prior to the termination of my employment for any reason or anytime after termination of my employment for any reason, I will immediately pay to the Company the difference between the exercise price on the date of grant as reflected in the Award Document for the Covered Options and the market price of the Covered Options on the date of exercise (the “spread”).
(5) The requirements of this agreement can be waived or modified only upon the prior written consent of Motorola, Inc. I acknowledge that the promises in this Agreement, not any employment of or services performed by me in the course and scope of that employment, are the sole consideration for the Covered Options. I agree the Company shall have the right to assign this Agreement which shall not affect the validity or enforceability of this Agreement. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the Company assigns and successors.
(6) I agree that during my employment and for a period of one year following the termination of my employment for any reason, I will immediately inform the Company of (i) the identity of my new employer (or the

 


 

nature of any start-up business, consulting arrangements or self-employment), (ii) my new title, and (iii) my job duties and responsibilities. I hereby authorize the Company to provide a copy of this Agreement to my new employer. I further agree to provide information to the Company as may from time to time be requested in order to determine my compliance with the terms of this Agreement.
(7) I acknowledge that the harm caused to the Company by the breach or anticipated breach of paragraphs 1, 2, and/or 3 of this Agreement will be irreparable and I agree the Company may obtain injunctive relief against me in addition to and cumulative with any other legal or equitable rights and remedies the Company may have pursuant to this Agreement, any other agreements between me and the Company for the protection of the Company’s Confidential Information, or law, including the recovery of liquidated damages. I agree that any interim or final equitable relief entered by a court of competent jurisdiction, as specified in paragraph 10 below, will, at the request of the Company, be entered on consent and enforced by any such court having jurisdiction over me. This relief would occur without prejudice to any rights either party may have to appeal from the proceedings that resulted in any grant of such relief.
(8) With respect to the Covered Options, this Agreement is my entire agreement with the Company. No waiver of any breach of any provision of this Agreement by the Company shall be construed to be a waiver of any succeeding breach or as a modification of such provision. The provisions of this Agreement shall be severable and in the event that any provision of this Agreement shall be found by any court as specified in paragraph 10 below to be unenforceable, in whole or in part, the remainder of this Agreement shall nevertheless be enforceable and binding on the parties. I also agree that the court may modify any invalid, overbroad or unenforceable term of this Agreement so that such term, as modified, is valid and enforceable under applicable law. Further, I affirmatively state that I have not, will not and cannot rely on any representations not expressly made herein.
(9) I accept the terms of this Agreement and the above option(s) to purchase shares of the Common Stock of the Company, subject to the terms of this Agreement, the 2006 Plan, and any Award Document issued pursuant thereto. I am familiar with the 2006 Plan and agree to be bound by it to the extent applicable, as well as by the actions of the Company’s Board of Directors or any committee thereof.
(10) I agree that this Agreement and the 2006 Plan, and any Award Document issued pursuant thereto, together constitute an agreement between the Company and me. I further agree that this Agreement is governed by the laws of Illinois, without giving effect to any state’s principles of Conflicts of Laws, and any legal action related to this Agreement shall be brought only in a federal or state court located in Illinois, USA.
             
 
Date
 
 
Signature
 
 
  Printed Name
   
 
           
 
           
 
        Commerce ID    
IN ORDER FOR THE ABOVE-REFERENCED OPTION(S) TO BE AWARDED, THIS AGREEMENT, SIGNED AND DATED, MUST BE RETURNED TO MOTOROLA c/o EXECUTIVE REWARDS NO LATER THAN                                           .

 


 

ATTACHMENT B
RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARD AGREEMENT
     This Restricted Stock Unit Award (“ Award ”) is awarded on April 2, 2007 (“ Date of Grant ”), by Motorola, Inc. (the “ Company ” or “ Motorola ”) to Thomas J. Meredith (the “ Grantee ”).
     WHEREAS, Grantee is receiving the Award under the Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2006, as amended (the “ 2006 Incentive Plan ”);
     WHEREAS, the Award is being made as a special grant of Motorola restricted stock units authorized by the Board of Directors and the Board’s Compensation and Leadership Committee (the “ Compensation Committee ”); and
     WHEREAS, it is a condition to Grantee receiving the Award that Grantee electronically accept the terms, conditions and Restrictions applicable to the restricted stock units as set forth in this agreement.
     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the Company hereby awards restricted stock units to Grantee on the following terms and conditions:
1.   Award of Restricted Stock Units . The Company hereby grants to Grantee a total of 500,000 Motorola restricted stock units (the “ Units ”) subject to the terms and conditions set forth below. All Awards shall be paid in whole shares of Motorola Common Stock (“Common Stock”); no fractional shares shall be credited or delivered to Grantee.
 
2.   Restrictions . The Units are being awarded to Grantee subject to the transfer and forfeiture conditions set forth below (the “ Restrictions ”) which shall lapse, if at all, as described in Section 3 below. For purposes of this Award, the term Units includes any additional Units granted to the Grantee with respect to Units, still subject to the Restrictions.
  a.   Grantee may not directly or indirectly, by operation of law or otherwise, voluntarily or involuntarily, sell, assign, pledge, encumber, charge or otherwise transfer any of the Units still subject to Restrictions. The Units shall be forfeited if Grantee violates or attempts to violate these transfer Restrictions. Motorola shall have the right to assign this Agreement, which shall not affect the validity or enforceability of this Agreement. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of assigns and successors of Motorola.
 
  b.   Any Units still subject to the Restrictions shall be automatically forfeited upon the Grantee’s termination of employment with Motorola or a Subsidiary during the twelve-month period following the Date of Grant for any reason other than death (as provided in Section 3(a) below), Total and Permanent Disability (as provided in Section 3(a) below), or Involuntary Termination due to (A) a Divestiture or (B) for a reason other than for Serious Misconduct. For purposes of this Agreement, a termination of employment shall not include a change in Grantee’s work assignment from Executive Vice President and Acting Chief Financial Officer to any other position in the Motorola Finance organization or on the Motorola Senior Leadership Team or as a consultant to the CEO or any member of the Senior Leadership Team. Likewise for purposes of this agreement, a termination of employment shall not include a change in Grantee’s employment status from a full-time employee to either a non-employee consultant to the Company or a non-employee director of the Company, and a “Subsidiary” is any corporation or other entity in which a 50 percent or greater interest is held directly or indirectly by Motorola and which is consolidated for financial reporting purposes. Total and Permanent Disability is defined in Section 3(a).

 


 

  c.   If Grantee engages in any of the following conduct, in addition to all remedies in law and/or equity available to the Company or any Subsidiary, Grantee shall forfeit all restricted stock units under the Award whose Restrictions have not lapsed, and, for all restricted stock units under the Award whose Restrictions have lapsed, Grantee shall immediately pay to the Company the Fair Market Value (as defined in paragraph 7 below) of Common Stock on the date(s) such Restrictions lapsed, without regard to any taxes that may have been deducted from such amount. For purposes of subparagraphs (i) through and including (iii) below, “Company” or “Motorola” shall mean Motorola Inc. and/or any of its Subsidiaries:
  (i)   During the course of Grantee’s employment and thereafter, Grantee uses or discloses, except on behalf of the Company and pursuant to the Company’s directions, any Company Confidential Information. “Confidential Information” means information concerning the Company and its business that is not generally known outside the Company, and includes (A) trade secrets; (B) intellectual property; (C) the Company’s methods of operation and Company processes; (D) information regarding the Company’s present and/or future products, developments, processes and systems, including invention disclosures and patent applications; (E) information on customers or potential customers, including customers’ names, sales records, prices, and other terms of sales and Company cost information; (F) Company personnel data; (G) Company business plans, marketing plans, financial data and projections; and (H) information received in confidence by the Company from third parties. Information regarding products, services or technological innovations in development, in test marketing or being marketed or promoted in a discrete geographic region, which information the Company or one of its affiliates is considering for broader use, shall be deemed not generally known until such broader use is actually commercially implemented; and/or
 
  (ii)   During Grantee’s employment and for a period of one year following the termination of Grantee’s employment for any reason, Grantee hires, recruits, solicits or induces, or causes, allows, permits or aids others to hire, recruit, solicit or induce, or to communicate in support of those activities, any employee of the Company who possesses Confidential Information of the Company to terminate his/her employment with the Company and/or to seek employment with Grantee’s new or prospective employer, or any other company; and/or
 
  (iii)   During Grantee’s employment and for a period of one year following the termination of Grantee’s employment for any reason, Grantee, directly or indirectly, on behalf of Grantee or any other person, company or entity, solicits or participates in soliciting, products or services competitive with or similar to products or services offered by, manufactured by, designed by or distributed by the Company to any person, company or entity which was a customer or potential customer for such products or services and with which Grantee had direct or indirect contact regarding those products or services or about which Grantee learned Confidential Information at any time during the two years prior to Grantee’s termination of employment with the Company.
The Company will not be obligated to pay Grantee any consideration whatsoever for forfeited Units.
3.   Lapse of Restrictions .

 


 

  a.   As long as the Units have not been forfeited as described in Section 2 above, and except as set forth in Section 3(b) below, the Restrictions applicable to the Units shall lapse as follows:
    If in the two years following the Date of Grant (the “Restriction Period”), the Fair Market Value (as defined in paragraph 7 below) of Common Stock meets or exceeds the dollar amount set forth below for at least ten Trading Days (as defined below) during any thirty consecutive Trading Days, then the Restrictions shall lapse as to the corresponding percentage of Units set forth below:
         
Dollar Amount   Percent Vested
$20.00 per share
    33 %
$22.00 per share
  An additional 33%
$24.00 per share
  The final 34%
      For purposes of this Agreement, “Trading Day” means any date on which the New York Stock Exchange is open for trading.
    If a Change in Control of the Company occurs and the successor corporation (or parent thereof) does not assume this Award or replace it with a comparable award; provided, further, that with respect to any Award that is assumed or replaced, such assumed or replaced awards shall provide that the Restrictions shall lapse for any Participant that is involuntarily terminated (for a reason other than Cause) or quits for Good Reason within 12 months of the Date of Grant. For purposes of this paragraph, the terms “Change in Control”, “Cause ” and “Good Reason” are defined in the 2006 Incentive Plan;
 
    Subject to the vesting conditions outlined in subparagraph (i) above, upon termination of Grantee’s employment by Motorola or a Subsidiary by Total and Permanent Disability. “Total and Permanent Disability” means for (x) U.S. employees, entitlement to long term disability benefits under the Motorola Disability Income Plan, as amended and any successor plan or a determination of a permanent and total disability under a state workers compensation statute and (y) non-U.S. employees, as established by applicable Motorola policy or as required by local regulations; or
 
    Subject to the vesting conditions outlined in subparagraph (i) above, if the Grantee dies.
  b.   Subject to the vesting conditions outlined in subparagraph (i) above, in the case of Involuntary Termination due to a Divestiture or for a reason other than for Serious Misconduct before the expiration of the Restriction Period, if the Units have not been forfeited as described in Section 2 above, then the Restrictions shall lapse immediately.
 
  c.   “Termination due to a Divestiture” for purposes of this Agreement means if Grantee accepts employment with another company in direct connection with the sale, lease, outsourcing arrangement or any other type of asset transfer or transfer of any portion of a facility or any portion of a discrete organizational unit of Motorola or a Subsidiary, or if Grantee remains employed by a Subsidiary that is sold or whose shares are distributed to the Motorola stockholders in a spin-off or similar transaction (a “Divestiture”).

 


 

  d.   “Serious Misconduct” for purposes of this Agreement means any misconduct identified as a ground for termination in the Motorola Code of Business Conduct, or the human resources policies, or other written policies or procedures.
 
  e.   Subject to the vesting conditions outlined in subparagraph (i) above, if, during the Restriction Period, the Grantee takes a Leave of Absence from Motorola or a Subsidiary, the Units will continue to be subject to this Agreement. If the Restriction Period expires while the Grantee is on a Leave of Absence the Grantee will be entitled to the Units even if the Grantee has not returned to active employment. “Leave of Absence” means an approved leave of absence from Motorola or a Subsidiary that is not a termination of employment, as determined by Motorola.
 
  f.   To the extent the Restrictions lapse under this Section 3 with respect to the Units, they will be free of the terms and conditions of this Award (other than Section 2(c)). To the extent the Restrictions under this Section 3 do not lapse with respect to some or all of the Units prior to the end of the Restriction Period, any such Units shall be forfeited.
4.   Adjustments . If the number of outstanding shares of Common Stock is changed as a result of a stock split or the like without additional consideration to the Company, the number of Units subject to this Award shall be adjusted to correspond to the change in the outstanding shares of Common Stock.
 
5.   Dividends . No dividends (or dividend equivalents) shall be paid with respect to Units credited to the Grantee’s account.
 
6.   Delivery of Certificates or Equivalent . Upon the lapse of Restrictions applicable to the Units, the Company shall, at its election, either (i) deliver to the Grantee a certificate representing a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the number of Units upon which such Restrictions have lapsed, or (ii) establish a brokerage account for the Grantee and credit to that account the number of shares of Common Stock of the Company equal to the number of Units upon which such Restrictions have lapsed.
 
7.   Withholding Taxes . The Company is entitled to withhold applicable taxes for the respective tax jurisdiction attributable to this Award or any payment made in connection with the Units. Grantee may satisfy any minimum withholding obligation by electing to have the plan administrator retain shares of Common Stock deliverable in connection with the Units having a Fair Market Value on the date the Restrictions applicable to the Units lapse equal to the amount to be withheld. For purposes of this Agreement, the “Fair Market Value” of Common Stock on any date shall be the closing price for a share of Common Stock on that date as reported for the New York Stock Exchange — Composite Transactions in the Wall Street Journal, Midwest edition.
 
8.   Voting and Other Rights .
  a.   Grantee shall have no rights as a stockholder of the Company in respect of the Units, including the right to vote and to receive cash dividends and other distributions until delivery of certificates representing shares of Common Stock in satisfaction of the Units.
 
  b.   The grant of Units does not confer upon Grantee any right to continue in the employ of the Company or a Subsidiary or to interfere with the right of the Company or a Subsidiary, to terminate Grantee’s employment at any time.
9.   Agreement Following Termination of Employment . Grantee agrees that upon termination of employment with Motorola or a Subsidiary, Grantee will immediately inform Motorola of (a) the

 


 

identity of any new employer (or the nature of any start-up business or self-employment), (b) Grantee’s new title, and (c) Grantee’s job duties and responsibilities. Grantee hereby authorizes Motorola or a Subsidiary to provide a copy of this Award Document to Grantee’s new employer. Grantee further agrees to provide information to Motorola or a Subsidiary as may from time to time be requested in order to determine his/her compliance with the terms hereof.
10.   Consent to Transfer Personal Data . By accepting this award, Grantee voluntarily acknowledges and consents to the collection, use, processing and transfer of personal data as described in this paragraph. Grantee is not obliged to consent to such collection, use, processing and transfer of personal data. However, failure to provide the consent may affect Grantee’s ability to participate in the Plan. Motorola, its Subsidiaries and Grantee’s employer hold certain personal information about the Grantee, that may include his/her name, home address and telephone number, date of birth, social security number or other employee identification number, salary grade, hire data, salary, nationality, job title, any shares of stock held in Motorola, or details of all restricted stock units or any other entitlement to shares of stock awarded, canceled, purchased, vested, or unvested, for the purpose of managing and administering the Plan (“Data”). Motorola and/or its Subsidiaries will transfer Data amongst themselves as necessary for the purpose of implementation, administration and management of Grantee’s participation in the Plan, and Motorola and/or any of its Subsidiaries may each further transfer Data to any third parties assisting Motorola in the implementation, administration and management of the Plan. These recipients may be located throughout the world, including the United States. Grantee authorizes them to receive, possess, use, retain and transfer the Data, in electronic or other form, for the purposes of implementing, administering and managing Grantee’s participation in the Plan, including any requisite transfer of such Data as may be required for the administration of the Plan and/or the subsequent holding of shares of stock on the Grantee’s behalf to a broker or other third party with whom the Grantee may elect to deposit any shares of stock acquired pursuant to the Plan. Grantee may, at any time, review Data, require any necessary amendments to it or withdraw the consents herein in writing by contacting Motorola; however, withdrawing consent may affect the Grantee’s ability to participate in the Plan.
 
11.   Nature of Award . By accepting this Award Agreement, the Grantee acknowledges his or her understanding that the grant of Units under this Award Agreement is completely at the discretion of Motorola, and that Motorola’s decision to make this Award in no way implies that similar awards may be granted in the future or that Grantee has any guarantee of future employment. Nor shall this or any such grant interfere with Grantee’s right or the Company’s right to terminate such employment relationship at any time, with or without cause, to the extent permitted by applicable laws and any enforceable agreement between Grantee and the Company. In addition, the Grantee hereby acknowledges that he has entered into employment with Motorola or a Subsidiary upon terms that did not include this Award or similar awards, that his decision to continue employment is not dependent on an expectation of this Award or similar awards, and that any amount received under this Award is considered an amount in addition to that which the Grantee expects to be paid for the performance of his services. Grantee’s acceptance of this Award is voluntary. The Award is not part of normal or expected compensation for purposes of calculating any severance, resignation, redundancy, end of service payments, bonuses, long-service awards, pension, or retirement benefits or similar payments, notwithstanding any provision of any compensation, insurance agreement or benefit plan to the contrary.
 
12.   Remedies for Breach . Grantee hereby acknowledges that the harm caused to the Company by the breach or anticipated breach of paragraphs 2(c)(i), (ii) and/or (iii) of this Agreement will be irreparable and further agrees the Company may obtain injunctive relief against the Grantee in addition to and cumulative with any other legal or equitable rights and remedies the Company may have pursuant to this Agreement, any other agreements between the Grantee and the Company for the

 


 

    protection of the Company’s Confidential Information, or law, including the recovery of liquidated damages. Grantee agrees that any interim or final equitable relief entered by a court of competent jurisdiction, as specified in paragraph 15 below, will, at the request of the Company, be entered on consent and enforced by any such court having jurisdiction over the Grantee. This relief would occur without prejudice to any rights either party may have to appeal from the proceedings that resulted in any grant of such relief.
 
13.   Acknowledgements . With respect to the subject matter of paragraphs 2(c)(i), (ii) and (iii) and paragraphs 12 and 15 hereof, this Agreement is the entire agreement with the Company. No waiver of any breach of any provision of this Agreement by the Company shall be construed to be a waiver of any succeeding breach or as a modification of such provision. The provisions of this Agreement shall be severable and in the event that any provision of this Agreement shall be found by any court as specified in paragraph 15 below to be unenforceable, in whole or in part, the remainder of this Agreement shall nevertheless be enforceable and binding on the parties. Grantee hereby agrees that the court may modify any invalid, overbroad or unenforceable term of this Agreement so that such term, as modified, is valid and enforceable under applicable law. Further, by accepting any Award under this Agreement, Grantee affirmatively states that he has not, will not and cannot rely on any representations not expressly made herein.
 
14.   Funding . No assets or shares of Common Stock shall be segregated or earmarked by the Company in respect of any Units awarded hereunder. The grant of Units hereunder shall not constitute a trust and shall be solely for the purpose of recording an unsecured contractual obligation of the Company.
 
15.   Governing Law . All questions concerning the construction, validity and interpretation of this Award shall be governed by and construed according to the law of the State of Illinois without regard to any state’s conflicts of law principles. Any disputes regarding this Award or Agreement shall be brought only in the state or federal courts of Illinois.
 
16.   Waiver . The failure of the Company to enforce at any time any provision of this Award shall in no way be construed to be a waiver of such provision or any other provision hereof.
 
17.   Actions by the Compensation Committee . The Committee may delegate its authority to administer this Agreement. The actions and determinations of the Compensation Committee or its delegate shall be binding upon the parties.
 
18.   Acceptance of Terms and Conditions . By electronically accepting this Award within 30 days after the date of the electronic mail notification by the Company to Grantee of the grant of this Award (“Email Notification Date”), Grantee agrees to be bound by the foregoing terms and conditions, the 2006 Incentive Plan and any and all rules and regulations established by Motorola in connection with awards issued under the 2006 Incentive Plan. If Grantee does not electronically accept this Award within 30 days of the Email Notification Date, Grantee will not be entitled to the Units.
 
19.   Plan Documents . The 2006 Incentive Plan and the Prospectus for the 2006 Incentive Plan are available at http://myhr.mot.com/pay_finances/awards_incentives/stock_options/plan_documents.jsp or from Global Rewards, 1303 East Algonquin Road, Schaumburg, IL 60196 (847) 576-7885.

 


 

ATTACHMENT C
MOTOROLA, INC.
AWARD DOCUMENT
For the
Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2006
Terms and Conditions Related to Employee Nonqualified Stock Options
                 
Recipient:
  Thomas J. Meredith
 
  Date of Expiration:   April 2, 2017
 
   
 
               
Commerce ID #:
   
 
  Number of Options:   250,000
 
   
 
               
Date of Grant:
  April 2, 2007
 
  Exercise Price:   $
 
   
Motorola, Inc. (“ Motorola ” or “the Company ”) is pleased to grant you options to purchase shares of Motorola’s common stock under the Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2006 (the “ Plan ”). The number of options (“ Options ”) awarded to you and the Exercise Price per Option, which is the Fair Market Value on the Date of Grant, are stated above. Each Option entitles you to purchase one share of Motorola’s common stock on the terms described below and in the Plan.

Vesting and Exercisability
You cannot exercise the Options until they have vested.
Regular Vesting – The Options will vest in accordance with the following schedule (subject to the other terms hereof):
     
Percent
100%
  Date April 2, 2008
Special Vesting – You may be subject to the Special Vesting Dates described below if your employment or service with Motorola or a Subsidiary (as defined below) terminates.
Exercisability – You may exercise Options at any time after they vest and before they expire as described below.
Expiration
All Options expire on the earlier of (1) the Date of Expiration as stated above or (2) any of the Special Expiration Dates described below. Once an Option expires, you no longer have the right to exercise it.

Special Vesting Dates and Special Expiration Dates
There are events that cause your Options to vest sooner than the Regular Vesting schedule discussed above or to expire sooner than the Date of Expiration as stated above; provided, however, that for purposes of this award, a termination of employment shall not include a change in your work assignment from Executive Vice President and Acting Chief Financial Officer to any other position in the Motorola Finance organization or on the Motorola Senior Leadership Team or as a consultant to the CEO or any member of the Senior Leadership Team. Likewise for purposes of this agreement, a termination of employment shall not include a change in your employment status from a full-time employee to either a non-employee consultant to the Company or a non-employee director of the Company. The events are as follows:
Disability – If your employment or service with Motorola or a Subsidiary is terminated because of your Total and Permanent Disability (as defined below), Options that are not vested will automatically become fully vested upon your termination of employment or service. All your Options will then expire on the earlier of the first anniversary of your termination of employment or service because of your Total and Permanent Disability or the Date of Expiration stated above. Until that time, the Options will be exercisable by you or your guardian or legal representative.


 


 

Death – If your employment or service with Motorola or a Subsidiary is terminated because of your death, Options that are not vested will automatically become fully vested upon your death. All your Options will then expire on the earlier of the first anniversary of your death or the Date of Expiration stated above. Until that time, with written proof of death and inheritance, the Options will be exercisable by your legal representative, legatees or distributees.
Change In Control – If a Change in Control of the Company occurs, and the successor corporation does not assume these Options or replace them with options that are at least comparable to these Options, then: (1) all of your unvested Options will be fully vested and (2) all of your Options will be exercisable until the Date of Expiration set forth above.
Further, with respect to any Options that are assumed or replaced as described in the preceding paragraph, such assumed or replaced options shall provide that they will be fully vested and exercisable until the Date of Expiration set forth above if you are involuntarily terminated (for a reason other than Cause) or if you quit for Good Reason within 24 months of the Change in Control. For purposes of this paragraph, the terms “ Change in Control ”, “ Cause ” and “ Good Reason ” are defined in the Plan.
Termination of Employment or Service Because of Serious Misconduct – If Motorola or a Subsidiary terminates your employment or service because of Serious Misconduct (as defined below) all of your Options (vested and unvested) expire upon your termination.
Change in Employment in Connection with a Divestiture – If you accept employment with another company in direct connection with the sale, lease, outsourcing arrangement or any other type of asset transfer or transfer of any portion of a facility or any portion of a discrete organizational unit of Motorola or a Subsidiary, or if you remain employed by a Subsidiary that is sold or whose shares are distributed to the Motorola stockholders in a spin-off or similar transaction (a “ Divestiture ”), all of your unvested Options will automatically expire upon termination of your employment with Motorola, and all of your vested but not yet exercised Options will expire on the Date of Expiration stated above.
Termination of Employment or Service by Motorola or a Subsidiary Other than for Serious Misconduct or a Divestiture – If Motorola or a Subsidiary on its initiative, terminates your employment or service other than for Serious Misconduct or a Divestiture, all of your unvested Options will automatically expire upon termination and all of your vested but not yet exercised Options will expire on the Date of Expiration stated above.
Termination of Employment or Service for any Other Reason than Described Above – If your employment or service with Motorola or a Subsidiary terminates for any reason other than that described above, including voluntary resignation of your employment or service, all of your unvested Options will automatically expire upon termination of your employment or service and all of your vested but not yet exercised Options will expire on the Date of Expiration stated above.
Leave of Absence/Temporary Layoff
If you take a Leave of Absence from Motorola or a Subsidiary that your employer has approved in writing in accordance with your employer’s Leave of Absence Policy and which does not constitute a termination of employment as determined by Motorola, or you are placed on Temporary Layoff (as defined below) by Motorola or a Subsidiary the following will apply:
Vesting of Options – Options will continue to vest in accordance with the vesting schedule set forth above.
Exercising Options – You may exercise Options that are vested or that vest during the Leave of Absence or Temporary Layoff.
Effect of Termination of Employment or Service – If your employment or service is terminated during the Leave of Absence or Temporary Layoff, the treatment of your Options will be determined as described under “Special Vesting Dates and Special Expiration Dates” above.

 


 

Other Terms
Method of Exercising – You must follow the procedures for exercising options established by Motorola from time to time. At the time of exercise, you must pay the Exercise Price for all of the Options being exercised and any taxes that are required to be withheld by Motorola or a Subsidiary in connection with the exercise. Options may not be exercised for less than 50 shares unless the number of shares represented by the Option is less than 50 shares, in which case the Option must be exercised for the remaining amount.
Transferability – Except to the extent provided by the Committee, Options are not transferable other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution.
Tax Withholding – Motorola or a Subsidiary is entitled to withhold an amount equal to the required minimum statutory withholding taxes for the respective tax jurisdictions attributable to any share of common stock deliverable in connection with the exercise of the Options. You may satisfy any minimum withholding obligation and any additional withholding, if desired, by electing to have the plan administrator retain Option shares having a Fair Market Value on the date of exercise equal to the amount to be withheld.
Definition of Terms
If a term is used but not defined, it has the meaning given such term in the Plan.
Confidential Information ” means information concerning the Company and its business that is not generally known outside the Company, and includes (A) trade secrets; (B) intellectual property; (C) the Company’s methods of operation and Company processes; (D) information regarding the Company’s present and/or future products, developments, processes and systems, including invention disclosures and patent applications; (E) information on customers or potential customers, including customers’ names, sales records, prices, and other terms of sales and Company cost information; (F) Company personnel data; (G) Company business plans, marketing plans, financial data and projections; and (H) information received in confidence by the Company from third parties. Information regarding products, services or technological innovations in development, in test marketing or being marketed or promoted in a discrete geographic region, which information the Company or one of its affiliates is considering for broader use, shall be deemed generally known until such broader use is actually commercially implemented.
Fair Market Value ” is the closing price for a share of Motorola common stock on the date of grant or date of exercise, whichever is applicable. The official source for the closing price is the New York Stock Exchange Composite Transaction as reported in the Wall Street Journal, Midwest edition.
Serious Misconduct ” means any misconduct identified as a ground for termination in the Motorola Code of Business Conduct, or the human resources policies, or other written policies or procedures.
Subsidiary ” means an entity of which Motorola owns directly or indirectly at least 50% and that Motorola consolidates for financial reporting purposes.
Total and Permanent Disability ” means for (x) U.S. employees, entitlement to long-term disability benefits under the Motorola Disability Income Plan, as amended and any successor plan or a determination of a permanent and total disability under a state workers compensation statute and (y) non-U.S. employees, as established by applicable Motorola policy or as required by local regulations.
Temporary Layoff ” means a layoff or redundancy that is communicated as being for a period of up to twelve months and as including a right to recall under defined circumstances.
Consent to Transfer Personal Data
By accepting this award, you voluntarily acknowledge and consent to the collection, use, processing and transfer of personal data as described in this paragraph. You are not obliged to consent to such collection, use, processing and transfer of personal data. However, failure to provide the consent may affect your ability to participate in the Plan. Motorola, its Subsidiaries and your employer hold certain personal information about

 


 

you that may include your name, home address and telephone number, date of birth, social security number or other employee identification number, salary, salary grade, hire date, nationality, job title, any shares of stock held in Motorola, or details of all options or any other entitlement to shares of stock awarded, canceled, purchased, vested, or unvested, for the purpose of managing and administering the Plan (“ Data ”). Motorola and/or its Subsidiaries will transfer Data amongst themselves as necessary for the purpose of implementation, administration and management of your participation in the Plan, and Motorola and/or any of its Subsidiaries may each further transfer Data to any third parties assisting Motorola in the implementation, administration and management of the Plan. These recipients may be located throughout the world, including the United States. You authorize them to receive, possess, use, retain and transfer the Data, in electronic or other form, for the purposes of implementing, administering and managing your participation in the Plan, including any requisite transfer of such Data as may be required for the administration of the Plan and/or the subsequent holding of shares of stock on your behalf to a broker or other third party with whom you may elect to deposit any shares of stock acquired pursuant to the Plan. You may, at any time, review Data, require any necessary amendments to it or withdraw the consents herein in writing by contacting Motorola; however, withdrawing your consent may affect your ability to participate in the Plan.
Acknowledgement of Discretionary Nature of the Plan; No Vested Rights
You acknowledge and agree that the Plan is discretionary in nature and limited in duration, and may be amended, cancelled, or terminated by Motorola or a Subsidiary, in its sole discretion, at any time. The grant of awards under the Plan is a one-time benefit and does not create any contractual or other right to receive an award in the future or to future employment. Nor shall this or any such grant interfere with your right or the Company’s right to terminate such employment relationship at any time, with or without cause, to the extent permitted by applicable laws and any enforceable agreement between you and the Company. Future grants, if any, will be at the sole discretion of Motorola, including, but not limited to, the timing of any grant, the amount of the award, vesting provisions, and the exercise price.
No Relation to Other Benefits/Termination Indemnities
Your acceptance of this award and participation under the Plan is voluntary. The value of your stock option awarded herein is an extraordinary item of compensation outside the scope of your employment contract, if any. As such, the stock option is not part of normal or expected compensation for purposes of calculating any severance, resignation, redundancy, end of service payments, bonuses, long-service awards, pension, or retirement benefits or similar payments, notwithstanding any provision of any compensation, insurance agreement or benefit plan to the contrary.
Agreement Following Termination of Employment
As a further condition of accepting the Options, you acknowledge and agree that for a period of one year following your termination of employment or service, you will not hire, recruit, solicit or induce, or cause, allow, permit or aid others to hire, recruit, solicit or induce, or to communicate in support of those activities, any employee of Motorola or a Subsidiary who possesses Confidential Information of Motorola or a Subsidiary to terminate his/her employment with Motorola or a Subsidiary and/or to seek employment with your new or prospective employer, or any other company.
You agree that upon termination of employment with Motorola or a Subsidiary, and for a period of one year thereafter, you will immediately inform Motorola of (i) the identity of your new employer (or the nature of any start-up business or self-employment), (ii) your new title, and (iii) your job duties and responsibilities. You hereby authorize Motorola or a Subsidiary to provide a copy of this Award Document to your new employer. You further agree to provide information to Motorola or a Subsidiary as may from time to time be requested in order to determine your compliance with the terms hereof.
Substitute Stock Appreciation Right
Motorola reserves the right to substitute a Stock Appreciation Right for your Option in the event certain changes are made in the accounting treatment of stock options. Any substitute Stock Appreciation Right shall be applicable to the same number of shares as your Option and shall have the same Date of Expiration, Exercise Price, and other terms and conditions. Any

 


 

substitute Stock Appreciation Right may be settled only in common stock.
Acceptance of Terms and Conditions
By accepting the Options, you agree to be bound by these terms and conditions, the Plan, any and all rules and regulations established by Motorola in connection with awards issued under the Plan, and any additional covenants or promises Motorola may require as a condition of the grant.
Other Information about Your Options and the Plan
You can find other information about options and the Plan on the Motorola website http://myhr.mot.com/pay_finances/awards_incentives/stock_options/plan_documents.jsp. If you do not have access to the website, please contact Motorola Global Rewards, 1303 E. Algonquin Road, Schaumburg, IL 60196 USA; GBLRW01@Motorola.com; 847-576-7885; for an order form to request Plan documents.

 


 

Exhibit 1
T. Meredith
2006 plan
MOTOROLA, INC.
AWARD DOCUMENT
For the
Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2006
Terms and Conditions Related to Employee Nonqualified Stock Options
                 
Recipient:
      Date of Expiration:        
 
 
 
     
 
   
Commerce ID #:
      Number of Options:        
 
 
 
     
 
   
Date of Grant:
      Exercise Price:        
 
 
 
     
 
   
Motorola, Inc. (“Motorola” or “the Company”) is pleased to grant you options to purchase shares of Motorola’s common stock under the Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2006 (the “Plan”). The number of options (“Options”) awarded to you and the Exercise Price per Option, which is the Fair Market Value on the Date of Grant, are stated above. Each Option entitles you to purchase one share of Motorola’s common stock on the terms described below and in the Plan.

Vesting and Exercisability
You cannot exercise the Options until they have vested.
Regular Vesting - The Options will vest in accordance with the following schedule (subject to the other terms hereof):
     
Percent   Date
25%
                                            , 20                     
25%
                                            , 20                     
25%
                                            , 20                     
25%
                                            , 20                     
Special Vesting - You may be subject to the Special Vesting Dates described below if your employment or service with Motorola or a Subsidiary (as defined below) terminates.
Exercisability - You may exercise Options at any time after they vest and before they expire as described below.
Expiration
All Options expire on the earlier of (1) the Date of Expiration as stated above or (2) any of the Special Expiration Dates described below. Once an Option expires, you no longer have the right to exercise it.

Special Vesting Dates and Special Expiration Dates
There are events that cause your Options to vest sooner than the Regular Vesting schedule discussed above or to expire sooner than the Date of Expiration as stated above. Those events are as follows:
Disability - If your employment or service with Motorola or a Subsidiary is terminated during your Employment Period because of your Total and Permanent Disability (as defined below), Options that are not vested will automatically become fully vested upon your termination of employment or service. All your Options will then expire on the earlier of the first anniversary of your termination of employment or service because of your Total and Permanent Disability or the Date of Expiration stated above. Until that time, the Options will be exercisable by you or your guardian or legal representative.
Death - If your employment or service with Motorola or a Subsidiary is terminated during your Employment Period because of your death, Options that are not vested will automatically become fully vested upon your death. All your Options will then expire on the earlier of the first anniversary of your death or the Date of Expiration stated above. Until that time, with written proof of death and inheritance, the Options will be exercisable by your legal representative, legatees or distributees.


 


 

Change In Control - If a “Change in Control” of the Company occurs during your Employment Period and the successor corporation does not assume these Options or replace them with options that preserve the existing value of this award at the time of the Change in Control and provide for subsequent payout in accordance with the same vesting schedule applicable to this award, then: (1) all of your unvested Options will be fully vested and (2) all of your Options will be exercisable until the Date of Expiration set forth above.
Further, with respect to any Options that are assumed or replaced as described in the preceding paragraph, such assumed or replaced options shall provide that they will be fully vested and exercisable until the Date of Expiration set forth above if you are involuntarily terminated from employment for a reason other than “Cause” or if you quit for “Good Reason” within 24 months of the Change in Control. For purposes of this paragraph, the terms “Change in Control”, “Cause” and “Good Reason” are defined in the Plan.
Termination of Employment or Service Because of Serious Misconduct - If Motorola or a Subsidiary terminates your employment or service during the Employment Period because of Serious Misconduct (as defined below) all of your Options (vested and unvested) expire upon your termination.
Change in Employment in Connection with a Divestiture - If you accept employment with another company during the Employment Period in direct connection with the sale, lease, outsourcing arrangement or any other type of asset transfer or transfer of any portion of a facility or any portion of a discrete organizational unit of Motorola or a Subsidiary, or if you remain employed by a Subsidiary that is sold or whose shares are distributed to the Motorola stockholders in a spin-off or similar transaction (a “Divestiture”) during the Employment Period, all of your unvested Options will automatically expire upon termination of your employment with Motorola, and all of your vested but not yet exercised Options will expire on the earlier of (i) 90 days after such Divestiture or (ii) the Date of Expiration stated above.
Termination of Employment or Service by Motorola or a Subsidiary Other than for Serious Misconduct or a Divestiture - If Motorola or a Subsidiary on its initiative, terminates your employment or service during the Employment Period other than for Serious Misconduct or a Divestiture, all of your unvested Options will automatically expire upon termination and all of your vested but not yet exercised Options will expire on the earlier of (i) 90 days after your termination of employment or (ii) the Date of Expiration stated above.
Termination of Employment or Service for any Other Reason than Described Above - If your employment or service with Motorola or a Subsidiary terminates during the Employment Period for any reason other than that described above, including voluntary resignation of your employment or service, all of your unvested Options will automatically expire upon termination of your employment or service and all of your vested but not yet exercised Options will expire on the earlier of (i) the date ninety (90) days after the date of termination of your employment or service or (ii) the Date of Expiration stated above.
Board Service Following Employment Period Notwithstanding any provision of this award to the contrary, if your Employment Period with Motorola or a Subsidiary terminates but you continue as a member of the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”), then all of your Options will continue to vest in accordance with the Regular Vesting schedule (or, in the event of a “Change in Control”, in accordance with the Special Vesting rules discussed below) based upon your continued service as a member of the Board. If you cease to serve as a member of the Board for any reason, then (a) all of your unvested Options will become fully vested on the date your Board service ceases, and (b) all of your Options will be exercisable from the date your Board service ceases until the Date of Expiration set forth above, unless any of the following four Special Vesting rules apply:
  If you are removed from the Board or not re-nominated to the Board for “Cause” as defined in the Plan, then, all of your Options (vested and unvested) expire upon the date you cease to be a member of the Board.
 
  If you voluntarily resign from the Board, all of your unvested Options will automatically expire upon the effective date of your resignation, and all of your vested but not yet exercised Options will expire on the earlier of (i) the date ninety

 


 

  (90) days after the date of resignation, or (ii) the Date of Expiration stated above.
 
  If your service with the Board ends because of your death, Options that are not vested will automatically become fully vested upon your death. All your Options will then expire on the earlier of the first anniversary of your death or the Date of Expiration stated above. Until that time, with written proof of death and inheritance, the Options will be exercisable by your legal representative, legatees or distributees.
 
  If a “Change in Control” of the Company occurs during your service with the Board, and the successor corporation does not assume these Options or replace them with options that preserve the existing value of this award at the time of the Change in Control and provide for subsequent payout in accordance with the same vesting schedule applicable to this award, then: (1) all of your unvested Options will be fully vested and (2) all of your Options will be exercisable until the Date of Expiration set forth above. Further, with respect to any Options that are assumed or replaced as described above, such assumed or replaced options shall provide that they will be fully vested and exercisable until the Date of Expiration set forth above if you resign from the Board for Good Reason or are removed from the Board or not renominated to the Board for a reason other than “Cause” within 24 months of the Change in Control. For purposes of this paragraph, the terms “Good Reason”, “Change in Control” and “Cause” are defined in the Plan.
Leave of Absence/Temporary Layoff

If you take a Leave of Absence from Motorola or a Subsidiary during the Employment Period that your employer has approved in writing in accordance with your employer’s Leave of Absence Policy and which does not constitute a termination of employment as determined by Motorola, or you are placed on Temporary Layoff (as defined below) by Motorola or a Subsidiary during the Employment Period the following will apply:
Vesting of Options - Options will continue to vest in accordance with the vesting schedule set forth above.
Exercising Options - You may exercise Options that are vested or that vest during the Leave of Absence or Temporary Layoff.
Effect of Termination of Employment or Service - If your employment or service is terminated during the Leave of Absence or Temporary Layoff, the treatment of your Options will be determined as described under “Special Vesting Dates and Special Expiration Dates” above.
Other Terms

Method of Exercising - You must follow the procedures for exercising options established by Motorola from time to time. At the time of exercise, you must pay the Exercise Price for all of the Options being exercised and any taxes that are required to be withheld by Motorola or a Subsidiary in connection with the exercise. Options may not be exercised for less than 50 shares unless the number of shares represented by the Option is less than 50 shares, in which case the Option must be exercised for the remaining amount.
Transferability - Unless the Committee provides, Options are not transferable other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution.
Tax Withholding - Motorola or a Subsidiary is entitled to withhold an amount equal to the required minimum statutory withholding taxes for the respective tax jurisdictions attributable to any share of common stock deliverable in connection with the exercise of the Options. You may satisfy any minimum withholding obligation and any additional withholding, if desired, by electing to have the plan administrator retain Option shares having a Fair Market Value on the date of exercise equal to the amount to be withheld.
Definition of Terms

If a term is used but not defined, it has the meaning given such term in the Plan.
“Confidential Information” means information concerning the Company and its business that is not generally known outside the Company, and includes (A) trade secrets; (B) intellectual property; (C) the Company’s methods of operation and Company processes; (D) information regarding the Company’s present and/or future products, developments, processes and systems, including invention disclosures and patent applications; (E) information

 


 

on customers or potential customers, including customers’ names, sales records, prices, and other terms of sales and Company cost information; (F) Company personnel data; (G) Company business plans, marketing plans, financial data and projections; and (H) information received in confidence by the Company from third parties. Information regarding products, services or technological innovations in development, in test marketing or being marketed or promoted in a discrete geographic region, which information the Company or one of its affiliates is considering for broader use, shall be deemed generally known until such broader use is actually commercially implemented.
“Employment Period” is as defined in your Amended and Restated Employment Agreement with Motorola, dated October 4, 2007.
“Fair Market Value” is the closing price for a share of Motorola common stock on the date of grant or date of exercise, whichever is applicable. The official source for the closing price is the New York Stock Exchange Composite Transaction as reported in the Wall Street Journal, Midwest edition.
“Serious Misconduct” means any misconduct identified as a ground for termination in the Motorola Code of Business Conduct, or the human resources policies, or other written policies or procedures.
“Subsidiary” means an entity of which Motorola owns directly or indirectly at least 50% and that Motorola consolidates for financial reporting purposes.
“Total and Permanent Disability” means for (x) U.S. employees, entitlement to long-term disability benefits under the Motorola Disability Income Plan, as amended and any successor plan or a determination of a permanent and total disability under a state workers compensation statute and (y) non-U.S. employees, as established by applicable Motorola policy or as required by local regulations.
“Temporary Layoff” means a layoff or redundancy that is communicated as being for a period of up to twelve months and as including a right to recall under defined circumstances.
Consent to Transfer Personal Data
By accepting this award, you voluntarily acknowledge and consent to the collection, use, processing and transfer of personal data as described in this paragraph. You are not obliged to consent to such collection, use, processing and transfer of personal data. However, failure to provide the consent may affect your ability to participate in the Plan. Motorola, its Subsidiaries and your employer hold certain personal information about you, that may include your name, home address and telephone number, date of birth, social security number or other employee identification number, salary, salary grade, hire date, nationality, job title, any shares of stock held in Motorola, or details of all options or any other entitlement to shares of stock awarded, canceled, purchased, vested, or unvested, for the purpose of managing and administering the Plan (“Data”). Motorola and/or its Subsidiaries will transfer Data amongst themselves as necessary for the purpose of implementation, administration and management of your participation in the Plan, and Motorola and/or any of its Subsidiaries may each further transfer Data to any third parties assisting Motorola in the implementation, administration and management of the Plan. These recipients may be located throughout the world, including the United States. You authorize them to receive, possess, use, retain and transfer the Data, in electronic or other form, for the purposes of implementing, administering and managing your participation in the Plan, including any requisite transfer of such Data as may be required for the administration of the Plan and/or the subsequent holding of shares of stock on your behalf to a broker or other third party with whom you may elect to deposit any shares of stock acquired pursuant to the Plan. You may, at any time, review Data, require any necessary amendments to it or withdraw the consents herein in writing by contacting Motorola; however, withdrawing your consent may affect your ability to participate in the Plan.
Acknowledgement of Discretionary Nature of the Plan; No Vested Rights

You acknowledge and agree that the Plan is discretionary in nature and limited in duration, and may be amended, cancelled, or terminated by Motorola or a Subsidiary, in its sole discretion, at any time. The grant of awards under the Plan is a one- time benefit and does not create any contractual or other right to receive an award in the future or to future employment. Nor shall this or any such grant interfere with your right or the Company’s right to terminate such employment relationship at any time,

 


 

with or without cause, to the extent permitted by applicable laws and any enforceable agreement between you and the Company. Future grants, if any, will be at the sole discretion of Motorola, including, but not limited to, the timing of any grant, the amount of the award, vesting provisions, and the exercise price.
No Relation to Other Benefits/Termination Indemnities

Your acceptance of this award and participation under the Plan is voluntary. The value of your stock option awarded herein is an extraordinary item of compensation outside the scope of your employment contract, if any. As such, the stock option is not part of normal or expected compensation for purposes of calculating any severance, resignation, redundancy, end of service payments, bonuses, long-service awards, pension, or retirement benefits or similar payments, notwithstanding any provision of any compensation, insurance agreement or benefit plan to the contrary.
Agreement Following Termination of Employment

As a further condition of accepting the Options, you acknowledge and agree that for a period of one year following your termination of employment or service, you will not hire, recruit, solicit or induce, or cause, allow, permit or aid others to hire, recruit, solicit or induce, or to communicate in support of those activities, any employee of Motorola or a Subsidiary who possesses Confidential Information of Motorola or a Subsidiary to terminate his/her employment with Motorola or a Subsidiary and/or to seek employment with your new or prospective employer, or any other company.
You agree that upon termination of employment with Motorola or a Subsidiary, and for a period of one year thereafter, you will immediately inform Motorola of (i) the identity of your new employer (or the nature of any start-up business or self-employment), (ii) your new title, and (iii) your job duties and responsibilities. You hereby authorize Motorola or a Subsidiary to provide a copy of this Award Document to your new employer. You further agree to provide information to Motorola or a Subsidiary as may from time to time be requested in order to determine your compliance with the terms hereof.
Substitute Stock Appreciation Right

Motorola reserves the right to substitute a Stock Appreciation Right for your Option in the event certain changes are made in the accounting treatment of stock options. Any substitute Stock Appreciation Right shall be applicable to the same number of shares as your Option and shall have the same Date of Expiration, Exercise Price, and other terms and conditions. Any substitute Stock Appreciation Right may be settled only in common stock.
Acceptance of Terms and Conditions

By accepting the Options, you agree to be bound by these terms and conditions, the Plan, any and all rules and regulations established by Motorola in connection with awards issued under the Plan, and any additional covenants or promises Motorola may require as a condition of the grant.
Other Information about Your Options and the Plan

You can find other information about options and the Plan on the Motorola website
http://myhr.mot.com/pay_finances/awards_incentives/ stock_options/plan_documents.jsp. If you do not have access to the website, please contact Motorola Global Rewards, 1303 E. Algonquin Road, Schaumburg, IL 60196 USA; GBLRW01@Motorola.com; 847-576-7885; for an order form to request Plan documents.

 


 

Exhibit 2
RSU Form
T. Meredith
RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARD AGREEMENT
     This Restricted Stock Unit Award (“ Award ”) is awarded on «Grant_date» (“ Date of Grant ”), by Motorola, Inc. (the “ Company ” or “ Motorola ”) to «First_Name» «Last_Name» (the “ Grantee ”).
     WHEREAS, Grantee is receiving the Award under the Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2006, as amended (the “2006 Incentive Plan”);
     WHEREAS, the Award is being made as a special grant of Motorola restricted stock units authorized by the Board of Directors (the “ Board ”) and the Board’s Compensation and Leadership Committee (the “ Compensation Committee ”); and
     WHEREAS, it is a condition to Grantee receiving the Award that Grantee electronically accept the terms, conditions and Restrictions applicable to the restricted stock units as set forth in this Agreement.
     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the Company hereby awards restricted stock units to Grantee on the following terms and conditions:
1.  Award of Restricted Stock Units . The Company hereby grants to Grantee a total of «Txt_Nbr_of_Shares» («Whole_Nbr_of_Shares») Motorola restricted stock units (the “ Units ”) subject to the terms and conditions set forth below. All Awards shall be paid in whole shares of Motorola Common Stock (“Common Stock”); no fractional shares shall be credited of delivered to Grantee.
2.  Restrictions . The Units are being awarded to Grantee subject to the transfer and forfeiture conditions set forth below (the “ Restrictions ”) which shall lapse, if at all, as described in Section 3 below. For purposes of this Award, the term Units includes any additional Units granted to the Grantee with respect to Units, still subject to the Restrictions.
  a.   Grantee may not directly or indirectly, by operation of law or otherwise, voluntarily or involuntarily, sell, assign, pledge, encumber, charge or otherwise transfer any of the Units still subject to Restrictions. The Units shall be forfeited if Grantee violates or attempts to violate these transfer Restrictions. Motorola shall have the right to assign this Agreement, which shall not affect the validity or enforceability of this Agreement. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of assigns and successors of Motorola.
 
  b.   Except to the extent Grantee’s Employment Period (as defined in his Amended and Restated Employment Agreement dated October 4, 2007) is immediately succeeded by his continued service as a non-employee director on the Board, any Units still subject to the Restrictions shall be (x) automatically forfeited upon the Grantee’s termination of employment with Motorola or a Subsidiary for any reason other than death (as provided in Section 3(a) below), Total and Permanent Disability (as provided in Section 3(a) below), or Involuntary Termination due to (A) a Divestiture or (B) for a reason other than for Serious Misconduct (as provided in Section 3(b) below). Further, if Grantee is removed from the Board or is not renominated to the Board for “Cause”, or if Grantee or voluntarily

 


 

RSU Form
T. Meredith
      resigns from the Board, then any Units still subject to the Restrictions shall be automatically forfeited. For purposes of this Award, a “Subsidiary” is any corporation or other entity in which a 50 percent or greater interest is held directly or indirectly by Motorola and which is consolidated for financial reporting purposes. “Cause” is defined in the 2006 Incentive Plan.
 
  c.   If Grantee engages in any of the following conduct, in addition to all remedies in law and/or equity available to the Company or any Subsidiary, Grantee shall forfeit all restricted stock units under the Award whose Restrictions have not lapsed, and, for all restricted stock units under the Award whose Restrictions have lapsed, Grantee shall immediately pay to the Company the Fair Market Value (as defined in paragraph 7 below) of Common Stock on the date(s) such Restrictions lapsed, without regard to any taxes that may have been deducted from such amount. For purposes of subparagraphs (i) through and including (iii) below, “Company” or “Motorola” shall mean Motorola Inc. and/or any of its Subsidiaries:
  (i)   During the course of Grantee’s employment and thereafter, Grantee uses or discloses, except on behalf of the Company and pursuant to the Company’s directions, any Company Confidential Information. “Confidential Information” means information concerning the Company and its business that is not generally known outside the Company, and includes (A) trade secrets; (B) intellectual property; (C) the Company’s methods of operation and Company processes; (D) information regarding the Company’s present and/or future products, developments, processes and systems, including invention disclosures and patent applications; (E) information on customers or potential customers, including customers’ names, sales records, prices, and other terms of sales and Company cost information; (F) Company personnel data; (G) Company business plans, marketing plans, financial data and projections; and (H) information received in confidence by the Company from third parties. Information regarding products, services or technological innovations in development, in test marketing or being marketed or promoted in a discrete geographic region, which information the Company or one of its affiliates is considering for broader use, shall be deemed not generally known until such broader use is actually commercially implemented; and/or
 
  (ii)   During Grantee’s employment and for a period of one year following the termination of Grantee’s employment for any reason, Grantee hires, recruits, solicits or induces, or causes, allows, permits or aids others to hire, recruit, solicit or induce, or to communicate in support of those activities, any employee of the Company who possesses Confidential Information of the Company to terminate his/her employment with the Company and/or to seek employment with Grantee’s new or prospective employer, or any other company; and/or

 


 

RSU Form
T. Meredith
  (iii)   During Grantee’s employment and for a period of one year following the termination of Grantee’s employment for any reason Grantee, directly or indirectly, on behalf of Grantee or any other person, company or entity, solicits or participates in soliciting, products or services competitive with or similar to products or services offered by, manufactured by, designed by or distributed by the Company to any person, company or entity which was a customer or potential customer for such products or services and with which Grantee had direct or indirect contact regarding those products or services or about which Grantee learned Confidential Information at any time during the two years prior to Grantee’s termination of employment with the Company.
The Company will not be obligated to pay Grantee any consideration whatsoever for forfeited Units.
3.   Lapse of Restrictions .
  a.   Except as set forth in Section 3(b) below, the Restrictions applicable to the Units shall lapse, as long as the Units have not been forfeited as described in Section 2 above, as follows:
  (i)   50% on the 30 month anniversary of the Date of Grant and an additional 50% on the 60 month anniversay of the Date of Grant (the “Restriction Period”);
 
  (ii)   If Grantee ceases to serve as a member of the Board for any reason (other than Grantee’s voluntary resignation or if Grantee is removed from the Board or is not renominated to the Board for “Cause”);
 
  (iii)   If a Change in Control of the Company occurs during Grantee’s Employment Period or any subsequent period of service on the Board and the successor corporation (or parent thereof) does not, during the Restriction Period, assume this Award or replace it with an award that preserves the existing value of this Award at the time of the Change in Control and that provides for subsequent payout in accordance with the same vesting schedule applicable to this Award; provided, further, that with respect to any Award that is assumed or replaced, such assumed or replaced Award shall provide that the Restrictions shall lapse if Grantee is involuntarily terminated (for a reason other than “Cause”) or quits for “Good Reason” within 24 months of the Change in Control. For purposes of this paragraph, the terms “Change in Control”, “Cause” and “Good Reason” are defined in the 2006 Incentive Plan;
 
  (iv)   Upon termination of Grantee’s Employment Period by Motorola or a Subsidiary due to Grantee’s Total and Permanent Disability. “Total and Permanent Disability” means for (x) U.S. employees, entitlement to long term disability benefits under the Motorola Disability Income Plan, as amended and any successor plan or a determination of a

 


 

RSU Form
T. Meredith
      permanent and total disability under a state workers compensation statute and, (y) non-U.S. employees, as established by applicable Motorola policy or as required by local regulations; or
 
  (v)   If the Grantee dies.
  b.   In the case of Involuntary Termination during the Employment Period due to a Divestiture or for a reason other than for Serious Misconduct before the expiration of the Restriction Period, if the Units have not been forfeited as described in Section 2 above, then the Restrictions shall lapse on a pro rata basis determined by dividing (i) the number of completed full years of service by the Grantee from the Award Date to the employee’s date of termination by (ii) the total length of the Restriction Period.
 
  c.   “Termination due to a Divestiture” for purposes of this Agreement means if, during the Employment Period, Grantee accepts employment with another company in direct connection with the sale, lease, outsourcing arrangement or any other type of asset transfer or transfer of any portion of a facility or any portion of a discrete organizational unit of Motorola or a Subsidiary, or if Grantee remains employed by a Subsidiary that is sold or whose shares are distributed to the Motorola stockholders in a spin-off or similar transaction during the Employment Period (a “Divestiture”).
 
  d.   “Serious Misconduct” for purposes of this Agreement means any misconduct identified as a ground for termination of employment in the Motorola Code of Business Conduct, or the human resources policies, or other written policies or procedures.
 
  e.   If, during the Employment Period, the Grantee takes a Leave of Absence from Motorola or a Subsidiary, the Units will continue to be subject to this Agreement. If the Restriction Period expires while the Grantee is on a Leave of Absence the Grantee will be entitled to the Units even if the Grantee has not returned to active employment. “Leave of Absence” means an approved leave of absence from Motorola or a Subsidiary that is not a termination of employment, as determined by Motorola.
 
  f.   To the extent the Restrictions lapse under this Section 3 with respect to the Units, they will be free of the terms and conditions of this Award (other than Section 2(c)).
4.   Adjustments . If the number of outstanding shares of Common Stock is changed as a result of a stock split or the like without additional consideration to the Company, the number of Units subject to this Award shall be adjusted to correspond to the change in the outstanding shares of Common Stock.
5.   Dividends . No dividends (or dividend equivalents) shall be paid with respect to Units credited to the Grantee’s account.

 


 

RSU Form
T. Meredith
6.   Delivery of Certificates or Equivalent . Upon the lapse of Restrictions applicable to the Units, the Company shall, at its election, either (i) deliver to the Grantee a certificate representing a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the number of Units upon which such Restrictions have lapsed, or (ii) establish a brokerage account for the Grantee and credit to that account the number of shares of Common Stock of the Company equal to the number of Units upon which such Restrictions have lapsed.
7.   Withholding Taxes . The Company is entitled to withhold applicable taxes for the respective tax jurisdiction attributable to this Award or any payment made in connection with the Units. Grantee may satisfy any minimum withholding obligation by electing to have the plan administrator retain shares of Common Stock deliverable in connection with the Units having a Fair Market Value on the date the Restrictions applicable to the Units lapse equal to the amount to be withheld. “Fair Market Value” for this purpose shall be the closing price for a share of Common Stock on the day the Restrictions applicable to the Units lapse as reported for the New York Stock Exchange-Composite Transactions in the Wall Street Journal, Midwest edition.
8.   Voting and Other Rights .
  a.   Grantee shall have no rights as a stockholder of the Company in respect of the Units, including the right to vote and to receive cash dividends and other distributions until delivery of certificates representing shares of Common Stock in satisfaction of the Units.
 
  b.   The grant of Units does not confer upon Grantee any right to continue in the employ of the Company or a Subsidiary or to interfere with the right of the Company or a Subsidiary, to terminate Grantee’s employment at any time.
9.   Agreement Following Termination of Employment . Grantee agrees that upon termination of employment with Motorola or a Subsidiary, Grantee will immediately inform Motorola of (a) the identity of any new employer (or the nature of any start-up business or self-employment), (b) Grantee’s new title, and (c) Grantee’s job duties and responsibilities. Grantee hereby authorizes Motorola or a Subsidiary to provide a copy of this Award Document to Grantee’s new employer. Grantee further agrees to provide information to Motorola or a Subsidiary as may from time to time be requested in order to determine his/her compliance with the terms hereof.
10.   Consent to Transfer Personal Data . By accepting this award, Grantee voluntarily acknowledges and consents to the collection, use, processing and transfer of personal data as described in this paragraph. Grantee is not obliged to consent to such collection, use, processing and transfer of personal data. However, failure to provide the consent may affect Grantee’s ability to participate in the Plan. Motorola, its Subsidiaries and Grantee’s employer hold certain personal information about the Grantee, that may include his/her name, home address and telephone number, date of birth, social security number or other employee identification number, salary grade, hire data, salary, nationality, job title, any shares of stock held in Motorola, or details of all restricted stock units or any other entitlement to shares of stock awarded, canceled, purchased, vested, or unvested, for the purpose of managing and administering the Plan (“Data”). Motorola and/or its Subsidiaries will transfer Data amongst themselves as necessary for the purpose of implementation, administration and management

 


 

RSU Form
T. Meredith
of Grantee’s participation in the Plan, and Motorola and/or any of its Subsidiaries may each further transfer Data to any third parties assisting Motorola in the implementation, administration and management of the Plan. These recipients may be located throughout the world, including the United States. Grantee’s authorizes them to receive, possess, use, retain and transfer the Data, in electronic or other form, for the purposes of implementing, administering and managing Grantee’s participation in the Plan, including any requisite transfer of such Data as may be required for the administration of the Plan and/or the subsequent holding of shares of stock on the Grantee’s behalf to a broker or other third party with whom the Grantee may elect to deposit any shares of stock acquired pursuant to the Plan. Grantee may, at any time, review Data, require any necessary amendments to it or withdraw the consents herein in writing by contacting Motorola; however, withdrawing consent may affect the Grantee’s ability to participate in the Plan.
11.   Nature of Award . By accepting this Award Agreement, the Grantee acknowledges his or her understanding that the grant of Units under this Award Agreement is completely at the discretion of Motorola, and that Motorola’s decision to make this Award in no way implies that similar awards may be granted in the future or that Grantee has any guarantee of future employment. Nor shall this or any such grant interfere with Grantee’s right or the Company’s right to terminate such employment relationship at any time, with or without cause, to the extent permitted by applicable laws and any enforceable agreement between Grantee and the Company. In addition, the Grantee hereby acknowledges that he has entered into employment with Motorola or a Subsidiary upon terms that did not include this Award or similar awards, that his decision to continue employment is not dependent on an expectation of this Award or similar awards, and that any amount received under this Award is considered an amount in addition to that which the Grantee expects to be paid for the performance of his services. Grantee’s acceptance of this Award is voluntary. The Award is not part of normal or expected compensation for purposes of calculating any severance, resignation, redundancy, end of service payments, bonuses, long-service awards, pension, or retirement benefits or similar payments, notwithstanding any provision of any compensation, insurance agreement or benefit plan to the contrary.
12.   Remedies for Breach . Grantee hereby acknowledges that the harm caused to the Company by the breach or anticipated breach of paragraphs 2(c)(i), (ii) and/or (iii) of this Agreement will be irreparable and further agrees the Company may obtain injunctive relief against the Grantee in addition to and cumulative with any other legal or equitable rights and remedies the Company may have pursuant to this Agreement, any other agreements between the Grantee and the Company for the protection of the Company’s Confidential Information, or law, including the recovery of liquidated damages. Grantee agrees that any interim or final equitable relief entered by a court of competent jurisdiction, as specified in paragraph 15 below, will, at the request of the Company, be entered on consent and enforced by any such court having jurisdiction over the Grantee. This relief would occur without prejudice to any rights either party may have to appeal from the proceedings that resulted in any grant of such relief.
13.   Acknowledgements . With respect to the subject matter of paragraphs 2(c)(i), (ii), and (iii), and paragraphs 12 and 15 hereof, this Agreement is the entire agreement with the Company. No waiver of any breach of any provision of this Agreement by the Company shall be construed to be a waiver of any succeeding breach or as a modification of such provision.

 


 

RSU Form
T. Meredith
The provisions of this Agreement shall be severable and in the event that any provision of this Agreement shall be found by any court as specified in paragraph 15 below to be unenforceable, in whole or in part, the remainder of this Agreement shall nevertheless be enforceable and binding on the parties. Grantee hereby agrees that the court may modify any invalid, overbroad or unenforceable term of this Agreement so that such term, as modified, is valid and enforceable under applicable law. Further, by accepting any Award under this Agreement, Grantee affirmatively states that he has not, will not and cannot rely on any representations not expressly made herein.
14.   Funding . No assets or shares of Common Stock shall be segregated or earmarked by the Company in respect of any Units awarded hereunder. The grant of Units hereunder shall not constitute a trust and shall be solely for the purpose of recording an unsecured contractual obligation of the Company.
15.   Governing Law . All questions concerning the construction, validity and interpretation of this Award shall be governed by and construed according to the law of the State of Illinois without regard to any state’s conflicts of law principles. Any disputes regarding this Award or Agreement shall be brought only in the state or federal courts of Illinois.
16.   Waiver . The failure of the Company to enforce at any time any provision of this Award shall in no way be construed to be a waiver of such provision or any other provision hereof.
17.   Actions by the Compensation Committee . The Committee may delegate its authority to administer this Agreement. The actions and determinations of the Compensation Committee or its delegate shall be binding upon the parties.
18.   Acceptance of Terms and Conditions . By electronically accepting this Award within 30 days after the date of the electronic mail notification by the Company to Grantee of the grant of this Award (“Email Notification Date”), Grantee agrees to be bound by the foregoing terms and conditions, the 2006 Incentive Plan and any and all rules and regulations established by Motorola in connection with awards issued under the 2006 Incentive Plan. If Grantee does not electronically accept this Award within 30 days of the Email Notification Date, Grantee will not be entitled to the Units.
19.   Plan Documents . The 2006 Incentive Plan and the Prospectus for the 2006 Incentive Plan are available at http://myhr.mot.com/pay_finances/awards_incentives/ stock_options/plan_documents.jsp or from Global Rewards, 1303 East Algonquin Road, Schaumburg, IL 60196 (847) 576-7885.

 


 

Exhibit 3
STOCK OPTION CONSIDERATION AGREEMENT
GRANT DATE:                      , 20___
The following Agreement is established to protect the trade secrets, intellectual property, confidential information, customer relationships and goodwill of Motorola, Inc. and each of its subsidiaries (the “Company”) both as defined in the Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2006 (the “2006 Plan”).
As consideration for the stock option(s) granted to me on the date shown above under the terms of the 2006 Plan (“the Covered Options”), and Motorola having provided me with Confidential Information as a Motorola appointed vice president or elected officer, I agree to the following:
(1) I agree that during the course of my employment and thereafter, I will not use or disclose, except on behalf of the Company and pursuant to its directions, any Company Confidential Information. Confidential Information means information concerning the Company and its business that is not generally known outside the Company. Confidential Information includes: (i) trade secrets; (ii) intellectual property; (iii) the Company’s methods of operation and Company processes; (iv) information regarding the Company’s present and/or future products, developments, processes and systems, including invention disclosures and patent applications; (v) information on customers or potential customers, including customer’s names, sales records, prices, and other terms of sales and Company cost information; (vi) Company personnel data; (vii) Company business plans, marketing plans, financial data and projections; and (viii) information received in confidence by the Company from third parties. Information regarding products or technological innovations in development, in test marketing or being marketed or promoted in a discrete geographic region, which information the Company or one of its affiliates is considering for broader use, shall not be deemed generally known until such broader use is actually commercially implemented.
(2) I agree that during my employment and for a period of one year following my termination of employment for any reason, I will not hire, recruit, solicit or induce, or cause, allow, permit or aid others to hire, recruit, solicit or induce, or to communicate in support of those activities, any employee of the Company who possesses Confidential Information of the Company to terminate his/her employment with the Company and/or to seek employment with my new or prospective employer, or any other company.
(3) I agree that during my employment and for a period of one year following the termination of my employment for any reason, I will not, directly or indirectly, on behalf of myself or any other person, company or entity, solicit or participate in soliciting, products or services competitive with or similar to products or services offered by, manufactured by, designed by or distributed by the Company to any person, company or entity which was a customer or potential customer for such products or services and with which I had direct or indirect contact regarding those products or services or about which I learned Confidential Information at any time during the two years prior to my termination of employment with the Company.
(4) I acknowledge that the Covered Options are subject to the terms and conditions of the Company’s Policy Regarding Recoupment of Incentive Payments upon Financial Restatement (such policy, as it may be amended from time to time, being the “Recoupment Policy”). The Recoupment Policy provides for determinations by the Company’s independent directors that, as a result of intentional misconduct by me, the Company’s financial results were restated (a “Policy Restatement”). In the event of a Policy Restatement, the Company’s independent directors may require, among other things (a) cancellation of any of the Covered Options that remain outstanding; and/or (b) reimbursement of any gains realized in respect of the Covered Options, if and to the extent the conditions set forth in the Recoupment Policy apply. Any determinations made by the independent directors in accordance with the Recoupment Policy shall be binding upon me. The Recoupment Policy is in addition to any other remedies which may be otherwise available at law, in equity or under contract, to the Company.
(5) I agree that by accepting the Covered Options, if I violate the terms of paragraphs 1 through and including 3 of this Agreement, then, in addition to any other remedies available in law and/or equity, all of

 


 

my vested and unvested Covered Options will terminate and no longer be exercisable, and for all Covered Options exercised within one year prior to the termination of my employment for any reason or anytime after termination of my employment for any reason, I will immediately pay to the Company the difference between the exercise price on the date of grant as reflected in the Award Document for the Covered Options and the market price of the Covered Options on the date of exercise (the “spread”).
(6) The requirements of this agreement can be waived or modified only upon the prior written consent of Motorola, Inc. I acknowledge that the promises in this Agreement, not any employment of or services performed by me in the course and scope of that employment, are the sole consideration for the Covered Options. I agree the Company shall have the right to assign this Agreement which shall not affect the validity or enforceability of this Agreement. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the Company assigns and successors.
(7) I agree that during my employment and for a period of one year following the termination of my employment for any reason, I will immediately inform the Company of (i) the identity of my new employer (or the nature of any start-up business, consulting arrangements or self-employment), (ii) my new title, and (iii) my job duties and responsibilities. I hereby authorize the Company to provide a copy of this Agreement to my new employer. I further agree to provide information to the Company as may from time to time be requested in order to determine my compliance with the terms of this Agreement.
(8) I acknowledge that the harm caused to the Company by the breach or anticipated breach of paragraphs 1, 2, and/or 3 of this Agreement will be irreparable and I agree the Company may obtain injunctive relief against me in addition to and cumulative with any other legal or equitable rights and remedies the Company may have pursuant to this Agreement, any other agreements between me and the Company for the protection of the Company’s Confidential Information, or law, including the recovery of liquidated damages. I agree that any interim or final equitable relief entered by a court of competent jurisdiction, as specified in paragraph 11 below, will, at the request of the Company, be entered on consent and enforced by any such court having jurisdiction over me. This relief would occur without prejudice to any rights either party may have to appeal from the proceedings that resulted in any grant of such relief.
(9) With respect to the Covered Options, this Agreement is my entire agreement with the Company. No waiver of any breach of any provision of this Agreement by the Company shall be construed to be a waiver of any succeeding breach or as a modification of such provision. The provisions of this Agreement shall be severable and in the event that any provision of this Agreement shall be found by any court as specified in paragraph 11 below to be unenforceable, in whole or in part, the remainder of this Agreement shall nevertheless be enforceable and binding on the parties. I also agree that the court may modify any invalid, overbroad or unenforceable term of this Agreement so that such term, as modified, is valid and enforceable under applicable law. Further, I affirmatively state that I have not, will not and cannot rely on any representations not expressly made herein.
(10) I accept the terms of this Agreement and the above option(s) to purchase shares of the Common Stock of the Company, subject to the terms of this Agreement, the 2006 Plan, and any Award Document issued pursuant thereto. I am familiar with the 2006 Plan and agree to be bound by it to the extent applicable, as well as by the actions of the Company’s Board of Directors or any committee thereof.
(11) I agree that this Agreement and the 2006 Plan, and any Award Document issued pursuant thereto, together constitute an agreement between the Company and me. I further agree that this Agreement is governed by the laws of Illinois, without giving effect to any state’s principles of Conflicts of Laws, and any legal action related to this Agreement shall be brought only in a federal or state court located in Illinois, USA.

 


 

         
 
       
Date
  Signature   Printed Name
 
       
 
       
 
      Commerce ID
IN ORDER FOR THE ABOVE-REFERENCED OPTION(S) TO BE AWARDED, THIS AGREEMENT, SIGNED AND DATED, MUST BE RETURNED TO MOTOROLA c/o EXECUTIVE REWARDS NO LATER THAN                      .

 


 

Exhibit 4
RSU Form
T. Meredith
RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARD AGREEMENT
     This Restricted Stock Unit Award (“ Award ”) is awarded on «Grant_date» (“ Date of Grant ”), by Motorola, Inc. (the “ Company ” or “ Motorola ”) to «First_Name» «Last_Name» (the “ Grantee ”).
     WHEREAS, Grantee is receiving the Award under the Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2006, as amended (the “2006 Incentive Plan”);
     WHEREAS, the Award is being made as a special grant of Motorola restricted stock units authorized by the Board of Directors (the “ Board ”) and the Board’s Compensation and Leadership Committee (the “ Compensation Committee ”); and
     WHEREAS, it is a condition to Grantee receiving the Award that Grantee electronically accept the terms, conditions and Restrictions applicable to the restricted stock units as set forth in this Agreement.
     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the Company hereby awards restricted stock units to Grantee on the following terms and conditions:
1.   Award of Restricted Stock Units . The Company hereby grants to Grantee a total of «Txt_Nbr_of_Shares» («Whole_Nbr_of_Shares») Motorola restricted stock units (the “ Units ”) subject to the terms and conditions set forth below. All Awards shall be paid in whole shares of Motorola Common Stock (“Common Stock”); no fractional shares shall be credited of delivered to Grantee.
2.   Restrictions . The Units are being awarded to Grantee subject to the transfer and forfeiture conditions set forth below (the “ Restrictions ”) which shall lapse, if at all, as described in Section 3 below. For purposes of this Award, the term Units includes any additional Units granted to the Grantee with respect to Units, still subject to the Restrictions.
  a.   Grantee may not directly or indirectly, by operation of law or otherwise, voluntarily or involuntarily, sell, assign, pledge, encumber, charge or otherwise transfer any of the Units still subject to Restrictions. The Units shall be forfeited if Grantee violates or attempts to violate these transfer Restrictions. Motorola shall have the right to assign this Agreement, which shall not affect the validity or enforceability of this Agreement. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of assigns and successors of Motorola.
 
  b.   Except to the extent Grantee’s Employment Period (as defined in his Amended and Restated Employment Agreement dated October 4, 2007) is immediately succeeded by his continued service as a non-employee director on the Board, any Units still subject to the Restrictions shall be (x) automatically forfeited upon the Grantee’s termination of employment with Motorola or a Subsidiary for any reason other than death (as provided in Section 3(a) below), Total and Permanent Disability (as provided in Section 3(a) below), or Involuntary Termination due to (A) a Divestiture or (B) for a reason other than for Serious Misconduct (as provided in Section 3(b) below). Further, if Grantee is removed from the Board or is not renominated to the Board for “Cause”, or if Grantee or voluntarily

 


 

      resigns from the Board, then any Units still subject to the Restrictions shall be automatically forfeited. For purposes of this Award, a “Subsidiary” is any corporation or other entity in which a 50 percent or greater interest is held directly or indirectly by Motorola and which is consolidated for financial reporting purposes. “Cause” is defined in the 2006 Incentive Plan.
 
  c.   If Grantee engages in any of the following conduct, in addition to all remedies in law and/or equity available to the Company or any Subsidiary, Grantee shall forfeit all restricted stock units under the Award whose Restrictions have not lapsed, and, for all restricted stock units under the Award whose Restrictions have lapsed, Grantee shall immediately pay to the Company the Fair Market Value (as defined in paragraph 7 below) of Common Stock on the date(s) such Restrictions lapsed, without regard to any taxes that may have been deducted from such amount. For purposes of subparagraphs (i) through and including (iii) below, “Company” or “Motorola” shall mean Motorola Inc. and/or any of its Subsidiaries:
  (i)   During the course of Grantee’s employment and thereafter, Grantee uses or discloses, except on behalf of the Company and pursuant to the Company’s directions, any Company Confidential Information. “Confidential Information” means information concerning the Company and its business that is not generally known outside the Company, and includes (A) trade secrets; (B) intellectual property; (C) the Company’s methods of operation and Company processes; (D) information regarding the Company’s present and/or future products, developments, processes and systems, including invention disclosures and patent applications; (E) information on customers or potential customers, including customers’ names, sales records, prices, and other terms of sales and Company cost information; (F) Company personnel data; (G) Company business plans, marketing plans, financial data and projections; and (H) information received in confidence by the Company from third parties. Information regarding products, services or technological innovations in development, in test marketing or being marketed or promoted in a discrete geographic region, which information the Company or one of its affiliates is considering for broader use, shall be deemed not generally known until such broader use is actually commercially implemented; and/or
 
  (ii)   During Grantee’s employment and for a period of one year following the termination of Grantee’s employment for any reason, Grantee hires, recruits, solicits or induces, or causes, allows, permits or aids others to hire, recruit, solicit or induce, or to communicate in support of those activities, any employee of the Company who possesses Confidential Information of the Company to terminate his/her employment with the Company and/or to seek employment with Grantee’s new or prospective employer, or any other company; and/or

 


 

  (iii)   During Grantee’s employment and for a period of one year following the termination of Grantee’s employment for any reason Grantee, directly or indirectly, on behalf of Grantee or any other person, company or entity, solicits or participates in soliciting, products or services competitive with or similar to products or services offered by, manufactured by, designed by or distributed by the Company to any person, company or entity which was a customer or potential customer for such products or services and with which Grantee had direct or indirect contact regarding those products or services or about which Grantee learned Confidential Information at any time during the two years prior to Grantee’s termination of employment with the Company.
  d.   The Units are subject to the terms and conditions of the Company’s Policy Regarding Recoupment of Incentive Payments upon Financial Restatement (such policy, as it may be amended from time to time, being the “Recoupment Policy”). The Recoupment Policy provides for determinations by the Company’s independent directors that, as a result of intentional misconduct by Grantee, the Company’s financial results were restated (a “Policy Restatement”). In the event of a Policy Restatement, the Company’s independent directors may require, among other things (a) cancellation of any of the Units that remain outstanding; and/or (b) reimbursement of any gains in respect of the Units, if and to the extent the conditions set forth in the Recoupment Policy apply. Any determinations made by the independent directors in accordance with the Recoupment Policy shall be binding upon Grantee. The Recoupment Policy is in addition to any other remedies which may be otherwise available at law, in equity or under contract, to the Company.
The Company will not be obligated to pay Grantee any consideration whatsoever for forfeited Units.
3.   Lapse of Restrictions .
  a.   Except as set forth in Section 3(b) below, the Restrictions applicable to the Units shall lapse, as long as the Units have not been forfeited as described in Section 2 above, as follows:
  (i)   50% on the 30 month anniversary of the Date of Grant and an additional 50% on the 60 month anniversay of the Date of Grant (the “Restriction Period”);
 
  (ii)   If Grantee ceases to serve as a member of the Board for any reason (other than Grantee’s voluntary resignation or if Grantee is removed from the Board or is not renominated to the Board for “Cause”);
 
  (iii)   If a Change in Control of the Company occurs during Grantee’s Employment Period or any subsequent period of service on the Board and the successor corporation (or parent thereof) does not, during the Restriction Period, assume this Award or replace it with an award that preserves the existing value of this Award at the time of the Change in Control and that provides for subsequent payout in

 


 

      accordance with the same vesting schedule applicable to this Award; provided, further, that with respect to any Award that is assumed or replaced, such assumed or replaced Award shall provide that the Restrictions shall lapse if Grantee is involuntarily terminated (for a reason other than “Cause”) or quits for “Good Reason” within 24 months of the Change in Control. For purposes of this paragraph, the terms “Change in Control”, “Cause” and “Good Reason” are defined in the 2006 Incentive Plan;
 
  (iv)   Upon termination of Grantee’s Employment Period by Motorola or a Subsidiary due to Grantee’s Total and Permanent Disability. “Total and Permanent Disability” means for (x) U.S. employees, entitlement to long term disability benefits under the Motorola Disability Income Plan, as amended and any successor plan or a determination of a permanent and total disability under a state workers compensation statute and, (y) non-U.S. employees, as established by applicable Motorola policy or as required by local regulations; or
 
  (v)   If the Grantee dies.
  b.   In the case of Involuntary Termination during the Employment Period due to a Divestiture or for a reason other than for Serious Misconduct before the expiration of the Restriction Period, if the Units have not been forfeited as described in Section 2 above, then the Restrictions shall lapse on a pro rata basis determined by dividing (i) the number of completed full years of service by the Grantee from the Award Date to the employee’s date of termination by (ii) the total length of the Restriction Period.
 
  c.   “Termination due to a Divestiture” for purposes of this Agreement means if, during the Employment Period, Grantee accepts employment with another company in direct connection with the sale, lease, outsourcing arrangement or any other type of asset transfer or transfer of any portion of a facility or any portion of a discrete organizational unit of Motorola or a Subsidiary, or if Grantee remains employed by a Subsidiary that is sold or whose shares are distributed to the Motorola stockholders in a spin-off or similar transaction during the Employment Period (a “Divestiture”).
 
  d.   “Serious Misconduct” for purposes of this Agreement means any misconduct identified as a ground for termination of employment in the Motorola Code of Business Conduct, or the human resources policies, or other written policies or procedures.
 
  e.   If, during the Employment Period, the Grantee takes a Leave of Absence from Motorola or a Subsidiary, the Units will continue to be subject to this Agreement. If the Restriction Period expires while the Grantee is on a Leave of Absence the Grantee will be entitled to the Units even if the Grantee has not returned to active employment. “Leave of Absence” means an approved leave of absence from

 


 

      Motorola or a Subsidiary that is not a termination of employment, as determined by Motorola.
 
  f.   To the extent the Restrictions lapse under this Section 3 with respect to the Units, they will be free of the terms and conditions of this Award (other than Section 2(c)).
4.   Adjustments . If the number of outstanding shares of Common Stock is changed as a result of a stock split or the like without additional consideration to the Company, the number of Units subject to this Award shall be adjusted to correspond to the change in the outstanding shares of Common Stock.
5.   Dividends . No dividends (or dividend equivalents) shall be paid with respect to Units credited to the Grantee’s account.
6.   Delivery of Certificates or Equivalent . Upon the lapse of Restrictions applicable to the Units, the Company shall, at its election, either (i) deliver to the Grantee a certificate representing a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the number of Units upon which such Restrictions have lapsed, or (ii) establish a brokerage account for the Grantee and credit to that account the number of shares of Common Stock of the Company equal to the number of Units upon which such Restrictions have lapsed.
7.   Withholding Taxes . The Company is entitled to withhold applicable taxes for the respective tax jurisdiction attributable to this Award or any payment made in connection with the Units. Grantee may satisfy any minimum withholding obligation by electing to have the plan administrator retain shares of Common Stock deliverable in connection with the Units having a Fair Market Value on the date the Restrictions applicable to the Units lapse equal to the amount to be withheld. “Fair Market Value” for this purpose shall be the closing price for a share of Common Stock on the day the Restrictions applicable to the Units lapse as reported for the New York Stock Exchange-Composite Transactions in the Wall Street Journal, Midwest edition.
8.   Voting and Other Rights .
  a.   Grantee shall have no rights as a stockholder of the Company in respect of the Units, including the right to vote and to receive cash dividends and other distributions until delivery of certificates representing shares of Common Stock in satisfaction of the Units.
 
  b.   The grant of Units does not confer upon Grantee any right to continue in the employ of the Company or a Subsidiary or to interfere with the right of the Company or a Subsidiary, to terminate Grantee’s employment at any time.
9.   Agreement Following Termination of Employment . Grantee agrees that upon termination of employment with Motorola or a Subsidiary, Grantee will immediately inform Motorola of (a) the identity of any new employer (or the nature of any start-up business or self-employment), (b) Grantee’s new title, and (c) Grantee’s job duties and responsibilities. Grantee hereby authorizes Motorola or a Subsidiary to provide a copy of this Award Document to Grantee’s new employer.

 


 

    Grantee further agrees to provide information to Motorola or a Subsidiary as may from time to time be requested in order to determine his/her compliance with the terms hereof.
10.   Consent to Transfer Personal Data . By accepting this award, Grantee voluntarily acknowledges and consents to the collection, use, processing and transfer of personal data as described in this paragraph. Grantee is not obliged to consent to such collection, use, processing and transfer of personal data. However, failure to provide the consent may affect Grantee’s ability to participate in the Plan. Motorola, its Subsidiaries and Grantee’s employer hold certain personal information about the Grantee, that may include his/her name, home address and telephone number, date of birth, social security number or other employee identification number, salary grade, hire data, salary, nationality, job title, any shares of stock held in Motorola, or details of all restricted stock units or any other entitlement to shares of stock awarded, canceled, purchased, vested, or unvested, for the purpose of managing and administering the Plan (“Data”). Motorola and/or its Subsidiaries will transfer Data amongst themselves as necessary for the purpose of implementation, administration and management of Grantee’s participation in the Plan, and Motorola and/or any of its Subsidiaries may each further transfer Data to any third parties assisting Motorola in the implementation, administration and management of the Plan. These recipients may be located throughout the world, including the United States. Grantee’s authorizes them to receive, possess, use, retain and transfer the Data, in electronic or other form, for the purposes of implementing, administering and managing Grantee’s participation in the Plan, including any requisite transfer of such Data as may be required for the administration of the Plan and/or the subsequent holding of shares of stock on the Grantee’s behalf to a broker or other third party with whom the Grantee may elect to deposit any shares of stock acquired pursuant to the Plan. Grantee may, at any time, review Data, require any necessary amendments to it or withdraw the consents herein in writing by contacting Motorola; however, withdrawing consent may affect the Grantee’s ability to participate in the Plan.
11.   Nature of Award . By accepting this Award Agreement, the Grantee acknowledges his or her understanding that the grant of Units under this Award Agreement is completely at the discretion of Motorola, and that Motorola’s decision to make this Award in no way implies that similar awards may be granted in the future or that Grantee has any guarantee of future employment. Nor shall this or any such grant interfere with Grantee’s right or the Company’s right to terminate such employment relationship at any time, with or without cause, to the extent permitted by applicable laws and any enforceable agreement between Grantee and the Company. In addition, the Grantee hereby acknowledges that he has entered into employment with Motorola or a Subsidiary upon terms that did not include this Award or similar awards, that his decision to continue employment is not dependent on an expectation of this Award or similar awards, and that any amount received under this Award is considered an amount in addition to that which the Grantee expects to be paid for the performance of his services. Grantee’s acceptance of this Award is voluntary. The Award is not part of normal or expected compensation for purposes of calculating any severance, resignation, redundancy, end of service payments, bonuses, long-service awards, pension, or retirement benefits or similar payments, notwithstanding any provision of any compensation, insurance agreement or benefit plan to the contrary.
12.   Remedies for Breach . Grantee hereby acknowledges that the harm caused to the Company by the breach or anticipated breach of paragraphs 2(c)(i), (ii) and/or (iii) of this Agreement will

 


 

    be irreparable and further agrees the Company may obtain injunctive relief against the Grantee in addition to and cumulative with any other legal or equitable rights and remedies the Company may have pursuant to this Agreement, any other agreements between the Grantee and the Company for the protection of the Company’s Confidential Information, or law, including the recovery of liquidated damages. Grantee agrees that any interim or final equitable relief entered by a court of competent jurisdiction, as specified in paragraph 15 below, will, at the request of the Company, be entered on consent and enforced by any such court having jurisdiction over the Grantee. This relief would occur without prejudice to any rights either party may have to appeal from the proceedings that resulted in any grant of such relief.
13.   Acknowledgements. With respect to the subject matter of paragraphs 2(c)(i), (ii), and (iii), and paragraphs 12 and 15 hereof, this Agreement is the entire agreement with the Company. No waiver of any breach of any provision of this Agreement by the Company shall be construed to be a waiver of any succeeding breach or as a modification of such provision. The provisions of this Agreement shall be severable and in the event that any provision of this Agreement shall be found by any court as specified in paragraph 15 below to be unenforceable, in whole or in part, the remainder of this Agreement shall nevertheless be enforceable and binding on the parties. Grantee hereby agrees that the court may modify any invalid, overbroad or unenforceable term of this Agreement so that such term, as modified, is valid and enforceable under applicable law. Further, by accepting any Award under this Agreement, Grantee affirmatively states that he has not, will not and cannot rely on any representations not expressly made herein.
14.   Funding . No assets or shares of Common Stock shall be segregated or earmarked by the Company in respect of any Units awarded hereunder. The grant of Units hereunder shall not constitute a trust and shall be solely for the purpose of recording an unsecured contractual obligation of the Company.
15.   Governing Law . All questions concerning the construction, validity and interpretation of this Award shall be governed by and construed according to the law of the State of Illinois without regard to any state’s conflicts of law principles. Any disputes regarding this Award or Agreement shall be brought only in the state or federal courts of Illinois.
16.   Waiver . The failure of the Company to enforce at any time any provision of this Award shall in no way be construed to be a waiver of such provision or any other provision hereof.
17.   Actions by the Compensation Committee . The Committee may delegate its authority to administer this Agreement. The actions and determinations of the Compensation Committee or its delegate shall be binding upon the parties.
18.   Acceptance of Terms and Conditions . By electronically accepting this Award within 30 days after the date of the electronic mail notification by the Company to Grantee of the grant of this Award (“Email Notification Date”), Grantee agrees to be bound by the foregoing terms and conditions, the 2006 Incentive Plan and any and all rules and regulations established by Motorola in connection with awards issued under the 2006 Incentive Plan. If Grantee does not electronically accept this Award within 30 days of the Email Notification Date, Grantee will not be entitled to the Units.

 


 

19.   Plan Documents . The 2006 Incentive Plan and the Prospectus for the 2006 Incentive Plan are available at http://myhr.mot.com/pay_finances/awards_incentives/ stock_options/plan_documents.jsp or from Global Rewards, 1303 East Algonquin Road, Schaumburg, IL 60196 (847) 576-7885.

 

 

EXHIBIT 10.51
AGREEMENT
This is a complete and final Agreement between RUTH FATTORI (for yourself, your spouse and anyone acting for you) (“you”), and Motorola, Inc. (for itself, its subsidiaries and affiliates and anyone acting for it) (“Motorola”) that resolves all matters between you and Motorola. This Agreement has been individually negotiated and has not been reached as part of a group incentive or other separation program. In consideration for the payments and benefits provided under this Agreement, you and Motorola agree to the following terms of your separation from Motorola:
     1.  SEPARATION . All your duties and responsibilities as an employee, officer and/or director of Motorola and its subsidiaries and affiliates shall end effective January 11, 2008 (the “Transition Date”). Your employment by Motorola shall continue through November 14, 2008 (“Separation Date”). At Motorola’s request, you shall execute any and all documents reasonably necessary to confirm the cessation of your service as a director and/or officer of Motorola and its subsidiaries and/or affiliates.
     2.  TRANSITION ALLOWANCE AND SEPARATION ALLOWANCE . Motorola will pay you at your regular base salary rate at regular payroll intervals, less applicable state and federal payroll deductions, between your Transition Date and Separation Date. The total gross amount of these payments is Four Hundred Fourteen Thousand Six Hundred Twelve Dollars and No Cents ($414,612.00) (“Transition Allowance”). Motorola also will pay you a lump sum Separation Allowance in the amount of One Hundred Ninety-Seven Thousand Eight Hundred Eighty-Eight Dollars and No Cents ($197,888.00), less applicable state and federal payroll tax deductions, within thirty (30) days after you have signed, returned and not revoked a supplemental release attached as Attachment A. Signature of Attachment A is a condition to your receiving the Separation Allowance and other consideration under this Agreement. The Transition and Separation Allowances include and exceed any paid time off, bonuses, or any other amounts that are unpaid as of your Separation Date. You will not be eligible for an MIP bonus for the 2008 performance year or for any LRIP bonus for the 2006-2008 or 2007-2009 performance periods, pursuant to the terms of the 2006 Long Range Incentive Plan. You will only be paid the amounts specifically identified in this Agreement and will not receive any additional payments from Motorola.
     3.  HEIRS/BENEFICIARIES . In the event of your death after the effective date of this Agreement, the Ruth A. Fattori Revocable Trust dated May 10, 2006 shall be paid any unpaid salary and any unpaid Transition and Separation Allowances described in this Agreement. Payments or benefits, if any, following your death under any of the Motorola benefit or compensation plans shall be according to the terms of those plans and any elections and/or beneficiary designations previously made by you thereunder.
     4.  BENEFIT AND COMPENSATION PLANS .
(a) The effect of your separation and this Agreement upon your participation in, or coverage under, any of Motorola’s benefit or compensation plans, including but not limited to the Motorola Elected Officers Supplemental Retirement Plan, the Motorola Elected Officers Life Insurance Plan, the Motorola Long Range Incentive Plan for any given performance cycle, the Motorola Incentive Plan, the Motorola Management Deferred Compensation Plan, the Motorola Financial Planning Program, the Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2006, any other applicable stock option plan and any restricted stock, stock unit or SAR agreements shall be governed by the terms of those plans and agreements. Motorola is making no guarantee, warranty or representation in this Agreement regarding any position that may be taken by any administrator or plan regarding the effect of this Agreement upon your rights, benefits or coverage under those plans .
(b) Following your Separation Date, except in the event you violate one or more of the restrictive covenants outlined in paragraph 8 below, each of your outstanding stock option grants will be accorded the most favorable treatment for which each grant qualifies per the terms of the applicable stock option plans or award documents.
(c) Benefits coverage in effect on your Separation Date under the Motorola Employee Medical Benefits Plan (“Medical Plan”), as amended from time to time, will be continued at the regular employee contribution rate through the end of April, 2009, provided that you comply with all terms and conditions of

 


 

the Medical Plan, including paying the necessary contributions and provided further, if you are reemployed with another employer and become covered under that employer’s medical plan, the medical benefits described herein (if they are not terminated as provided in COBRA, defined below) shall be secondary to those provided under such other plan. After the total period of medical benefit continuation provided in this Agreement, you may elect to continue medical benefits under the Medical Plan at your own expense, in accordance with COBRA. The period of medical benefit continuation described immediately above counts toward and reduces the maximum coverage under Section 4980B of the Internal Revenue Code (“COBRA”), as described in Treasury Regulation Section 54.4980B-7, A-7(a). The COBRA period commences on the first of the month following the Separation Date. If you are eligible for coverage under the Motorola Post-Employment Health Benefits Plan or any restated or successor plan (the “Retiree Plan”), you may apply for such coverage, provided that you make an election for such coverage, in accordance with the terms and conditions for such coverage under the Retiree Plan. You may wait until the end of the period of continued Medical Plan coverage provided for in this Agreement before electing to begin coverage under the Retiree Plan. Note that if you commence coverage under the Retiree Plan before you have exhausted the continued Medical Plan coverage provided for in this Agreement, the continued Medical Plan coverage will end.
     5.  TRANSFER OF EQUIPMENT/OUTPLACEMENT . Effective on or within fourteen days after your Transition Date, Motorola will transfer to you ownership of your cellular phone. On that date you will assume responsibility for all insurance, maintenance, service and other fees related to this item, and Motorola will have no responsibility for it thereafter. The parties agree that any fair market value of such item will be calculated as of the Transition Date and that you are responsible for the payment of income tax due as a result of this transfer. Motorola also will provide senior executive outplacement and career continuation services by a firm to be selected by Motorola for a period of up to one (1) year if you elect to participate in such services.
     6.  NO DISPARAGEMENT . You agree that you will not, directly or indirectly, individually or in concert with others, engage in any conduct or make any statement calculated or likely to have the effect of undermining, disparaging or otherwise reflecting poorly upon Motorola or its good will, products or business opportunities, or in any manner detrimental to Motorola, though you may give truthful and nonmalicious testimony if properly subpoenaed to testify under oath.
     7.  COOPERATION/INDEMNIFICATION . From your Transition Date, and for as long thereafter as shall be reasonably necessary, you agree to cooperate fully with Motorola in any investigation, negotiation, litigation or other action arising out of transactions in which you were involved or of which you had knowledge during your employment by Motorola. If you incur any business expenses in the course of performing your obligations under this paragraph, you will be reimbursed for the full amount of all reasonable expenses upon your submission of adequate receipts confirming that such expenses actually were incurred. Motorola will indemnify you for judgments, fines, penalties, settlement amounts and expenses (including reasonable attorneys fees and expenses) reasonably incurred in defending any actual or threatened action, lawsuit, investigation or other similar proceeding arising out of your employment with Motorola, provided that if the matter is a civil action, you acted in good faith and in a manner you reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of Motorola and if the matter is a criminal action, you had no reasonable cause to believe your conduct was unlawful (in each case as determined under Delaware general Corporation Law).
     8.  RESTRICTIVE COVENANTS . You acknowledge that you have entered into certain Stock Option Agreements and/or Stock Option Consideration Agreements and/or Restricted Stock Agreements and/or Restricted Stock Units Agreements with Motorola , as well as various other agreements for the protection of Motorola’s confidential proprietary information, and agree that such agreements, including but not limited to the non-disclosure, non-competition and non-solicitation provisions therein, continue in full force and effect according to their terms.
     9.  CONFIDENTIALITY OF AGREEMENT . You agree to keep the existence and terms of this Agreement confidential, unless required by law to disclose this information, or except as needed to be disclosed to your spouse, legal counsel, financial advisors, outplacement firm, creditors, or anyone preparing your tax returns.
     10.  RETURN OF MOTOROLA PROPERTY . You further agree to return to Motorola by your Transition Date all Motorola property and confidential and/or proprietary information including the

2


 

originals and all copies and excerpts of documents, drawings, reports, specifications, samples and the like that were/are in your possession at all Motorola and non-Motorola locations, including but not limited to information stored electronically on computer hard drives or disks.
     11.  NEW EMPLOYMENT . You agree that you will immediately inform Motorola of (i) the identity of any new employment, start-up business or self-employment in which you have engaged or will engage between the Transition Date and November 14, 2010 (the “Notice Period”), (ii) your title in any such engagement, and (iii) your duties and responsibilities. You hereby authorize Motorola to provide a copy of this Agreement, excluding the economic terms, to any new employer or other entity or business by which you are engaged during the Notice Period. You further agree that during the Notice Period, you will provide such information to Motorola as it may from time to time reasonably request in order to determine your compliance with this Agreement.
     12.  BREACH OF AGREEMENT .
(a) You acknowledge that Motorola’s agreement to make the payments set forth in Paragraph 2 above is conditioned upon your faithful performance of your obligations pursuant to Paragraphs 7, 8, 10 and 11 of this Agreement, and you agree to repay to Motorola all sums received from Motorola under Paragraph 2, less One Thousand Dollars ($1,000.00), if you breach any of your obligations under Paragraphs 7, 8, 10 or 11 of this Agreement or the agreements referenced in Paragraph 8. You further agree that in addition to any other remedies available in law and/or equity, all of your vested and unvested stock options will terminate and no longer be exercisable, and for all stock options exercised within two years prior to your Separation Date or anytime after your Separation Date, you will immediately pay to Motorola the difference between the exercise price on the date of grant as reflected in the Award Document and the market price on the date of exercise (the “spread”) for each affected stock option grant. The above remedies are in addition to and cumulative with any other rights and remedies Motorola may have pursuant to this Agreement and/or in law and/or equity, including the recovery of liquidated damages. In any dispute regarding this Agreement, each party will pay its own fees and costs.
(b) You acknowledge that the harm caused to Motorola by the breach or anticipated breach of Paragraph 7, 8, 10 or 11 of this Agreement will be irreparable and you agree Motorola may obtain injunctive relief against you in addition to and cumulative with any other legal or equitable rights and remedies Motorola may have pursuant to this Agreement or law, including the recovery of liquidated damages. You agree that any interim or final equitable relief entered by a court of competent jurisdiction, as specified in paragraph 15 below, will, at the request of Motorola, be entered on consent and enforced by any such court having jurisdiction over you. This relief would occur without prejudice to any rights either party may have to appeal from the proceedings that resulted in any grant of such relief.
(c) This Agreement (which includes the agreements referenced in Paragraph 8) is your entire agreement with Motorola regarding the subject matter. No waiver of any breach of any provision of this Agreement by Motorola shall be construed to be a waiver of any succeeding breach or as a modification of such provision. The provisions of this Agreement shall be severable and in the event that any provision of this Agreement shall be found by any court as specified in paragraph 15 below to be unenforceable, in whole or in part, the remainder of this Agreement as well as the provisions of your prior agreements, if any, regarding the same subject matter as that which was found unenforceable herein shall nevertheless be enforceable and binding on the parties. You also agree that the court may modify any invalid, overbroad or unenforceable term of this Agreement so that such term, as modified, is valid and enforceable under applicable law. Further, you affirmatively state that you have not, will not and cannot rely on any representations not expressly made herein.
     13.  NON-ADMISSION/GENERAL RELEASE . You and Motorola agree that, in exchange for the payments and other terms described above, Motorola is not admitting to any wrongdoing or unlawful action in its dealing with you and you fully and completely release Motorola and hold it harmless from any and all legal claims of any type to date arising out of your employment or the separation of your employment from Motorola or any notice regarding your separation, whether known or unknown, presently asserted or otherwise. This includes, but is not limited to, breach of any implied or express employment contracts or covenants; entitlement to any pay or benefits, including insurance and any claims under any retirement plan; claims for wrongful termination, public policy violations, defamation, emotional distress or other common law matters; or claims of discrimination based on race, sex, age (Age Discrimination in Employment Act), religion, national origin, disability, veteran’s status, sexual preference, marital status or

3


 

retaliation; or claims under the Family and Medical Leave Act, the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act or the Employee Retirement Income Security Act. If you are employed in Pennsylvania, however, you are not waiving any claims under the Family and Medical Leave Act. If you are employed in California, you expressly waive the protection of Section 1542 of the Civil Code of the State of California, which states that: “A general release does not extend to claims which the creditor does not know or suspect to exist in his favor at the time of executing the release, which if known by him must have materially affected his settlement with the debtor.” You understand that by signing this General Release you are not releasing any claims or rights that cannot be waived by law, including the right to file an administrative charge of discrimination.
     14.  CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT . You agree that you are signing this Agreement knowingly and voluntarily, that you have not been coerced or threatened into signing this Agreement and that you have not been promised anything else in exchange for signing this Agreement. You agree that if any part of this Agreement is found to be illegal or invalid, the rest of the Agreement will still be enforceable. You further agree that you have had sufficient time (at least 21 days) to consider this Agreement and you were advised to consult with an attorney, if desired, before signing below. You understand and agree that any change, whether material or otherwise, to the initial terms of this Agreement shall not restart the running of this 21-day period. This Agreement will not become effective or enforceable until seven days after you sign it, during which time you can revoke it if you wish, by delivering a signed revocation letter within the seven-day period to Jill A. Goldy, Corporate Vice President, Law — Labor and Employment, Motorola, Inc., 1303 East Algonquin Rd., Schaumburg, Illinois 60196. Any alterations to this Agreement must be in writing, signed by both parties.
     15.  GOVERNING LAW/VENUE . You and Motorola agree that this Agreement is governed by the laws of Illinois, without giving effect to principles of Conflicts of Laws, and any legal action related to this Agreement shall be brought only in a federal or state court located in Illinois, USA. You accept the jurisdiction of these courts and consent to service of process from said courts solely for legal actions related to this Agreement.
                 
RUTH FATTORI   MOTOROLA, INC.    
 
               
/s/ Ruth A. Fattori
 
      By:   /s/ Gregory Q. Brown
 
   
                     
Date:
  December 20, 2007
 
      Date:   December 20, 2007
 
   

4


 

ATTACHMENT A
In consideration for the promises made by Motorola in the Agreement to which this is Attachment A, you fully and completely release Motorola and hold it harmless from any and all legal claims of any type to date arising out of your employment or the separation of your employment from Motorola, whether known or unknown, presently asserted or otherwise. This includes, but is not limited to, breach of any implied or express employment contracts or covenants; entitlement to any pay or benefits, including insurance and any claims under the Elected Officers Supplemental Retirement Plan or any other retirement plan; claims for wrongful termination, public policy violations, defamation, emotional distress or other common law matters; or claims of discrimination based on race, sex, age (Age Discrimination in Employment Act), religion, national origin, disability, veteran’s status, sexual preference, marital status or retaliation; or claims under the Family and Medical Leave Act. If you are employed in California, you expressly waive the protection of Section 1542 of the Civil Code of the State of California, which states that: “A general release does not extend to claims which the creditor does not know or suspect to exist in his favor at the time of executing the release, which if known by him must have materially affected his settlement with the debtor.” You understand by signing this General Release you are not releasing any claims or rights that cannot be waived by law, including the right to file an administrative charge of discrimination. You further agree that you have had sufficient time (at least 21 days) to consider the attached Agreement and you were advised to consult with an attorney, if desired, before signing below. This Attachment A will not become effective or enforceable until seven days after you sign it, during which time you can revoke it if you wish, by delivering a signed revocation letter within the seven-day period to Jill A. Goldy, Corporate Vice President, Law — Labor and Employment, Motorola, Inc., 1303 East Algonquin Rd., Schaumburg, Illinois 60196.
Agreed to and accepted by:
     
 
RUTH FATTORI
   
         
Date:
       
 
       
(to be signed after November 14, 2008 and before December 14, 2008)

5

 

Exhibit 12
Motorola, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Computation of Fixed Charges Ratio
                                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
(In Millions)   2007     2006     2005     2004     2003  
Pretax income (loss) (1)
  $ (384 )   $ 4,605     $ 6,402     $ 3,083     $ 1,214  
Capitalized interest
                             
Fixed charges (as calculated below)
    439       411       407       449       573  
 
                             
Earnings (2)
  $ 55     $ 5,016     $ 6,809     $ 3,532     $ 1,787  
 
                             
 
                                       
Fixed charges:
                                       
Interest expense
  $ 362     $ 330     $ 324     $ 381     $ 504  
Rent expense interest factor
    77       80       83       68       70  
 
                             
Total fixed charges (2)
  $ 439     $ 411     $ 407     $ 449     $ 573  
 
                             
 
                                       
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges
    0.1       12.2       16.7       7.9       3.1  
 
                             
Notes
(1)    -After adjustments required by Item 503 (d) of SEC Regulation S-K.
 
(2)    -As defined in Item 503 (d) of SEC Regulation S-K.

 

         
MOTOROLA, INC.   Exhibit 21    
LISTING OF MAJOR SUBSIDIARIES        
12/31/2007        
 
       
Motorola Australia Proprietary Limited
  Australia    
Motorola Industrial Ltda.
  Brazil    
Motorola Canada Limited
  Canada    
Hangzhou Motorola Cellular Equipment Co. Ltd.
  China    
Motorola (China) Electronics Ltd.
  China    
Motorola (China) Investment Ltd.
  China    
Motorola S.A.S
  France    
Motorola G.m.b.h.
  Germany    
Motorola Asia Limited
  Hong Kong    
Motorola India Private Limited
  India    
MIRS Communications Limited
  Israel    
Motorola Israel Ltd.
  Israel    
Motorola South Israel Limited
  Israel    
Motorola Japan Limited
  Japan    
Motorola Korea, Inc.
  Korea    
Motorola Technology Sdn. Bhd.
  Malaysia    
Motorola Asia Treasury Pte. Ltd.
  Singapore    
Motorola Electronics Pte. Limited
  Singapore    
Motorola Trading Center Pte. Ltd.
  Singapore    
General Instrument of Taiwan Ltd.
  Taiwan    
Motorola Electronics Taiwan, Limited
  Taiwan    
Motorola Turkey — MTTSL
  Turkey    
Motorola Finance EMEA Limited
  UK    
Motorola Limited
  UK    
Broadbus Technologies, Inc.
  US    
General Instrument Corporation
  US    
Good Technology, Inc.
  US    
MeshNetworks, Inc.
  US    
Motorola Credit Corporation
  US    
Netopia, Inc.
  US    
Quantum Bridge Communications, Inc.
  US    
River Delta Networks, Inc.
  US    
Symbol Technologies, Inc.
  US    
Synchronous, Inc.
  US    
Telxon Corporation
  US    
TTPCom, Inc.
  US    

 

Exhibit 31.1
CERTIFICATION
I, Gregory Q. Brown, President and Chief Executive Officer, Motorola, Inc., certify that:
1.   I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Motorola, Inc. for the period ended December 31, 2007;
2.   Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3.   Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4.   The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
  (a)   Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
 
  (b)   Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
 
  (c)   Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
 
  (d)   Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5.   The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
  (a)   All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
 
  (b)   Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
Date: February 28, 2008
         
 
  /s/ Gregory Q. Brown    
 
       
 
  Gregory Q. Brown    
 
  President and Chief Executive Officer    
 
  Motorola, Inc.    

 

 

Exhibit 31.2
CERTIFICATION
I, Thomas J. Meredith, Executive Vice President, Acting Chief Financial Officer, Motorola, Inc., certify that:
1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Motorola, Inc.;
2.   Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3.   Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4.   The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
  (a)   Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
 
  (b)   Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
 
  (c)   Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
 
  (d)   Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5.   The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
  (a)   All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
 
  (b)   Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
Date: February 28, 2008
         
 
  /s/ Thomas J. Meredith    
 
       
 
  Thomas J. Meredith    
 
  Executive Vice President,    
 
  Acting Chief Financial Officer    
 
  Motorola, Inc.    

 

 

Exhibit 32.1
CERTIFICATION
I, Gregory Q. Brown, President and Chief Executive Officer, Motorola, Inc., certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (“Section 906”), that, to my knowledge:
  (1)   the annual report on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2007 (the “Annual Report”), which this statement accompanies fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78m); and
 
  (2)   the information contained in the Annual Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of Motorola, Inc.
This certificate is being furnished solely for purposes of Section 906.
Dated: February 28, 2008
         
 
  /s/ Gregory Q. Brown    
 
       
 
  Gregory Q. Brown    
 
  President and Chief Executive Officer    
 
  Motorola, Inc.    

 

 

Exhibit 32.2
CERTIFICATION
I, Thomas J. Meredith, Executive Vice President, Acting Chief Financial Officer, Motorola, Inc., certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (“Section 906”), that, to my knowledge:
  (1)   the annual report on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2007 (the “Annual Report”), which this statement accompanies fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78m); and
 
  (2)   the information contained in the Annual Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of Motorola, Inc.
This certificate is being furnished solely for purposes of Section 906.
Dated: February 28, 2008
         
 
  /s/ Thomas J. Meredith    
 
       
 
  Thomas J. Meredith    
 
  Executive Vice President,    
 
  Acting Chief Financial Officer    
 
  Motorola, Inc.